. es 
ee mecca ne 


ial 


bess oon Bae 


Ges 


+ am ah 
ae 


ey 


ye 


hates 
8 


i. 3 


r%; 
eStats 


et 
r 
! 


pesheresest 
Sant eer Ee 
react 


Se 


weak? 


im 


S 
ie 


ey 
ts 


7 


Breet 
; specaets Messtecnyeeestane 
: : : - : re s < Rees > Hay 
ame : : ; 
state : : 
“per! 
: we 
eotyti tet 
eterer ts 2 


td 


. 


* $ 

42t28. 

beter staat its 
ix 


7, 


He 


} i 
oe 


: Rees 
eepekectigs 


ay 
fal 


bhi yes 
aslesteni ts 


tory itt: th 


a4 
Boo) 
sat 


] 


ae aa) 


e 
ao 


4 


‘ 


ra es ’ 
Set Weta ets 


- se Seererenchiaese 
prshgnagatst that Sete bs teinaga 


Ve 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT 
FORAMINIFERA 


(CRUISES OF THE R. V. ANTUR, 1962-1964) 


J. R. HAYNES 


BULLETIN OF 

THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 

ZOOLOGY SUPPLEMENT 4 
| LONDON : 1973 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 


(CRUISES OF THE R. V. ANTUR, 1962-1964) 


BY 


JOHN ROLAND HAYNES 


with assistance from 


TERENCE DAVID ADAMS, KEITH ATKINSON, EMMANUEL ABIODUN 
FAYOSE, DREW HAMAN, KEITH HAVARD JAMES, 
JOAN ANNE JOHNSON & JOHN SCOTT. 


33 Plates, 47 Text figures 


BULLETIN OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 
ZOOLOGY SUPPLEMENT 4 
LONDON : 1973 


THE BULLETIN OF THE BRITISH MUSEUM 
(NATURAL HISTORY), tnstituted im 1949, 15 
issued in five series, corresponding to the Departments 
of the Museum, and an Historical serves. 

Parts will appear at irregular intervals as they become 
veady. Volumes will contain about three or four 
hundred pages, and will not necessarily be completed 
within one calendar ‘year. 


In 1965 a separate supplementary series of longer 
papers was instituted, numbered serially for each 
Department. 


This paper 1s Supplement 4 of the Zoological series. 
The abbreviated titles of pertodicals cited follow those 
of the World List of Scientific Periodicals. 


World List abbreviation 
Bull, Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 


© Trustees of the British Museum (Natural History), 1973 


TRUSTEES OF 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL Ei Sai @ Ry.) 


cased - : 
Issued 12 February, 1973 Price £10.80 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 
(CRUISES OF THE R. V. ANTUR, 1962-1964) 


By J. R. HAYNES 


with assistance from 


fh, D. ADAMS;.K: ATKINSON, E..A. FAYOSE, Ds HAMAN, 
KH JAMES; J; A] JOHNSON &*f. SCOTT 


CONTENTS 
Page 
I. INTRODUCTION , ; : ; : ‘ é i ' 8 
Il. METHODS : : ‘ : 3 : : : ; 10 
III. LoOcATION OF MATERIAL . : : : : : : : II 
IV. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS é : : : : : : : 1 
V. CLASSIFICATION : : ; ‘ ‘ : , : Le 
VI. SYSTEMATIC DESCRIPTIONS : ; : : : : 14 
Family ASTRORHIZIDAE Brady ; ; : : : 14 
Genus Halyphysema Bowerbank . ; : : 14 
Halyphysema tumanowtczit Bowerbanis : : 14 
Genus Hippocrepina Parker : ‘ ; : ; 15 
Hippocrepina species A. ‘ : : ‘ 15 
Genus Marsipella Norman . ; ; : : 16 
Marsipella elongata Norman ; : ; : 16 
species A : : : : 17 
species B ; : : ‘ : 17 
Genus Technitella Norman . : ; : ‘ 17 
Technitella tervyense Haynes n. oh : : . 17 
Family SACCAMMINIDAE Brady . : : ‘ : 18 
Genus Psammosphaera Schultze . : : : : 18 
Psammosphaera parva Flint : : : : 18 
Genus Lagenammina Rhumbler . : ; : : 19 
Lagenammina arenulata (Skinner) A 19 
cf. hancocki (Cushman & McCulloch) 20 
Genus Hemisphaerammina Loeblich & Tappan : 21 
Hemisphaerammina bradyi Loeblich & me : at 
Family HORMOSINIDAE Haeckel . : ; 22 
Genus Reophax Montfort. ‘ 5 : : : 22 
Reophax arctica Brady : : : : ; 22 
Reophax fustformis (Williamson) : : : 23 
moniliforme Siddall ; : ; , 24 
Family LITUOLIDAE de Blainville . : : : 5 25 
Genus Ammobaculites Cushman . i : : es. of 25 
Ammobaculites balkwilli Haynes n. sp. : : 25 


Genus Haplophragmoides Cushman ‘ : : . 27, 


J. R. HAYNES 


Page 
Haplophvagmoides wilbertt Anderson . : : ZT, 
species A : : ; ; 28 
Genus Cribrostomoides Cushman . ; : : : P40) 
Cribrostomoides jeffreysu (Williamson) . : : 29 
Family TEXTULARIIDAE Ehrenberg : : 3 ; 31 
Genus Spiroplectammina Cushman : : : : 31 
Spiroplectammina eavlandi (Parker) . : ; 31 
wrightit (Silvestri) . : 32 
Family TROCHAMMINIDAE Schwager . : 3 : 34 
Genus Trochammina Parker & Jones . : : 34 
Trochammina astrifica (Rhumbler) . : 3 34 
haynest Atkinson . 35 
globigeriniformis var. _ pygmaca Hom 
lund: =: : : : ‘ 36 
inflata (Montagu) . : : ; 37 
intermedia? Rhumbler . ; ; 39 
ochvacea (Williamson) . : : 40 
Genus Jadammina Bartenstein & Brand : : 41 
Jadammina macrescens (Brady) . ; : : AI 
Genus Remaneica Rhumbler ‘ : : 5 43 
Remaneica helgolandica pricier : : 43 
Family ATAXOPHRAGMIIDAE Schwager : : ; 44 
Genus Eggerelloides Haynes n. gen. : ‘ : : 44 
Eggerelloides scabyum (Williamson) . 5 : 44 
Genus Textilina Norvang . ; : : : : 47 
Textilina bocki (Hoglund) . : 5 : 47 
Family FISCHERINIDAE Millett. : d 48 
Genus Cyclogyva Wood ; : 48 
Cyclogyrva selseyensis (Elerou Allen & eae ; 48 
Family NUBECULARIDAE Jones . 5 ; : 50 
Genus Spirvopthalmidium Cushman 5 ; : 50 
Spivopthalmidium acutimargo var. emaciatum 
Haynes n. var. . : 3 : : : 50 
Family MILIOLIDAE Ehrenberg : : : ‘ 3 52 
Genus Massilina Schlumberger . : ; : 52 
Massilina carinata (Fornasini) — . : : : 52 
secans (d’Orbigny) . : : : 53 
Genus Miliammina Heron-Allen & Earland . : 54 
Miliammina fusca (Brady) 2 ; : : 54 
Genus Miliolinella Wiesner . ; é , ; 56 
Miliolinella subrotunda iitonraen : oie 56 
subrotunda pateorid var. . ; : ; ef 57 
Genus Pyrgo Defrance : . . . 59 
Pyrgo carinata (d’ Orbigny): : ‘ : d 59 
cf. constricta Costa . : : : : 60 
wiliamsoni (Silvestri) E : : 6I 
species A : ; ‘ 5 : 5 62 
species B ; é E : : 63 
Genus Quingueloculina (d’ Orbea) : si : : 63 
Quinqueloculina aspera d’Orbigny ; : : 63 
auberiana var. A : ; : 65 
var. B : : 66 
bicornis (Walker & Jacon) : 3 67 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 


cf. chavensis Heron-Allen & Ear- 
land 
cf. cliarensis var. A ; 
cf. duthiersi (Schlumberger) . 
intrvicata Terquem ; 
lata Terquem 
meditervanensis Le ec & Le 
Calvez 
cf. rugosa d’Orbigny 
seminulum (Linnaeus) 
Genus Scutulovis Loeblich & pee 
Scutuloris species A . 
Genus Sigmoilopsis Finlay 
Sigmotlopsis moyt Atkinson 
Genus Spiroloculina d’Orbigny . 
Spivoloculina depressa Q’ Crinaawe 
Genus Tviloculina d’Orbigny : 
Triloculina trigonula (Lamarck) . 
tvihedva Loeblich & Pappa 


Family NODOSARIIDAE Ehrenberg. 


Genus Dentalina Risso 
Dentalina cf. ES Reyne Taemeen 
Genus Lagena Walker & Jacob 
Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny) 
doveyensis Haynes n. sp. 
hibernica Haynes n. sp. . 
laevis (Montagu) 
pacifica Sidebottom 
periucida (Montagu) 
semistyviata (Williamson) 
spicata (Cushman & McCulloch) 
cf. striata (d’Orbigny) 
substriata Williamson 
sulcata (Walker & Jacob) 
sulcata interrupta (Williamson) 
sulcata torquiformis eee Havahas. 
species A 


Family POLYMORPHINIDAE d’Orbigny . 


Genus Fissuvina Reuss 
Fissurina elliptica (cise) 
lucida (Williamson) 
marginata (Walker & Boys) 
species PAs : : 
species B . 
Genus Globulina d’Orbigny . 
Globulina cf. inaequalis Reuss 
Genus Guttulina d’Orbigny . 
Guttulina (?Laryngosigma) eaeise Haynes n. oy 
Genus Laryngosigma Loeblich & Tappan 
Laryngosigma hyalascidia Loeblich & pea 
lactea (Walker & Jacob) 
lactea concava (Williamson) 
Genus Oolina d’Orbigny 


J. R. HAYNES 


Oolina borealis Loeblich & Tappan 
heronallent Haynes n. sp. 
hexagona (Williamson) 
laevigata d’Orbigny. 
lineata (Williamson) 
squamosa (Montagu) 
williamsont (Alcock) 
Genus Pseudopolymorphina Cushman & Ozawa 
Pseudopolymorphina cf. novangliae (Cushman) 


suboblonga Cushman & Ozawa 


Family TURRILINIDAE Cushman 

Genus Buliminella Cushman 

Buliminella borealis Haynes n. oP 

Family BULIMINIDAE Jones . 
Genus Bulimina d’Orbigny . 

Bulimina elongata d’ Orbigny 
elongata lesleyae Atkinson 
elongata subulata Cushman & Baker 
gibba Fornasini . : 
marginata d’Orbigny . 

Genus Stainfortiia Hofker . : ; ; 
Stainforthia concava var. (Feyling-Hanssen) 
‘Stainforthia’ fusiformis (Williamson) . 

species A 
Family UVIGERINIDAE Haeckel 

Genus Trifavina Cushman ; : 

Trifavina angulosa (Williamson) . 
Family BOLIVINITIDAE Cushman . 
Genus Bolivina d’Orbigny 
Bohvina britanmica Macfadyen : 
inflata Heron-Allen & Earland 
minima Phlieger & Parker 
cf. minima Phleger & Parker 
ovdinaria Phleger & Parker 
pseudoplicata Heron-Allen & Barland 
pseudopunctata Hoglund 
spathulata (Williamson) 
stviatula Cushman 
superba Emiliani . 
cf. vadescens Cushman sensu Heslued 
variabilis (Williamson) . 
Family SPIRILLINIDAE Reuss 
Genus Patellina Williamson. 
Patellina corvrugata Williamson 
Genus Spivillina Ehrenberg. 
Spirillina perforata (Schultze) 
Spirillina species A . ; 

Genus Turrispirillina Cushman 

Turrispirillina species A 
Family DISCORBIDAE Ehrenberg 

Genus Cancris Montfort . 
Cancris oblongus (Williamson) 

Genus Discorbis Lamarck 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT. FORAMINIFERA 7 
Page 
Discorbis wright (Brady) . , : : ; 147 
Genus Discorbinella Cushman & Martin : : ; 149 
Discorbinella species A : : . : 149 
Genus fosalina d’Orbigny . : ; ; : : 150 
Rosalina anomala Terquem : : : 150 
cf. bvadyi (Cushman) . ; : 153 
ivegulavis Rhumbler . : : ; 154 
millettia (Wright) : : 3 : 155 
neopolitana (Hofker) . : : 158 
praegert (Heron-Allen & Earland) . : 159 
williamsoni (Chapman & Parr) : 4 162 
SPeCIes Awan: , : : : 163 
Family ASTERIGERINIDAE @’ Orbigny , ; . : 164 
Genus Astevrigerinata Bermudez . : : : 164 
A sterigevinata mamilla (Williamson) . BS re 164 
Family SIPHONINIDAE Cushman . : : : ; 167 
Genus Siphonina Reuss : , ; 167 
Siphonina georgiana eyes n. sp. : ; : 167 
Family EPONIDIDAE Hofker . ; . : . : 168 
Genus Eponides Montfort . : ; 168 
Eponides vepandus concameratus (Montagu) : : 168 
Family CIBICIDIDAE Cushman , . : ; : 171 
Genus Cibicides Montfort . : : : I7t 
Cibicides fletchert Galloway & W eles : : 171 
fletcheri sachalinica Vasilenko : : E72 
lobatulus (Walker & Jacob) . : : 173 
Family PLANORBULINIDAE Schwager : : 77 
Genus Planorbulina d’Orbigny ; ‘ 5 ; LGA) 
Planorbulina distoma Terquem . : ; 177 
species A : ; 180 
Family GLOBIGERINIDAE Carpenter, Parker & Jones : 180 
Genus Biorbulina Blow ; : : : : 180 
Biorbulina bilobata (d’ Orbigny) : ‘ 180 
Genus Globoquadrina Finlay , : 181 
Globoquadrina hexagona (N ntland) : : ; 181 
Genus Globorotalia Cushman : ; : 182 
Globorotalia inflata (d’Orbigny) . : ; 182 
Genus Orbulina d’Orbigny . : : ; : : 184 
Orbulina universa d’Orbigny ; i : 184 
Family ROTALIIDAE Ehrenberg... ‘ : 184 
Genus Ammonia Brunnich . . : ; 184 
Ammonia aberdoveyensis Haynes ie Sp! : 184 
batavus (Hofker) F 187 
limnetes (Todd & eee) . 189 
tepida (Cushman) ‘ : ; I9QI 
Genus buccella Anderson . L : : : 193 
Buccella frigida (Cishrian) ; ; ‘ 193 
Family CASSIDULINIDAE d’Orbigny ; : ‘ 194 
Genus Cassidulina d’Orbigny : : : 194 
Cassidulina cf. ventforme fNosvane) 5 : : 194 
Family NONIONIDAE Schultze : : ‘ 196 
Genus Elphidium Montfort : : : 197 


Elphidium asterotuberculatum (Voor {huysen) : 197 


3 J. R. HAYNES 


Page 
cuvillient Lévy . : : ; } LO 
exoticum Haynes n. sp. : 3 ; 198 
incertum (Williamson) : : ; 199 
macellum (Fichtel & Moll) . : ; 201 
magellanicum Heron-Allen & Earland . 202 
margaritaceum (Cushman) . : 203 
selseyense s.1. (Heron-Allen & Farland) s 204 _— 
waddensis (Voorthuysen) . : 206 
williamsont Haynes n. sp. 3 ‘ 207; 
Genus Nonion Montfort : : : 209 
Nonion depressulus (Walker & pee Ne : 209 
pauperatum (Balkwill & Wright). : Pato) 
Genus Nonionella Cushman : : 201 
Nonionella auricula Heron- Allen & Barend: : ZU 
turgida Williamson . ; : 213 
turgida var. digitata Nonrane : : 214 
species A. : F : : : 215 
Genus Protelphidium Haynes ; f : ; : 216 
Protelphidium anglicum Murray . : : pe 16) 
Family UNCERTAIN ; , : : 217, 
Genus Epistominella hess & Marahasi : : é 217 
Epistominella navaensis (Kuwano) : : : 2G 
VII. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS . F F : : : 5 219 
VIII. REFERENCES ; : : : : ; : ; : 22K 
IX. INDEX TO GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES , : : 3 239 
X. ADDENDUM . : : A ; 5 : : : : 244 


SI NOE SiS 


One hundred and sixty five species of foraminifera are described from sediments collected 
in Cardigan Bay (Wales). These belong to sixty-five genera and twenty-seven families. One 
genus and twelve species and varieties are renamed or new. This fauna includes most of the 
abundant shallow water forms on the British List. 


lL. pI NERODUCiEILON 


Raison d’étve. Since the publication of ‘Testacea minuta rariora nuperrime detecta 
in arena littoris Sandvicensis’ by Walker & Boys (1784) upwards of 300 papers have 
been written concerned at least in part with Recent foraminifera from the seas 
surrounding the British Isles. However, most of these works contain lists only, 
and the monograph ‘On the Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain’ by Williamson 
(1858) is the only comprehensive account, with descriptions as well as illustrations 
of about go species. This was noted by Earland (1902) in his plea for a new 
‘Williamson’, and remains true despite the notable contributions made by Heron- 
Allen and Earland in their studies of Clare Island (1913b), West of Scotland (1916a) 
and Plymouth (1930). These works contain figures and descriptions of new species 


but the other species are only partially illustrated, often by abnormal or unusual 
specimens, 


a [Se 
e 
° 
e e 
ee e 
© e ° Be 
e 
e 
jp 8ercsey Is, aor 
318 
e e 
317 
se 
316 
e 
573 e ° 
e °BM13 
e 
e 
5 ©BMI4 
D) e 
e 
e So O 
e 
Sos 2 
30’ O ‘ 
e 
e 
e : ®BMI15 
e 
e ° 0 
e © 2 
es 
e e 
4 e 
e e e e 
e 
0 e 
e 
eo 
501 
$ e 
ee 
521 
e 
e 
e 
°BMI6 e 
e 
©BMI7 e 
e i ee 
O e 
e e 
e e 
e 6 e e 
° e 
e e 
0 e 
e 
e 
0 + Cardigan 
e 
52° r. 


_ SAMPLE STATIONS IN CARDIGAN 


30’ 
e e ee fds 494 & 0 5 10 
499 4g8 @ 
Ke e © eo &® A KILOMETRES 
OO a : e POMETRES | eee ae] 
e cee N.MILES 
0 Ba “9, 5h 7, 
° e 559 528 
© 8 8 fal, SAMPLE AREA IN RELATION 
ody te, 738 TO THE BRITISH ISLES 1c 
e 553 e 
e e “4% 
e 555 e 
eo 5 6 b/ 
551 Fal /, : 
+New Quay 
ce ~ 
See 


ee = 


co 
St 
ieee 


: 
ee 
* 


eS 


ners 


aceralg 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 9 


There is thus an obvious need for an up to date taxonomic study of the British 
Recent foraminifera. This has been made more pressing by the great expansion 
in distribution studies being made all over the world, largely a consequence of the 
application of foraminifera to problems of palaeoecology, particularly in the oil 
industry. Large numbers of foreign workers are thereby faced with the problem 
of comparing their material with long established but inadequately described British 
species. 

Our work in Cardigan Bay has led to the recognition of some 200 foraminiferal 
taxa of which 165 species and varieties are here described. This includes most of 
the shallow water forms on the British list and presents an ideal opportunity for 
their redescription and revision. It is hoped to deal with the remaining deeper 
water forms in a later publication. 

Scope of the study. This report is concerned with the taxonomy of the foraminifera 
and with an attempt, where feasible, to establish their world-wide range. As 
their detailed distribution and ecologic relationships within Cardigan Bay will be 
dealt with elsewhere the physical setting will not be described here. For present 
purposes an adequate summary is given by Moore (1968) who, in a paper on the 
sediments of Northern Cardigan Bay, includes an account of the bathymetry, 
circulation and climate. Further details for the southern part of Cardigan Bay are 
given by Whatley & Wall (1969). Information pertaining particularly to the Dovey 
Estuary area can be found in Haynes & Dobson (1969). 

Maternal. The foraminifera have been picked from sediment taken at more 
than 600 stations made during the years 1962-64 by the research vessel ‘Antur’ 
(Text-fig. 1). For convenience, only the samples mentioned in the text are num- 
bered onthe map. Most of the samples were taken in depths of less than 15 fathoms 
(approximately 30 metres) in the inner bay, with a more widely spaced scatter 
down to depths of 40 fathoms (approximately 80 metres) in the outer bay. The 
samples thus represent the upper continental shelf and turbulent zone. They have 
been supplemented by samples collected along the shore between tide marks during 
the years 1962-1967, in particular from rock pools such as those at Monks Cave, 
immediately south of Aberystwyth (Atkinson, 1969) and from the Dovey Estuary 
and marshes. Maps of the sample stations in the Dovey Estuary including the 
Clettwr Transect and the location of boreholes into the Holocene sediments are 
given in Adams & Haynes (1965) and Haynes & Dobson (1969). Also shown in 
Text-fig. 1 are the locations of five small gravity cores taken by the R.V. ‘Shackleton’ 
for the British Museum and used in our study, B.M. Cores 13-17. 

Previous work. This study is a contribution to the Cardigan Bay-—Irish Sea 
Research Project of the Geology Department, University College of Wales, Aberyst- 
wyth. The Project was instituted in 1962 and is concerned with the investigation 
of the geological history of the area, present day sedimentation, faunas and their 
ecological relationships. Some 2000 sediment samples have now been collected 
in Cardigan Bay and the Southern Irish Sea (including St Georges Channel). A 
-number of foraminiferal investigations have been carried out under the direction 
of Dr J. R. Haynes and the results presented as dissertations for the Ph.D. and 
M.Sc. degrees and the College Diploma in Micropalaeontology. These works which 


J. R. HAYNES 


are available on inter-library loan are as follows in order of date: Adams (1963) ; 

James (1965); Johnson (1965); Fayose (1965); Haman (1966a); Scott (1966) ; 

Atkinson (1967). In addition the following papers on different aspects of foramini- 
feral distribution and taxonomy have appeared: Wood, Adams & Haynes (1963) ; 

Haynes (1964, 1965); Adams & Haynes! (1965); Adams, Haynes & Walker (1965); 

Haman (1966b, 1967, 1969) ; Atkinson (1968, 1969) ; Haynes & Dobson (19609). 
There had been no previous work on the foraminifera in Cardigan Bay. 

At a very early stage in these investigations we faced the difficulty of finding 
correct names for many of the species. In order to speed the studies of distribution 
we decided to follow ‘accepted British usage’ until such times as we had accumulated 
sufficient good material to justify tackling the knotty nomenclatural problems we 
knew pected. We were helped at the outset in this by the advantage of having 
to hand the unpublished thesis of Dr T. J. Harris (295°) on material collected by the 
‘Goldseeker’ off the coasts of Scotland. 

We have now arrived at a more mature stage in our researches and the present 
work may be taken as superseding our previous taxonomic ideas. 


Tee METHODS 


Laboratory. The samples were collected either by means of the Holme Vacuum 
Grab or by the Van Veen Grab with a number taken by small Gravity Corer. The 
first 247 stations were fixed by sextant readings of landmarks, the rest by Decca 
Navigation System. All samples have been stored in glass jars in formalin buffered 
with borax and the foraminifera picked from 10 ml cuts washed over a 200 mesh 
screen (Brit. Stand. Aperture 75 microns). Rose Bengal was used as a stain for 
protoplasm. Flotation in heavy liquids was found an inadequate means of separating 
the foraminifera from the sediment and particularly inefficient in the coarser 
fractions. Allsamples have therefore been picked by hand to allow proper statistical 
analysis of the results. Foraminifera have also been collected from seaweeds and 
picked from sediments scraped from cobbles and boulders with a blunt knife. 

Most of the species have been illustrated by scanning electron micrographs. In 
this case the specimens have been cemented to aluminium stubs by ‘dag’ (a suspen- 
sion of silver in alcohol) and coated by aluminium in vacuum before scanning and 
photography. This technique emphasizes surface detail but does not reveal internal 
characters, indeed it may obscure them, especially where the specimen is lamellar 
and the septa flush with the external wall. Where necessary, therefore, figures 
have been drawn by light microscope and camera lucida. These were drawn by 
Dr J. R. Haynes and carefully inked in by Dr K. Atkinson. A number of thin 
sections have also been made by a procedure close to that used for preparing thin 
sections of incoherent sediments used by Moore & Garraway (1963). Photographs 
of these sections were done by Zeiss Photomicroscope. 

Descriptwe. The synonymies have been restricted to important name changes 
and to citations from the North Atlantic and North Sea area with both figures 
and descriptions. In some cases citations with good figures only have been included. 
Other records are grouped in the distribution sections. 

' Additional reference in addendum. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA II 


A general diagnosis is given for each species as well as a description of a particular 
specimen. -In the descriptions care is taken to distinguish between the chambers 
visible on the periphery of trochospiral or planispiral forms and the number actually 
present in the successive whorls counted from the proloculus (as by Haynes, 1956). 
In biserial and triserial forms the angle of taper from the initial end to the widest 
part of the adult is given (as by Chamney, 1969). 


fil. . LOCATION; OF MATERIAL 


The specimens described are deposited in the collections of the British Museum 
(Nat. Hist.) and the registered numbers are given in the descriptions. In the case 
of the specimens illustrated by scanning electron micrographs the stubs have been 
presented (as removal from the well set ‘dag’ would undoubtedly cause damage or 
loss). All the sections illustrated may be found in the collection as well as all the 
other material, in conventional ‘one-hole’ slides. 


IV. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 


We are grateful to Professor Alan Wood for his vision in embarking on the 
Cardigan Bay Project and for his continued encouragement of our researches. We 
also owe a debt of gratitude to the U.C.W. and N.E.R.C. for the financial assistance 
that made this work possible. Thanks also go to the late William (Bill) Lucas, 
skipper of the ‘Antur’, and to Dr H. Jones and Dr J. R. Moore for their help at sea 
with the collection of samples, particularly during the extraordinarily severe winter 
of 1962/63. 

Numerous colleagues in this country and abroad have kindly sent copies of their 
work and specimens for comparison and special thanks are due to Dr’s C. G. Adams 
and R. H. Hedley for their encouragement and permission to examine collections 
in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.). 

We are indebted to Professor P. C. Sylvester-Bradley for permission to use the 
scanning electron microscope at the University of Leicester and to Mr G. L. C. 
McTurk for his skill in taking the photographs. 

Finally, we must express our heartfelt thanks for the efforts made on our behalf 
by members of the technical staff of the U.C.W., to Mr H. Williams for long hours 
spent in the darkroom and his expertise in making enlargements from the S.E.M. 
negatives; to Mr S. H. Garraway for making the thin sections; to Mr H. Edwards, 
_ Mr D. Jones and Mrs S. Davies for help with the picking, preparing an index of 
North Atlantic foraminifera and for checking the bibliography. Mrs C. Thomas 
drafted the location map and inked the figure of T. haynest. Miss M. Hughes, 
Miss G. Jones and Mrs P. Jones cheerfully coped with the problem of typing the 
manuscript. 


V- ,CLASSTRICATION 


Among the criteria available for the classification of the foraminifera are: wall 
structure, chamber arrangement, aperture form and the evidence of ontogeny 


J. R. HAYNES 


and the stratigraphical succession. There has been a continuing debate regarding 
the relative value of these features but lately the tides of opinion have set strongly 
in favour of the primary importance of wall structure, despite warnings that the 
evidence was inconclusive (Wood & Haynes, 1957; Reiss, 1963). Thus Loeblich 
& Tappan (1964b) state, ‘in the classification used by the writers, test mineralogy 
and wall microstructure are regarded as of primary importance’, and in their scheme 
the suborders and superfamilies are largely recognized on this basis. We believe 
this goes too far, leading to artificial groupings. Workers have been tempted to 
treat wall structure as a ‘key’ to classification, supposing it a non-adaptive character. 
However, Haynes (1965), has put forward reasons for the possible adaptive signifi- 
cance of changes in wall structure. It must also be remembered that all morpho- 
logical changes arise initially at the specific or subspecific level and wall structure 
cannot be exempt from this rule. 

Loeblich and Tappans’ scheme requires the independent origin of all the different 
wall structure groups from tectinous ancestors. For this reason optically granular 
forms are separated from what are considered to be their radial hyaline isomorphs 


and grouped in three new superfamilies. Thus granular Czbicides is separated from. 


radial Cibicides and placed in the new superfamily Anomalinacea, despite the fact 
that what was actually demonstrated by Wood & Haynes (1957) was that forms 
otherwise identical with Cibicidoides s.s. such as C. pseudoungerianus were found 
to be radial, and plano-convex forms otherwise identical with Czbicides s.s. were 
found to be optically granular. Towe & Cifelli (1967) have now shown that the 
difference between optically granular and radial wall structure is slight. It is the 
result of calcification on the tectin membrane, preferentially on the basal pinacoid, 
ooo! face, in the case of radial forms, and preferentially on the rhomb face, rorT, in 
the case of granular forms. They believe that these modes of calcification are so 
similar that it wouid be relatively easy to derive one from the other. Striking 
confirmation of this probability appears to be provided by the Nomion—Elphidium 
group. The optically radial, intermediate form Protelbhidium was described by 
Haynes (1956). Granular forms of Elphidium s.l., E. incertum Williamson, were 
described by Buzas (1966) and in this work we describe beautifully optically granular 
forms of Elpiidium s.s., E. exoticumn. sp. Matoba (1970) has suggested that a new 
genus should possibly be set up to include granular E. subincertum Asano but it 
is now clear that wall structure changes occur at the specific level in this group. 

It is thus obvious that the attempt to recognize the superfamilies Anomalinacea 
and Nonionacea on the basis of wall structure has to be abandoned. It is also 
apparent that the ‘septal flap’ is a gradually acquired, progressive feature in this 
group, of independent origin from that in the Rotaliidae. For this reason we have 
decided to tread a conservative path in regard to classification with no attempt 
to recognize categories above the family level. 

The family Discorbidae is also interpreted in the wide sense to include for the time 
being Rosalina s.l. and ‘Glabratella’. There are a number of reasons for taking this 
course. Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) have figured topotypes of Discorbis vesicularis 
Lamarck, the genoholotype, which show it to be a biconvex form with markedly 
overlapping umbilical lobes on the ventral side hidden beneath a vesicular mass of 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 13 


secondary calcite. According to these authors thin sections show the wall structure 
to be radial and monolamellid, contrary to Reiss (1963) who considered this 
species bilamellid with tooth plates. Loeblich & Tappan (1964b) follow Reiss 
in placing Rosalina in a separate family (Rosalinidae) and accept his statement that 
R. globularis, the genoholotype, is bilamellid. However, although Reiss says that 
R. globularis is unambiguously designated and well known it is clear frem his dis- 
cussion of Discopulvinulina Hofker that his specimens are almost certainly not the 
same as the specimen selected by Loeblich & Tappan as neotype (1964a). He 
refers to Cushman’s view that R. bradyi is merely a variety of R. globularis which 
indicates he is following Cushman’s conception of the species. As we show below, 
North Atlantic references to R. globularis, including Cushman (1931) and Hofker 
(1951a), refer to R. anomala Terquem. This species appears to be monolamellid 
but it is difficult to be certain and it has coarse pores on the dorsal side. Specimens 
we place under R. ivregularis do appear to be bilamellid but optically granular. At 
the moment, therefore, the evidence for removing Rosalina to another family and 
superfamily (Orbitoidacea) seems weak, particularly in view of the difficulty of 
interpreting the wall structure. It is also quite possible that the bilamellid condition 
first arose as a progressive feature in this group. 

Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) have transferred discorbids with umbilical aperture, 
radial ornament and plastogamic reproduction, to Glabratella and the family 
Glabratellidae. They have transferred the Glabratellidae to the Orbitoidacea 
because Reiss has found a bilamellid wall in Conorbella (considered synonymous 
with Glabratella). But the type of Glabratella, G. crassa Doreen is Eocene and the 
wall structure and mode of reproduction are unknown. Dziscorbis baccata (Heron- 
Allen & Earland) = D. wrightit (Brady) is plastogamic and may be bilamellar 
(Pl. 30, fig. 4) but appears closer to Discorbis s.s. than Doreen’s species. Until 
we know more about reproduction in the whole group it is merely confusing to 
transfer species with radial ornament to Glabratella. Yor instance Le Calvez & 
Boillot (1967) transfer Rosalina milletta (Wright) to Glabratella which in Loeblich 
and Tappans’ scheme would put it in another super family, thus separating it 
completely from the closely related R. nitida = R. williamsom (Chapman & Parr). 

The genus Gavelinopsis, genoholotype G. praegert (Heron-Allen & Earland) is 
distinguished from Rosalina largely on the basis of its prominent umbilical plug. 
However, as we show below, this is not always present and cannot be considered 
a basis for sound generic subdivision, particularly as Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) 
figure species of Discorbis with plugs. 

For the present, Asterigerinata, genoholotype A. dominicana Bermudez, is left 
in the family Asterigerinidae, although Reiss (1963) claims the chamberlets are 
secondary, not primary as in Asterigerina and transfers it to the Conorboidinae 
(Conorbidae). However, Loeblich & Tappan (1964b) transfer Conorboides to the 
aragonitic, Ceratobulimininae, so further work is required. But we do follow Reiss 
(1963) in placing Buccella in the Rotaliidae and agree that it is close to Ammonia but 
with dense granules obscuring the sutural fissures and giving the appearance of 
secondary apertures. 

It will be seen that our ideas on supra-generic classification in general and 


14 J. RK. HAY NES 

especially on the value of wall structure show something of a return to those of the 
‘English School’. Williamson (1858) first recognized the three major wall structure 
eroups, in particular the opaque calcareous (porcelainous) wall of the Miliolids, 
but his caution is well expressed by his statement that these differences “were at 
least of specific value’. This caution was well justified in view of the outer, aggluti- 
nated wall in many species of Quinqueloculina, such as Q. aspera, which could be 
taken to show the trend to Miliammina. ‘This genus, with grains bound in the tectin 
lining, probably first arose as an adaptation to the extensive brackish water areas 
so typical of Interior North America in the late Jurassic and Cretaceous. It is 
plain that a rigid application of wall structure leads to a horizontal classification. 
This may provide convenient pigeon holes but it hinders the study of lines of descent. 


Vio SYSTEMATICUDESCRIP LIONS 


Family ASTRORHIZIDAE Brady, 1881 
Genus HALYPHYSEMA Bowerbank, 1862 
Halyphysema tumanowiczti Bowerbank 

(Pl he 6 Pi a ne. 12) 


Halyphysema tumanowiczii Bowerbank, 1862 : 1105, pl. 73, fig. 3; Norman, 1878 : 274; Kent, 
1878 ::'68, pls 4;.5; Lankester, 1879 :.475, pl. 22, figs 1-11: Brady, 1884 : 281,) pl y27. 
figs 4,5; Cushman, 1918 : 87, pl. 33, figs.1,. 2; Loeblich’& Tappan, 1958: 124, pl. 1, igs 12 
(figs of lectotype); 1964a : C192, figs 108-6, 7. 

Squamulina scopula Carter, 1870 : 310, pl. 4, figs 1-11. 


DiaGnosis. Aspecies of Halyphysema in which the test consists of a single column, 
rising from a disc-like pedestal and gradually expanding to a brush-like head beset 
with sponge spicules. 


DESCRIPTION: (PI. 1,; fig. 6: PL. 3, fig..13.) Test. umlocular, fixed) by round, 
concavo-convex, disc-like pedestal which has bars within, elongate and gradually 
enlarging to the head which is flattened and has a slight neck, round in section, 
about five times as long as wide; aperture terminal, apparently single; wall thin, 
‘collagenous’ with closely agglutinated quartz silt and interwoven sponge spicules; 


spicules subparallel to the wall in the lower part but sticking out at an angle from 
the head and neck. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 1:20 mm, maximum width 0-26 mm, 
MATERIAL. Four specirnens. 
VARIATION. The clavate body chamber may be straight or twisted and the sponge 


spicules on the head directed forwards or out at various angles as in the specimen 
described. Rarely, sponge spicules entirely predominate (Lankester, 1879). 


DEPosITORY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 1-3. Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 625. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 647. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 


T5 


REMARKS. This remarkable foraminifer, ‘bristling with borrowed spicules’, as 
Brady remarked, was originally regarded as a sponge before its true affinities were 
recognized by Carter. Carter’s description includes these interesting details about 
the soft parts, ‘Animal occupying the cavity of the test, consisting of semitransparent 
yellowish sarcode charged with granules and oil globules, frustules of Diatomaceae, 
especially Melosiva, dark brown bits of Fucus, and reproductive cells’. Details of 
the wall are shown in Pl. 1, fig. 6. It will be noted that in some cases it is the 
pointed tip in other cases the rounded base of the sponge spicule that sticks out. 

Hedley & Wakefield (1967) have shown that the inner lining of the test is of 
fibrous protein, possibly collagen, imparting a flexibility that may be of adaptive 
value in the turbulent zone. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species occurs as a fixed form among weeds in the Laminarian 
zone. It is possibly widespread around Great Britain and it appeared as a juvenile 
form on weed covered cobbles gathered from Sarn Cynfelyn and kept in a tank for 
some months. The original specimens were from Hastings (Sussex) and Carter’s 
specimens came from Budleigh Salterton, Devon, found on Laminarian holdfasts 
and the fronds of Phyllophora. Other British records are Wembury, Devon (Hedley 
& Wakefield, 1967); Torbay, Devon (Parfitt, 1878); Jersey (Kent, 1878); Dublin 
Bay (Haddon, 1886); Colwyn Bay and Dee (Siddall, 1878, 1886); Clare Island 
(Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b). 


Genus HIPPOCREPINA Parker, 1870 
Hippocrepina species A 
(Pl. 2, fig. 4; Text-fig. 2, nos 1-4) 


Diacnosis. A species of Hippocrepina with subovate to elongate ovate test, 
slightly irregular but tending to be widest at the apertural end which is slightly 
produced and truncate with the aperture within a depression. 


ns 


0:0 1.0mm. 


Fic. 2, 1-4. Hippocrepina species A. 1-3, views of broken specimen containing dried 
protoplasm; 4, oval specimen. 


J. R. HAYNES 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 2, fig. 4.) Test subovate with truncate ends, round in section 
and widest above the mid point; apertural end produced into a rounded collar 
surrounding the small, circular, terminal aperture; wall strongly built, mainly of 
quartz silt with some mica and dark minerals, smooth exterior coat now partially - 
removed, faint parallel constrictions visible towards the base, grey in colour. 


Dimensions. Length 0-8 mm, diameter 0-46 mm. 
MATERIAL. About 10 specimens, some collapsed and distorted. 


VARIATION. As shown by the text-figure there is a range of shapes from subovate 
to subcylindrical and the faint grooves are more conspicuous in some specimens. 
No. 4 shows a collapsed form in which the aperture cannot be made out. These 
specimens were alive on collection and the broken one illustrated is filled up with a 
silty mass of protoplasm and dark waste products apparently including diatoms. 
The wall in this specimen is about 40 microns in thickness. 7 


DEPository. .B:M:(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 20: 4-5. . Stub. 1070. : 1m 26 3526. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimens, CB 413. 


REMARKS. ‘This species differs both in shape as well as in apertural characters 
from Hippocrepina pusilla Heron-Allen & Earland and Hippocrepina oblonga 
Pearcey. There is some resemblance between our specimens and Hippocrepinella 
acuta Hoglund but his specimens are all much smaller, with stronger constrictions 
and pointed initial ends. The wall is also much thicker and the aperture is not 
countersunk. Incidentally, Hoglund’s specimens should properly be included in 
Hippocrepina as Hippocrepinella was diagnosed by Heron-Allen and Earland as 
possessing double apertures and thin wall. 


DISTRIBUTION. All the specimens so far recovered are from Tremadoc Bay in 
northern Cardigan Bay. 


Genus MARSIPELLA Norman, 1878 


Marsipella elongata Norman 


(Weds 3) fig. 14) 


Marsipella elongata Norman, 1878 : 281, pl. 16, fig. 7; Carpenter, 1881 : 561, figs d, e, f; Brady, 
1884 : 264, pl. 24, figs 10-19; Flint, 1899 : 270, pl. 12, fig. 1; Cushman, 1918 : 23, pl. 8, 
igs 2, 3; Avnimelech, 1952 : 66, fig. 15. } 


DIAGNOSIS. An irregularly curved species of Marsipella tapering towards the 
extremities which become tubular and are composed of sponge spicules in contrast 
to the coarse sand grains of the body chamber. 


DESCRIPTION. Test broken with tubular extensions lost; unilocular, an irregular 
tube with roughly agglutinated wall of angular quartz grains up to about 0-3 mm 


CARDIGAN .BAY:- RECENT: FORAMINIFERA 17 


in Maximum diameter; subround in section; original test presumably open at both 
ends. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 3-3 mm. 

MATERIAL. Six broken specimens. 

Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 6-8. Stub 1970: II : 26 : 650— 
O51. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 318. 


ReMARKS. According to the original description the wall is of coarse sand grains 
‘interspersed here and there with a sponge spicule’ but the mouth opening is formed 
by a ‘faggot’ (bundle) of sponge spicules. However, Brady (1884) found exceptional 
individuals made up of quartz grains throughout and similar individuals occur in 
Carpenter’s Lightning material in the British Museum which also includes wholly 
spicular forms and specimens built of the tests of other foraminifera. It is therefore 
a mute point as to whether our specimens are all broken as they do not show the 
faggots of spicules and so they are questionably referred to the species. 

A number of specimens were also recovered in which the wall is composed of a 
sheaf of shell fragments (Pl. 3, fig. 15, CB 360) and a single specimen apparently 
composed of overlapping mica flakes (Pl. 3, fig. 16, CB 15). These are questionably 
referred to Marsipella species A and B, but could be worm tubes. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from Porcupine station No. 87, 
lat. 59°35’N, 9°W and appears to be widespread in the N. Atlantic: Warm Faroe 
Channel (Brady, 1884; Pearcey, 1890); West of Ireland (Brady, 1884; Wright, 
1889); Canaries and Azores (Brady, 1884); Western Atlantic (Cushman, 1918); 
Caribbean (Flint, 1899). 

Other records are: Indian Ocean, off Zanzibar (Stubbings, 1939); Antarctic 
(Chapman & Parr, 1937); South Atlantic, off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1961). 


Genus TECHNITELLA Norman, 1878 
Technitella teivyense Haynes n. sp. 
(Pl. 1, figs 1-4) 


DESCRIPTION. (Holotype Pl. 1, figs 1, 2 and 4.) Test attached, unilocular, 
roughly cylindrical and rising from an encrusting base, tapering slightly to the 
large, round aperture; wall an open network of sponge spicules directed forwards 
at about 45° to the axis of growth and piercing the tectin lining to intrude into the 
body chamber, markedly brushed forward around the aperture; aperture with in- 
ternal tectin collar. 


DImMENsSIons. Height approximately 0-70 mm. 

MATERIAL. Six specimens, or groups of specimens, attached to algae, 14 detached 
specimens. 

VARIATION. This species occurs as a cluster of individuals arising from the 
encrusting mat-like ‘base or as single individuals. The shape of the body chamber 
: | 


J. R. HAYNES 


is 


varies from narrow to stoutly cylindrical, some specimens tapering markedly 
towards the aperture. There is no evidence of branching of the cylindrical body 
chamber so the colonies appear to be composed of separate individuals. Specimens 

up to 2 mm length occur. } 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 3970: 11 : 26: 741-743 (holotype and para- 
types). 

PROVENANCE. Holotype, CB 647. Paratypes, CB 647. 

REMARKS. In 1967, Haman put forward good grounds for the supposition that 
T. lezumen had hitherto been misinterpreted, the former attachment end being 
mistaken as the aperture and the test figured upside down. Additional collecting 
in south Cardigan Bay now makes evident that our material is specifically distinct 
from 7. legumen and T. melo. In particular the rough, open, spicular structure of 
the wall in our form is quite different from the delicate, close set, warp and weft 
structure of T. legumen and the densely moulded wall of T. melo, well described by 
Norman as resembling the matted, fibrous surface of a coconut. This means that 
an attached habit in 7. legumen, although likely, still has to be proved and that our 
species can be placed in the genus Techmitella only tentatively. This brings up the 
question of the possible relationship of our form with Halyphysema which also 
has projecting spicules. However, this genus is also characterized by its definite 
attachment disc and club shaped head. 


DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to provenance in Cardigan Bay (Bae Aberteifi in 
Welsh because the River Teivy enters the bay at the port of Cardigan). Pronounced 
as in neck-tie. 


Family SACCAMMINIDAE Brady, 1884 
Genus PSAMMOSPHAERA Schultze, 1875 
Psammosphaera parva Flint 
(Rie? He 13) 


Psammosphaera parva Flint, 1899 : 268, pl. 9, fig. 1; Cushman, 1918 : 35, pl. 12, figs 4-6. 
Psammosphaera fusca Schultze var. parva (Flint) Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913a : 17, pl. 2, 
figs 7, 8. 
Psammosphaera fusca Brady, part, 1884 : pl. 18, figs 2-4 only (not Schultze). 
DIAGNOSIS. A subspherical, fine grained species of Psammosphaera generally 
built round one or two sponge spicules. 


DESCRIPTION. Test free, subspherical, irregular in outline, apparently transfixed 
with four sponge spicules; unilocular; wall of agglutinated grains of silt up to 
60 microns maximum diameter: no aperture but some small, irregular openings 
between the grains present. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-20 mm. 
MATERIAL. Three specimens. 


VARIATION. Up to five attached sponge spicules occur. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT .FORAMINIFERA 19 


Drvosrmory .B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 :.11.3:26.: 10.) Stub:1970 >. T1-> 26.: 686. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 311. 


REMARKS. This species is distinguished from P. fusca by its finer wall and by 
the presence of one or more sponge spicules. Heron-Allen & Earland (1913<) 
supposed it ‘constructs its abode round the spicule in order to obtain the increased 
support afforded by its projections in supporting itself upon the surface layers of the 
bottom ooze’. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from deep water, 1o1g fathoms 
off the coast of Brazil. Around the British Isles it has been found in abundance 
only in Goldseeker Haul 288, Warm Faroes Channel (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
[913a). Other records include: N. Atlantic (Cushman, 1918); S. Atlantic, Pernam 
buco (Brady, 1884); Falklands (Earland, 1934); Antarctic (Chapman & -Parr, 1937; 
Harland, 1936; McKnight, 1962; Wiesner, 1931); Indian Ocean, coast of Madagascar 
(Braga, 1961); Pacific (Cushman, IgIo, 1921). 

Thus most records are from high latitudes and deep water. 


Genus Lagenammina Rhumbler, I911 
Lagenammina arenulata (Skinner) 
(Pl, 2; fie. 17; Pl. 8; fis: 12; Text-fig. 3, nos 1-3) 


Reophax difflugiformis part Brady, 1884 : 289, pl. 30, fig. 5 only; Flint, 1899 : 272, pl. 16, fig. 2. 

reophax difflugiformis Brady subspec. avenulata Skinner, I961 : 1239. 

Proteonina difflugiformis (Brady) Cushman, 1918 : 47, pl. 21, figs 1, 2; Hoglund, 1947 : 53, 
ple te, 18; Cushman, 1948; 11, pl. 1, fig.-5; Hofker, 1960 : 235, fig. 7. 

Proteonina atlantica Parker, 1952a : 393, pl. 1, fig. 2 (not Cushman). 

Reophax atlantica (Barker) 1960 : 62, pl. 30, fig. 5 (after Brady). 


DraGnosis. An irregularly flask-shaped species of Lagenammina with slightly 
oroduced neck and coarsely agglutinated wall. 


Description. (Pl. 2, fig. 17; Pl. 8, fig. 12.) Test damaged with two holes and 
uppearing more bottle-shaped than it is in reality, unilocular, with greatest width 


Fic. 3, 1-3. Lagenammina arenulata, shape variations. 


20 J. R. HAYNES 
from mid point to the base, tapering to a slight, stout, neck at the apex, subround 
in section with flattened base; wall coarsely and roughly agglutinated with angular 
quartz silt grains and some mica flakes up to 75 microns In diameter in a finer matrix; 
aperture oval, with slight neck and well formed lip of smoothly cemented smaller 
erains up to 30 microns in diameter. | | 
DIMENSIONS. Maximum length 0-50 mm, width 0-20 mm. 
MATERIAL. Twenty-three specimens. 


VARIATION. Most of the specimens are somewhat smaller than the one described 
above, those illustrated in the text-figures averaging 0-30 mm in length. As shown 
by Text-fig. no. I an occasional large sand grain is attached to the wall. The test 
although slightly irregular is generally subround at the base and consistently 
tapers to a rather short, stout aperture from about mid point. 


Deposirory. 'B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 :-11 : 26 : 644. : Slide 19071 : 23 16: 1-4: 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 413. Other specimens figured, CB 646. 


REMARKS. Brady included a number of different forms under Reophax difflugi- 
formis in the Challenger Report. Our specimens are close to that shown in fig. 5 
which has been distinguished as subspecies avenulata by Skinner. As this form 
differs in shape, wall structure and apertural details from the type of Reophax 
diffiugifornus 1879 we have raised the name to specificrank. In fact, apart from the 

lack of apertural neck, L. avenulata is closer to L. atlantica Cushman. This is 
undoubtedly what led Parker and Barker to place Brady’s specimen in Cushman’s 
species. 

A number of references to L. diffiugiformis in the N. Atlantic and Arctic belong 
here though probably not those with long, narrow necks as illustrated by Parker 
(1952a) and Goés (1894). The specimens illustrated by Flint have necks that are 
unusually long but stoutly built like that in the type. 


DISTRIBUTION. The type was discovered at Porcupine Station 47 in the Faroe 
Channel, N. Atlantic. Other good, figured references are: The Skagerak (Hoglund, 
1947); N. Atlantic, common north of Lat. 35° (Cushman, 1918); Arctic, Nova 
Zembla and off Greenland (Cushman, 1944); New England (Parker, 1952a). 


Lagennamina cf. hancocki (Cushman & McCulloch) 
i (Pl. 2, figs 1 ra Bie, fie. to) 
See Proteonina compressa Cushman & McCulloch, 1939 : 42, pl. I, fig. 10 (renamed 
hancocki 1948). 


DESCRIPTION. Test unilocular, oval with greatest width about midpoint and 
tapering slightly to the truncated apex, compressed; wall coarsely agglutinated 
of angular quartz silt up to 60 microns in diameter in a matrix of finer grains, small 
angular openings between the grains resembling pores about 2 microns in diameter; 


CARDIGAN .BAY “RECENT: FORAMINIFERA aT. 


aperture large and round with smoothly cemented lip of small grains about 
5-8 microns in diameter. 

Dimensions. Length 0:23 mm, maximum width 0-15 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Derostory. - .5.M:AN/H:) Stub 1970: 1 : 26 : 573. 

PROVENANCE. CB 156, Dovey marshes. 


REMARKS. This species resembles L. hancocki in its coarse wall, compression 
und in the form of the aperture but 1s more elongate oval. 


Genus HEMISPHAERAMMINA Loeblich & Tappan, 1961 
Hemisphaerammina bradyi Loeblich & Tappan 
(PL. 6, figs x, 2) 
WVebbina hemispherica Brady, 1884 : 350, pl. 41, fig. 11 (not Parker, Jones & Brady = Tvocham- 
mina (Webbina) ivvegularis (d’Orbigny) var. hemisphaerica, 1866). 
Temisphaevammina bradyi Loeblich & Tappan, 1957 : 224, pl. 72, figs 2a, b. 


Diacnosis. A smoothly finished species of Hemisphaerammina with almost 
serfectly hemispherical test. 


DEscrRIPTION. Test attached to a quartz grain, unilocular, almost perfectly 
remispherical in side view, subround in section; wall of fine, angular silt grains 
n a finer matrix with rare spicules, smoothly finished; no aperture visible although 
here is a slight circular depression to one side. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter approximately o-2 mm, maximum height 
upproximately 0-1 mm. 


MATERIAL. One specimen only. 
DEPOSITORY.” ; B/M.(N.H.) Stub 1970:: 11.:'26°: 626. 
PROVENANCE. CB 61. 


ReMARKS. Although much smaller our specimen is otherwise identical with 
the specimens of Brady and Robertson, redescribed by Loeblich and Tappan, range 
9:5 to 1°56 mm diameter. 

Doubt has recently been thrown on the protozoan, indeed, foraminiferal, affinity 
of this form as Adegoke et al. (1969) have noted Hemisphaerammina-like egg cases 
belonging to a recent gasteropod. Unfortunately our material is too limited to 
ulow us to help solve this question. | 

DistrisuTion. The holotype was dredged with other specimens from two 
localities, 5 and 7 miles respectively off the Durham coast (North Sea) at about 
30 fathoms. 


J. R. HAYNES 


Family HORMOSINIDAE Haeckel, 1894 
Genus REOPHAX Montfort, 1808 
Reophax arctica Brady 
(Pl. 3, figs 8-12; Pl. 6, figs 4, 5, 7) 


Reophax arctica Brady, 1881 : 405, pl. 21, figs 2a, b; 1882 : 99, pl. 2, figs 2a, b; Parker, 1952a : 
395, pl. 1, figs 6, 7; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 21, pl. 1, figs 19, 20. 
Bigenerina artica (Brady) Cushman part, 1948 : 31, pl. 3, fig. 9 only. 
Dracnosis. A slender, slightly compressed species of Reophax with up to 12 
chambers, slowly increasing in size and narrow, oval to crescentic aperture. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 3, figs 10, 11; Pl. 6, figs 4, 5, 7.) Test slender, elongate, 
almost parallel sided in the Jast part, initial end pointed, apex slightly produced, 
slightly compressed, lobate; 10 chambers, the first four after the proloculus increasing 
rapidly in size as added, the last five very gradually with the final pair almost 
equal in size, last chamber oval with produced apex, early chambers wider than 
high, later ones becoming higher than wide; sutures between early chambers in- 
distinct, those between the final three chambers deeply impressed; wall of very 
fine, angular silt grains with larger grains up to 35 microns maximum diameter 
in a smoothly cemented finer matrix; scattered, angular pores present about I micron 
in diameter; aperture compressed oval (eye-shaped), terminal at the end of a slight 
neck with smoothly cemented lip. 


Dimensions. Length 0-39 mm, maximum width o-Io mm. _ Proloculus diameter 
approx. 20 microns. 


MATERIAL. Twenty specimens. 


VARIATION. As shown by the figures (PI. 3, figs 8, g) more irregular specimens 
occur than that described; occasionally with much larger grains in the wall. 


Derosirory. 3B.M.(N.H.)° Slide 1070:: 11 26; 11. Stub 1070 =19- 2ae567, 
1970 : II : 26 : 705-706. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 498. Others illustrated, CB 428 and 
CB 555. 

KEMARKS. Brady’s original description emphasized the slender and compressed 
shape of this species but the rather variable, oval to crescentic aperture revealed 
by our stereoscanner photos has, hitherto, not been noted. Other remarkable 
characters include the smoothly cemented matrix and apertural lip and the quad- 
rangular pores, well shown in PI. 6, figs 5 and 7. Our specimens are less compressed 
but otherwise the same as Brady’s specimens examined in the British Museum. 

Parker (1952a) has dealt with the erroneous ascription of the species to Bigenerina 
by Cushman in his paper on Arctic foraminifera (1948). : 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described by Brady from the Novaya-Zemlya 


Sea. Later records confirm its common Arctic occurrence: off Greenland and in 


the Canadian Arctic (Cushman, 1948; Leslie, 1963; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953; 


A DEI EAN Shy 


ee tara tech eta aoe gee ie 


Pee 


seeesiaiiieee Siena ld 


——— 


CARDIGAN BAYYRECENT FORAMINIFERA 22 


Phieger; 1952). Other N-'Atlantic records. are: off Portsmouth, N. Hampshire 
(Parker, 1952a); Great Pond, Falmouth, Massachusetts (Said, 1953). 

South Atlantic records are: off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1957, 1963). 

North Pacific records are: Bering Sea (Anderson, 1963; Cooper, 1964). 

These records indicate a cool or cold water distribution. 


Reophasx fusiformis (Williamson) 


(PI. 3, figs 3, 4) 

Proteonina fusifoymis Williamson, 1858:1, pl. 1, fig. 1; Hoglund, 1947: 52, pl. 4, fig. 21, 
text-figs 20, 21; Cushman, 1948 : 11, pl. 1, fig. 6; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 219, pl. 1, fig. 12 
(lian text). 

Reophax fusiformis (Williamson) Siddall, 1879 : 4; Brady, 1884 : 290, pl. 30, figs 7-10 (not 11); 
Roebhch & Tappan, 1955 :7, pl._1, figs 2.and 3a, b; Barker, 1960 : 62, pl. 30, figs 7-10, 
not 11 (after Brady). 


Diacnosis. An elongate, fusiform species of Reophax with strongly overlapping 
chambers, the septa (internally incomplete) marked externally by constrictions. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 3, figs 3, 4.) Test elongate, fusiform with greatest width 
towards the middle, subround in section; apparently three chambers in all, tapering 
to the apex and strongly overlapping ; septa apparently incomplete marked externally 
by horizontal constrictions (undercutting); wall roughly agglutinated with large 
erains up to fine sand size in a matrix of fine silt; some angular pores about I micron 
in diameter; aperture terminal, large and round with lip of more regularly cemented, 
fine grains. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-55 mm, maximum width 0-17 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. Some specimens are more irregular than that described with the 
occasional very large grain attached to one side. 


Drrosirory =. B:M.(N.H.).-Slide 1970-: 11.: 26-: 12-14. Stub ~1970. 7.11. : 26.: 
/97- | 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 4oI. 


REMARKS. This interesting species, genoholotype of Pvoteonina, was trans- 
ferred to Reophax by Siddall and Brady who noted the incomplete internal septa, 
marked externally by constrictions. These observations were confirmed by Loeblich 
and Tappan who chose a lectotype from Williamson’s material with three chambers 
and a paratype apparently having two. However, Barnard (1959) has complained 
that the selection of the lectotype does not agree with the original specimen described 
and certainly most of the specimens in the Brady collection at the British Museum 
appear only partially two-chambered. Feyling-Hanssen (1964) notes that Christian- 
sen found only some of many thousands of specimens examined to have internal 
septa. This indicates that there are grounds for retention of the genus Proteonina, 


j.-R. HAYNES 


possibly as a subgenus of Reophax, distinguished by incomplete development of the 
septa. It may be that strong overlapping of the chambers is linked with partial 
reworking of the previous chamber walls. 7 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from Skye, Scotland. Brady's 
specimens were also from off the west coast of Scotland at Loch Fyne and Cumbrae. 
It has been widely recorded around the British Isles but in the absence of figures 
these citations must be treated with reserve apart from Murray (1965a), specimens 
from Plymouth illustrated by a stereo pair. Brady also recorded it from the 
Porcupine Station, west of Ireland. | | 

Arctic records include: Cape Fraser (Brady, 1884); off Greenland (Cushman, 
1948). 

ae records indicate a cool to cold water distribution. 


Reophax moniliforme Siddall 
(Pl. 3, fise17 5) Pl Gn fie.8) 


Reophax moniliforme Siddall, 1886 : 54, pl. 1, fig. 2; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 43, pl. 2, 
fig. 12. 


Reophax sp. Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 328, pl. 13, figs 9, 22-24. 


Diacnosis. A subcylindrical species of Reophax with up to 12 chambers of 
about the same size. 


DEscRIPTION. (Pl. 3, fig. 17; Pl. 6, fig. 8.) Test elongate, slender and sub- 
cylindrical, round in section, initial part bulbous; 11 chambers, including the 
proloculus which is larger than the chamber succeeding it, gradually increasing in 
size, wider than high with truncate apex (barrel-shaped); sutures not much im- 
pressed, horizontal; wall of angular silt grains up to 18 microns diameter in a finer 
matrix, smooth finish, fragile and weakly cemented, ferruginous, scattered, angular 
pores up to about half a micron diameter; aperture terminal, large and round with 
rim of regularly arranged grains. ieee 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-64 mm, maximum width 0-11 mm. Proloculus diameter 
approx. 80 microns. | 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, mostly broken. , 

VARIATION. Many specimens show chambers of almost equal size (like the type 
figure) or even narrowing in width rather than gradually enlarging as in the specimen 
described. Many also show a pronounced waist after the proloculus. Chamber 
number and size appear to be closely related to proloculus diameter but the broken 
nature of most of the material precludes accurate measurement. els 

DEposiToryY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26:15. Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 708. 


:. Sia Specimen described. Station III, Clettwr Transect, Dovey - 
Marshes. 3 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT, FORAMINIFERA 25 


REMARKS. This species is remarkable for its regularly built test but, un- 
fortunately, due to its fragility, it is usually found broken. This had previously 
led us (like Brady before us) to include it under Protoschista findens (Adams & 
Haynes, 1965). 

As noted by Heron-Allen and Earland the septation is ‘often very obscure’ and 
Siddall’s figure, ‘gives a very misleading impression on this point’. Both Heron- 
Allen and Earland as well as Balkwill and Wright describe specimens in which the 
wall is composed of evenly laid sponge spicules. 

We have found the species occurring most abundantly on the intertidal marshes 
of the Dovey, with considerable numbers living. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from off the Little Orme’s 
Head, near Llandudno, N. Wales. Other British records are: Irish Sea, off Dublin 
(Balkwill & Wright, 1885); Clare Island, west of Ireland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1913b) ; Christchurch, Hampshire (Murray, 1968) ; Jersey (Halkyard, 1889) ; Western 
Approaches (Murray, 1970). 


Family LITUOLIDAE de Blainville, 1825 
Genus AMMOBACUEITES Cushman, Ig1Io 
Ammobaculites balkwilli Haynes n. sp. 

(Pl. 2, figs 2, 3; Pl. 29, figs 5, 6; Text-fig. 4, nos 1-5) 


Haplophragmium agglutinans Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 330, pl. 13, figs 18-20 (not Spivolina 
agglutinans d’Orbigny). 


Diacnosis. A species of Ammobaculites with the uniserial part of 2-5 chambers 
tending to be built up on top of the initial coil, sub-cylindrical and generally erect 


Fic. 4, 1-5. Ammobaculites balkwilli. 1, holotype; 2-4, paratypes, all in side view. 


fe 


J. R. HAYNES 


with straight peripheral edge. Aperture large and round with lip formed by a 
ring of angular grains set on end. 3 

Description. (Holotype, Text-fig. no. 1.) Test with last chamber broken 
open, crozier shaped with the planispiral portion subordinate to the uniserial part 
and only slightly wider, slightly compressed initially becoming round in section in 
the linear part and subcylindrical; about five planispiral chambers visible, eradually 
increasing in size, three uniserial chambers increasing in size only slightly, truncate 
and subovate in shape; sutures slightly impressed and distinct in the uniserial part, 
indistinct in the coiled part; aperture terminal, large and round with a protruding 
ring of elongate grains forming a lip; wall coarsely agglutinated, mainly of angular 
quartz grains in a white matrix of fine silt, with scattered grains of jasper, biotite 
and chert, apparently imperforate. | 

Dimensions. Length 0-67 mm, maximum breadth of uniserial part 0-17 mm, 
breadth of planispiral part 0-18 mm. 

MATERIAL. More than 20 specimens. Abundant in the Dovey Marshes. 


VARIATION. There is considerable variation in chamber shape and growth 
rate in the uniserial part. In some cases the last chamber is smaller, Text-fig. 4 
and in others the chambers become inflated and wider than high, Text-fig. 5. 
However, despite this there is a general tendency for the uniserial part to be straight 
and cylindrical and built on top of the initial coil (an extreme example being shown 
in Text-fig. 4 (where there is a switch in growth direction of about go°). The figures 
show the variation in grain size with particles of over 0:Io mm being incorporated, 
including in one case a foraminifer test, diameter 0-15 mm, Pl. 2, fig. 3. The larger 
grains and the coloured minerals (shown in black) are scattered in a groundmass of 
rather more constant size, about 15 microns in diameter, in turn embedded in a 
matrix of the finest silt. This species appears to select darker grains, including 
tiny fragments of coal, a fact which recalls the former sea borne coal shipments into 
Aberdovey. There is very little calcareous cement in specimens from the upper 
estuary and these may be quite fragile. 


DEPosiTorY. . B.M.(N-H.) Slides 1970°: 11 ; 20:: 26 (holotype), 1970-2] Zo: 
17-21. (paratypes). ~Stub 1970 : 11 : 26: 518; 1970: It : 26: 744 (watatypes). 
Section 1970 : II : 26 : 468 (paratype). 

PROVENANCE. Holotype and figured specimens, Station III, Clettwr Transect, 
Dovey Marshes. 


_ REMARKS. Specimens identical with ours were collected by Balkwill and Wright 
irom the Irish Sea near Dublin and ascribed to Haplophragmium agglutinans 
(d’Orbigny) = Ammobaculites agglutinans. One of their drawings showing a 
specimen with three uniserial chambers is very similar to ours shown in Pl. 3, fig. 2. 
the other shows a large, erect specimen with five chambers in the uniserial part. 
[he drawings are very good and show the grain size and scattered dark minerals 
very well. 

_D’Orbigny’s species which is from the Miocene differs in its much larger total — 
size, larger initial coil and more numerous chambers. 


CARDIGAN BAY. RECENT FORAMINIFERA ag 


The closest relative among species previously described appears to be A. josephi 
of Acosta (1940) from 7 fathoms near Dogs Reef, Cuba. This form is similar to 
ours in overall size as well as grain size, with small initial coil and four chambers 
in the uniserial part. However, it differs in growth rate with the final chamber 
making up more than one-third of the test and in its small aperture without a lip. 
It also differs in being more irregular and, apparently, in being slightly compressed 
(although described as ‘strongly cemented’). N.B. Dr Ronald Walker of the 
History Dept., U.C.W. was kind enough to translate Acosta’s description from the 
original Spanish. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species occurs on both sides of the Irish Sea. It occurs 
abundantly on the marshes of the Dovey Estuary and its comparative rarity in 


the open sea may be explained by the rapid break up of the test after death under 
ordinary marine conditions. 


DERIVATION OF NAME. | In honour of F. P. Balkwill, co-discoverer of this species 
in 1885 and co-author of the first and only comprehensive and illustrated account 
of Irish Sea foraminifera. 


Genus HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES Cushman, Igto 
Haplophragmoides wilberti Anderson 
(Pl. 2, fig. 1; Pl.-20, fig..7; Fext-fig. 5, nos 3-7) 
Haplophragmoides wilberti Anderson, 1953 : 21, pl. 4, figs 7a, b; Todd & Bronniman, 1957 : 23, 


pl-evhesi 28; 29; odd &-Low, 1961 : 13, pl. 1, fig...5. 
? Cribrostomoides jeffreyst Lutze, 1965 : 89, pl. 15, figs 10-13 (not Williamson). 


Diacnosis. An involute, slightly inflated, smooth species of Haplophragmoides 
with eight or nine chambers gradually increasing in size as added. Small umbilicus 
on each side filled with the lobed ends of the chambers. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 3, 4.) Test with last chamber broken, semi- 
inflated with slightly flattened sides and slightly irregular outline in equatorial 
view, lobate with rounded periphery; planispiral and involute with small umbilicus 
on each side; eight chambers visible only, slowly increasing in size as added, the 
rounded, lobate ends filling the depressed umbilical area; sutures distinct, slightly 
depressed, straight to sigmoid at an angle of approximately 40° to each other; 
aperture not present but foramen of penultimate chamber visible as a low, peripheral 
slit at the basal suture beneath a lip; wall tectinous with very fine silt grains, amber 
to brownish-white in colour with smooth, glossy finish; slight depressions show a 
tendency towards collapse. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-39 mm, maximum width 0-15 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, some collapsed and some distorted. 


VARIATION, Specimens with seven to nine chambers visible externally occur 
with a maximum diameter of 0-53 mm. As shown by the text-figures there is 
considerable variation of outline and distorted specimens occur which appear more 


ro 


28 J: Ro HAYNES 
inflated and umbilicate because more depressed. A larger specimen, referred to 
Haplophragmordes species A, is shown in Text-figs 1, 2. This specimen has fewer 
chambers visible, six and one half only, lacks umbilical lobes and is more globose 
with faster rate of chamber size increase, showing some resemblance to H. colum- 
hiensis Cush. and the smaller H. bonpland: Todd & Bronniman, but more finely 
arenaceous. 
Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 22-25. Section roe SqEIec 20. 
466. Stub 1970: 11 : 26:570. Haplophrag edie. species A, 1971 : 2: 16.: 8. 
PROVENANCE. Figured specimens from the High Marsh Juncetum of the Dovey 
Estuary, Clettwr IA. Haplophragmoides species A (Text-fig. no. 1) CB 641, marshes 
at Porthmeirion. 


REMARKS. Our specimens with their tectinous walls, tendency to cig chambers 
visible and slight apertural lip seem to fall well within the range of variation given 
for the species by Anderson, though less well grown and with less marked umbilicus 
than topotypes in the British Museum collections—Slide 1957 : 7:7: 9 : 75-76. 
As he noted, this species differs from H. subinvolutum, from the Pacific coast of the ; 
U.S.A., in lacking the pronounced apertural hood. Also it differs in showing eight , 


ae 


Peele Calne 


y 


a See oo | 


6 7 


0.0 0.5 mm. 

Pic. 5. 1,2. Haplophragmoides species A, side view and apertural view. 3, 4. Haplo- 
phragmoides wilberti, described specimen, side view and apertural view. 5-7. Haplo- 
phragmoides wilberti, Shape variations. 8, 9. Cribrostomoides jeffreysii, described 
specimen, side view and apertural view. 10. Cvibrostomoides jeffreysii, larger specimen 


with overhanging apertural face. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT »FORAMINIFERA 29 


or nine rather than six or seven chambers externally and in being more closely 
involute. As illustrated by the stereoscanner photo (PI. 2, fig. 1) the wall structure 
is seen to be very fine and the surface glossy, the sutures hardly visible by this 
technique. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from brackish water and inter- 
tidal environments in Louisiana. The only other records are the Gulf of Paria 
(Todd & Bronniman, 1957); Rappahannock River, Virginia (Ellison & Nichols, 
1970) and Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts (Todd & Low, 1961). It is interesting 
that these authors report joint occurrence with Jadammina macrescens which is the 
situation we find in the Dovey Estuary. If the specimens of Lutze belong here then 
the range of this form extends into the Baltic area also. 


Genus CRIBROSTOMOIDES Cushman, 1910 
Cribrostomotides jeffreysii (Williamson) 
(ele 2, digs 5,0; Pl 8, fie: -9% Pl.29, fig..10; Text-fig. 5, nos 8-10) 

Nonionina jeffreysu Williamson, 1858 : 34, pl. 3, figs 72, 73. 
Haplophragmium jeffreysi (Williamson) Berthelin, 1878 : 24, no. 20. 
Labrospiva jeffreyst (Williamson) Hoglund, 1947 : 146, pl. 11, fig. 3, text-figs 128, 129; Parker, 

1952a : 401, pl. 2, figs 15, 17-20. 
Alveophvagmium jeffreyst (Williamson) Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 31, pl. 3, figs 4-7. 
Laplophragmium canariense Brady (part), 1884 : 310, pl. 35, figs 1-3, 5 (not 4) (not d’Orbigny). 
Laplophrvagmoides canariense Cushman, 1920 : 38, pl. 8, fig. 1; Cushman, 1948 : 26, pl. 2, fig. 15. 
Laplophragmoides columbiensis Cushman, 1944: 12, pl. 2, fig. 1; Parker, 1948 : 238, pl. 4, 

fig..17 (not Cushman, 1925). 


DiAGNosiIs. A compressed species of Cribrostomoides with arcuate and protruding 
vpertural slit. The wall includes angular, glassy grains in a finer matrix and well 
srown specimens show slight uncoiling and large pseudumbilicus. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 8, 9.) Test compressed, lobate with sub-rounded 
yeriphery; planispiral and involute with small umbilicus on each side; six chambers 
visible, increasing gradually in size as added, the last two making up about half 
he test ; septal sutures distinct, impressed, flexuous; wall thin, tectinous with angular 
slassy, quartz grains set in a finer matrix, fragile, white in colour; aperture areal, 
1 protruding arcuate slit, with a slight neck with upper and lower lips, parallel to 
he basal suture. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-31 mm, maximum width 0-12 mm. 


MatTertaL. More than 25 specimens but most of them small, less than 0-35 mm 
liameter. 


VARIATION. Our material includes specimens up to about 0-40 mm in size, as 
shown in Text-fig. no. 10, but most are about 0-30 mm in diameter and consistently 
how six or seven chambers externally with little variation in shape. Authors’ 
igures show much larger specimens, the type is about 0-5 mm in diameter and 
Parker describes specimens up to 0-83 mm from off New Hampshire. These speci- 
nens show a tendency towards uncoiling and with a slower rate of chamber size 


J. R. HAYNES 


increase up to seven or eight chambers at the periphery, the pseudumbilicus revealing 
the penultimate whorl. The tendency for the aperture to be tucked under the 
overhanging apertural face also becomes more marked with growth and is reflected 
in the curve of the septal sutures. Hoglund has been able to distinguish both a 
microspheric generation (averaging 20 chambers) and a megalospheric generation 
(averaging about 15 chambers) both showing seven to eight chambers in the second 
whorl and up to 24 whorls in all. The colour is variable in our population. The 
specimen described is white. Others are golden-yellow or even reddish, the Sienna 
brown of Williamson. : 

DEpository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 26-28. Section 1970 : 12 : 26: 
467... Stubi970 211 +267: 509. | 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 555. Additional figured specimen, 
CB 299. 

REMARKS. Our specimens are smaller than the type but are identical in ‘the 
striking contour, arenaceous texture and rich colour’ also in the characteristic 
‘inlaid’, quartz grains appearing as ‘dark translucent specks’ in a finer matrix. 
Although, as Hoglund noted, Williamson’s diagnosis, ‘constitutes a brilliant excep- 
tion from the incomplete descriptions of earlier authors’,and makes clear the siphun- 
cular nature of the aperture, this species has been confused with others, in particular 
with Haplophragmoides canariense (d’Orbigny). However, d’Orbigny’s type figure 
shows a peripheral-basal aperture and this is confirmed by the redescription of the 
species made by Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) based on a specimen from the Philip- 
pines. 

As d’Orbigny’s species is the genotype the generic status of Nonionina jeffreysit 
has also been in doubt with successive transfers to Labrospiva and Alveophragmium. 
As shown by Loeblich & Tappan (Ibzd.) the latter must be restricted to species with 
alveolar wall so our species must be referred to Cribrostomoides which includes 
Labrospira as a junior synonym. 

Like many specimens referred to H. canariense N.W. Atlantic specimens referred 
to H. columbiensis also belong to Williamson’s species, as indicated by Parker (19524). 
This possibly applies also to the abnormal specimens referred by Heron-Allen & 
Farland (1913b, 1916a) to H. canariense. 


DISTRIBUTION. Williamson recorded this species from a number of localities 
down the western seaboard of Great Britain from the Shetlands to Cornwall, as 
well as from Davis’ Straits in the Arctic. Listed records of H. canariense in the same 
area, such as Siddall (1879) and Worth (1900, 1902) probably refer to this species 
also. It is listed by Murray from Plymouth (1965a) and Christchurch (1968) and 
by Atkinson (1970) from the Scillies. ; 

Other records seem to confirm a general temperate to cold water range for this 
form with a number for the N.W. Atlantic and Arctic: New England (Cushman, 
1944; Parker, 1952a); Canadian Arctic (Cushman, 1920, 1922; Loeblich & Tappan, 
1953; Vilks, 1969); off Nova Scotia (Barbieri & Medioli, 1969) 


South Atlantic records are: Estuary, Rio de la Plata (Boltovskoy, 1957); _ 


continental platform between San Tome and Rio de la Plata (Boltovskoy, 1961). 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT. FORAMINIFERA 31 


Outside the Atlantic there are records from: Off the Pacific coast of Japan (Uchio, 
(962) and Prince Edward Island S. Pacific (Brady, 1884). 


Family TEXTULARIIDAE Ehrenberg, 1838 
Genus SPIROPLECTAMMINA Cushman, 1927 
Spiroplectammina earlandi (Parker) 

(Pl. -2, fig. 57,Pl: 8, fez 11} 


extularia elegans Lacroix, 1931 : 14, fig. 11; 1932 : 8, figs 4 and 6, not 5 (not Plecanium elegans 
Hantken). 

rextulavia tenuissima Farland, n. name, 1933: 95, pl. 3, figs 21-30; Hoglund, 1947 : 176, 
pls 13, fig. a, text-figs 154, 155, 161 (not Hausler). | 

Pextuluvia eavlandi Parker, n. name, Thalmann in Phleger, 1952b : 86, pl. 13, figs 22-23; Parker, 
1952b : 458 (cf. tenuissima in text, new name in footnote); Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 238, 


pl. 3,.figs 9, 10. 
Pextularia aft. earlandi Phlieger, Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 236, pl. 3, fig. 8. 
pivoplectammina elegans (Lacroix) Norvang, 1966 : 14, pl. 1, fig. 24; pl. 2, fig. 11. 


Diacnosis. A long slender species of Spiroplectammina with up to 15 pairs of 
-hambers which only gradually increase in size as added. Angle of taper between 
co-and:20-. 

DESCRIPTION. «,.(Pi. 3, fig.5; Pl.8, fig. 11.) “Test broken in transfer to thé stub 
© it appears slightly less regular than in fact it was originally, elongate, slender, 
vith bluntly rounded initial part and apex, periphery rounded, lobate; initial plani- 
piral cou of four chambers followed by Io pairs of chambers gradually increasing 
n size as added, oval in shape; sutures distinct, impressed; wall ferruginous, of 
ngular silt grains, including shell material, apparently arranged in a single, flat 
ayer, of varying sizes up to 50 microns in diameter; small angular openings about 
- micron in diameter which may be pores; aperture an arched opening at the basal 
uture in the median line. 


DimENSIons. Length 0-56 mm, maximum width 0-14 mm. Angle of taper 
bout 18°. 


MATERIAL. Five specimens. 


VARIATION. One specimen shows quite markedly the tendency of the chambers 
o overhang the suture line; slightly shown by the specimen described. The material 
s insufficient for proper analysis of dimorphism but proloculus diameters appear 
o be near 20 microns, within the upper limit given by Lacroix. 

IDEROsITORY-..B:M.(N-H:)-.Slide1970°: 11 : 26°: 29~31: Stub 1970 1,11-: 26: 
2%. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 34. 

REMARKS. The tortuous synonymy shows the difficulties authors have had with 
laming this form. The chief problem that remains is the question of the exact 


dentity of the Mediterranean material of Lacroix and the South Georgia specimens 
fi Earland. Earland, after exchange of material with Lacroix, considered them 


32 |). Re HAYNES 
one species but Feyling-Hanssen, after the matter had been raised again by Parker, 
considered them two different species, one inhabiting cold waters and one, T. aff. 
earlandi, being a temperate to warm water form. However, after examination of 


the South Georgia specimens in the British Museum we consider there are no grounds ~ 


for separating them on the basis of wall structure or colour from the boreal forms. 
Both grey and ferruginous specimens occur in our material; Earland’s specimens 
are brownish. Inany case, even if the material were divided, the name T. earlanat 
must be applied to the material of Lacroix and a new name found for Earland’s, 
South Georgia material. Norvang (1966) has attempted to preserve the name 
elegans of Lacroix after transferring the genus to Spiroplectammuina but this appears 
to be against the Rules, Article 57. Revival of secondary homonyms, Article 59c, 
is only allowed for names rejected after 1960 (Stoll et al., 1961). The name earland: 
is also to be preferred on grounds of stability as ‘Plecanium elegans’ could possibly 
be transferred from Textularia to Spiroplectammina also. 

A specimen from the Humber, referred by Mills (1900) to T. agglutinans d’Orb. may 
also belong here. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from the Mediterranean. 
Subsequent records from the N. Atlantic area are: off S.W. Ireland and Faroes 
(Parr, 1950) ; Skagerak and Kattegat (Hoglund, 1947) ; Holocene of Norway (Feyling- 
Hanssen, 1964); Long Island Sound—Buzzards Bay area (Parker, 1952b); Canadian 


Arctic (Phleger, 1952b); Western Approaches (Murray, 1970). 


Records from the Gulf of Mexico include: N.E. Gulf (Parker, 1954); Mississippi 
(Lankford, 1959); off Texas and Mexico (Phleger, 1g6ob). 

South Atlantic records include: tide pools along the Patagonia coast (Boltovskoy, 
1963); 25 stations around South Georgia (Earland, 1933). 

North Pacific records include: off Japan (Matoba, 1970; Uchio, 1959, 1962); 
California coast (Arnal, 1958; Bandy, 1963; Walton, 1955; Zalesney, 1959). 

Antarctic records include: ‘widely distributed’ (Parr, 1950). 


Spiroplectammina wrightii (Silvestri) 
(Pi. 3) ties an,.2) 


Spiroplecta sagittula Wright, 1891 : 471; I902a : 211, pl. 3, figs 5-8 (not Textularia sagittula 
Defrance). 

Spivoplecta wrightit Silvestri, 1903 : 59, text-figs 1-6; Heron-Allen & Farland, 1O16b : 42; 
pl. 6, figs 7-10; Cushman, 1922 : 5, pl. 4, figs 5-8. 

Spivoplectammina wrightii (Silvestri) Cushman, 1949 - 6, pl. 1, figs 2-4. 

Textularia sagittula Brady, 1884 : 361, pl. 42, figs 17, 18; Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 332, pl. 13, 


figs 15-17; Lacroix, 1929 : 1, text-figs 1-12; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930 : 72; Hoglund, — 


1947 : 167, pl. 12, figs 3, 4; text-figs 143-146; Colom, 1952 : 18, pl. 5, figs 41, 42; Feyling- 
Hanssen, 1964 : 238, pl. 3, figs 4, 5; Norvang, 1966 : 11, pl. 1, figs 9-23; pl. 2, fig. 12 (not 
Defrance). 

Textularia cuneiformis Williamson, 1858 : 75, pl. 6, figs 158, 159 (not d’Orbigny). 

Textularia sagittula Defrance var. cunertformis Goés, 1894 : 36, pl. 7, figs 288-290 (not d’Orbigny). 

Textularia williamsoni Goés, 1894 : 36, pl. 7, 285-287 (nomen oblitum). 


Dracnosis. A compressed, carinate species of Spiroplectammina reaching about 


ae 


ay 
i 
S 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 33 


I mm in size with up to 14 pairs of chambers in the microspheric generation which is 
sagittate with angle of taper about 45° and with up to 12 pairs in the megalospheric 
generation which has a large initial coil and tends to become parallel sided. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 3, figs 1, 2.) Test compressed with rounded initial part and 
slight waist before the commencement of the parallel sided adult part, periphery 
lobate, carinate; initial part planispiral followed by seven pairs of chambers, the 
first three increasing fairly rapidly in size as added, the last four only gradually, 
twice as wide as high, sutures distinct, slightly impressed, almost horizontal; wall 
of angular silt grains set in a tectin lining, including shell material, up to 40 microns 
diameter, in a finer matrix, smoothly cemented; minute oval to quadrangular 
openings between the grains about I micron in size which may be pores; aperture 
a low slit at the basal margin of the last chamber in the median line. 


Dimensions. Length 0-65 mm, width 0-36 mm, thickness about 0-15 mm. 
Overall angle of taper about 35°. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens but many damaged, particularly at the 
initial end in the microspheric generation and in specimens with smaller megalo- 
spheres. 


VARIATION. Specimens up to I mm length occur and apart from the tendency 
for specimens with large megalospheres to become parallel sided many show waisting 
at different points during growth with sudden expansion in breadth thereafter. 
This occurs in both generations. Because of the broken nature of the material 
it is impossible to emulate the exhaustive investigation of dimorphism carried out 
by Lacroix and Hoglund, but it can be said that the microspheric generation occurs 
rarely, microsphere about 20 microns diameter, the megalospheric generation much 
more abundantly, megalosphere between 50 and 80 microns diameter in Io speci- 
mens measured with up to 12 pairs of chambers. An initial planispire of four to 
five chambers occurs in both generations. 


IDePository..° B.M.(N.H.): Shde 1970.7 11 :.26.:32. Stub-1970 >: Ir : 26:: 722. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Brit. Mus. Core 13. 


REMARKS. This species has been persistently confused with I. sagittula Defrance 
although the type figures of that species show a large inflated form, biserial through- 
out and about 3 mm long. The Defrance collection was apparently destroyed in 
the attack on Caen during the war (1944) according to Norvang (1966) but specimens 
which may reasonably be regarded as topotypes have been collected from the 
Pliocene of Sienna by Loeblich & Tappan (1964a). They are much larger and more 
inflated than S. wrightit and lack the planispiral initial part. 

A prime cause of the confusion that has long reigned was the fact that Defrance 
cited the Mediterranean as an additional locality for his species which led Lacroix 
to suppose that S. wrightit was synonymous with it. There is now no doubt that 
Lacroix actually was working with S. wright. This also means that the attempt 
by Norvang to set up a specimen of ‘T. sagittula = S. wrightii, from the Bay of 
Villefranche as neotype for Defrance’s species is unnecessary as well as offending 
against the Rules of Nomenclature. According to the Rules neotypes must be 


Cc 


44 J) Reagan Ss 

based on material from the type area and as noted by Loeblich and Tappan, 
T. sagittula was originally described as a fossil from Italy which indicates the Pliocene, 
Sienna or Castel Arquato, localities of Defrance. A further consequence is that 
Norvang’s attempted redefinition of Textularia on the basis of its ‘calcitic’ wall is 
found to be based not on the genotype but on S. wright. This would suggest that 
a new generic name is required for ‘calcitic’ as against arenaceous species of Spiro- 
plectammina. However, we believe these differences to be of specific rather than 
generic significance, especially as S. earland1, accepted by Norvang in Sparoplectam- 
mina s.s. has according to our observations calcareous grains in its wall and his own 
thin section of 7. sagittula (pl. 2, fig. 12) = S. wrighti, includes ‘insignificant amounts 
of quartz grains’. Both may have pores. 

Textularia williamsont Goés is apparently a senior synonym of S. wright. 
According to Hoglund it probably represents the microspheric generation. How- 
ever, he found no trace of the specimens in Goés’ collection and the name must 
now lapse as a nomen oblitum, being out of use for over fifty years. 

Very detailed observations have been made upon this species by Lacroix, Heron- 
Allen and Earland and Hoglund. These indicate pronounced dimorphism with a 
strong tendency for two groups of megalospheric individuals, constituting the Ar 
and Az2 generations of Hofker. 

It is possible that Spivoplectammina sagittula of Hofker (1930) belongs here but 
_ there is doubt because he reports areal apertures and foramina in his population. 


DISTRIBUTION. British records include: off Rathlin Island, Northern Ireland 
(Wright, 1902a), South Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 1885); Western Approaches 
(Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967; Murray, 1970); English Channel (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1g16b, 1930; Murray, 1965a); Western coasts of Britain (Williamson, 1858); Scillies 
(Atkinson, 1970). 

Other N.W. European records include: Bay of Biscay (Caralp, Lamy & Pujos, 
1970); coast of Galicia (Colom, 1952); N.W. Atlantic (Brady, 1884); Belgian coast 
(Cushman, 1949) ; Skagerak (Hoglund, 1947); Holocene of Norway (Feyling-Hanssen, 
1964). 

Mediterranean records include: Tyrrenian Sea (Silvestri, 1903) 
France (Lacroix, 1929, 1932; Norvang, 1966). 

A marked Lusitanian—Mediterranean concentration appears to be indicated. 


; off southern 


Family TROCHAMMINIDAE Schwager, 1877 
Genus TROCHAMMINA Parker & Jones, 1859 
Trochammina astrifica (Rhumbler) 

(Pl. 4, figs 18-20) 


Troe hammina squamata astrifica Rhumbler, 1938 : 188, figs 29-31. 
lvochammuna astrifica (Rhumbler) Hoglund, 1947 2.206, pl. 15,-lg.,25 texte. 180) 


Diacnosis.. A concavo-convex species of Tvochammina with from five to seven 
chambers visible ventrally and regularly star shaped umbilical opening. 


i] 
t 


| 


| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 35 


DeEscriPTIon. (Pl. 4, fig. 18, description of dorsal side from extra specimen, 
Pl. 4, figs 19, 20.) Test concavo-convex, compressed, periphery subangular, slightly 
lobate; chambers arranged in a low, trochoid spiral of about three whorls, all visible 
on the raised (rather flattened) dorsal side, gradually increasing in size as added 
and becoming long and low with slightly impressed, swept back sutures, only the 
last five visible on the concave, involute ventral side, sutures impressed, radial, 
excavated towards the open umbilicus making a regular, star-shaped figure with 
blunt points; wall of flat, angular silt grains up to 20 microns diameter (probably 
shell material) arranged in a neat mosaic parallel to the tectin base; aperture ap- 
parently a low slit at the basal suture of the last chamber on the ventral side and 
communicating with the open umbilicus beneath the chamber lobes. 


Dimensions. Diameter 0-26 mm, additional specimen 0-19 mm. 
MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 

Depository: B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : Ir : 26 : 730-731. 
PROVENANCE. Specimens described, CB 519 and CB 594. 


REMARKS. Our specimens appear to be close to Rhumbler’s types though with 
five chambers visible on the ventral side rather than six or seven. In this character 
they more resemble the specimens figured by Hoglund. The ventral sutures are 
also much straighter. It should be noted that the ventral side in our specimen 
is much more concave than would appear from the stereoscanner photograph. 
Although it might be objected that most species of Tvochammina show a star-shaped 
umbilicus (as, indeed, do species of Rosalina and Ammonia) the sutural fissures are 
particularly geometric in this form, as pointed out by Hoglund. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described by Rhumbler from Amphioxus Sand 
and Polygordius—Schill, Helgoland, Germany. MHoglund’s material is from the 
Skagerak and Kattegat. It is also listed from Plymouth (Murray, 1965a). 


Trochammina haynesi Atkinson 
(Text-fig. 6, nos I-3) 


Trochammina haynesi Atkinson, 1969 : 528, fig. 6, nos Ia-c. 
? Tvochammina sp. Lutze, 1965 : 92, pl. 15, figs 21-23; pl. 12, figs 1 and 2. 


DiaGnosis. A concavo-convex species of Trochammina with six to nine chambers 
in the second whorl and final chambers becoming long and low. Umbilicus small 
with irregular sutural fissures. Early whorls with little agglutinated material, 
tectin dark brown. 

DESCRIPTION. (Paratype, Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test concavo-convex, with sub- 
round, irregular, lobate periphery; chambers arranged in a sinistral, trochospire, 
6:9:9: 2—, after the proloculus, very gradually increasing in size as added and 


_ becoming twice as long as high by the third whorl, as seen from the raised, evolute, 


dorsal side, sutures distinct, impressed, swept back; eight chambers visible on the 


J. R. HAYNES 


: 
30 


deeply concave, evolute, ventral side, umbilicus and aperture obscured, sutures 
sigmoid, impressed; wall of very fine, angular silt grains, first two whorls with very 
little agglutinated material, the dark brown tectin layer being very striking in 


dorsal view. 


0.0 O.5mm. 


Fic. 6, 1-3. Trochammina haynesi. specimen described. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 
3, dorsal view. 


DIMENSIONS. Diameter 0:31 mm, height 0-15 mm. Proloculus diameter approx. 
20 microns. 

MATERIAL. Paratype from K. Atkinson collection. 

Derosirory. B.M:(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 2 20 : 33. 

PROVENANCE. CB 417. 

REMARKS. Although slightly smaller, range of diameters given 0-15—0-2I mm, 


the specimens reported as Tvochammina sp. by Lutze appear to show the essential 
features of Atkinson’s species. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from the littoral and sublittoral 
of Cardigan Bay where it was found associated with Dictyotaand Laminaria. Lutze’s 
specimens are from the Baltic, Ostsee. 


Trochammina globigeriniformis var. pygmaea Hoglund 
(Pl. 4, fig. 14) | 


Tvochammina globigeriniformis (Parker & Jones) var. pygmaea Hoglund, 1947 : 200, pl. 17, 
fig. 3; text-fig. 182. 


Diacnosis. A dwarf variety of T. globigeriniformis reaching up to about 0-25 mm 
in diameter. 

DEscRIPTION. (Pl. 4, fig. 14.) Test globose with convex sides and rounded 
periphery, lobate; chambers arranged in a sinistral, trochoid spiral, about 11 fol- 
lowing the proloculus, all visible on the evolute, dorsal side, only the last 34 on the 
involute, ventral side, longer than high and arcuate as seen on the dorsal side, 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 27, 


inflated; sutures distinct, impressed; wall of very fine, angular silt grains (probably 
shell material) about Io microns in diameter in a neat, smooth, mosaic, parallel to 
the tectin base; aperture obscured but, apparently a ventral, basal slit (aperture of 
previous chamber possibly left open). 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-24 mm. 
MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

ePOSirORY.. -B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11:: 26.: 728. 
PROVENANCE. CB 408. 


REMARKS. The specimen described appears to fit well with the dwarf variety 
of Hoglund, distinguished by its small size from the much larger wae to 2 mm) 
and more stoutly built, 7. globigerintformis. 


DISTRIBUTION. This variety was originally recorded as a rare form in the 
Skagerak, and has also been noted by Murray at Plymouth (1965a); and in the 
Western Approaches (1970). 


Trochammina inflata (Montagu) 
(Pl. 4, figs 15-17; Pl. 6, fig. 3) 


Nautilus inflatus Montagu, 1808 : 81, pl. 18, fig. 3; Brown, 1844 : 1, pl. 1, fig. 4. 

Rotalina inflata (Montagu) Williamson, 1858 : 50, pl. 4, figs 93, 94. 

Trochammina inflata (Montagu) Carpenter, 1862 : 141, pl. 11, fig. 5; Brady, 1884 : 338, pl. 41, 
meswa—c. Goes, 1804 :-20, .pl. 6, igs 222-224; Cushman, 1944 : 17, pl.2, fig. 8; 1949 : 18, 
Des nes 3,43 Parker, 19052a : 407, pl. 4, igs 6 and:10; 1952b : 250, pl. 3; figs'1a, b; Todd & Low, 
1961 : 15, pl. 1, figs 22, 23; Haake, 1962 : 30, pl. 1, figs 5 and 6; Loeblich & Tappan, 1964< : 
C250, fig.173, I 


DiaGnosis. A globose species of Tvochammina with five or six chambers in each 
whorl and radial sutures. Wall very finely arenaceous and generally red-brown in 
colour. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 4, fig. 15, description of dorsal side based on additional 
specimen; Pl. 4, figs 16, 17.) Test globose, biconvex with raised ventral side and 
flattened dorsal side, periphery broadly rounded, lobate; chambers arranged in a 
dextral, low trochoid, spiral, with all the whorls visible on, the evolute, dorsal side, 
14 chambers following the proloculus, 5 : 5 : 4—, in almost three whorls, moderately 
increasing in size as added, longer than high, rhomboidal, more than doubling in 
size with each volution, sutures radial, impressed, spiral suture angular; five cham- 
bers visible on the involute ventral side with radial sutures; wall of very fine silt 
grains about 3 microns in diameter, arranged in a neat mosaic parallel to the tectin 
base, inner lining of proloculus exposed, some minute openings between the grains 
_ less than a micron in size; aperture a slit at the basal margin of the final chamber 
on the ventral side, joining the small, deep, open umbilicus beneath a lip (obscured 
| by debris). : 


38 J:-R. HAYNES 

Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-60 mm, diameter of additional specimen 
shown in dorsal view 0-45 mm. Diameter of proloculus in this specimen about 
25 microns. 

MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 

VARIATION. Specimens up to 0-70 mm maximum diameter were recovered. In 
Io specimens examined the proloculus diameter measured approximately 25 microns, 
with up to 16 chambers developed. 

Depository. 8B.M.(N.H.) Slide 19070 :.11 : 20: 41-43.- Stub “1970 ar > 26% 
132-133: 

PROVENANCE. Station IIA, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes, from High Marsh 
Sward. : ; 

REMARKS. This is a typical foraminifer of intertidal marshes and is adapted to 
lowered salinity and exposure. The chambers of the first whorl are often broken 
because of the delicate construction of the wall and the tectin lining may be exposed, 
a point referred to by both Williamson and Brady. 

DESCRIPTION. This species was described originally from the coast of Devonshire 
and it was recorded later by Williamson from both the English Channel and Skye, 
Scotland. Later records confirm a general near shore and brackish water distribu- 
tion around the British Isles: Irish Sea, Liverpool Bay (Pearcey, 1891) ; Dee Estuary 
(Siddall, 1875); Mersey Estuary (Burgess, 1891); West of Scotland, Firth of Clyde 
(Robertson, 1877); Western Isles (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a; Robertson, 1892) ; 
Shetlands (Waller, 1868); Forth (Pearcey, 1902) ; Northumbrian coasts and estuaries 
(Brady, 1865, 1870, 1884); English Channel, Christchurch (Murray, 1968); Selsey 
(Heron-Allen & Earland, 1909, I911); Exe Estuary (Worth, 1902); Plymouth and 
Cornwall (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916b, 1930; Murray, 1965a; Worth, 1904); 
Western Ireland, Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b). N.B. Williamson 
noted the rarity of this species in the sea. Such marine occurrences may be derived 
forms as suggested by Heron-Allen and Earland for the Selsey specimens which may 
come from Chichester Harbour and Bosham mud flats. 

Other N.W. European records include: Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949); Wadden 
Sea (Voorthuysen, 1951); Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Baltic (Goés, 1894). 

Mediterranean records include: Rhone Delta (Kruit, 1955). | 

Records for marshes and sounds in the Western Atlantic include: New York 
Bight (Ronai, 1955); New England (Cushman, 1944); Barnstaple Harbour (Phleger 
& Walton, 1950); New Hampshire (Parker, 1952a); Buzzards Bay (Parker, 1952b); 
Narragansett (Said, 1951); Great Pond, Massachusetts (Said, 1953); Poponessett 
(Parker & Athearn, 1959); Bay of Fundy (Harrington, 1955); Martha’s Vineyard 


(Todd & Low, 1961); Canadian and Greenland Arctic (Phleger, 1952); St Lawrence 
(Dawson, 1870). 


Gulf of Mexico and S.E. United States records include: Rappahannock Estuary, — 


Virginia (Ellison & Nichols, 1970); Mason Inlet, N. Carolina (Miller, 1953); North 
Gulf of Mexico (Phleger, 1960); Louisiana (Warren, 1957); Mississippi Delta (Lank- 
ford, 1959; Phleger, 1954, 1955); Texas coast (Lehman, 1957; Parker, Phieger@ 
Peirson, 1953; Phleger, 1956). 


=. 
a 
he 
“i 
‘ 
a» 
Sie 
+ 
} 
.. 
sg 
: 


CARDIGAN BAY’ RECENT: FORAMINIFERSA 39 


South American records include: Southern Brazil (Boltovskoy, 1959); Argentina 
(Boltovskoy, 1961, 1963); Falklands (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1932). 

Pacific records include: general in Pacific coast marshes of N. America from 
Copper River Delta, Alaska to Mexico (Phleger, 1967); California (Bandy, 1963; 
Hanna & Church, 1927; Natland, 1933; Phleger, 1965; Walton, 1955); Sunset 
Bay, Oregon (Detling, 1958). 

Other Indo-Pacific records include: Malay Archipelago (Millett, 1899); off Japan 
(Cushman, I910); Oyster Harbour, Australia (McKenzie, 1962); Port Hacking, 
Australia (Albani, 1958); Manukau Harbour, New Zealand (Hulme, 1964). 

Antarctic records include: Weddell Sea and Falklands Sector (Earland, 1934) 
also Wiesner (1931). 

These records indicate a world wide distribution in extreme habitats, mainly 
intertidal, brackish water but also, apparently, including deep, cold water environ- 
ments. 


Trochammina intermedia (Rhumbler) ? 
(Pl. 4, figs 9-13; Pl. 6, fig. 9) 


Trochammina squamata intermedia Rhumbler, 1938 : 186, figs 27, a, b. 

Trochammina intermedia (Rhumbler) Hoglund, 1947 : 206, pl. 16, fig. 1; text-fig. 188. 

Tvochammina squamata Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b: 50, pl. 3, figs 7, 8 only, cited by 
Rhumbler (not Jones & Parker). 


DiaGnosis. A concavo-convex species of Tvochammina with marked peripheral 
lobes on the ventral side and small to almost closed umbilicus. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 4, fig. 9, description of dorsal side based on figs 12, 13.) 
Test with last chamber broken, concavo-convex, compressed, periphery subangular, 
_ lobate; chambers arranged in a low trochoid spiral of about three whorls, all visible 
_ on the raised, evolute, dorsal side, gradually increasing in size and becoming long and 
_ low with impressed swept back sutures, only the last five visible on the concave, 
_ involute, ventral side with marked lobes at the periphery; small, open umbilicus; 
wall of flat angular silt grains up to 20 microns diameter (probably shell material) 
neatly arranged parallel to the tectin base; aperture not visible. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-24 mm, additional specimen 0-17 mm. 
| MATERIAL. Four specimens only. 

VARIATION. Maximum diameters between 0-13 mm and 0:34 mm, 
Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : II : 26 : 726-727, 734-735. 


- PROVENANCE. Specimens described Low marsh, Clettwr Transect Station VII, 
Dovey. Additional specimens figured, CB 13 and CB 33. 


REMARKS. Our specimens appear to show the characters of Rhumbler’s species 
but are much larger. In this respect they are nearer the specimens of Heron-Allen 
_ and Earland from off Clare Island. As noted by Hoglund the North Sea material 
_. shows the same chamber number in specimens only half the size or less which suggests 
a genetic difference. 


40 J. R. HAYNES 

DIsTRIBUTION. The species was first described from Helgoland while Hoglund’s 
specimen came from the Skagerak. Heron-Allen and Earland found their specimens, 
‘almost universally distributed (24 stations)’, off Clare Island, W. Ireland. 


Trochammina ochracea (Williamson) 
(Pl. 5, figs 15-18) 
Rotalina ochracea Williamson, 1858 : 55, pl. 4, fig. 112; pl. 5, fig. 113. 
Trochammina ochracea (Williamson) Balkwill & Millett, 1884 : 25, pl. 1, fig. 7; Cushman, 1920 : 
75, pl. 15, fig. 3 (after Williamson); 1944 : 19, pl. 2, figs 12, 13; 1949: 17, pl. 3, fig. 1; Hog- 
lund, 1947 : 211, pl. 16, fig. 2; text-fig. 190; Todd & Low, 1961 : 16, pl. 1, fig. 18; Feyling- 
Hanssen, 1964 : 240, pl. 3, figs 11, 12; Hedley e¢ al., 1964 : 419, tab. 1, fig. 2, no. 2, fig. 3, 


no. 2 (syntypes). 
Trochammina ochvacea ochvacea (Williamson) Rhumbler, 1938 : 190. 


Diacnosis. A scale-like, concavo-convex species of Tvochamnmina with eight 
or nine chambers visible on the ventral side. Dark brown in colour with yellow, 
limbate sutures and irregularly asteroid umbilicus. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 5, figs 15, 16, account of dorsal side based on additional 
specimen, figs 17, 18.) Test concavo-convex, thin and scale-like, periphery entire, 
subangular; about three whorls of chambers, all visible on the evolute, raised dorsal 
side, gradually increasing in size as added and becoming long and low, sutures slightly 
impressed; eight chambers visible on the concave, involute, ventral side; ventral 
sutures limbate, slightly raised, incised towards the open umbilicus making an 
irregularly asteroid figure, markedly flexuous; wall of very fine angular silt grains 
about 10 microns in diameter, arranged in a neat mosaic parallel to the tectin base; 
aperture apparently basal at the ventral suture of the last chamber communicating 
with the open umbilicus beneath the umbilical lobe; colour dark, resinous brown 
with light yellow septa. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-24 mm, diameter of additional specimen 
shown in dorsal view 0-16 mm, 


MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 
Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 736-737. 


PROVENANCE. Both specimens illustrated, Station VII, Clettwr Transect, Dovey 
Marshes. 3 | 


REMARKS. Our specimens fit well with the syntypes examined in the British 
Museum as well as with the accurate original description and the beautiful, coloured, 
type figures which show the dark test and ochraceous septa. These features are, 
of course, not seen in the stereoscanner photo which emphasizes the elevation of the 
sutures and the irregularly asteroid umbilicus. As shown by Hedley et al. the open 
umbilicus distinguishes this species from T. arctica (= T. squamata Parker & Jones, 
1865). The last few chambers in our specimen show the tendency to develop lobes 


at the ventral suture which may indicate a gradation between this form and 
Remaneica helgolandica. 


CARDIGAN BAY. RECENT FORAMINIFERA AI 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from Skye, Scotland. 
Subsequent records for the British Isles include: Firth of Forth (Pearcey, 1902); 
West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a); Clare Island, W. Ireland (Heron- 
Allen & Earland, 1913b); Galway (Balkwill & Millett, 1884); Scillies (Atkinson, 
1970); English Channel, Plymouth (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930; Murray, 1965a); 
Western Approaches (Murray, 1970); Jersey (Halkyard, 1889); Belgian coast 
(Cushman, 1949). 

Records for the N.W. Atlantic include: New England, Buzzards Bay and Vineyard 
Sound (Cushman, 1944); Martha’s Vineyard (Todd & Low, 1961). 

It has also been recorded from the Late Glacial and Holocene of the Oslofjord 


area (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964) and from off the coast of Argentina (Boltovskoy & 
Boltovskoy, 1968). 


Genus JADAMMINA Bartenstein & Brand, 1938 
Jadammina macrescens (Brady) 
(Pl. 1, fig. 5; Pl. 2, figs 14-16; Text-fig. 7, nos I-5) 


Trochammina inflata (Montagu) var. macrescens Brady, 1870 : 290, pl. 11, figs 5a—c; Cushman, 
mogzOn2 74, pl..15; fig. 1 (after Brady); 1949.: 19, pl. 3, figs 5, 6. 

Trochammina macrescens (Brady) Phleger & Walton, 1950 : 281, pl. 2, figs 6-9; Parker, 1952a : 
HOS, Pld, 185: 8a,-b; 1952b : 260, pl. 3, figs 3a,.b; Parker & Athearn, 1959 : 341, ‘pl. 50, 
figs 23-25; Todd & Low, 1961 : 16, pl. 1, fig. 16. 

Jadammina macrescens (Brady) Adams & Haynes, 1965 : 30 (list); Murray, 1965a : 503 (list). 

Jadammina polystoma Bartenstein & Brand, 1938 : 381, text-figs 1-3; Parker & Athearn, 
EO59)- 341,.pl.<50, figs 21,.22,.27; Haake, 1962 :.31, pl.1, figs 7-9; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 
241, pl. 3, figs 13-15; Brodniewicz, 1965 : 200, text-fig. 27. 


Driacnosis. A subglobular species of Jadammina with about eight chambers 
visible at the periphery and a variable number of small, round, areal apertures. 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Fic. 7, 1-5. Jadammina macrescens. 1, specimen described, ventral view; 2, dorsal 


view; 3, apertural view; 4, apertural view of specimen with smaller proloculus; 5, ventral 
view of same. 


J. R. HAYNES 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test slightly collapsed with damaged final 
chamber, subglobular with flattened sides, periphery rounded, semilobate; chambers 
arranged in a low, sinistral trochospire, 5 : 6 : 5—, following the proloculus; seven 


chambers visible on the involute ventral side with impressed, sinuous sutures meeting 


in a small, shallow umbilicus; 16 chambers visible on the evolute, dorsal side, 
eradually increasing in size as. added but slightly irregularly, becoming slightly 
higher than long at the end of the second whorl and showing a tendency to uncoil, 
septal and spiral sutures impressed, septal sutures backward curving, umbilicus 
wide and shallow; wall tectinous, golden brown with extremely fine agglutinated 
silt grains; apertures obscured, but apparently including a long, low opening at the 
be sal suture and at least two, round areal opcunes in the apertural face, each with 
a slight neck. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-42 mm, height 0-13 mm. Diameter of 
proloculus approx. I5 microns. 


MaTertaL. More than 25 specimens, mostly collapsed but many apparently 
showing the original test shape although slightly damaged and distorted. 


VARIATION. Generally up to two and a half whorls are developed with five or 
six chambers in the first, six or seven chambers in the second. From 7—9 chambers 
are visible on the ventral side. A specimen with smaller proloculus than the speci- 
men described above is also illustrated. In this case the proloculus is about 
10 microns in diameter and is followed by successive whorls with 6 : 7 : 5—chambers. 
This specimen reaches a maximum diameter of 0:34 mm (slightly distorted). Irena 
Brodniewicz illustrates specimens of almost the same size but with larger proloculus, 
about 20-25 microns in largest diameter and 11 to 12 chambers only. There is 
thus a strong indication of variation in chamber number connected with variation 
in proloculus size. The development of the areal apertures is also variable. 


DEPOSITORY. - B-M.(N.H.)’ Slide 1970 : 11: 26%. 33-40," Stub 10707 ee 20 
628, 629. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described and others illustrated, High Marsh Sward, 
Clettwr Transect, Station IIA, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. The apertures are frequently obscured in this delicate species which 
is prone to collapse on drying or burial in sediment. As, in any case, the develop- 
ment of the areal apertures appears to be a variable feature it becomes merely an 
academic exercise to attempt to distinguish Tvochammina macrescens from Jadammina 
polystoma, After examination of the excellent material of Brady from Westport 
in the British Museum we agree with Parker and Athearn who suggested that these 
species were virtually identical. Bartenstein (1969) has recently shown how they 
see a very similar geographical range and morphology apart from the aperture 
detauls. 

Our stereoscanner photo shows very well the low basal aperture and the beautiful, 
masonic detail of the grains in the lips of the areal apertures (PI. 1, fig. 5). 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally recorded by Brady from brackish 
water, tidal rivers in Northumberland and Durham (Rivers Wear and Blyth) and 


ee 
* 


CARDIGAN BAY..RECENT FORAMINIFERA 43 


from Loch Grunard and Loch Gilp, Scotland and Westport, Ireland. Later records 
confirm this distribution: Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 1882, 1885); Mersey 
(Burgess, 1891); Dee (Siddall, 1878); Southport (Chaster, 1892); Western Ireland 
(Balkwill & Millett, 1884; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b). 

English Channel, Cornwall (Clarke, 1906; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1g16b, 1930; 
Murray, 1965a); Hampshire, Christchurch (Murray, 1968); Kent coast (Hedley 


- & Underwood, 1957); Western Scotland, Loch Hourn (Heron-Allen & Earland, 


1916a). 

Northwest European records include: Belgium (Cushman, 1949); Holland and 
Germany, Dollart-Ems Estuary (Voorthuysen, 1960); Jade Bay (Bartenstein & 
Brand, 1938); Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Ostsee (Lutze, 1965); Poland, S. Baltic 
(Brodniewicz, 1965) as well as the Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 

Records for brackish water areas and marshes in Eastern N. America include: 
New England, Barnstaple (Phleger & Walton, 1950); New Hampshire (Parker, 
1952a) ; Martha’s Vineyard (Todd & Low, 1961); Poponesset Bay (Parker & Athearn, 
1959); Long Island (Parker, 1952b); Staten Island (Behm & Grekulinski, 1958); 
Virginia, Rappahannock Estuary (Ellison & Nicols, 1970). 

Records for the Gulf of Mexico include: (Phleger, Parker & Peirson, 1953; 
Phleger, 1960); Galveston Bay, Texas (Phleger, 1965); Lagoa dos Patos (Closs, 
1962). 

Records for the Pacific Coast include: California (Bandy, 1963; Phleger & 
Bradshaw, 1966); marshes from Mexico to British Colombia (Phleger, 1967). 

South American records include: Puerto Deseado (Boltovskoy, 1963). 

A general distribution in cool to warm temperate marshlands is indicated. 


Genus REMANEICA Rhumbler, 1938 
Remaneica helgolandica Rhumbler 
(Piss; tie. 10;° PI 6;., fig: 6) 
Remaneica helgolandica Rhumbler, 1938 : 195, text-figs 38-45. 


Diacnosis. <A species of Remaneica with well marked lobes along the ventral 
chamber sutures and only weak plication at the periphery. 


DeEscrRIPTION. (PI. 5, fig. 19.) Test scale-like, wafer thin, concavo-convex, 
periphery acute, lobulate; about three whorls of chambers, ’all visible on the raised, 
evolute dorsal side, gradually increasing in size as added, becoming long and low, 
arcuate, plicated at the periphery with development of partial internal partitions; 
eight chambers visible on the ventral side with marked lobes developed along the 
sutures, with septal openings between I-2 microns diameter; wall of minute silt 
grains, between I and 2 microns average size, embedded in a tectin base, brown in 
colour; aperture apparently a ventral, basal, slit; umbilicus apparently closed. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:15 mm. 
-MaTERIAL. One specimen only. 


J. R. HAYNES 


DEposITORY. B:M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 729. 

PROVENANCE. CB 33. 

REMARKS. Unfortunately, we have only one specimen of this interesting little. 
species. In size, chamber number and in the development of the lobes along the 
ventral sutures it appears close to Rhumbler’s form. There is some doubt whether 
Trochammina (Remaneica) helgolandica sensu Hoglund (1947) really belongs here 
because his drawings appear to show a more strongly plicate species, without rounded 
ventral lobes, in this respect nearer the six chambered R. plicata (Terquem). Hog- 
lund’s figures were used to illustrate the genus by Loeblich & Tappan (1964a: 
C266, fig. 178, nos 1 and 2). 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was described by Rhumbler from Amphoxus Sand 
and Polygordius—Schill, Helgoland, Germany. | 


Family ATAXOPHRAGMIIDAE Schwager, 1877 
Genus EGGERELLOIDES Haynes n. gen. 
Genotype Eggerelloides scabrum (Williamson) 


GENERIC CHARACTERS. The genus Eggerellotdes includes members of the Ataxo- 
phragmiidae with trochospiral initial part, at least in the microspheric generation, 
and triserial adult part. The aperture extends from the basal suture of the last 
chamber into the apertural face in a high arch or loop shape. There is a lip all 
round and the proximal border is inturned to make a connection with the previous 
foramen. 

The genus differs from Eggerella in its high, loop-shaped aperture and from 
Eggerellina in its trough-like internal tooth plate and multilocular initial part. The 
wall of E. scabrum with large quartz grains set in a matrix of much smaller grains 
is also distinctly different from the smooth, finely calcarenitic wall of the described 
Cretaceous species of Eggerellina. 


Eggerelloides scabrum (Williamson) 


(Ph. 2, figs:7, 85 Pl 10, figs 10,14, Text-tig.-8) 0s 14) 


Bulimina scabra Williamson, 1858 : 65, pl. 5, figs 136, 137 (B. avenacea on plate). 

Textularia scabra (Williamson) Fischer, 1870 : 393 

Verneuilina scabra (Williamson) Cushman, 1922 : 55, pl. 10, figs 5, 6; Rhumbler, 1936 : 236, 

~, figs 234-246. 

Eggerella scabya (Williamson) Cushman, 1937a : 50, pl. 5, figs 10, 11; Hoglund, 1947 : 101, 
pl. 13, figs 12-14; text-figs 162-165; Cushman, 1949 : 7, pl. 1, fig. 6; Colom, 1952 =o! pl. sham 
= ae Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 243, pl. 4, figs 4-6; Lutze, 1965 : 92, pl. 15, figs 24-20; 
pl. 12, igs 3-12. 

Verneuilina polystropha Brady, 1884 : 386, pl. 47, figs ‘15-17; Goés,- 1894 = 32, ple. 7 Mes 24 gee 
255; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 55, pl. 4, figs 1 and 2 only (not Reuss). 


CARDIGAN BAY-RECENT FORAMINIFERA 45 


Diacnosis. An elongate, slightly irregular species of Eggerelloides with over 
20 chambers developed in the microspheric generation which has an irregular, 
multilocular initial part and the last one or two whorls rapidly expanding in size. 
The megalospheric generation develops up to about 16 chambers and is more 
regularly triserial throughout, tending to become parallel sided although the initial 


chamber is often offset. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. no. 1.) Test elongate with pointed initial end and 
subglobular distal end; about 25 chambers, the initial part irregularly trochospiral 


with the initial chamber hidden by later ones, the adult part triserial with the 


chambers in regular vertical rows, increasing slowly in size until the last whorl 
which is double the penultimate and subglobular; sutures impressed, spiral suture 
not marked; aperture a high arch at the basal suture of the last chamber in the 
centre of the flattened, slightly excavated apertural face, with delicate lp of small 
grains, proximal border inturned as a trough-like tooth plate connecting with the 
previous foramen; wall of angular quartz silt grains up to about 70 microns in dia- 
meter in a matrix of small grains about 5—Io microns in diameter, cement apparently 
organic. 


Dimensions. Length 0-80 mm, maximum width 0-43 mm; diameter of proloculus 
(microsphere) apparently about ro microns (in xylene). Angle of taper 45°. 


. Fic. 8,1-4. LEggerelloides scabyum. 1, specimen described; 2, 3, microspheric and megalo- 
_ spheric specimens from Cardigan Bay; 4, megalospheric specimen from the Shetlands. 


J. R. HAYNES 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 

VARIATION. The Cardigan Bay material includes microspheric individuals with 
very small proloculus diameters near Io microns, tending to have more than 20 
chambers in the adult and megalospheric individuals with proloculus diameters 
between 30-60 microns with about 16 chambers. These figures correspond to 
Hoglund’s observations on material from the Gulmar Fjord. Specimens examined 
from Goldseeker dredgings off the Shetlands show a greater range of megalosphere 
sizes, some reaching 100 microns. Specimens up to 1 mm total length occur in this 
material also. 

Megalospheric individuals tend to become parallel sided with angle of taper 
about 40°. Some microspheric individuals with markedly expanded last whorl 
(Text-fig. no. 2) have an angle of taper as much as 55°. Hoglund found a general 
correlation between grain size and depth with the coarsest forms in deeper water. 
Our material appears to be similar to that from the Shetlands with large grains up 
to about 70 microns diameter in a matrix of smaller material (Pl. 19, figs Io, 11). 
The occasional specimen occurs with a much larger grain built into the test. Some 
specimens are a ferruginous yellow-brown colour, others are white. Quite often 
the last chamber only is white. 

DEPosiTorY. ' B.M:(N.H.). Slide 19070211 3260 » 44-48. Stub-1070) uy] 26m 
591-592. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Goldseeker Haul 91, Shetlands. Specimens 
illustrated by stereoscanner, CB 13. Text-fig. no. 4, Goldseeker Haul g1, nos 2, 3, 
CB 208. 

ReMARKS. The original diagnosis of Williamson was based on material which 
included specimens from Dublin Bay as well as the Shetlands. In particular he 
noted the obtuse shape and tumid distal end, the roughly agglutinated wall with its 
organic cement and the ‘involuted’ aperture. Our specimens are identical with 
specimens examined in the Williamson collection at the British Museum. The 
form of the aperture disposed Williamson to place this species with Bulimina and 
it was in fact called B. avenacea on the plateexplanation. The difficulties experienced 
by later authors in this regard have led to it being successively placed in Textularia, 
Verneulina and Eggerella. However, as our plates show, the apertural characters 
which are remarkably like those of Bulimina exclude it from these generic groups. 


DIsTRIBUTION. This species was originally described as generally distributed 
around the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland. This being confirmed by later 
records such as those for Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); the Clyde 
(Brady, 1884); Kent coast (Hedley & Underwood, 1957); Plymouth (Murray, 
1965a); Christchurch (Murray, 1968); Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 
1967; Murray, 1970). 

Other N.W. European and Lusitanian records include: Gulmar Fjord (Goés, 
1894; Hoglund, 1947); coast of Norway (Sars, 1865); Baltic (Lutze, 1965); Belgian 
coast (Cushman, 1949); off Spain (Brady, 1884; Colom, 1952). 


Arctic and cold water records (Cushman, 1922) may result from confusion with 
Eggerella advena. 


ate ie 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 47 


Genus TEXTILINA Norvang, 1966 
Textilina bocki (Hoglund) 
(Ele wiest6; 72 -P 1. Otis. 8) 


Textulania bockt Hoglund, 1947 : 171, pl. 12, figs 5-7, text-figs 152, 153; Le Calvez, 1958 : 150, 
pl. 1, fig. 4; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 234, pl. 3, figs 6, 7. 
- Textularia agglutinans Goés, 1894 : 35, pl. 7, figs 281-284, 294-296 (not d’Orbigny). 
Textularia gramen Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 332, pl. 13, figs 13, 14 (not d’Orbigny). 


Diacnosis. <A species of Textilina with compressed, subcarinate, juvenile part 
with angle of taper about 60°, becoming inflated with rounded periphery in the 
adult with overall angle of taper from 35-—45°. Advanced forms becoming thicker 
than wide. | 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 3, figs 6, 7; Pl. 8, fig. 8.) Test with initial part broken, 
compressed, evenly wedge-shaped with a drop in the angle of taper in the adult 
part, periphery lobate, initially subcarinate, later rounded; chambers biserially 
arranged (initial, part with proloculus broken), about eight pairs, gradually increasing 
in size, wider than high; sutures distinct, impressed in the adult; wall of angular 
silt grains, including shell fragments, up to 25 microns diameter, smoothly set in a 
very fine matrix, small round to quadrangular openings between the grains may be 
pores; aperture a short, narrow, slit-like opening at the basal suture of the final 
chamber in the median hne, with shght, sharp, upper lip. 


Dimensions. Length 1-0 mm, maximum width approx. 0-55 mm, thickness 
0:32 mm at last pair of chambers. Angle of taper approx. 35°. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens but most damaged, particularly at the initial 
end; many juveniles also. 
_ VARIATION. There is variation in compression which appears to be genetic as 
well as a factor of growth. However, none reach the striking thickness exhibited 
_by one of Hoglund’s paratypes. 
| Dreosimory.- B:M.(N.H.).Slide 1970 + in: 26: 49. “Stub 1970 :-41 :-26:2,720. 
| PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Brit. Mus. Core 16. 
REMARKS. Our specimens fit well with Hoglund’s material both in the changing 
angle of taper and in the contour of the periphery. This species differs from 
_T. agglutinans @’Orbigny in its carinate initial part and from T. gramen d’Orbigny 
| and 7. pseudogramen Chapman & Parr by becoming rounded in the adult. Care 
must obviously be taken in the attempt to place juveniles of these species. Many 
| _ listed references to T. agglutinans and T. gramen from around British coasts probably 
belong here. (Note, these species are transferred to Textilina by Norvang as the 
| ‘initial part is considered triserial.) 


_ DistriputTion. This species was described from the Gullmar Fjord, Skagerak 
and Kattegat. It is also recorded from the south Irish Sea, off Dublin (Balkwill 
| & Wright, 1885) and in the north Irish Sea (Bruce, Coleman & Jones, 1963). A 
Peclitc Sea record is given by le Calvez.{1958), and it is noted-for‘the Salkies by 
Atkinson (1970), as well as in the Bay of Biscay (Caralp, Lamy & Pujos, 1970). 


| 
I 


: 


} 


48 J. R. HAYNES 


Family FISCHERINIDAE Millett, 1898 
Genus CYCLOGYRA Wood, 1842 
Cyclogyra selseyensis (Heron-Allen & Earland) 
(Pl. o, fig. 15; Pl..209, fig. 4; Text-fig. 9, nos 1-6) 
Cornuspiva selseyensis Heron-Allen & Earland, 1909 : 319, pl. 15, figs 9-11; Cachan LO2ZO) 3.625 
pl. 20, figs 9ga—c, after Heron-Allen & Earland. 


Dracnosis. A depressed, involute, corrugated species of Cyclogyra in which the 
last whorl in well grown, megalospheric specimens makes up most of the test. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1, 2.) Test with damaged apertural end, circular 
in side view, with uneven, rounded periphery, depressed as seen in apertural view; 
proioculus globular and followed by a planispiral chamber arranged in three or four 
whorls, gradually increasing in size, each by about half to two-thirds as much again 
as the previous one in height and becoming more and more overlapping, almost 
completely by the final turn; deep umbilicus on each side with slightly protruding 
proloculus, spiral suture marked but irregular, excavated; wall porcelaneous, thin 
and translucent, without pores, a rich amber in transmitted light ; aperture damaged, 
apparently formed by the open end of the tube, wider than high; surface marked 
by numerous growth lines. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-37 mm, width 0-13 mm. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens but mostly small, less than 0-20 mm dia- 
meter, and showing juvenile characters only. 


VARIATION. The text-figures given an idea of the range of form in the Cardigan 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Fic. 9, 1-6. Cyclogyra selseyensis. 1, 2, well grown specimen showing corrugated and 
enveloping last whorl; 3, 4, juvenile with small proloculus and almost evolute whorls, 
resembling C. involvens of authors; 5, 6, juveniles with larger proloculus. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 49 


Bay population. The specimen with smallest proloculus (Text-fig. no. 4) about 
25 microns, has four whorls. This individual may be microspheric or at the lower 
end of the megalosphere size range. In Text-fig. no. 5 we illustrate a larger specimen 
with proloculus diameter about 38 microns and two whorls increasing more rapidly 
in height, more than half as much again but not quite doubling in size. The 
specimen illustrated (Text-fig. no. 6) with largest megalosphere, about 50 microns, 
has a similar growth rate, prominent growth lines and excavated spiral suture and 
closely resembles the inner whorls of the specimen described (Text-fig. nos 1, 2). 
The test, therefore, becomes more involute, depressed and corrugated with growth 
It is interesting to note that the characters shown by advanced megalospheric 
individuals are only slightly shown by the specimens with small proloculus; indicat- 
ing the need for caution when dealing with juveniles and microspheric individuals 
in this group. N.B. The full range of variation is shown by the living population 
on the Dovey marshes. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 : If : 26 : 50-55, 1970: II : 26 : 56-58. 
Section 19070? 11 : 26°: 468. Stub 1970 : 11 : 26.: 568. 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Station III, Clettwr Transect, Dovey 
Marshes, live when taken. 


REMARKS. This species has not been refigured since the original description 
of Heron-Allen & Earland in 1909, or recorded elsewhere by other workers. Cushman 
merely repeated the original figures in his Atlantic Monograph. Well grown 
megalospheric specimens from the Dovey marshes such as the one we describe 
come close to these original figures in size (about 0-3 mm) and in the number and 
involution of the whorls. However, they do show a more depressed whorl shape 
which might be expected as they are slightly larger and better developed. 

Heron-Allen and Earland supposed that ‘this form may eventually prove to be 
a merely megalospheric type of C. tmvolvens (Reuss)’. However, C. involvens as 
first figured is larger, between 1 and 2 mm with truncate periphery and about seven 
whorls. Our specimens also seem to be quite different from C. involvens as inter- 
preted by later workers. Cushman (1929) illustrated what may be the microspheric 
generation showing a specimen with about 11 whorls and a total diameter near 
1mm. What appear to be well developed examples of the megalospheric generation ~ 
are illustrated by Loeblich & Tappan (1953). These specimens show seven or eight 
whorls and reach more than 2 mm in diameter. Our specimens are similarly, 
smaller, with less whorls and more involute and more depressed than C. zncerta 
(d’Orb.), C. dajolhensis (Uchio) and C. tasmanica (Parr). 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from the shore sands at 
Selsey and Bognor in the English Channel and recorded as occurring in the North 
Sea. Our discoveries indicate a wider distribution, possibly obscured hitherto 
by the tendency of authors to lump it under other names. For instance, the speci- 
mens figured as C. znvolvens by Balkwill & Millett (1884) from Galway and Balkwill 
& Wright (1885) from Lambay Deep, Dublin may well be juvenile forms of C. 


& selseyensis. On the other hand the world-wide records given by Heron-Allen and 


Farland, quoted by Cushman, are more doubtful and probably refer to other species. 
D 


J. R. HAYNES 


50 


It occurs living very abundantly on the marshes of the Dovey Estuary and also 
in tide pools along the Cardigan Bay coast. The same habitat of ‘half tide pools’ 
was noted by Balkwill and Millett for ‘C. cnvolvens’ in Galway. 


Family NUBECULARIIDAE Jones, 1875 
Genus SPIROPTHALMIDIUM! Cushman, 1927 
Spiropthalmidium acutimargo var. emaciatum Haynes n. var. 
(Pl 5, fe: 1 Piso} ties a6 Nextiec shor mes sie 


Spiroloculina acutimargo Brady, 1884 : 154, pl. 10, fig. 14; Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 323, 
fig. 1; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 24, pl. 1, fig. 8 (not Brady, fig. 13). 
Spivophthalmidium acutimargo Cushman, 1949 : 16, pl. 2, figs 14, 15; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 246, 
plore; He 3S: 
? Spiroloculina sp. abnorm. Barker, 1960 : 20, pl. Io, fig. 14. 
Dracnosis. An elongate variety of Spivopthalmidium acutimargo up to four 
times as long as wide. Later chambers overlapping with slightly raised flaps. 
Aperture produced and tubular with phialine lip. 


DESCRIPTION. (Holotype, Pl. 5, fig. 11; Pl. 9, fig. 16.) Test elongate-ovate, 
almost parallel sided with narrow tubular apex, much compressed and blade-like, 
periphery produced into a wide keel, about three times as long as wide; chambers 
arranged in a spiroloculine spiral after an initial, undivided, tubular portion, in- 
creasing moderately in size and becoming strongly embracing as added, wrapped 


1 Original spelling by Cushman. 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Pic. 10, 1-4. Spivopthalmidium acutimargo var. emaciatum. 1, 2, side and edge view 
ss slender specimen showing considerable taper to the apex; 3, 4, specimens with apertures 
oroken. 


ie see ae 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 51 


round at the base, about seven visible (actual body chamber extremely narrow 
due to size of keel); sutures hidden beneath the slightly raised and thickened fiaps 
produced along the overlapping edges of the chambers; wall thin, translucent and 
pearly, imperforate porcelaneous; aperture with a reflexed, round lip at the end of 
a tubular neck, no tooth structure. 


_ Dimensions. Length 0-43 mm, maximum width 0-14 mm, thickness approx. 
0-04 mm. 


MATERIAL. Eight specimens, five with apertures broken off. 


VARIATION. As shown by the text-figures there is some irregularity in shape with 
variation in size up to 0-75 mm maximum length. One of our specimens has a 
straight edge and this is also a feature of one of Cushman’s specimens from the 
Belgian coast (1949). The tendency for the chambers to wrap round strongly at 
the base and narrow towards the apex appears to be a constant feature. 


DeposiTory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 59-62 (paratypes). Stub 1970: 
mate 20): 677 (holotype). 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 488. Additional specimens figured, 
nos I and 2, Brit. Mus. core 16; no. 3, Brit. Mus. core 16. 


REMARKS. The type specimen of S. acutimargo from the South Atlantic is oval, 
less than twice as long as wide and apparently less produced at the apex. It is 
probable that the aperture is broken off as this occurs commonly in our material. 
_ On the other hand the topotype figured by Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) and the 
_ Pacific specimen figured by Wood & Barnard (1946) show compressed apertures, 
_ only slightly if at all produced, like Brady’s form. 

Brady's material from Fiji and Raine Island, Torres Strait includes specimens 
like the type from Pernambuco as well as var. emaciatum. Variation is shown in 
_ compression as well as in the thickness and elevation of the flaps along the edges 
_ of the chambers, leaving little doubt that this group forms a series (including 
__S. elevata of Wiesner). However, it seems worthwhile to distinguish the elongate 
| variety by name as it is the form present in the northern hemisphere. The speci- 
mens figured by Balkwill and Wright, Heron-Allen and Earland and Cushman 
_ being identical with ours in shape, size, overlap of the chambers and in the strongly 
_ produced tubular character of the aperture, particularly well shown in the woodcuts 
_ of Balkwill and Wright. This strongly suggests that the variety behaves in this 
_ region as a boreal subspecies of S. acutimargo. 

_ _Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) followed Macfadyen (1939) in suppressing Spiropthal- 
| midium as identical with Ophthalmidium. However, Wood & Barnard (1946) 
| retain the name for species in which spiroloculine arrangement is reached relatively 
| quickly after the initial, planispiral undivided tubular stage. Probably ‘Spzrolocu- 
| lina’ species without apertural tooth belong here, i.e. those not descended from 
| Massilina. The name is therefore retained but with the original spelling of Cushman 
_ (1927, 1929) rather than the ‘corrected’ spelling, Spivophthalmidium. 


DISTRIBUTION. This variety occurs widely in the seas off N.W. Europe possibly 
| asa distinct subspecies: Irish Sea, Dublin coast (Balkwill & Wright, 1885); Western 


52 J. R. HAYNES 
Ireland, Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); Belgian coast (Cushman, 
1949); Netherlands, Dollart-Ems Estuary (Voorthuysen, 1960). 

In the South Pacific it occurs as a variant in populations of S. acutsmargo (Brady, 
1884). | 


Family MILIOLIDAE Ehrenberg, 1839 
Genus MASSILINA Schlumberger, 1893 
Massilina carinata (Fornasini) 

(Pie 5, tgs 1,2) 


Spiroloculina nitida Brady, 1884 : 149, pl. 9, figs 9, 10; part Millett, 18098 : 265, pl. 5, fig. 13, 
as var. (not d’Orbigny). 

Spivoloculina nitida d’Orbigny var. cavinata Fornasini, 1905 : 389. 

Spiroloculina millettt Wiesner, 1912 : 207. 

Massilina milletti (Wiesner) Boltovskoy, 1954 : 261, pl. 22, fig. 6; Barker, 1960: 18, pl. 9, 
figs 9, 10 (after Brady). 

Massilina carinata (Fornasini) Atkinson, 1968! : 166, text-figs 1, 2, 3 (2 and 3 after Brady). 


Diacnosis. A flat species of Massitlina with truncate periphery becoming 
carinate at the last chamber. 


DEscRIPTION. Test oval, compressed, slightly produced at the apex, flattened 
with shallow umbilicus on each side, periphery truncate and passing into a single 
keel at the last chamber; at least six chambers arranged in a quinqueloculine to 
evolute spiroloculine spiral, increasing moderately in size as added ; sutures impressed ; 
wall thick, porcelaneous, rough not polished, imperforate; aperture produced 
oblong-oval, reflecting the chamber shape, with narrow lip and marked tooth with 
expanded, wedge-shaped, free edge, external keel marked by an internal ridge on 
the margin opposite to the tooth. 


Dimensions. Length 0-87 mm, maximum breadth 0-66 mm, maximum width 
O-17 mm. 


MATERIAL. ‘Two specimens only. 
Derrository. _B.M.(N.E.) Stub 10970): 11.720 71652 (paratype). 
PROVENANCE. Specimen illustrated, CB 4206. 


REMARKS. Atkinson (1968) has explained how Fornasini’s name carinata takes | 
precedence over Wiesner’s name mulletti for this species, first recovered by Brady 
and placed under S. mitida. We have now illustrated by stereoscanner photo the 
specimen from Cardigan Bay drawn by Dr Atkinson. 


DISTRIBUTION. The types are from off Japan and from Torres Strait. Further 
Pacific references are: Malay Archaepelago (Millett, 1898); Honolulu and Hawaii 
(Cushman, 1917); West Australia, Oyster Harbour (McKenzie, 1962); New Zealand, 
Manukau Harbour (Hulme, 1964); Matsushima Bay, North-east Japan (Matoba, 
1970). 

There is also a South Atlantic record, Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1954). 


1 See addendum. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 53 


Massilina secans (d Orbigny) 
(Pi, 5, tess, 4;.Pl. 8, fe.6; Pl. 32, figz 4) 


Quinqueloculina secans d’Orbigny, 1826 : 303, no. 43, modele 96. 
Miliolina secans Brady, 1884 : 167, pl. 6, figs 1, 2 (not d’Orbigny). 
Miliolina secans (d’Orbigny) Mills, 1900 : 143, pl. Io, fig. 18. 
Sigmotlina secans (d’Orbigny) Schlumberger, 1887 : 118. 


 Massilina secans (d’Orbigny) Schlumberger, 1893 : 218, pl. 4, figs 82, 83, text-figs 31-33; 


Goés, 1894 : 112, pl. 20, figs 856-856g; Cushman, 1929 : 37, pl. 7, figs 3, 4; 1949: 11, pl. 2, 
fig. 4; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 254, pl. 6, figs 2, 3. 


Diacnosis. An almost round to elongate-ovate species of Massilina with 
subacute to keeled periphery, crenulate in the adult. 


DeEscrIpTION. (Pl. 5, figs 3, 4; Pl. 8, fig. 6.) Test oval to almost circular in 
outline, compressed elliptical in section, periphery subacute; chambers arranged in 
a flattened quinqueloculine to evolute spiroloculine spiral, four visible externally, 
increasing moderately in size as added; sutures depressed; wall thick, porcelaneous, 
imperforate; aperture large, oval with rounded lip and long tooth with expanded, 
wedge-shaped free edge. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum length 1-4 mm, breadth 1-27 mm, width approx. 
0-33 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. Juveniles tend to be more elongate and the periphery may be sub- 
round rather than acute or keeled. The truncate aperture appears to be a constant 
feature. 


Drresitory....B.M:(N.H.) Slide I970-: 11: 26 : 63,64. Section.1970 : 11 : 20: 
AA Stub LO7O ~ 11-: 26.2653. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 12. 


Remarks. D’Orbigny’s model shows the typical features of this species very 
well including the crenulations which tend to develop on the final chambers—these 
are well shown also in the figures of Goés. It is not quite certain if Milvolina semi- 
nulum var. disciformis sensu Williamson (1858) belongs here because although 
described as compressed the figures resemble large specimens of Miliolinella sub- 
rotunda. 


DIsTRIBUTION. This species which was described from the Mediterranean is 
widespread in shallow water around the British Isles: Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 
1885; Chaster, 1892; Siddall, 1876); West of Scotland, Clyde (Robertson, 1877) ; 
Portree (Robertson, 1892); Oban (Burgess, 1889); Jura (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1916a) ; Shetlands (Waller, 1868); Ireland, Dogs Bay, Rathlin and Lambay (Wright, 
1900, 1902, 1907); North Sea, Forth (Pearcey, 1902); Coasts of Northumberland 
and Durham (Brady, 1870; Brady & Robertson, 1876); Humber (Mills, 1900) ; 


Scillies (Atkinson, 1970); English Channel, Cornwall (Heron-Allen & Earland, 


1916b); Plymouth (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930; Worth, 1904); Selsey (Heron- 


Allen & Earland, rg09, 1910); Christchurch (Murray, 1968); Western Approaches 
(Murray, 1970). 


54 J. R. HAYNES 


Further North Sea records include: Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949); Norwegian 
coast (Norvang, 1945); Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 

It appears not to have been noted in the Western North Atlantic but, there is a 
Florida Bay record (Lynts, 1962). 

South Atlantic records include: Quenquen shore sands, Buenos Aires (Boltovskoy, 
1955); Rio de la Plata and off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1957, 1959, 1961); South 
Brazil (Closs & Barbarena, 1962). | | 

Further scattered records include one for the Indian Ocean, Mozambique (Braga, 
1961); an Australasian record, Oyster Harbour, W. Australia (McKenzie, 1962) and 
several from the N. Pacific (Cushman, 1917; Matoba, 1970); Malay Archaepelago 
(Millett, 1898); Ceram (Rutten & Holtz, 1946). These may refer to M. secans 
tropicalis Collins, first described from the Great Barrier Reef (1958). 


Genus MILIAMMINA Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930 
Miliammina fusca (Brady) 
(PIS 2 hes 0, nO EP aie siies O77) 


Ouinqueloculina fusca Brady, 1870 : 286, pl. 11, figs 2a—c; Cushman, 1929 : 23, pl. I, figs 4a—c; 
Bartenstein, 1938 : 391, text-fig. II. 

Miholina fusca (Brady) Balkwill & Millett, 1884 : 6. 

Miliammina fusca (Brady) Rhumbler, 1936 : 209; Parker, 1952a : 404, pl. 3, figs 15, 16; 1952b : 
A52, pl.-2, figs 6a, b; Todd & Low, 1961: 14, pl. 1, fig. 6; Feyling-Hlanssen, 2064 224) 
pl. 2, figs 1, 2; Brodniewicz, 1965 : 195, pl. 8, figs 3, 4; Lutze, 1965 : 88, pl. 15, figs 1-9. 

Quinqueloculina agglutinans Brady, 1867 : 95 (not d’Orbigny). 


DiaGnosis. An elongate-ovate species of Miliammina with roughly agglutinated 
wall of quartz silt grains, aperture truncate with thick lip and bar-like tooth. 


DESCRIPTION. Test elongate-ovate, slightly compressed, with rounded base and 
truncate apex, twice as long as wide, oval in section; chambers arranged in a quin- 
queloculine spiral, six visible externally, gradually increasing in size as added; 
sutures impressed; aperture truncating the apex, large, equal to chamber diameter, 
circular with thick lip, interrupted on the inside edge by simple, bar-like tooth; 
wall tectinous with agglutinated grains of angular quartz silt, rough finish, brownish- 
grey in colour. 

Dimensions. Maximum length 0-45 mm, width 0-22 mm, thickness approx. — 
0-15 mm. 

MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 

VARIATION. Most specimens are smaller than the one described and in some of 
them the chambers are distorted and twisted, the last one sometimes more inflated. 
In many cases the test is more parallel sided or oblong. 


Depository. -B.M.(N.H.). Stub. 1970 : 11:: 26; 654. - Section’. 1970.2 11 ; 20 
470. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described Station I, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes 
(Juncetum). 


—$——— SSE 


= 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT -FORAMINIFERA 55 


REMARKS. Our specimens conform well with the type figure and with specimens 
in the Brady Collection at the British Museum from Seaton Sluice in general pro- 
portions and in the truncation of the apex by the large, thick lipped aperture. 
However, the best developed specimens show a bar-like tooth not apparent in the 
type figure. Feyling-Hanssen (1964) has discussed the problem raised because 
authors’ figures often do not show this feature. As toothed forms apparently 
have the same range as those without a tooth it may be assumed to be a matter of 
preservation. 

Miliammina earland: (Loeblich & Tappan) has been put in synonymy with 
M. fusca by Lutze (1965) but appears to differ in possessing a more parallel sided test, 
an apertural neck and smooth, fine grained wall. It is also a marine rather than 
brackish, intertidal species. Miliammina obliqua Heron-Allen & Earland has 
chambers placed at a much greater angle to the main axis of the test and is again 
marine. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described as common in estuarine 
pools along the coast of Northumberland and Durham and in the brackish shallows 
of lochs on the west of Scotland and Ireland and as much less frequent in more 
marine estuaries and bays. Subsequent records confirm this distribution: Irish 
Sea area (Balkwill & Wright, 1885); Dee Estuary (Siddall, 1876); Mersey (Burgess, 
1891); Southport (Chaster, 1892). West of Scotland, Portree Harbour (Robertson, 
1892); Firth of Clyde (Robertson, 1877). Ireland, brackish water areas: Clare 
Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); Galway (Balkwill & Millett, 1884); Conne- 
mata (Lees et al., 1969). English Channel, Cornwall (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1g16b, 1930); Selsey (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1909, I911); Tamar and Christchurch 
(Murray, 1965a; 1968); Jersey (Halkyard, 1880). 

Other N.W. European records include, interestingly, the Baltic (Brodniewicz, 
1965; Lutze, 1965); Langeoog (Haake, 1962); the Netherlands, Wadden Sea (Voor- 
thuysen, 1951); Villefranche Bay (Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958) and the brackish 
water Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 

It is a common species in marshes and estuaries along the N.E. seaboard of 
North America: Barnstaple Bay (Phleger & Walton, 1950); Narragansett Bay 
(Said, 1951); New Hampshire and Buzzards Bay (Parker, 1952a, b); Falmouth 
(Said, 1953); New York Bight (Ronai, 1955); Poponesset (Parker & Athearn, 1959) ; 
Martha’s Vineyard (Todd & Low, 1961); Nova Scotia (Bartlett, 1964). 

Records for nearshore areas and marshes on the S.E. seaboard of N. America 
and the Gulf of Mexico include: N. Carolina, Mason Inlet (Miller, 1953); Virginia, 
Rapahannock (Ellison & Nicols, 1970); Mississippi Delta and Sounds (Phleger, 
1954, 1955, 1960; Lankford, 1959; Warren, 1957); Texas coast, Grassy Island 
(Phleger, Parker & Peirson, 1953); Central coast (Phleger, 1956; Lehman, 1957); 
Central Bays (Phleger & Lankford, 1957); Trinidad, Maracas Bay (Saunders, 1958) ; 
Gulf of Paria (Todd & Bronnimann, 1957); Mexico, Laguna de Terminos (Ayala- 
Castanares, 1963). 

South Atlantic records include: Argentina, Gulf of San Gorge (Boltovskoy, 
1954); Puerto Deseado (Boltovskoy, 1963). 


= J. Ry HAYNES 


It has also been recorded as an abundant marsh species on the Pacific Coast of 
N. America: Gulf of California (Bandy, 1963); Guerrero Negro Lagoon, California 
(Phleger, 1965) ; Marshes from British Colombia to Mission Bay, California (Phleger, 
1967); Bering Sea (Anderson, 1963). | 

An Australian record is: Port Hacking, N. South Wales (Albani, 1968). 

Deep water records in the Atlantic and Pacific are doubtful and probably refer to 


other species. 


Genus MILIOLINELLA Wiesner, 1931 
Miliolinella subrotunda (Montagu) 
(Pls, figs 5, 0,12, 13; Pl. 30, fes'3; 9; Text-fig. II, nos 1-4; Text-fig. 12, nos I-11) 


Serpula subrotunda dorso elevato Walker & Boys, 1784 : 2, pl. 1, fe. 

Vermiculum subrotundum Montagu, 1803 : 521. 

Quinqueloculina subrotunda (Montagu) d’Orbigny, 1826 : 302; Brady, 1867 : 94, pl. 12, fig. 2; 
Cushman? 1929 : 25, pl. 2, fig. 4 (after Brady); ? 1948 : 35, pl. 3, figs 20, 21; pl. 4, fig. 1; 
1949 2 9, pl. 1, fig. 8; Parker, 1952a : 4060, pl. 4, figs.4a, b; 1952b : 450,-_pl 2)gs a, i, 
10a, b; Todd & Low, 1961 : 15, pl. 1, fig. 8. 

Miliolina subrotunda (Montagu) Fischer, 1870 : 386; Parker & Jones, 1865 : 411, pl. 15, figs 
38a, 38b; Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 324, pl. 12, figs 8, 9; Goés, 1894 : 109, pl. 19, figs 846, 
847; Mills, 1900 : pl. 10, fig. 16. 

Miliolinella subrotunda (Montagu) Wiesner, 1931 : 63; Phleger, 1960 : 77, pl. 5, fig. 19; Adams 
& Frampton, 1965 : 57, pl. 5, fig. 15. 

Miliolinella cf. subrotundum (Montagu) Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 262, pl. 7, fig. 1. 

Miliolina seminulum var. disciformis (Macgillivray) Williamson, 1858 : 86, pl. 7, figs 188, 189. 

Quinqueloculina disciformis (Macgillivray) Cushman, 1944 : 15, pl. 2, figs 17, 18. 

Triloculina subrotundum (Montagu) Boltovskoy, 1954 : 127, pl. 1, figs 8, 9; pl. 2, figs 11, 12; 
1057 2262, pla2t, fies 5,17, 15: 


Diacnosis. An ovate or circular to depressed species of Milolinella, oval to 
compressed in section. Chambers arranged in a flattened quinqueloculine to 
triloculine spiral, the last two chambers often being added almost in one plane 
revealing the earlier ones. Thin walled, often with growth corrugations, tending 
to become irregular and tubular without apertural flap. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test subglobose, almost round in outline, 
slightly compressed and oval in section; chambers arranged in a quinqueloculine 
to triloculine spiral, the last two almost opposite each other, inflated, rounded, 
increasing moderately in size as added, embracing with overlapping flanges, four 
visible on one side, only the final two on the other; wall thin, translucent and pearly, 
imperforate; aperture with marked lip and rounded flap on the internal border. 


DiMENsiIons. Maximum length 0-39 mm, width 0-33 mm, thickness 0-25 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, all growth stages. 


VARIATION. As shown by the figures, triloculine forms occur which resemble 
the type figure (Text-fig. nos 3-5) and also quinqueloculine to triloculine forms 
with five to six chambers visible externally, some of these being quite flattened 
(Text-fig. nos 6-8); all together in the same sample, often without apertural flap. 


Aen ss hel 


a 
a 
=. 
= 
y 

. 


CARDIGAN BAY’ RECENT .FORAMINIFPERA 57 


The aperture becomes more central as the chamber arrangement becomes more 
spiroloculine. In many specimens the later chambers become tubular and irregular 
(Text-fig. no. 4) showing the trend towards ‘Pateoris’, retaining the lip but losing 


the apertural plate (Pl. 5, figs 12, 13). 


DrposiroryY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 65-68. Section 1970: 11 : 26: 
ape Seu 1070-11 :26:.657. Pateorid variety Slide 1970-11 : 26.:.69-72. 


stub 1970 : II : 26 : 680. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described and variations shown in the text-figures, 
Brit. Mus. Core 16. Specimen illustrated by stereoscanner photo, CB 416, pateorid 


variety, CB 486. 


REMARKS. Previous authors such as Loeblich & Tappan (1953) and Feyling- 
Hanssen (1964) have attempted to restrict the diagnosis of this species to include 
triloculine forms only, like the type figure, and thus to exclude quinqueloculine 


_ and biloculine forms both from the species and the genus, Miliolinella. However, 


our material includes not only specimens like the type figure but also, more com- 
monly, specimens like that described with five or even six chambers visible externally 
(close to the one first figured by Brady from the Northumberland coast, 1867) and 
to specimens in the British Museum from Wansbeck and the estuary of the Tees. 
We feel bound to include these forms in one species. Thus supporting the broad 
view of Wiesner. It would seem altogether inappropriate to separate some as 
Milholinella, some as Scutuloris and to dispatch the irregular, wild growing, hauerinid 
forms into a separate genus and even subfamily. 


0.0 0.5mm 


Pic. 11.1-3. Miholinella subrotunda, specimen described. 1, side view showing early 
chambers; 2, apertural view; 3, otherside. 4. Muliolinella subrotunda hauerinid variety. 
5, 6,. Scutuloris sp., possible juvenile Miliolinella sp., view of each side. 


8 J. KR) HAYNES 


DisTRIBUTION. There are a very large number of records of this species. Al- 
though some may be untrustworthy it seems worthwhile to give them because 
they reveal a cosmopolitan distribution but with large areas, such as the Mediter- 
ranean and Gulf of Mexico where it is rare or unknown. | 

It appears to be particularly abundant on the western side of the British Isles: 
Irish Sea, Dublin coast (Balkwill & Wright, 1885); Caernarvon Bay and Menai 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Bic. 12, I-It. Miliolinella subrotunda. I, 2, copy of type figures; 3-5, views of 
triloculine specimen; 6-8, views of compressed quinqueloculine to planispiral specimen 
without a lip; 9-11, views of quinqueloculine specimen. Drawings from Adams (1963). 


: 


; 


CARDIGAN BAY. RECENT-"FORAMINIFERA 59 


Straits (Pearcey, 1891); Lambay (Wright, 1907); Mersey (Burgess, 1891); Dee 


- (Siddall, 1878); Isle of Man (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1915; Bruce et al., 1963); 
- West of Scotland, Shetlands (Waller, 1868); Portree (Robertson, 1892); Oban 


j 1889). 


(Burgess, 1889); Mull and Jura (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914a, I916a); The Clyde 
(Robertson, 1877); West of Ireland, Dogs Bay (Wright, 1895); S.W. of Ireland 
(Wright, 1890); Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); Scillies (Atkinson, 


- 1970); English Channel, Cornwall and Plymouth (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916b, 


1930; Murray, 1965a; Worth, 1904); Selsey Bill and Christchurch (Heron-Allen & 


_ Earland, 1909, 1911; Murray, 1968); North Sea, Kent coast (Hedley & Underwood, 


1957); Durham coast (Brady, 1867); Humber (Mills, 1900); Jersey (Halkyard, 


Other records for N.W. Europe are: Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949); Wadden 
Sea (Voorthuysen, 1951); Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Holocene of Oslofjord 
(Feyling-Hanssen, 1964); Poland, Baltic (Brodniewicz, 1965). 

Arctic and N.E. North America records are: Davis’ Strait (Parker & Jones, 
1865); Iceland (Norvang, 1945); Hudson Bay (Cushman, 1948); New England, 
Portsmouth (Parker, 1952a); Buzzards Bay (Parker, 1952b); Martha’s Vineyard 
(Todd & Low, 1961); St Lawrence (Dawson, 1870). 

South Atlantic records include: Falklands (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1932); 
Argentina coast (Boltovskoy, 1954, 1955, 1957, 1959, 1961, 1963). 

Antarctic records include: (Chapman & Parr, 1937; Parr, 1950; Wiesner, 1931). 

Records for the Pacific and tropical latitudes in general are less concentrated: N. 
Pacific (Cushman, 1917); Malay Archaepelago (Millett, 1898); Funafuti (Chapman, 
1899, 1890); Trinidad (Drooger & Kaasscheiter, 1958). 

This species appears to be a shallow water form mainly favouring high latitudes. 


Genus PYRGO Defrance, 1824 
Pyrgo carinata (d’Orbigny) 
(Pl. 9, fig. 17; Text-fig.13} 
Biloculina carinata d’Orbigny, 1839a : 164, pl. 8, fig. 24; pl. 9, figs 1, 2; Terquem, 1876 : 442, 


pl. 5, figs 16a, b. 
Biloculina ringens var. carinata Williamson, 1858 : 79, pl. 7, figs 172-174. 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Fic. 13. Pyrgo cavinata, apertural view. 


60 J. R. HAYNES 


Dracnosis. An elongate ovate, compressed Pyvgo with marked peripheral 
carina. 

DESCRIPTION. Test elongate ovate with slightly irregular outline, compressed 
in section being twice as wide as high; periphery with wide, thin keel, slightly 
produced at the base; chambers biloculine, the last one overlapping the previous 
one all round and more so at the base, junction marked by carina of previous cham- 
ber; aperture terminal, an elongate slit with projecting lips and flat tooth giving a 
key-hole appearance; wall porcelaneous, imperforate, smooth. 


Dimensions. Length 0-46 mm, width 0-37 mm, height between chambers 
o-I7 mm. 

MATERIAL. Two specimens only, one apparently a juvenile. 

DeposiToRY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 20: 73. Stub 1970:326m a 20") 5268 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 502. 


REMARKS. This species was first described from Cuba by d’Orbigny who clearly 
distinguished it from his Biloculina depressa on the grounds of its elongate ovate 
shape and presence of a marked carina. An examination of d’Orbigny’s model of 
B. depressa confirms this distinction. Nevertheless, many later authors have put 
these two forms in synonymy. In particular, some of the specimens placed under 
B. depressa by Brady (1884), i.e. those illustrated in Pl. 3, figs 1, 2, from the Porcu- 
pine Station AA, west of Skye, Scotland and by Cushman (1949) from the Belgian 
coast, appear to come within d’Orbigny’s concept of B. carinata. 


DISTRIBUTION. Owing to confusion with B. depressa this remains to be worked 
out. Probably widespread in the North Atlantic. 


Pyrgo cf. constricta Costa, 1856 
(Pl9; figs 11,12) 


DESCRIPTION. Test globose, oval in outline and almost round in section, base 
with short, wide, truncate caudal projection; chambers arranged in an embracing 
biloculine series, the last one clasping the penultimate one all round, with a bevelled 
edge (the caudal projection arises from this bevelled edge) the amount of overlap 
greater at the base, bevelled edge produced slightly and keel like towards the aperture 
and towards the base; wall imperforate porcelaneous, smooth; aperture terminal, 
arched (possibly damaged) with a flat tooth structure. 


Dimensions Length 0-67 mm, maximum width 0-48 mm, maximum thickness 
0-44 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

DEPosiIToRY. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970: 11: 26::.688. 

PROVENANCE. Brit. Mus. Core 14. 


KEMARKS. Our specimen comes very near to P. constricta but with slightly less 
projecting apex and with the penultimate and final chambers showing more difference 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA Or 


in size. P. appendiculata (Eichwald) 1s more compressed with narrow, ribbed 
caudal projection. Unfortunately, we cannot be certain of the apertural characters 
in our specimen. 


Pyrgo williamsoni (Silvestri) 
(Text-fig. 14, nos I-—3) 
Biloculina ringens, typica Williamson, 1858 : 79, pl. 6, figs 169, 170; pl. 7, fig. 171 (not Miliolites 
yvingens Lamarck). 
Biloculina williamsoni Silvestri, 1923 : 73. 
Pyrgo wiliamsoni (Silvestri) Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 48, pl. 6, figs 1-4, ? 2; Feyling-Hanssen, 
noon: 204, pl.°7, figs 5, 6; pl. 8; figs 3-5. . 


Diacnosts. A globose, ovate species of Pyrgo in which the penultimate chamber 
protrudes from the final chamber which clasps it all round. Tooth strongly bifid 
with long, divergent tines. 


DEscRIPTION. Test globose, ovate in outline, thicker than wide and somewhat 
square in section; chambers arranged in an embracing spiroloculine series the final 
one clasping the penultimate all round and much larger; penultimate chamber 
protruding; suture distinct, impressed, the sides of the chambers flattened towards 
it at midpoint; wall imperforate porcelaneous, smooth; aperture terminal, oval, 


IG. 14. 1-3. Pyrgo williamsoni. 1, side view; 2, apertural (top) view; 3, oblique side 
view. 4-6. Pyrgo species A. 4, side view; 5, apertural view; 6, edge view. 


62 J. R. HAYNES 


slightly skewed with narrow, smooth lip and low tooth at the inner edge with long, 
divergent tines. 

Dimensions. Length 0-59 mm, width 0-48 mm, thickness 0-50 mm. 

MATERIAL. Two specimens. 

DeEposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 20: 74. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 5601. 


Remarks. Loeblich & Tappan (1953) figure specimens like ours with rather 
square section and low tooth with widely divergent tines and also rounder forms in 
which the tooth has a narrower base and the tines diverge almost at right angles 
(more like Williamson’s type figure). Further work is required to evaluate the 
importance of these variations and also the relationships with allied species such as 
P. elongata d’Orbigny. 


DISTRIBUTION. Because of confusion beeneen this and other species this remains 
to be worked out. Following the description of Loeblich and Tappan there have 
been a number of further records for the Arctic including: Hudson Bay (Leslie, 
1963); Continental Shelf (Wagner, 1963). Also, records for the Late Pleistocene 
and Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964; Risdal, 1963). There is there- 
fore a cold water indication. 


Pyrgo species A 
(Pl. 9, figs 10, 13; Text-fig. 14, nos 4-6) 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 9, figs 10, 13.) Test globular with irregularly ovate outline 
and produced apex, almost round in section, very slightly thicker than wide; 
chambers arranged in an embracing biloculine series, final one clasping the penulti- 
mate all round with slightly bevelled edge towards the base but with almost no 
change of contour towards the middle and apex, outline of penultimate chamber 
defined by the suture tapering to the base and slightly irregular, final chamber 
much larger; suture distinct and impressed; wall imperforate porcelaneous, smooth; 
aperture terminal, produced with hood-like outer lip and round spoon-shaped 
process rising from a narrow base at the inner border, not filling the apertural — 
opening. 

DIMENsIons. Length 0-45 mm, width 0-27 mm, thickness 0:28 mm. 

MATERIAL. Three specimens, one broken. 


VARIATION. The other complete specimen recovered is slightly less round in 
section but shows the same apertural characters and the same shaped gE: 
chamber (Text-fig. nos 5-6). 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.)-Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 75: Stub 1970 >-11 2 26 = Goo. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Brit. Mus. Core 14. Additional specimen 
illustrated in Text-fig. nos 4-6, CB 317. 


CARDIGAN, BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 63 


Remarks. This form differs from Pyrgo williamsoni in its spoon-shaped tooth 
-and almost perfectly round sectional contour, being without the markedly protruding 
penultimate chamber of that species. We have not found an account of any quite 
like it in the literature. Possibly it has been considered merely a juvenile form 
of P. williamsoni or P. elongata d’Orbigny, hitherto. P. elongata sensu Brady, 1884, 
pl. 2, figs ga, b, has a similar tooth but is more elongate. 


Pyrgo species B 
(Blo, tgs 6,0) 


DESCRIPTION. Test compressed and carinate, ovate to subquadrate in outlne 
with marked triangular caudal projection; chambers arranged in an embracing 
biloculine series the final one clasping the penultimate all round with a broad 
bevelled edge (caudal projection rising from this bevel) and considerably larger; 
suture not marked; wall imperforate, porcelaneous, smooth; aperture terminal, an 
elongate sht with narrow lip and broad low tooth on the inner margin. 


Dimensions. Length 0-41 mm, width 0-28 mm, thickness approx. 0-16 mm. 
MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 689. 

PROVENANCE. Brit. Mus. Core 16. 


Remarks. This striking little species appears to have no counterpart in the 
literature with a similar caudal appendage. In general chamber form it resembles 
_P. carinata but with more inflated and neatly demarcated penultimate chamber. 


Genus QUINQUELOCULINA d Orbigny, 1826 
Quinqueloculina aspera d’Orbigny 
(Pl. 7, figs 1-3; Pl. 8, fig. 2; Pl. 31, figs 1-5; Text-fig. 15, nos 1-4) 


| Quinqueloculina aspera d’Orbigny, 1826 : 301, type figures in Parker, Jones & Brady, 1871 : 

Wo, te. 11, also Fornasini,-1905 : 9,-pl. 3, fig..1; Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958 : 168, pl..9; 

ieetes: FOL, 102. 

_Miliola (Quinqueloculina) agglutinans Parker & Jones, 1865 : 410, pl. 15, figs 37a, 37b; Goés, 
1894 : 110, pl. 10, fig. 848, not pl. 20, fig. 849 (not Q. agglutinans dW Orbigny). 

Miholina sclerotica Balkwill & Millett, 1884 : 24, pl. 1, fig. 2 (not Karrer). 

| Quinqueloculina agglutinata Cushman, 1948 : 33, pl. 3, fig. 13; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 39, 

| pil. 5, figs 1-4; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 247, pl. 4, fig. 11 (? O agglutinata Cushman, 1917). 

_ Dtacnosis. A species of Quinqueloculina with rather well sorted silt grains 

| built into the wall, round to subquadrate chambers and truncate aperture with 


_ prominent, rounded lip and short tooth with widespread tines. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 7, figs 2, 3.) Test elongate-ovate, subtrigonal in section, 
truncate at the apex; chambers arranged in a quinqueloculine spiral, five visible 


} 


64 J. R. HAYNES 
at the exterior, increasing slowly in size as added, subround in section; sutures 
distinct and impressed; wall of agglutinated silt grains about Io microns in diameter, 
with occasional larger ones, apparently organically cemented to an inner calcareous 
layer; aperture large, almost equal to the chamber diameter, truncating the apex 
with marked, rounded lip, tooth at inner border with thin stem and flat tines. 


Dimensions. Length 0-71 mm, maximum width 0-43 mm, thickness 0-31 mm. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 

VARIATION. The chief variation is towards flattening at the periphery with the 
production of subquadrate chamber shapes, the angles, however, remaining rounded, 
as shown in Text-fig. nos I-4. Some specimens also show a tendency to irregular 
coiling (Pl. 7, fig. 1) with the final chamber wrapping over the apex, or sometimes 
not reaching it. Specimens occur up to I mm in size. 

DErpository. B.M.(N-H.) Slide 10970:: 11 : 26 :.76-79: Stub 1070)3 1% Zee 
75A 2 SCCHOM 1070 * Il + 20 2 Azo: 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described and irregular specimen shown by stereo- 
scanner photograph, CB 8. Specimen illustrated by text figures, CB 651. 

REMARKS. Jean & Yolande Le Calvez (1958) after examination of type material 
were able to re-illustrate Q. aspera and to show that N. Atlantic references to 
Q. agglutinata Cushman, at least, aresynonymous. Cushman’s type from off Alaska 
appears to be different with very broad, angled chambers and rather small aperture. 


0.0 0.5mm. 


PIG. 15, 1-4. Quinqueloculina aspera, variety with subquadrangular chambers. 1, frontal 
view showing four chambers; 2, rear view; 3, edge view; 4, apertural view. 


CARDIGAN BAY-RECENT FORAMINIFERA 65 


In this connection it is of interest that Balkwill & Wright (1885) illustrated a similar 


form, as Miliolina ferussacii d’Orb. sp. var. from off the Dublin coast, but with 
_ sharp angles to the chambers. Our material from Cardigan Bay shows both rounded 


and sub-quadrate specimens (as illustrated) that fit well with Q. aspera as redefined. 


_ Miliola (Quinqueloculina) agglutinans of Parker & Jones and of Goés belong here 
also, as does Milionina sclerotica sensu Balkwill & Millett, a sub-quadrangular form. 
_ It should also be noted that Loeblich and Tappan illustrate a number of irregular 


specimens like those that occur in the Cardigan Bay material. 
A close-up of the remarkable, round aperture is shown in Pl. 8, fig. 2. The lip 
is not always quite complete at the inner border and may appear as in Text-fig. no. 4. 


_ The stereoscanner photo also shows the character of the wall, with its rather well 
sorted silt grains, apparently with small irregular openings between. The thought 


that these might be pores is checked by the observation that the aperture is filled 
by material of the same size as that in the wall with the same small openings (unless 
the aperture was filled at the same time the wall was coated). 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the Mediterranean and is 


- confirmed in the Bay of Villefranche (Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958). 


Records for the North Sea area include: Baltic and Norwegian coast (Goés, 


| 1894); ? Zuidersee (Hofker, 1922); Late Pleistocene and Holocene of Norway 


(Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 

North Atlantic: West coast of Ireland (Balkwill & Millett, 1884); Spitzbergen 
(Feyling-Hanssen, 1964; Goés, 1894); Greenland and Canadian Arctic (Cushman, 
1948; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953; Parker & Jones, 1865). 

These records show a temperate to cold water distribution with an apparent 


concentration in the Arctic. 


Quinqueloculina auberiana d’Orbigny var. A 
(Pl27;. fig..15 > Text-fig: 17,0..5) 


Diacnosis. A variety of Quinqueloculina auberiana with final chambers sub- 
angular to subround rather than carinate and tending to be finely striate. 


DESCRIPTION. Test irregularly heart-shaped in outline not much longer than 


wide, base protruding, apex truncate, sub-quadrangular in section; chambers 


| 


arranged in a moderately embracing quinqueloculine series, increasing moderately 
in size as added and becoming sub-angular in shape, wrapping round markedly 


_at the base; sutures slightly impressed; wall imperforate porcelaneous, covered 


| 


| with fine, anastomosing striae; aperture terminal, truncated, shield shaped with a 


slight lip and elongate, flat ended, wedge shaped (spatulate) tooth on the straight 


| inner border. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-53 mm, maximum width 0-47 mm. 


-MatTertaL. Eight specimens including juveniles. 
E 


66 J. R. HAYNES 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.). Slide 31970 : 11 : 26: 80-83. Stub 1970: 11: 20 am 
696. | 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 429. 

REMARKS. Our material is close to Q. auberiana as defined by d’Orbigny in size, 
general shape and apertural characters but the later chambers become sub-rounded 
rather than sharply angled or carinate. It is doubtful how important the external 
striation is taxonomically because although emphasized by the stereoscanner photo- — 
graph this feature is only shown slightly by some of our specimens as viewed by light ~ 
microscope. Brady (1884) placed a very large specimen with similar striae in 
Q. auberiana but it had sharply angled chambers. Incidentally, Q. aubervana has been 
much confused in the literature with its close relatives Q. lamarckiana, Q. vulgaris, 
and Q. cuvieriana. According to the original figures and diagnoses of d’Orbigny — 
Q. lamarckiana has produced aperture and simple tooth (Q. vulgaris sensu Norvang, — 
1945; Cushman, 1948); Q. vulgaris has slender bifid tooth and produced keels — 
(Q. vulgaris sensu Colom, 1952 = Q. auberiana) ; Q. cuvieriana has costations parallel 
to the keels (Q. cuvieriana (Brady) = Q. auberiana). Excellent figures of the 
Mediterranean species Q. vulgaris are given by Le Calvez & Le Calvez (1958). 


Quinqueloculina auberiana d Orbigny var. B 
(Pl. 7, figs 6 and 7) 


Diacnosis. A variety of Q. auberiana with final chambers subround rather than ~ 
carinate and with spoon-shaped tooth. 


Description. Test irregularly heart-shaped in outline, not much wider than — 
high, with obtusely pointed base and truncate apex, subtrigonal in section; chambers 


arranged in a moderately embracing, alternating quinqueloculine spiral, increasing © 


moderately in size as added and becoming subround at the periphery; sutures 


slightly impressed; wall imperforate porcelaneous, smooth; aperture terminal, — 
truncating the apex, shield-shaped with a thin lip and witha que shaped, (hollowed — 
out) tooth at the straight inner border. | 


DimMENsIons. Maximum length 0-64 mm, width 0-54 mm. 
MATERIAL. One adult specimen, possibly two juveniles. 
Depository.  B.M.(N:.H:)'stub 1070,-21r 220 ; 680; 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 736. : i 
ReMARKS. The propriety of including this variety within Q. auberiana is doubtful 4 


as it falls outside that species as strictly defined. However, the shape and pro- — | 


portions are much the same although the later chambers become subrounded. ~ 
The tooth is strikingly different. As there is only one definite adult specimen it is — 
grouped with Q. auberiana for the time being. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 67 


Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker & Jacob) emend 
(Pl. 7, fig. 18; Text-fig. 16, nos 1-3) 
‘Serpula bicornis ventricosa’ Walker & Boys, 1784 : 1, pl. 1, fig. 2. 


- Serpula bicornis Walker & Jacob, 1798 : 633, pl. 14, fig. 2. 
_ Miliolina bicornis (Walker & Jacob) Brady, 1884 : 171, pl. 6, fig. 9 only. 
. Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker & Jacob) Terquem, 1875 : 443, pl. 6, fig. 6; Cushman, 1929 : 32, 


ple5, figs rand 2 only; Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958 : 180, pl. 4, figs 28 and 32; Le Calvez, 
1958 : 157, pl. 1, figs 8, 9; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 248, pl. 5, figs 1, 2. 


Diacnosis. A globose species of Quinqueloculina, oval in outline and finely 
incised with longitudinal grooves. Aperture rectangular with long, narrow, simple 


tooth. 


DESCRIPTION. (Neotype, Pl. 7, fig. 18; Text-fig. no. 2.) Test globose, oval in 
outline, not much longer than wide and almost circular, periphery broadly rounded, 


subtrigonal in section; chambers arranged in a slightly embracing, alternating, 
-quinqueloculine series, five visible, inflated with rounded periphery (sides showing 


slight flattening but outline in apertural view rounded) increasing slowly in size 
as added; sutures distinct, impressed; wall stoutly built, imperforate porcelaneous; 
aperture terminal, pinched rectangular (key-hole shaped), rounded and protruding 
in side view with thin bordering lip and straight inner border from which arises a 
long, thin, bar-like tooth; ornament of longitudinal grooves with intervening 
areas slightly raised as broad costae (about 20 microns wide). 


Be. 
py 
“SS Bete ae in ee 
2 
Eg BRE ae ces ee 
0-0 O:-5mm. 


Fic. 16, 1-3. Quinqueloculina bicornis. 1, front view of large almost circular specimen 
_ (last chamber broken off); 2, apertural view of neotype (N.B. $ scale); 3, front view 
of slightly irregular, rather quadrangular, juvenile. 


68 J. R. HAYNES 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-67 mm, width 0-53 mm, maximum thickness about 
0-40 mm. : 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. As shown by the text-figures well grown specimens reach up to 
about a millimetre in length and become almost circular in outline. Juveniles and 
young specimens are more elongate and rectangular. 


DEposirory. B.M.(N.H-.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26 = 84 (neoholotype), 19702 1% = 2653 
85-90 (neoparatypes), Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 693 (neoparatype). 
PROVENANCE. Neotype and other specimens figured, CB 15. 


Remarks. No trace can be found of the type specimen and the type figure 
shows only the milioline juvenarium and the first chamber of the following quin- 
queioculine series. This unsatisfactory situation has led to confusion especially — 
as to the limits to be set between Q. bicornis and Q. angulata (Williamson). We 
follow Le Calvez and Le Calvez in basing the concept of Q. bicormis on Brady (1884, 
pl. 5, fig. 9) and have selected as neotype a Cardigan Bay specimen that corresponds 
closely with his N. Atlantic specimens. (Q. angulata is distinguished by its elongate 
outline and quadrangular chambers becoming smooth and bicarinate in extreme 
cases. It was well figured as Miliolina ferussacu by Heron-Allen & Earland from 
the West of Scotland (1916a) but re-identified as Williamson’s species in the 
Plymouth monograph (1930). The specimens identified as Miliolina bicorms typica 
by Williamson, 1858, are intermediate in character between Q. bicornis and Q. angulata 
and should probably be separately distinguished, together with similar specimens 
identified as Q. bicornis by Flint (1899) and Cushman (1949). 


DisTRIBUTION. North Atlantic records include: off Skye, Scotland, Porcupine 
Station AA (Brady, 1884); 5.W. of Ireland (Cushman, 1929); Celtic Sea (Le Calvez, 
1958); Scillies (Atkinson, 1970); Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967; 
Murray, 1970). 

English Channel: N. France, shore sands, Dunkirk (Terquem, 1875) ; off Plymouth 
(Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930). 

Mediterranean: Bay of Villefranche (Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958); Majorca 
(Mateu, 1968). 

This species has also been recorded from the Holocene of Osloaand (Feyling- 
Hanssen, 1964). . 


Quinqueloculina cf. cliarensis Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930 
(PI7, figs, 8; 97 Vext-tig. 17, nos 1-4) 
Quinqueloculina cliavensis Cushman, 1949 : 9, pl. 1, figs roa—c; ? Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958 : 
186, pl. 5, figs 40, 41; ? Le Calvez, 1958 : 157, pl..1, figs 10, 11 (figure after Le Calvez & Le 
Calvez, 1958) (not Heron-Allen & Earland). 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test compressed, elongate with produced 


tubular apex, periphery angular; chambers arranged in a slightly embracing, alter- — : 


CARDIGAN BAY. RECENT FORAMINIFERA 69 


nating quinqueloculine series, increasing moderately in size as added, flattened 
with angular periphery but rounded towards the apex, four visible in front, two at 
the rear; sutures slightly impressed; wall stoutly built, imperforate porcelaneous, 
smooth; aperture terminal at the end of a tubular neck, round with short, wedge- 
shaped tooth with flat end. 


Dimensions. Length 0-81 mm, width 0-30 mm, thickness approx. 0-18 mm. 
MATERIAL. Five specimens. 


VARIATION. The specimen illustrated by stereoscanner photo is broader than 
the one described and like the other specimens recovered shows a third chamber 


_ peeping through on the reverse side, as in the small specimen figured (Text-fig. no. 4). 


Warosrory.°5.M.(N.H,) Shde 1970 2 11 :.26°: 9F-92. Stub 1970.:.11 : 26: 
608. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 21, additional small specimen figured, 
CB 527, specimen illustrated by stereoscanner, CB 332. 


REMARKS. As originally defined (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930) on the basis 
of specimens from both Clare Island (1913b) and the West of Scotland (1g16a) 
Q. cliarensts includes small specimens, up to 0-45 mm in length with compressed necks 
and the aperture ‘a straight edged slit with tooth’. Our specimens are much larger, 
up to 0-8r mm in length with tubular neck, round aperture and short tooth. They 
are clearly different from the Clare Island material and also from the West of Scotland 


- specimens described (1930) as ‘a well marked variety characterized by the acute 


edges of the chambers and by sunken sutures’. On the other hand they are close 
to the specimens referred to Q. cliavensis by Cushman from the Belgian coast (1949), 
both in size and apertural characters. The specimens of Le Calvez and Le Calvez 
(Bay of Villefranche) may also be the same as ours as their figured specimen is 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


BIG. “17, 1-4.  Quinqueloculina cf. cliavensis.1, front’ view. specimen described; 2, 
apertural view; 3,.rear view; 4, rear view of juvenile. 5. Quinqueloculina auberiana 
var. A, apertural view. 


70 J. ky PAWNS 


t-o mm in length, though, unfortunately, the aperture is not illustrated. According 
to Le Calvez and Le Calvez their specimen is identical to the holotype of Quinquelo- 
culina lyra d’Orbigny, 1826. Unhappily, this species has been interpreted on the 
basis of modéle no. 8 (Parker, Jones & Brady, 1865) which Le Calvez and Le Calvez 
say is different. So presumably this name is not available for our material even 
if it is the same as the specimens from Villefranche. 


DISTRIBUTION. Possibly widespread in the English Channel and the Celtic Sea 
as well as the Mediterranean. 


Quinqueloculina cf. cliarensis var. A 


(Pl. 9, fig. 5) 


DESCRIPTION. Test compressed, elongate with produced tubular apex, periphery 
rounded; chambers arranged in a slightly embracing, alternating quinqueloculine 
series, increasing moderately in size as added, with a slight sigmoid twist, three 
visible on each side; sutures distinct, impressed; wall imperforate, porcelaneous 
with very faint longitudinal grooves; aperture terminal, round with smooth lip and 
short tooth with long, wide angled tines (almost at 180°). 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-88 mm, width 0-38 mm. 

MATERIAL. Three specimens. 

Depository... .B/M.(N.H.) Shde 1970: 1% 726): 93. Stub 10700) 1 <12an- 724) 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 354. 


REMARKS. This is a variety of Q. cf. cliarensis differing in its rounded periphery 
and tooth structure, possibly also in its faint striae, revealed by the stereoscanner. 
In side view it resembles Tviloculina dubia but differs in that it also shows three 
chambers on the reverse side. 


Quinqueloculina cf. duthiersi (Schlumberger), 1886 
(PI. 7, igs 22523) 


DEscRIPTION. Test elongate-ovate with pointed, projecting base and produced 
apex, angular in section with strong, slightly flattened keels separated by broad 
sulci; chambers arranged in a slightly embracing, alternating quinqueloculine 
spiral, increasing moderately in size as added; sutures indistinct, slightly impressed ; 
wall stoutly built, imperforate porcelaneous; aperture produced, round, lip truncate, 
tooth apparently short and rounded at the inner border; the final chambers show 
three complete keels and fine longitudinal striae which are most evident in the sulci 
but are also apparent on the keels. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT-FORAMINIFERA a 


Dimensions. Length 1-80 mm, width I:Io mm, maximum thickness about 


- 0-60 mm. 


MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : II : 26 : 699. 

IPROVENANCE. CB 332. 

REMARKS. Our specimen resembles Q. duthierst (Schlumberger) in shape and 


_ ornament but the keels are stronger and flatter than in the types and in the speci- 
/ mens of Brady (1884, pl. 6, figs 13, 14) cited by Schlumberger. The character of the 
_ fine ornament which occurs on the keels and the aperture with its short tooth are 


the same. Q. granulocostata Germeraad, (type figures Brady 1884, pl. 6, figs 15-20) 
has up to six, sharp keels on the final chambers and the sulci are granulate not 
striate and the tooth long, thin and bifid. 


Quinqueloculina intricata Terquem 
(Ete es 10,17) 


Ouinqueloculina intricata Terquem, 1878 : 73, pl. 8, figs 16-21; Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958: 
176, pl. 5, figs 38 and 39; Barker, 1960: pl. 6, figs 11, 12 (after Brady). 

Quinqueloculina bicornis Brady part, 1884 : 171, pl. 6, figs 11 and 12 only (not Serpula bicornis 
Walker & Jacob). 


| Quinqueloculina semilunaris Terquem, 1880 : 58, pl. 17, figs I4a-c. 


Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate species of Quinqueloculina with well developed 


longitudinal costae. Early chambers with single keel, later chambers rounded 
_ to sub-angular, sometimes with one or two keels. Very large, well developed speci- 
_ mens becoming irregular. 


DEscRIPTION. (Pl. 7, fig. 16.) Test elongate-ovate with rounded base and 
produced apex, section sub-trigonal; chambers arranged in a slightly embracing 
quinqueloculine spiral, increasing moderately in size as added, wrapping round at the 
base and tapering to the aperture, keeled at first, final chamber sub-round; wall 


imperforate procelaneous with fine longitudinal costae, parallel to the periphery; 


aperture terminal, at the end of a tubular neck, round with thin lip and short, 


_ wedge-shaped tooth at inner margin. 


Dimensions. Length 1-0 mm, maximum width 0-50 mm. 
MATERIAL. Nineteen specimens. 


VARIATION. The material includes all growth forms down to juveniles that consist 
of retort-like juvenarium only or with only the first chamber of the quinqueloculine 


| series following it, as illustrated (Pl. 7, fig. 17). Juveniles with small juvenarium 
| may show one or two smooth early chambers. One or two keels may be shown by 
_adult chambers or a subangular to subround periphery, as in the specimen des- 
_cribed. This species is probably part of a morphological series that leads by increase 
in number and strength of the keels through Q. colomi to Q. duthiersi and by adoption 
of bicarinate, quadrangular chambers to Q. mediterranensis. 


72 J. R: HAYNES 


Depository. ‘ B-M.(N.H.):Slide. 1970 “11: 26 : 94-100; Stub eZ; Zen 
694-695. | 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described and additional specimen illustrated, CB 13. 

REMARKS. Our material is close to that from the Porcupine Station AA figured — 
by Brady (1884) as M. bicormis. Brady’s specimens were considered to belong 
to Q. intricata by Thalmann (1932) and this view is supported by Le Calvez & Le 
Calvez (1958) after examination of Terquem’s type material. We therefore identify 
our material as Q. intricaia also, although the type figures show more irregularity of 
form. 

Juveniles in our material closely resemble Q. semslunaris Terquem described from 
Dunkirk shore sands so this name is put in synonymy. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the Pliocene of the Island — 
of Rhodes. Additional records for the Mediterranean are: Bay of Villefranche 
(Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958) ; Adriatic (Wiesner, 1923): 

North Atlantic: Off Skye, Scotland (Brady, 1884). 


Quinqueloculina lata Terquem 
(Pl. 7, figs 10-13) 
Quinqueloculina lata Terquem, 1876 : 82; 1877 : 173, pl. II, figs 8a, b; Cushman, 1949 :10 


pl. 2, fig. 1; Le Calvez, 1958 3 u5S plac neSe2O.270 823: 
Miholina oblonga var. lata (Terquem) Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930 : 55, pl. 2, figs 12-15. 


Drtacnosis. An elongate-ovate to oblong species of Quinqueloculina about 
twice as long as wide, oval in outline with keyhole-shaped aperture and simple, 
spatulate tooth. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 7, figs 12, 13.) Test elongate-oblong in outline with broadly 
rounded base and truncate apex, sides sub-parallel, periphery broadly rounded, 
section oval; chambers arranged in an embracing, quinqueloculine spiral, wrapping 
round markedly at the base, slightly twisted about the axis of growth, increasing 
gradually in size as added; sutures distinct, impressed ; wall imperforate porcelaneous, 
smooth and vitreous; aperture sub-rectangular (keyhole-shaped with pinched sides 
and straight inner border) with thin bordering lip and simple bar-like tooth that | 
appears spatulate in end view and rounded in side view being clearly visible pro-. | 
truding beyond the lips. | 


Dimensions. Length 0-95 mm, width 0-40 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. A small, translucent, thin walled form occurs abundantly on the 
Dovey Marshes. These are considered juveniles (Pl. 7, figs 10, 11). 

DeEposiTory. .B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970-: 11 ; 26 ; 101-102, 1970: 112 26 | 102= 
Iiz. Stubs 1970 +11 4 26.2700, 704, 1970 31% 2.26: 750, 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Holocene Grey Sands, Borehole 2, Sample 
Drx6, Borth. Juvenile, Clettwr Transect, Station VII, Dovey Marshes. 


| 


CARDIGAN BAY -RECENT‘“FORAMINTEFERA 7S 


REMARKS. Our specimens appear to fit well with the types although the aperture 
is elongate rather than simply rounded as stated in Terquem’s description; size is 
the same. The specimens figured by Heron-Allen and Earland and Le Calvez are 
very close to our material but references to this species from the Western Atlantic 
appear to be in error (Cushman, 1944; Todd & Low, 1961). 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from shore sands at Dunkirk, 
France and other well founded references are apparently restricted to this general 
area: Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949); off Plymouth (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930); 
Celtic Sea (Le Calvez, 1958). It also occurs abundantly in Goldseeker samples 
from the Moray Firth, Scotland. 


Quinqueloculina mediterranensis Le Calvez & Le Calvez 
(Ri. 7; tes, 4,°5;. Pl 8) fier 1) 


Quinqueloculina mediterrvanensis Le Calvez & Le Calvez, 1958 : 177, pl. 4, figs 29-31. 
Miliolina bicornis Sidebottom, 1904 : 14, pl. 4, figs 13, 14 (not Walker & Jacob). 


Diacnosis. A species of Quinqueloculina with quadrangular, bicarinate chambers 
increasing rapidly in size as added with regular costae parallel to the periphery. 


DESCRIPTION. Test elongate-ovate in outline with projecting base and produced 
apex, subquadrangular in section, bicarinate, not quite twice as long as wide; 
chambers arranged in an alternating, slightly embracing quinqueloculine spiral, 
five visible, subquadrate with flattened periphery in the adult part, the outer edges 
developed as strong keels, increasing rapidly in size and overlapping markedly 
at either end of the test as added, final chamber much expanded in thickness to- 
wards the periphery; sutures distinct, slightly impressed; wall stoutly built, im- 
perforate porcelaneous with strong costae running the length of the chambers 
parallel to the periphery; aperture terminal, subquadrate in shape at the end of a 
slightly tapering neck with a short, flat, wedge-shaped tooth structure at the inner 
margin and slight, rounded lip. 


Dimensions. Length 0-96 mm, width 0-57 mm, maximum thickness about 
0-40 mm. 


MATERIAL. Nine specimens. 


VARIATION. The bicarinate condition appears to be attained by the third or 
fourth quinqueloculine chamber, earlier ones being acute. One specimen slightly 
longer than I mm was recovered. 


BEBOsITORY, B.M.(N.H.) Slide.1970.:: 11 : 26 7 113+114.. Stub.1970.:-I1.: 260: 
692. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 551. 
REMARKS. This robust species, characteristically expanded at the periphery, 


can be distinguished from the related, Pacific form Q. angulostriata Cushman & 


Valentine (1930) by its wider, thicker chambers and greater rate of size increase. It 


74 Jick Et AGvaNGS 
was first figured as Miliolina bicornis by Sidebottom. Our specimens are slightly 
smaller than the type which is 1-6 mm long and o-g mm wide, but show the same 
proportions. It is possible that the specimen figured as M. bicorms by Brady 
(1884, pl. 5, figs 11a, b) belongs here. 

DISTRIBUTION. Described from the Mediterranean, Bay of Villefranche at Io to 
100 metres. Another record is the Isle of Delos (Sidebottom, 1904). 


Quinqueloculina ci. rugosa d’Orbigny, 1826 
(Rie 7, tgs 20,20) 


DESCRIPTION. Test elongate-ovate with slightly produced apex, compressed, | 
periphery flattened; chambers arranged in a slightly embracing, alternating quin- 
queloculine series, four visible in the front, three at the rear, increasing moderately 
in size as added, wrapping round markedly at the base, final chamber quadrate 
and slightly keeled at the angles of its exterior margin; sutures distinct, impressed ; 
wall rough and pitted, imperforate porcelaneous; aperture oval with depressed 
outer margin, narrow lip and long, wedge-shaped tooth arising from the inner 
margin. 

DIMENSIONS. Length 0-52 mm, width 0-25 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

DEPOsitoRy.- 1B: M(N-E) Stub 1970.) 11 726) 27702. 

PROVENANCE. CB 167, Dovey Estuary (main channel at Aberdovey). 


REMARKS. Our specimen bears considerable resemblance to Q. rugosa d’Orbigny, 
1826, which, as figured by Fornasini (1905) shows quadrate, bicarinate chambers 
and pitted wall. Specimens referred to Q. rugosa by Le Calvez & Le Calvez (1958) 
are much larger with flattened rather than bicarinate chambers and short, rounded 
tooth. 


Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus) 
(Pl. 7, figs 14, 19; Pl. 8,. fig. 3; Pl. 32, figs 1-3; Text-fig. 18, nos 1—4) 


Serpula seminulum Linnaeus, 1767 : 1264. 

Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus) d’Orbigny, 1826 : 303; Cushman, 1929: 24, pl. 2, 
figs 2a-c only; 1044: 13, plo 2, fe. 14; 1o48 234, pl 3, fes 14, 15; Losqu ple noe 
Parker, 195228 3 400, ply 3, igs 20a, -br22a, be plli4) esis TO52I0 456,: pl. 2. tes 7a,ws 
Haake, 1962 : 31, pl. a, fess, ma Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 252, pl. 6, fig. 1; Lutze, 1965 : 94, 
pl. 15, figs 34, 35. 

Miholina seminulum (Linnaeus) ? Williamson, 1858 : 85, pl. 7, figs 183-185; Brady, 1884 : 157, 
pl. 5, figs 6a—c. 


Diacnosis. An ovate species of Quingueloculina about one and a half times 
as long as wide, subtrigonal in section, with small aperture and thin, bar-like tooth 
with incipiently bifid margin. 


CARDIGAN. BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 75 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test ovate, regularly egg-shaped, a little 


less than one and a half times as long as wide, apex truncated, subtrigonal in section; 
chambers arranged in a moderately embracing, alternating quinqueloculine spiral, 


inflated, increasing slowly in size with subrounded periphery tapering to the aperture, 


‘four visible at the front, three at the rear, where the fourth chamber (third from last) 
just peeps through in the centre; sutures indistinct, only slightly impressed; wall 
smooth, vitreous, imperforate porcelaneous; aperture terminal, oval with broad 


margin and thin lip, tooth a thin, bar-like structure with very short, bifid free 


margin, rounded summit protruding through and clearly seen in side view. 


Dimensions. Length 0-70 mm, maximum width 0-50 mm, thickness 0-36 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 
VARIATION. More elongate forms occur showing the trend to Q. lata. — 


DErositoRy. ~ B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 115=117.. Stubs 1970: II : 26: 
eo 70 2 11 720-7 701, 703, 1970: II : 26: 755... Slides. 1970 : 11: 26 : 471, 


g70 : Il: 20: 472. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described and others figured and photographed, CB 8. 
REMARKS. This gibbous, vitreous form with its smoothly embracing chambers 


proved a difficult subject for the stereoscanner which failed to pick out the sutures 


of specimens presented in side view. JDetails of the aperture with its exquisite 


tooth structure are, on the other hand, very well shown (PI. 8, fig. 3). 


— \ 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


Fic. 18, 1-3. Quinqueloculina seminulum, specimen described. 1, front view; 2, apertural 
view; 3, rear view; 4, apertural view of rounder specimen. 


26 J. R. HAYNES 


There is apparently continuous variation from this species through to Q. lata 
which is oblong in outline and oval in section and in the other direction to 
Q. dunkerquiana which is short with angled chambers. Failure to distinguish between 
these forms has led to considerable confusion in the literature. | 

Williamson’s reference to Miolina is quoted in synonymy as this appears to be 
the first reference to that genus but his figure appears to show a specimen nearer 
Massilina secans (copied by Cushman in the Atlantic Monograph, 1929). Young 
specimens of M. secans can be distinguished from Q. seminulum by their angular 
chambers. | 


DISTRIBUTION. Records give a cosmopolitan distribution, to a large extent 
because authors have used the name as a dustbin and catch-all for ovate quin- 
queloculines from the Lias upwards. We restrict ourselves to Atlantic records 
which agree with the species concept put forward here: North Sea, Langeoog 
(Haake, 1962) ; Baltic, Ostsee (Lutze, 1965) ; Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 
1964); Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949). | 

Eastern Atlantic: off Skye, Scotland (Porcupine Station AA, Brady, 1884); 
S.W. of Ireland (Cushman, 1929); Western Approaches (Murray, 1970). | 

Western Atlantic: New England (Cushman, 1944); off New Hampshire (Parker, — 
1952a); Long Island—Buzzard’s Bay (Parker, 1952b). | 

Arctic: Hudson Bay, Davis’ Straits (Cushman, 1948). 


Genus SCUTULORIS Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 


Scutuloris species A 


(Pl. 9, fig. 14) 

DESCRIPTION. Test oblong-ovate, ovate in transverse section, sub-globose; 
chambers arranged in a quinqueloculine series, inflated and increasing moderately 
in size as added, four visible one side and another one between the two final ones on 
the other side, added slightly obliquely to the perpendicular axis; sutures distinct, 
impressed ; wall thick, porcelaneous, imperforate, smooth; aperture large, formed by 
the open end of the chamber, with a narrow lip and a broad lunate flap rising from the 
interior margin, flap protruding slightly in side view. , 

Dimensions. Maximum length 0-46 mm, width 0-27 mm, thickness 0-25 mm. 

MATERIAL. Two specimens. ~ 

Depository. .B:M.(N.H.).1070 14-26 = 055. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 4or. 


REMARKS. Our specimens are smaller, more elongate-ovate and less compressed | 
in section than S. tegminis Loeblich & Tappan. Apart from chamber arrangement 
they closely resemble Miliolinella chuckchiensis Loeblich & Tappan and being. | 
much smaller they could conceivably be juveniles of that species. In that case © | 


CARDIGAN: BAY. RECENT FORAMINIFERA aa 


| they might be expected to show initial quinqueloculine arrangement. However, 


as this cannot at present be proven, following strict lines of classification we place 
these specimens in Scutuloris. 


Genus SIGMOILOPSIS Finlay, 1947 
Sigmoilopsis moyi Atkinson emend 
(Pl. 4, figs 1-8; Pl. 8, figs 5 and 7) 


Sigmowuopsis moyt Atkinson, 1968 : 161, pl. 18, figs 3a—d. 

Sigmotlopsis schlumbergeri Atkinson, 1968 : 160, pl. 18, figs ra—c (not Sigmoilina schlumbergeri 
Silvestri). 

Sigmoilopsis wanganuiensis Atkinson, 1968 : 161, pl. 18, figs 2a—c (not Vella). 

Sigmotlopsis wood: Atkinson, 1968 : 161, pl. 18, figs 4a—d. 

Miliohna aggluiinans Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 325, pl. 13, figs 1-3 (not d’Orbigny). 


Dracnosis. A small, coarsely agglutinated species of Szgmotlopsis, oval to 
subcircular in outline with subround to angular chambers and aperture with short 
neck, marked lip and short, broadly bifid tooth. 


IDEScRIPTION. (Pl. 4, figs 1, 2;-Pl.8, figs 5, 7.) Test ovate in outline, sub- 
triangular in section, apex only slightly produced; chambers arranged in a sigmoid, 
milioline spiral, increasing slowly in size, last chamber not projecting beyond the 
others at the base; sutures very indistinct; wall roughly agglutinated of angular 


_ silt grains up to about 80 microns in diameter and including dark minerals; scattered 


angular ‘pores’ up to 5 microns in diameter; aperture terminal, at the end of a short 


| neck, oval with rounded lip and broad, bifid tooth at the inner margin. 


DimENsIonsS. Length 0-56 mm, maximum width 0-40 mm, 
MATERIAL. Eleven specimens. 


VARIATION. As shown by the illustrations the chambers vary from subrounded 


_ to angular and the test section from compressed oval to subtriangular. 


lacie re ecnanoparee 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 710-713. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described CB 421. Other specimens figured as 
S. moyt, CB 502, as S. wanganuiensis, CB 513, as S. schlumbergert, CB 740. 


REMARKS. This species shows considerable variation in chamber shape and 
outline. This led Atkinson (1968) to attempt to distinguish the main kinds as 


| species, two as new, S. moyi and S. woodi and two ascribed to S. schlumbergert and 


S. wanganumensis. We now group these all together under S. moyi (holotype in 
British Museum collections). The specimen described is a paratype of ‘S. wood1’, 
chosen because it shows the apertural characters better than the paratype of 
S. moyi in our collections. 

The species appears to be most closely related to S. wanganuiensis but differs in 
its more oval outline, tendency to angular chambers and in its apertural characters. 


on J. R. HAYNES 


le 


These morphological features would also appear to preclude the possibility that this 
small form is the juvenile of the much larger, more elongate S. schlumbergeri. 


Genus SPIROLOCULINA dOrbigny, 1826 
Spiroloculina depressa d Orbigny 
(Pl. 9, figs 6, 7) | 
Frumentaria sigma et rhombos Soldani, 1795 : 229, pl. 155, fig. kk. 


Spiroloculina depressa d’Orbigny, 1826 : 298, modéle 92; Parker & Jones, 1863 : 33, pl. 1, fig. 6; 
Parker, Jones & Brady, 1871 : 248, pl. 8, fig. 23 (figure after Soldani);.Fornasini, 1904 : 3, 


pl. 1, fig. 1; Cushman, 1929 : 44, pl. 9; figs 8 and 9g (8 after Brady); Colom, 1952 : 21, pl. 5, 


figs 16, 17; Loeblich & Tappan, 1964a : C453, fig. 34314, b. 
Spivoloculina limbata Brady part, 1884 : 150, pl. 9, fig. 17 only (not d’Orbigny). 

Dracnosis. An elongate, eye-shaped species of Spivoloculina with flat, smoothly 
depressed sides and truncate periphery. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 9, figs 6, 7.) Test elongate, eye-shaped with greatest width 
towards midpoint and tapering to the ends, bi-umbilicate with flattened sides, 
periphery truncate with rounded corners; chambers arranged in a spiroloculine 
series throughout, eight following the proloculus, quadrangular in shape, increasing 
moderately in size as added, each whorl stepped shghtly above the preceeding 
one; sutures distinct, impressed; wall imperforate porcelaneous with very slight 
longitudinal grooving just apparent; aperture slightly produced, terminal, round, 
without a lip but with straight, peg-like tooth at the inner margin. 


Dimensions. Length o-70 mm, width 0-42 mm, maximum thickness about 
0-12 mm. 


MATERIAL. Three specimens. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26, 118-119. Stub! 1970771 720m 
75D: 

PROVENANCE. CB 428. 


REMARKS. The specimen described is almost identical to d’Orbigny’s model 
showing the characteristic truncate periphery and flattened sides without keels 


or raised chamber borders. It is also very close to the topotype from Castel Arquato’ 


figured by Loeblich and Tappan. 


Specimens figured as S. depressa by Williamson (1858) and Terquem (1875) do - 


not belong here but show close similarity to S. imbata d’Orbigny. On the other 
hand specimens included by Brady under S. limbata do belong here, in part. 
DISTRIBUTION. Because this species has been confused with others, particularly 
S. limbata, listed records must be treated with reserve. It was first described from 
the Pliocene of Castel Arquato, Italy and from the Mediterranean Recent. Its 


Mediterranean occurrence is confirmed by the following records: Gulf of Marseilles | 


(Schlumberger, 1893) ; Bay of Palma, Majorca (Colom, 1942) ; Bay of Naples (Hofker, 
1932). 


SE eee 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 79 


N.W. European records include: off Skye, Scotland (Brady, 1884); off Plymouth 
(Cushman, 1929; Murray, 1965a); Western Approaches (Murray, 1970); coast of 
Galicia (Colom, 1952). 


Genus TRILOCULINA dOrbigny, 1826 
Triloculina trigonula (Lamarck) 
(EO. es 2b 32) fe. 5) 


Miliolites trigonula Lamarck, 1804 : 351, pl. 17, fig. 4. 

Triloculina trigonula (Lamarck) d’Orbigny, 1826 : 299, pl. 16, figs 5-9, modele 93; Cushman, 
MO20R. 50, pl: 12, figs 10, r1;-pl. 13, figs 1, 2; Le Calvez & Le Calvez,:1958 : 190, pl. 6, figs 
49 and 50; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 257, pl. 6, figs 11-13. 

Miholina trigonula (Lamarck) Williamson, 1858 : 84, pl. 7, figs 180-182; Brady, 1884 : 164, 
Mine, ese 5, 10° Goés; 1894 : 115, pl. 22, fig. 870; Flint, 1899 :-298, pl. 44,-fig. 3. 


Diacnosis. A rotund species of Tviloculina with depressed chambers having 
rounded sides. 

DeEscrRIPTION. (PI. 9, figs 1, 2.) Test oval in side view with rounded base and 
truncated apex, trigonal in section, lobate; chambers arranged in a moderately 
embracing, alternating, triloculine spiral, gradually increasing in size, depressed, 
becoming more flattened as added, much wider than high with rounded sides; 
sutures distinct, impressed; wall imperforate porcelaneous, smooth; aperture 
terminal with horseshoe-shaped lip and wedge-shaped tooth at interior border. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-42 mm, width 0-30 mm, 
MATERIAL. Fifteen specimens. 


_ VARIATION. Some specimens show less flattened chambers and short, wide 


‘angled tines at the inner edge of the tooth. 


ieee erosttory, B.M.(N.H.) Section 1970 :11 : 26:: 473. Stub 1970: 11; 20: 
(725. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 13. 


| Remarks. The cosmopolitan records for this species from the Eocene to the 
present day are in large part due to confusion with other species. In fact, there 
is doubt concerning the specific identity of Lamarck’s form with Recent material. 
‘However, our specimens agree well with the figures of Cushman, Goés and Le 


} 


‘Calvez and Le Calvez, especially with the more depressed forms. As pointed out 
‘by Loeblich and Tappan many records for northern waters refer to T. trihedra. 


_ Disrrrpution. Well figured references for the North Atlantic area include: 


| British coasts (Williamson, 1858) ; Porcupine Station 23, N.W. of Ireland and Station 
AA, off Skye, Scotland (Brady, 1884); off Scandinavia (Goés, 1894); Gulf of Mexico 
(Cushman, 1929; Flint, 1899). 


| 
2. 


80 J. R. HAYNES 


Triloculina trihedra Loeblich & Tappan 


(Pl. 9, figs 3, 4) | 
Triloculina trihedva Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 45, pl. 4, fig. 10; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 258, 
pl. 6, fig. 6. | 
Diacnosis. A small species of Tviloculina with triangular section, subround to 
subacute angles and slightly convex sides. 


Description. (Pl. 9, figs 3, 4.) Test broken, apparently with the last chamber 
removed; oval in side view, apex truncate, triangular in section, angles acute to 
sub-round, sides slightly raised; chambers arranged in an alternating, triloculine 
series, triangular, slightly pinched towards the keeled periphery, only gradually 
increasing in size, three visible externally; sutures strongly marked, impressed, 
slightly sinuous; wall imperforate, porcelaneous, smooth, vitreous; aperture broken, 
apparently rather elongate. 


Dimensions. Length 0-27 mm, maximum width 0-18 mm.,. 
MATERIAL. Twelve specimens, all small and damaged. 
DEPOSITORY. ~B.ME(N-E.)-Stub 19070 211.2 20 2724 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Low Marsh, Clettwr Transect, Dovey 
Marshes. | 


REMARKS. Many of the references in the literature to 7. tricarinata probably 
belong here. Loeblich and Tappan believe that the majority of references to 
T. tricarinata and T. trigonula in Arctic and boreal waters are really to this species. 
It is intermediate in form between these two species, being much less sharply carinate 
and geometrically triangular than 7. tvicarinata but nevertheless keeled in contrast 
to the broadly rounded form of T. tvigonula which has rather flattened, depressed 
chambers. | 


DISTRIBUTION. Because this species has been confused with its relatives its 
true range remains to be worked out. It was described from the Arctic and is 
recorded by Feyling-Hanssen from the Late Pleistocene and early Holocene of 
Oslofjord. 


Family NODOSARIIDAE Ehrenberg, 1838 
Genus DENTALINA Risso, 1826 


Dentalina cf. trondheimensis Feyling-Hanssen 
(Pl. 16; fig:, 11) 


See Dentalina trondheimensis Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 275, pl. 9, figs 3-7. 
Also Nodosaria communis Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a : 256, pl. 42, figs 1, 2 (not d’Orbigny). 
And Dentalina subarcuata Williamson, 1858 : 109, pl. 3, figs 40, 41 (not Montagu). 


DEscRIPTION. Test elongate, recurved, with entire peripheral edge and lobate, 
umbilical edge, initial subglobular and the subsequent part slightly compressed, | 
oval in section, not increasing much in width with growth, proloculus subglobular _ 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 8I 


-and elongate-ovate followed by five uniserial, slightly compressed, elongate-ovate 
chambers with pointed apex, increasing only very slowly in size, each overlapping 
the former by about one-third; sutures distinct, broadly impressed, oblique at 
about 30° to the vertical axis, showing clear areas towards the peripheral edge 
(under the light microscope); wall radial, translucent and densely perforated with 
minute, funnel-shaped pores, about half a micron diameter at the exterior and 
narrowing internally to less than a fifth of a micron; aperture terminal and peripheral, 
produced, with complex trematophore composed of seven radial ridges with irregular, 


oval, openings between; with thorn-shaped basal spine. 
| DIMENSIONS. Length 1:13 mm, maximum width 0-18 mm. Maximum width of 


proloculus, approx. 150 microns. 
MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 
DEposiTorRY. B.M.(N.H.) 1970 : Ir : 26: 572. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 402. 


REMARKS. Our specimens come close to Feyling-Hanssen’s species in possessing 
subglobular proloculus, vaginuline later part and straight, recurved peripheral edge. 
They differ in being almost double the size for an equivalent number of chambers. 

It should be noted here that specimens referred to Nodosaria commumis by Heron- 
Allen & Earland (1916a) are identical with D. trondheimensis. Copies of the figures 
of these specimens were included by Cushman in the ‘Atlantic Monograph’, again as 
N. commums (1923 : 75, pl. 12, figs 3, 4). The other specimens illustrated as N. 
commums by Cushman, figs 15-17, like most other N. Atlantic references of authors 
Should be included under Dentalina inornata bradyensis, as pointed out by Feyling- 
Hanssen (ibid). Confusion about N. communis arises because whereas d’Orbigny 
collected the type from the Adriatic his first description and figure are of a Cretaceous 
specimen. If the original type cannot be found and redescribed the name should be 
restricted to the Cretaceous form which shows elongate, pointed chambers each 
overlapping more than half the previous one and bulbous, spined proloculus. 
| It is possible that the species illustrated by Williamson (1858) as Dentalina 
subarcuata, also belongs to the D. trondheimensis group. 


Genus LAGENA Walker & Jacob, 1798 
Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny) 
| (Plti2 aie. t; Ph 13, fer) 
= | 


\Oolina clavata d’Orbigny, 1846 : 24, pl. 1, figs 2, 3. 

Lagena vulgaris Williamson var. clavata (d’Orbigny) Williamson, 1858 : 5, pl. 1, fig. 6. 

\Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny) Goés, 1894 : 75, pl. 13, figs 725-727; Wright in Reade, 1900 : 100, 
pres ea 3: Cushman, 1923 10, pl. 1, fig.:15; 1944 ¥ 21, pl. 3, fig. 6; 1949 .: 22; pl. 4,.fig..9 
| Voorthuysen, 1950 : 55, pl. 1, fig. 11; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 286, pl. 11, fig. 4. 

Lagena laevis (Montagu) var. amphora Williamson, 1848 : 12, pl. 1, figs 3, 4 

[ gracillima (Seguenza) Mills, 1900 : 146, pl. 10, fig. ro. 


_Diacnosis. A smooth Lagena shaped like a slender Greek amphora, up to five 
bie as long as wide with the maximum diameter below the middle line. 


ES 
| 


82 J. R. HAYNES 


DESCRIPTION. Test elongate, about five times as long as wide, round in section — 
with greatest width below midpoint, summit produced and acuminate, base mucro- 
nate; aperture at the end of a long slender neck, narrow with frilled, everted lipya 
wall radial, lamellar and finely perforate with very small circular pores. 


Dimensions. Length 0-50 mm, breadth 0-ro mm. Length of neck 0-10 mm, 
MaTERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. Specimens occur from about three times as long as broad to five q 1 
times as long as broad. 4 | 
Depository. ~B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970:: 11 ¢ 26 : 120-133... Stub 1970 =11 22m a 
630. | ; 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


Remarks. Lagena clavata has always been distinguished from L. laevis by its — 
basal spine or mucro. It is therefore of interest that thin sections show a lamellar _ 
structure with the spine formed by the outer layer only. This may indicate either 
that the spine is formed late in growth or that it is resorbed and reformed as each 
lamella is added. There is therefore a possibility that L. laevis is synonymous with 
L. clavata. However, against this is the general tendency for L. laevis to be shortes 
and more globose as well as destitute of basal mucro. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species which was first described from the Miocene of the 
Vienna Basin is widely distributed around the British Isles. Irish Sea (Pearcey, 
1891; Williamson, 1858); West of Ireland (Alcock, 1865; Cushman, 1923; Heron- — 
Allen & Earland, 1913b); West of Scotland (Burgess, 1889; Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1g16a; Williamson, 1858); English Channel (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1911, 1916b, 
1930; Williamson, 1858); Jersey (Halkyard, 1889); North Sea (Cushman, 1949; 
Goés, 1894; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913c; Mills, 1g00). al 

Outside the British area it has a scattered but cosmopolitan distribution: Arctic | 
(Bartlett, 1964; Goés, 1894; Norvang, 1945); West Atlantic (Cushman, 1944); | 
South Atlantic (Boltovskoy, 1954, 1959; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1932); Pacific 
(Chapman & Todd, 1947); Australasia (Chapman, 1941). ; a 

It is noteworthy that although worldwide these references are mainly from hie t i 
latitudes; Todd & Bronniman (1957) however, give a sub-tropical Caribbean | 
occurrence. ag 


Lagena doveyensis Haynes n. sp. 
(Pliz; figs-7; 8) 


Lagena vulgaris Williamson var. perlucida Williamson, 1858 : 5, pl. 1, fig. 7 (part) (not Montagu). | 

Lagena perlucida Cushman, 1923 : 46, pl. 8, fig. 12; SLR, 1949 : 22, pl. 4, fig. 10 (Ome 
Montagu). : 

Lagena semilineata Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 292, pl. 12, fig. 2 (not Wright). 


Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate Lagena with about 20 fine striae on the lower 
third of the test, not quite reaching the base. | 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 83 


DESCRIPTION. (Holotype.) Test elongate-ovate, round in section with the 
greatest width below the midpoint, summit produced and acuminate, base rounded; 
with 20 striae (fine ribs) on the lower part, disappearing about one-third of the way 

to the summit, not quite reaching the base which is rough, alternate ribs reaching 
‘further; neck less than half the length of the rest of the test, tapering; aperture 
narrow with everted lip; wall radial and minutely perforated. 


DimEnsIONS. Length 0:25 mm, breadth 0-08 mm. 
_ MATERIAL. Six specimens. Also two in the Williamson collection, Brit. Mus. 
Slide 96.8.13.70. 

Depository. 3B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26: 134-136 (Paratypes). Stub 
[1970 : II : 26 : 635 (holotype). 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen CB 156 (Dovey Estuary). 


REMARKS. This species has been confused in the past with L. perluctda which 
has fewer and stronger ribs and also a different shape, resembling a wine decanter 
with a flattened base. L. doveyensis differs from L. semilineata Wright in being 
striate, not deeply grooved. It also lacks the typical basal spine of that species. 
Feyling-Hanssen’s photograph shows a specimen very close to ours, though larger. 
The broken spine base mentioned may refer to the roughened area seen in the Dovey 
specimens. 

Of similar species described in the literature, Lagena striata var. semiornata 
Reuss, from the early Tertiary, comes closest, but the striae or riblets are more 
numerous and reach over the equator. Lagena semi-ornata Terquem & Terquem is 
without neck and possesses a spined, acuminate base. 


_ DistripuTion. Apart from the British area this species has so far only been 
noted in the late Quaternary of Oslo fjord, Norway (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 


DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to provenance in the Dovey Estuary. 


Lagena hibernica Haynes n. sp. 
| | (PI. 12, figs 16, 17) 
Lagena aspera Balkwill & Millett, 1884 : 78, pl. 2, fig. 1 (not Reuss). 
Lagena hispida Wright, 1877 : 104, pl. 4, fig 7 (not Reuss). 
| Diacnosis. A Lagena with discontinuous, strongly tuberculate ribs and stout, 
, cylindrical apertural neck. 


| DeEscrRIPTION. (Holotype.) Test irregularly ovate, round in section; with about 
F 5 discontinuous spiral ribs and lines of tubercles, occasionally developed as spines, 
‘particularly towards the base; aperture narrow, with rounded lip and stout, smooth 
cylindrical neck that rises abruptly, like a gun barrel, from the summit of the test; 
wall presumably radial and densely perforated with minute pores. 


_ DIMENSIONS. Length 0-18 mm, breadth 0:14 mm. 
MATERIAL. Four specimens. 


| 
BE 
- 


84 J. R. HAYNES 


VARIATION. The test may be more elongate-ovate and there are considerable 
differences in the strength of development and inclination of the ribs and the number 
of isolated tubercles of spines as seen in authors’ figures. 


Derposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 19070:: 11 = 20 2630. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 552. 


REMARKS. The specimen described as Lagena aspera by Balkwill and Millett, 
from Galway, belongs almost certainly to this species as the tubercles are described 
as ‘formed of lines and dots as if from imperfectly developed ribs’, although not 
shown in their figure. 

Lagena aspera Reuss was described from the Cretaceous and the type figure shows 
no apertural neck. References to this species in Recent material are therefore 
probably incorrect. It is interesting that one of the specimens from the Pacific 
referred by Brady to L. aspera, 1884, pl. 5; fig. 11, shows vertical lines of tubercles 
tending to coalesce, though the neck is wider. Specimens described as abnormal 
forms of L. aspera by Balkwill & Wright, 1885, from near Dublin in the Irish Sea 
come very near to L. dibermica but with the discontinuous ribs in vertical rows. 
Further work is required to see if they fall within the range of variation of the 
species (and also if there is a possible relationship with Amphicoryna species). 

Among closely related species L. Mispida Reuss, Oligocene, has a dense pile of 
fine spines; L. tuberosa Matthes, Oligocene, has small scattered spines; L. vikensis 
Hessland, Pleistocene, has vertical rows of small spines. In the Recent species 
with spiral ornament, L. spiralis Brady, the ribs are few in number and regular with 
marked perforations. 


DISTRIBUTION. Irish Sea and west coast of Ireland. 
DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to distribution in the seas off Ireland. 


Lagena laevis (Montagu) 
PA 1.2 nee, 2) 


Vermiculum laeve Montagu, 1803 : 524, pl. 1, fig. 9. 

Lagena laevis (Montagu) Williamson, 1848 : 12, pl. I, figs 1, 2; Goés, ies 74; pl:-135-720-722 
(not 719); Flint; 1899°:°306, pl. 53; fig. 6 (part); Mills, 19007146, pl. in, fie. 2355) Cusamanr 
1949: 22, pl. 4, fig. 8; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 61, pl. 11, figs 5-8; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 
2A, pl NO; teeny Hone. 1962 : 33, pl. I, figs 16, 17 (not 15);. Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 2369 
pl. 11, figs 13-15. 

Lagena sulcata Walker & Jacob var. laevis (Montagu) Parker & Jones, 1865 : 349, pl. 13, fig. 22 
(Lagena laevis in plate description). 

Lagena vulgaris Williamson, 1858 : 4, pl. 1, fig. 5, 5a (as ‘typica’). 


DiaGnosis. A smooth, club-shaped Lagena with strongly produced operon 
end and greatest width below the middle line. 
DESCRIPTION. Test ovate-acuminate, round in section and twice as long as wide | 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT’ FORAMINIFERA 85 


with greatest breadth below midpoint, summit produced and acuminate, base 
broadly rounded; aperture at the end of a long neck, broken off in this specimen; 
wall radial, lamellar and minutely perforated with round pores. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0:28 mm, breadth 0-14 mm. 
MATERIAL. Fifteen specimens. 


VARIATION. Specimens occur which vary between twice and three times as long 
as wide, excluding the neck. 


iaeesirory.  B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 -: 26 : 137... Stub’ 1970: 11 .:..26 :-632: 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. This species has been widely reported but many of the references 
are suspect. Thus both Goés (1894) and Flint (1899) include globose specimens 
which appear to belong to other species, possibly L. flatulenta Loeblich & Tappan 
as does L. laevis Cushman (1948). L. laevis in the sense of Heron-Allen and Earland 
is again quite unlike the type figure or the excellent illustrations of Williamson. 
None of the specimens figured by Brady (1884) resemble the type figure. 

Williamson (1858) proposed the name L. vulgaris so that ornamented forms could 
be brought into the ‘laevis’ category without producing contradictory varietal names 
like L. laevis var. striata. As pointed out by Loeblich and Tappan L. vulgaris is 
therefore an objective synonym. 

DISTRIBUTION. When doubtful forms are eliminated from the lst typical speci- 
mens appear to be largely concentrated around the British Isles and in the N. 
Atlantic: Irish Sea (Wright, 1900); North Sea (Cushman, 1949; Haake, 10962; 
Voorthuysen, 1960); North Atlantic and Arctic (Goés, 1894; Flint, 1899; Loeblich 
& Tappan, 1953). The very large list of citations from all over the world requires 
validation before we can be certain this species has a truly cosmopolitan distribution. 


Lagena pacifica Sidebottom 
(PE 22, fig..152..Pl 13, figs 2, 3) 


_ Lagena pacifica Sidebottom, 1912 : 308, pl. 16, fig. 29. 


} 
i 


Lagena sbumosa Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a : 245, pl. 41, figs 19, 20; Cushman, 1923 : 51, 
pl. to, figs 1, 2 (copies from Heron-Allen & Earland), (not L. spumosa Millett). 


Diacnosis. An elongate, acuminate Lagena with coarsely perforate outer 
lamella, the pores set alternately. 
DEscRIPTION. Test elongate and about three times as long as wide with greatest 


width towards the base and acute summit, slightly irregular but round in section; 
with outer lamella breached in places but showing coarse pores set alternately 


_ in slight depressions producing a honeycomb-like dimpling of the surface; aperture 


harrow, with short, cylindrical neck and smooth rim. 
DIMENsIons. Length 0-26 mm, breadth 0-08 mm. 
MATERIAL. One specimen only. 


80 ig kk EAN ES) 


VARIATION. There is some irregularity in shape and in the angle of the apertural 
neck, as seen in authors’ figures. 


DeposiTorY. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26: 638. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 528. 


REMARKS. Our specimen is the same size as that of Sidebottom which was 
described as possessing compound wall and ‘marked all over with irregular depres- 
sions’. It is thus distinguished from L. hertwigiana var. undulata Sidebottom which | 
has rows of punctae between longitudinal ridges. L. punctulata Cushman is larger | 
and more globose with phialine lip. | ? 

Heron-Allen and Earland figure two specimens very close to ours from the deep 
water of the Faroe Channel, N.W. of Scotland as L. sbumosa. Millett’s species is, 
however, quite different with spongy outer lamella, conical aperture and basal umbo. 
This identification was undoubtedly a lapsus calami which may well have arisen 
because Sidebottom figured these two species side by side in his monograph on the 
‘Lagenae’ from the S.W. Pacific. Heron-Allen and Earland then mistook one for 
the other, an error perpetuated by Cushman. 


DISTRIBUTION. Originally described as vary rare at a few stations in the S.W. 
Pacific. Authentic records elsewhere must now be considered as limited to Cardigan 
Bay and the West of Scotland. Confusion with Millett’s species makes Heron-Allen 
and Earland’s Pacific and Mediterranean records suspect. 


Lagena perlucida (Montagu) 
(Pl 12-fig.5- bli. fies 5) 


Vermiculum perlucidum Montagu, 1803 : 525, pl. 14, fig. 3. 
Lagena perlucida (Montagu) Brown, 1844 : 3, pl. 56, fig. 29. 


Lagena vulgaris Williamson var. semistviata Williamson, 1858 : 6, pl. 1, fig. 9 (not Lagena Ae 


stviata (Montagu) var. B semistviata Williamson). 
Lagena semistviata (Williamson) Cushman, 1923 : 50, pl. 9, fig. 15. 
Lagena striata var. perlucida (Montagu) Williamson, 1848 : 15, pl. 1, fig. 11, ? part. 


Diacnosis. A pear-shaped Lagena with flattened base and up to 13 strong 
longitudinal ribs, most of which tend to disappear above the midpoint of the test 
but reappear as fine costae on the neck. 


DESCRIPTION. Test pear-shaped and total length, including the neck, twice _ 
the width, round in section with the maximum width below the midpoint, summit | 
produced and acuminate, base slightly flattened; with 10 strong ribs that tend to | 


die out above the midpoint and become denticulate towards the base leaving a | 


small, clear area, some ribs short and restricted to the equator; neck equal in length ‘ 
to the rest of the test and gradually tapering, ornamented with fine, spiral costae; : 
aperture with everted lip, narrow with irregular radiate grooves; wall radial, lamellar | 
and minutely porous. 

DiImMENsions. Length 0-38 mm, breadth 0-19 mm. 


MATERIAL. Ten specimens. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 87 


VARIATION. Between 8 and 13 ribs may be developed, some of which reach as 


- far as the base of the neck. Specimens differ in the amount of flattening of the base 


and also in the length of the neck which may be twice as long as the rest of the test. 
Meresitory.- B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26 :. 138-139. Stub 1970: 11 : 26: 


| 636. 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 527. 


REMARKS. There is a great deal of confusion in the literature between Lagena 
perlucida and Lagena semistriata. This is because the figure given by Williamson 


of Lagena vulgaris var. semistriata in 1858 is different from the types of 1848 and 


- almost certainly represents a specimen very near L. perlucida. The ribs are des- 


_cribed as terminating abruptly at their upper extremity whereas the type figure 
of L. perlucida shows a specimen with six ribs, all reaching the neck. However, 
- as our material shows, this is a variable feature. We also find that the denticulations 


at the base can give the appearance of a small knob, as in Montagu’s figure. This 


_ was noted by Williamson in 1848 in his discussion of Lagena striata var. perlucida 


where he took a wide view of the shape variation in the species. His concept there- 


_ fore appears to coincide with ours only in part. (See further under Lagena doveyensis 
and L. semistriata.) 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from the Kent coast and there are 
as yet no good records outside the British Isles area. 


Lagena semistriata (Williamson) 


(eis. ee Or Pies. 41s. 4) 


_ Lagena striata (Montagu) var. 6 semistriata Williamson, 1848 : 14, pl. I, figs 9, 10. 
_ Lagena semistriata (Williamson) Goés, 1894 : 76, pl. 13, fig. 737. 


| Lagena sulcata Mills, 1900 : 146, pl. 10, fig. 22 (not Walker & Jacob). 


Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) var. semistriata (Williamson) Voorthuysen, 1960 : 246, pl. ro, 
meet reidake, 1962°:°33, pl.1, fig. 27. 


Diacnosis. An ovate Lagena with up to 15 longitudinal costae arising from the 
base and tending to disappear irregularly between a third and half way to the summit. 
DEscRIPTION. Test ovate and round in section with greatest width at midpoint, 


summit produced and acuminate; with about 10 weak costae which disappear 


about one-third of the way to the summit, reaching back slightly beyond the base 
as blunt projections; neck tapering and about half the length of the rest of the test; 
aperture narrow, with marked everted lip which overhangs both internally and 
externally; wall radial, finely perforate with circular pores. 


Dimensions. Length 0-31 mm, breadth 0-15 mm. 

MATERIAL. Six specimens. 

VARIATION. Occasional ribs may extend further towards the summit. 
Derosimory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11:::26;140. Stub 1970/: 11-: 26-2 634. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 527. 


88 J. R. HAYNES 


REMARKS. In the past this species has been confused with L. perlucida from which 
it differs in its oval shape and smooth neck. The specimen figured by Williamson 
(x858) and reproduced by Cushman (1923) does not belong here but in L. perlucida., 
(See further under L. doveyensis and L. perlucida.) 


DisTRIBUTION. Apart from the original records of Williamson from the British 
coast, Pembrokeshire and Scarborough, other records for this species are restricted 
to Plymouth (Murray, 1965a); the North Sea (Voorthuysen, 1960; Haake, 10962) 
and to the Arctic and Skagerak (Goés, 1894). 


Lagena spicata (Cushman & McCulloch) 
(Plies hese) 


Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) var. apiculata Cushman, 1913 : 23, pl. 9, figs 3a, b (not Silvestri). 
Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) var. spicata Cushman & McCulloch, new name, 1950 : 360, 


pl. 48, figs 4-7, ? 3. 
Diacnosis. A subspherical to ovate Lagena with up to 30 longitudinal costae, 
basal spine and smooth, waisted neck with flared, apertural lip. 


DESCRIPTION. Test ovate, not much longer than wide, round in section, base 
obtuse, with spine (almost completely broken off), apex tapering into a smooth 
neck; with 28 broad costae which originate near the base, are strongly marked 
over the equator and faintly discernible to the base of the neck; the neck is without 
ornament and expands from a narrow waist towards the apertural end; aperture 
with flared lip and short radiate grooves (giving the appearance of a ring of teeth 
inside the lip). 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-27 mm (excl. neck), breadth 0-22 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Depository. 3.M (NE) Stubs 19701 i 26)-.033. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. L. spicata differs from L. lyellii (Seguenza) in possessing a smooth 
neck without the numerous collars typical of that species. This is clearly shown by 
Cushman’s type figure of 1913, though doubt is introduced by the figures that ac-_ 
company the 1950 citation as they show marks which could be interpreted as rings 
of ornament. However, Cushman and McCulloch state, neck ‘usually without 
other ornamentation’. Figure 3 of the 1950 series shows a disparate specimen with 
only a few costae and a cylindrical neck. In 1870 Brady recognized L. lyellit in 
dredgings from off the West of Scotland and from Scottish tidal rivers but later 
changed his mind and decided such specimens were either an apiculate variety of 
L. sulcata or joints of Nodosaria scalaris var. separans. This view was not followed 
by Balkwill & Millett who illustrated a fine specimen of L. lyellii in 1884 from the 


West of Ireland with rings as well as longitudinal striae on the neck. L. lyellii of 
Heron-Allen & Earland (1913b) from Clare Island, does possess a smooth aperture, | 
figure copied by Cushman (1923) but is almost certainly another species altogether. _ 


L. lyelit would appear to bear the same relationship to L. spicata as L. sulcata — 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 89 


var. torquiformis to L. sulcata s.s. N.B. Silvestri (1896) included the forms 
considered here in his L. sulcata var. apiculata but based his diagnosis on a specimen 
of Soldani with branching ornament. Both his name and Cushman’s of 1913 are 
homonyms of Lagena apiculata (Reuss), as pointed out in the Ellis & Messina Cata- 
logue. 

DISTRIBUTION. Described as common in the Pacific in fairly deep water, par- 
ticularly near the Galapogos. A cosmopolitan distribution is therefore indicated. 


Lagena ci. striata (d’Orbigny) 1839 
(El 2; fie, 12" Pl, 13; fies.7, 8) 


DescrieT1Ion. Test elongate-ovate, about half as long again as wide, round in 
section, base rounded, apex pointed; with about 45 longitudinal striae, not all 
reaching the base, some running onto the neck but only six reaching the apertural 
end of the neck, each bearing a double row of denticles; neck cylindrical, apparently 
hexagonal in apertural view due to striae reaching the lip; aperture narrow; wall 
radial and minutely perforate. 


Dimensions. Length 0-26 mm, breadth 0-15 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 630. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. Lagena striata (d’Orbigny) was described from the Falkland Isles 

(1839c) and is characteristically sub-spherical with many striae. Heron-Allen 
& Earland (1932) give good figures which show specimens with striae running onto 
the neck and twisting round it. These are also mentioned by Feyling-Hanssen 
(1964) who gives the best figures from North Atlantic material, though his specimens 
are less spherical and more ovate than the type. Both publications mention 
‘specimens intermediate with L. substriata (Williamson). Our specimen may belong 
with this group supposing they also possess denticulate striae. 
_ As shown by Feyling-Hanssen, L. striata in the sense of Williamson (1858) and 
Cushman (1923) is Lagena filicosta Reuss. This means that the many listed refer- 
ences given for this species round the British Isles are doubtful and cannot be trusted. 
However, L. striata of Mills, 1900, may be the same as our species. 

Lagena striata in the sense of Brown (1844) = Vermiculum striatum Montagu 
(1803) does not belong here at all but refers to Lagena sulcata. Yor further infor- 
‘mation on this nomenclatorial problem see further under that species. 


Lagena substriata Williamson 
(Pl. 32; fig. 11; Pl. 13, figs 6:and: 11) 


‘Lagena substriata Williamson, 1848 : 15, pl. 2, fig. 12; Cushman, 1923 : 56, pl. to, fig. II. 
‘Lagena vulgaris Williamson var. substrviata (Williamson) 1858 : 7, pl. 1, fig. 14. 
‘Lagena sulcata Haake, part, 1962 : 32, pl. 1, figs 18, 19 (not Walker & Jacob). 
\Lagena striata (d’Orbigny) forma substriata (Williamson) Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 294, pl. 12, 
Ete. .6. 

| 

| 
| 


J. R. HAYNES 


go 


Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate Lagena about twice as long as wide, with up to 
60 delicate longitudinal striae, some if which run up on to the neck. 7 

DEscRIPTION. Test elongate-ovate with greatest width near the base, round in 
section, tapering to the summit; with about 50 delicate, smooth, longitudinal 
striae, six of which continue onto the neck while the rest die out at or below the 
neck, some restricted to the equator; neck cylindrical; aperture with smooth rim 
and hexagonal outline due to continuation of ornament up the neck; wall radial, 
lamellar with the striae in optical continuity with the rest of the wall, pores minute. 


Dimensions. Length 0-45 mm (inc. neck), breadth 0-14 mm. 


MATERIAL. Four specimens. 

VARIATION. Specimens vary from just under twice as long as wide to almost 
three times as long as wide. 

Depository. . B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26: 141. Stub 1970 : 1326 2679 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 543. 

REMARKS. In his original description Williamson refers to the ‘exquistely delicate 
parallel longitudinal striae’ and also states that in an examination of at least 20 speci- 
mens he found this ornament constant and the test more ovate and elongated than 
in L. striata. He took care to emphasize that the type figure represented the least 
elongated form and measurements given of two other specimens show dimensions 
more like ours and the specimen he illustrated in 1858. However, by 1858 he had 
decided that there was only one British species of Lagena. This shows the influence 
of the changing climate of opinion about species towards the extreme lumping of 
the ‘English School’ in the late nineteenth Century. We find that L. substviata is 
not only distinguished by its shape from our L. cf. striata but also by possessing 
smooth striae rather than double rows of denticulations. 

Haake’s figures appear to show L. substriata in part. Feyling-Hanssen’s specimen 
is like ours but more elongate and with longer neck. So far we have not found a 
specimen with the apertural lip shown in the type figure of Williamson. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was recorded from various localities off the west 
coast of England and Wales by Williamson who mentioned that the finest specimens 
came from the Irish Sea. According to Cushman it is rare in the Western Atlantic. 
There are scattered records from elsewhere but these are doubtful in | the absence of 
good figures. 


Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) 
(Piz, te Oo, el ose. io) 


Serpula (Lagena) striata sulcata rotunda Walker & Boys, 1784 : 2, pl. 1, fig. 6 

Serpula Lagena Sulcata Walker & Jacob, 1798 : 634, pl. 14, fig. 5. 

Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) Parker & Jones, 1865 : 351,-pl: 13, figs 24, 28432, pl ae 
figs 6, 7 (? mainly O. borealis); ? Flint, 1899 : 307, pl. 53, fig. 7; ? Cushman, 1948 : 46, pl. 5, 
fig. 12; ? Cushman, 1949 : 23, pl. 4, fig. 13; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 246, pl. ro, figs 11, 12. 

Vermiculum striatum Montagu, 1803 : 523. 

Lagena striata (Montagu) Brown, 1844 : 3, pl. 56, fig. 36; Williamson, 1848 : 13, pl. 1, figs 6, 8. 


DiAGNosis. An ovate Lagena with about 25 narrow, blade-like costae which 


CARDIGAN: BAY RECENT-FORAMINIFERA gI 


are denticulate near the base where they commence and smooth with flat tops over 
the equator and towards the summit. About six costae continue straight up the neck. 


DESCRIPTION. Test ovate, not much longer than wide with greatest width below 
the midline, slightly compressed in section, base rounded, summit acute; with 


- 24 strong longitudinal ribs which commence near the base, two short and restricted 


to the equator, the others denticulate near the base, blade-like with smooth, flattened 
edge towards the apex; base minutely tuberculate; neck stout and cylindrical with 
about six ribs continuing straight up to the lip of the aperture; aperture plugged; 


_ wall radial and minutely perforated. 


Dimensions. Length 0-38 mm (inc. neck), breadth o-20 mm. 

MATERIAL. Nineteen specimens. 

VARIATION. There is variation in the number of short ribs developed over the 
ambitus and in the distance the other costae continue towards the base and neck. 

Drrosivory. 6B.M.(N.H.) Shde 1970 : 11 : 26: 142-149. Stub 1970: 11:26: 
641. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 13. 

REMARKS. Thin sections show that the wall is lamellar with the costae in optical 
continuity. The pores are circular and penetrate normal to the surface. The 
aperture is narrow and also circular. 


Although the type figure does not show costae running onto the neck it does 
show about the same number of flattened blade-like ribs as our specimen (indicated 


_ by double lines in the 1798 drawing) and the general shape and proportions are very 


similar. As the type is lost it seems reasonable to interpret our specimen as near 
the central type of L. sulcata. 

This species is one of those first described by Walker & Boys (1784) then re- 
described in 1798 with valid binomial nomenclature. Oddly enough in this one 


_ case trinomial nomenclature was still used but it is clear from the description 


that “Lagena’ is to be regarded as a subgeneric designation. This view was taken 
by Parker & Jones (1859, 1865) and Brady (1884). This means that the naming 


_ of the species as Vermiculum striatum by Montagu (1803) = Lagena striata Brown 


(1827, 1844) which refers back to the 1784 citation was incorrect. In any case 


_ this name should now be considered a ‘nomen oblitum’ under the Rules of Nomen- 


clature so presumably Lagena striata (d’Orbigny) 1839 is not prejudiced. 

Well founded records for this species in the North Atlantic region are remarkably 
few. Many, such as those of Parker & Jones (1865) and Goés (1894) refer at least 
in part to Oolina borealis. The figure given by Balkwill & Wright (1884) is of 


| L. sulcata var. torquiformis and this is the figure repeated by Cushman in his ‘Atlantic 
_ Monograph’ (1923). Flint’s specimen may be near the central type but Cushman’s 


specimen from the Arctic (1948) shows only 12 costae and a small apertural neck. 
} Similarly, Cushman’s Belgian specimen (1949) appears to be different. Voort- 
_ huysen’s specimen is quite like ours with costae running straight onto the neck. 


DistriBution. This species has been widely reported around the British Isles 
but listed references must be regarded as suspect. However, the photomicrograph 


| 
92 J, Re HAYNES | 
of Reade & Wright (1900) shows that the central type occurs in the Holocene of | 
Lancashire. World wide references are equally dubious. For instance the Pacific | 
citations of Brady (1884) may include var. torguiformis but not L. sulcata s.s. 
Again L. sulcata of Heron-Allen & Earland from the Falkland Isles (1932) is another [ 
species group with flanged apertural necks. 


Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) var. interrupta (Williamson) 
(PIE waste. vO) 


Lagena striata (Montagu) var. «, interrupta Williamson, 1848 : 14, pl. 1, fig. 7. 

Lagena vulgaris Williamson var. interrupta Williamson, 1858 : 7, pl. I, fig. 11. 

Lagena sulcata var. interrupta Brady, 1884 : 483, pl. 57, figs 25, 27 (? var. torquiformis). 
non Lagena interrupta Boltovskoy, 1954 : 152, pl. 6, figs 5, 6; 1959 : 68, pl. 9, fig. 21. 


Dracnosis. A variety of Lagena sulcata with interdigitating costae of unequal 
length. 


DEscrRIPTION. Test elongate-ovate, about one and a half times as long as broad, 
widest at midpoint, round in section with slightly flattened base; with 26 blade-like 
longitudinal costae, 14 commence near the base and apart from one short rib con- 
tinue to just below the summit, the rest commence at about one-third of the distance 
from the base and continue to the base of the neck, four running up the neck, with 
flat, smooth tops but becoming denticulate near the base; neck slightly offset, 
possibly broken, stout and quadrangular due to ornament, slightly tapering; 
aperture narrow, round; wall radial and minutely perforate. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-35 mm (excl. neck), breadth 0-23 mm. 
MATERIAL. Five specimens. 


VARIATION. There is variation in the length of the interdigitating ribs and in 
the number reaching the base and the summit. 


DeEposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide.1970 = 11 : 26 71502151. -Stub 107072 1 520m 
643. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 345. 


REMARKS. As well as differing in its ornament this variety is slightly more 
elongate than L. sulcatas.s. This is well shown in our figure which closely resembles 
the type. Williamson’s specimen of 1858 has a more produced apex with long neck 
and everted lip preserved. Brady’s-specimens appear to represent other varieties 
of L. sulcata, near var. torquiformis. Boltovskoy’s figures show a different species, 
altogether. A long, narrow form more than twice as long as wide. 


DISTRIBUTION. Williamson recorded this variety from Swansea, South Wales, 
and from a number of localities all round the British Isles. This distribution would 
appear to be confirmed by the frequent listing given for it by later authors. These, 
however, in the absence of figures, must be considered doubtful. As can be seen 
from the synonymy good figures for citations for the North Atlantic region are 
restricted to the type figure and Williamson’s second reference. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 93 


Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob) var. torquiformis Haynes n. var. 
(Pl. 12, fig: 14; Pl. 13, figs. 9 and -12) 


Lagena sulcata Wright, 1877 : 103, pl. 4, fig. 10; Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 338, pl. 14, figs 1, 2; 
Cushman, 1923 : 57, pl. 11, fig. 1 (not Walker & Jacob). 


Diacnosis. A variety of Lagena sulcata with up to four costae continued from the 
body chamber and spirally wound about the neck. 


DEscRIPTION. (Holotype.) Test ovate with greatest width below the midpoint, 
round in section; with 23 longitudinal, blade-like costae, sharp edged towards the 
base but with smooth, flattened edge over the equator and towards the summit, 
some commencing up to one-third the distance from the base, some finishing below 
the summit, some at the base of the neck and four spirally wound about the neck 
where they are again sharp edged; neck cylindrical, narrow; aperture narrow and 
circular with lip formed by the looped back ends of the costae; wall minutely tuber- 
culate, radial and finely perforate. 


Dimensions. Length 0-34 mm (neck 0-15 mm), breadth 0-24 mm. 
MATERIAL. Twelve specimens. 


VARIATION. From three to six costae may occur on the neck and there is variation 
in the development of costae on the chamber, odd ones being restricted to the ambi- 
tus. The base is denticulate in many specimens. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26: 152-154 (paratypes). Stub 
mo7O.- iE - 26 642 (holotype). 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. This variety of L. sulcata appears to differ from L. sulcata var. spiraia 
Bandy and from the M. Eocene of Alabama in a number of features. Bandy’s 
holotype (kindly loaned by Alan Horowitz of Indiana University) is a spherical 
form with produced apex passing into a stout tapering neck. The costae are 
rounded, apparently broadest at midpoint and two continue onto the neck. Bandy’s 
figure which is very good shows how the specimen appears sulcate rather than 
costate. It probably represents a Palaeogene species group, unrelated to L. sulcata 
but similarly developing spiral neck ornament. 

It is interesting that the first illustration of this elegant foraminifer was by 
Balkwill and Wright from the Irish Sea, as L. sulcata. It was their figure that was 
repeated by Cushman (1923) and cited by Bandy in his synonymy (1949). Bandy 
also included one of the Pacific specimens of L. swlcata Brady (1884) pl. 57, fig. 23, 
in his variety. This may represent the same variety as ours. 


DisTRiBUTION. This variety is probably listed as L. sulcata in the literature 
so its distribution remains to be worked out, firm identification being restricted to 
me Irish Sea.and Cardigan Bay. 


_ DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to the similarity of the neck ornament to the spiral 
gold torques which are some of the most striking artifacts found in Celtic burial 
hoards. 


94 J. R. HAYNES 


Lagena species A 
(Bl. 12) fies: 35 4) 


DESCRIPTION. Test pear-shaped with rounded base and apenas summit, 
ereatest width towards the base, round in section; with fine, longitudinal striae 
on the lower third of the test, apparently not reaching the base; neck wide, tapering, 
broken off. 

Dimensions. Length 0-20 mm, breadth o-II mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

DEPOSITORY. B.M.(N.H.) 1070 > 11= 20; 637. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 528. 


REMARKS. This specimen resembles L. laevis but is more pear-shaped with 
wider neck and is faintly striate towards the base. _ 


Family POLYMORPHINIDAE dOrbigny, 1839 
Genus FISSURINA Reuss, 1850 
Fissurina elliptica (Cushman) 
(PL 14, fig 57 Lext-fie- 10) 
Lagena orbignyana (Seguenza) var. elliptica Cushman, 1923 : 42, pl. 6, figs 10-12 
Dracnosis. An elongate, three keeled species of Fisswrina with elliptical central 


part and produced, narrow, only slightly everted aperture. 


DEscRIPTION. Test unilocular, subglobular with rounded base and produced 
rather narrow aperture, slightly compressed body chamber, strongly compressed 
at the aperture, greatest width below midpoint; wall radial, lamellar and densely 
perforated with fine pores; aperture truncating the produced apical end, an elongate 
slit with rounded lip, slightly everted but not at the sides, with long flaring ento- 


0.0 O.1mm. 


Fic. 19. Fissurina elliptica, apertural view. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 95 


solenian tube; thin, sharp marginal keel plus two subsidiary ones on each side with 
rounded ridges defining the body chamber; the edges of the subsidiary keels continue 
as costae on the apertural neck and there is also a central bar joining the rounded 
ridge to the lip, the hollows between filled with fine tubercles. 


DimENSIoNns. Length approx. 0:25 mm, width 0-13 mm, 
MATERIAL. Eleven specimens recovered. 


Depository. .M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26°::155-156. Stub-1970 :.11 : 26: 
616. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. This beautiful little species resembles nothing so much as an orna- 
mented hand mirror from a vanity case. Our specimens although smaller are 
otherwise close to those figured by Cushman and it is probable that other specimens 
from around the British Isles referred by authors to Lagena orbigyana belong to this 
species; 1.e. those figured by Balkwill & Millett (1884) and Mills (1900). Williamson 
(1858) included in Entosolenia marginata forms closer to F. orbignyana s.s. (figs 19, 
20) rounder and more flattened with less developed subsidiary keels, everted aperture 
and small peduncle. 


DISTRIBUTION. This form was first described from 382 fathoms in the Caribbean. 


Fissurina lucida (Williamson) 
(Pl. 14, figs 1, 2; Test-fig. 20, nos 3, 4) 
Entosolenia marginata (Montagu) var lucida Williamson, 1848 : 17, pl. 2, fig. 17; ? Williamson, 
ORO. 10, pl. 1, figs. 22, 23. 
Entosolema lucida (Williamson) Cushman & Cole, 1930: 98, pl. 13, figs 11, 12; Cushman, 
nOMs = 62. pl. 7, fig. 2. 
Lagena lucida (Williamson) Reuss, 1862 : 324, pl. 2, figs 25, 26; Heron-Allen & Earland, Ig911 : 
Be, pk: 10,.fig. 16. 
_ Fissurina lucida (Williamson) Bandy, 1950 : 274, pl. 41, figs 12a, b; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 
WO spl EA, fig. 4;. Haake, 1962::,38,-pl. 2, figs 11-12; Feyling-Hanssen; 1964 : 315, -pl.15, 
ASLO 


DiaGnosis. A compressed, elongate-ovate species of Fissurina with horseshoe- 
_ shaped opaque areas on each side, and rounded margin. 


| Description. (Text-fig. nos 3, 4.) Test unilocular, elongate-ovate with pro- 
_ duced apertural end and slightly pedunculate base, greatest width just below mid- 
| point, compressed and half as wide as long in side view, margin rounded; aperture 
_long and narrow between slight lips passing into a long entosolenian tube; wall 
radial lamellar, transparent with minutely and densely perforate areas making an 
_ Opaque horseshoe-shaped pattern on either side. 


| Dimensions. Length 0-28 mm, width 0-20 mm, width in side view 0-14 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


96 J. R. HAYNES 


VARIATION. Some specimens show rather more compressed tests than those 
illustrated and the slight peduncle is not always present. On the other hand the 
shape in side view remains rather constant in our material. 


DEpPosITORY. B:M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11? 20% 157, 158. “Stub 1070 1 226m 
614. | 

PROVENANCE. Specimens described and illustrated from the Holocene, Scrobicu- 
laria clays at Borth, immediately below the Fossil Forest. 


REMARKS. Some difficulty has been caused in the interpretation of this species 
because the illustrations in Williamson’s Monograph of 1858 show specimens dif- 
ferent in a number of respects from the type described in 1848. In particular 
fig. 22 of 1858 shows a pear-shaped form with rather flat base and fig. 23 an elongate 
form with marked spine. These figures were repeated by Cushman in 1923 but we 
believe they should be left out of the synonymy. Specimens described by Balkwill 
& Millett (1884) from Galway resemble fig. 22. Williamson mentions a ‘carina’ 
in his description which appears to refer to the clear peripheral band. As shown 
by our stereoscanner photo (Pl. 14, fig. 1) this can resemble a keel. The margin 
isinfact rounded. It is of interest that Heron-Allen and Earland illustrated a double 
specimen joined base to mouth which they described as ‘due to budding’. It is 
possible that the shght peduncle in many specimens indicates this former attach- 
ment. 


0.0 0.2mm. 


Fic. 20. 1, 2. Fissurina species A. 1, side view; 2, peripheral view. 3, 4. Fissurina 
lucida. 3, side view; 4, peripheral view x } given scale. 5, 6. Fissuvina species B. 
5, side view; 6, apertural view. 7, 8. Fissurina marginata. 7, side view; 8, apertura] 
View. : 


4 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 97 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally recorded from all round the British 
Isles from the Shetlands, the Irish Sea, North Sea and English Channel. Later 
records confirm this distribution. Other records include: 

North Atlantic: Arctic (Cushman, 1948; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953); Bay of Fundy 
(Harrington, 1956). 

South Atlantic: off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1955, 1957, 1961); Falklands (Heron- 
Allen & Earland, 1932). 

Antarctic: (Pearcey, 1914; Wiesner, 1931; Chapman & Parr, 1937). 

Mediterranean: Bay of Naples (Buchner, 1940). 

Pacific: Coast of N. America (Cockbain, 1962; Cushman, 1941; Cushman & Todd, 
1947a; Detling, 1958; Harman, 1964; Watkins, 1961; Zalesney, 1959); N. Zealand 
(Hulme, 1964; Vella, 1957). 

These records suggest a cool temperate to cold water concentration. 


Fissurina marginata (Walker & Boys) 
(Text-fig. 20, nos 7, 8) 
Serpula (Lagena) marginata Walker & Boys, 1784 : 3, tab. 1, fig. 7. 
Vermiculum marginatum Montagu, 1803 : 524. 
Lagena marginaia Walker, Brown, 1844 : 3, pl. 56, figs 30, 31 (1st edit. 1827 : pl. 1, figs 30, 31) 


figures after Walker & Boys. 
Lagena sulcata Walker & Jacob var. (Entosolenia) marginata (Montagu) Parker & Jones, 1865 : 


355, Pl. 13, figs 42, 43 only. 

Entosolenia marginata (Walker) Williamson, 1858 : 9, pl. 1, fig. 21 only; Cushman, 1948 : 65, 
pl. 7, fig. 7 (ascribed with ? to Montagu). 

Fissurina marginata (Montagu) Loeblich & Tappan, 1953: 77, pl. 14, figs 6-9; Voorthuysen, 
1@607- 248, pl.’1r0, fig. 19; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964: 315; pl. 15, fig. 22 (ascribed to Walker & 
Boys). 

DiaGNnosis. A smooth, compressed round to ovate species of Fissuvina with 
narrow marginal keel and slightly to moderately protruding aperture. 


Description. Test unilocular, rounded ovate, widest just below midpoint, 
compressed, a little more than half as thick as wide, with rounded sides and narrow, 
translucent keel; aperture very slightly produced, a narrow slit at the apex with 
entosolenian tube (not clearly seen because brownish tectin lining still present) ; 
wall radial, densely and finely perforate, appearing opaque; apparently some 
scattered larger pores present particularly near the keel; surface smooth. 

DIMENSIONS. Length 0-13 mm, width 0-11 mm, width in side view 0-07 mm, 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

VARIATION. Authors’ figures indicate that the chief variation is in the amount 
of protrusion of the apertural end. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : Ir : 26 : 159. 

} PROVENANCE. Shore sand at Ynyslas, Borth, CB 153. 
Ge 


98 J: Re HAYNES 


REMARKS. This species was first described by Walker and Boys, but has been 
ascribed to Montagu by many workers on the grounds that the original name was 
not properly binomial. However, if we take the reference to Lagena,.in brackets, ~ 
as indicating subgeneric status this objection disappears. hat this was the in- 
tention of Walker and Boys is made manifest by no less an authority than Williamson 
(1848), ‘The earliest notice of any forms of Lagenae which has come to my observa- 
tion is in the ‘“‘Testacea Minuta Rariora’’ of Mr Walker, published in 1784. He 
describes a number of British species which he arranged amongst the Serpulae, 
distinguishing them, however, by the subgeneric name of Lagena.’ Incidentally, 
we have followed a similar course in regard to Lagena sulcata. 

Further difficulty arises from the diverse interpretations put upon the type figures 
which as Cushman (1923) noted, ‘show a more or less compressed pyriform test 
eradually tapering from the somewhat curved apertural end, with a very broad 
rounded basal portion, and instead of having a thin broad keel, have a rounded 
narrow marginal carina’. Early workers, such as Williamson, included many 
keeled forms under this species, more closely allied to F. elliptica. As the types 
are lost it seems best to follow the interpretation of Cushman and also Loeblich 
and Tappan which would include Williamson’s figure 21. However, difficulty 
remains because figure 6c of Loeblich and Tappan apparently shows a rounded form 
without a keel, on the face of it nearer to F. laevigata (Reuss). It is also true that 
the keel of our specimen which appears rounded in reflected light appears thin and 
sharp by transmitted light in xylene. Care has to be taken not to confuse the pore- 
less peripheral band in F. lucida and F. species B with a rounded keel when observing 
the specimens in side view. 


DISTRIBUTION. Originally described from Reculver, Kent, near the Straits of 
Dover, this species seems to have a wide distribution in the North Atlantic area 
and Arctic. 


Fissurina species A 
(Rly rAwtigs 3) 4. %lext=e, 20, nes: 1.2) 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig.nos 1,2.) Test unilocular, ovate with slightly produced 
neck, widest at midpoint, compressed with flattened sides, widest towards the base 
in side view; wall radial with finely and densely perforate patch on each side; 
aperture a long narrow slit with slightly everted lips the edges continuing into the 
thin marginal keel, with elongate, flaring entosolenian tube; additional rounded 
ridge on each side just within the periphery; wall opaque near the keel and the 
secondary ridges with a clear, non-perforate area surrounding the perforated patch 
and on the apertural neck. 

Dimensions. Lengtho-16mm. Width 0-13 mm, thickness—width in peripheral 
view—0:06 mm. 

MATERIAL. Two specimens. 


VARIATION. The specimen illustrated by stereoscanner is more elongate than 
the specimen described. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 99 


Derosiory. B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 : 11°: 26+ 160, :1970': I1.: 26 : 161,” 162. 
Seu tQ70 > 11 : 26 : 615. 


PROVENANCE. Both specimens from Brit. Mus. Core 16. 


REMARKS. The secondary keels are difficult to discern by light microscope 
and it is not quite certain if they exactly define the oval perforated area. 

This species comes close to Ff. contusa Parr but is finely perforated rather than 
pitted on the sides. 


Fissurina species B 
(Text-fig. 20, nos 5, 6) 


DeEscrRIPTION. Test unilocular, elongate-ovate, widest near the base and tapering 
to the apertural end, slightly compressed, base truncate with two short spines; 
wall radial with fine perforations making a horseshoe pattern on either side, the 
clear area on the middle ofeach side widening downwards and extending to just 
below mid-point, periphery also non-perforate the clear band giving the appearance 
of a keel; aperture an elongate slit with rounded lips and irregular, bent back 
entosolenian tube. 


Dimensions. Length 0-14 mm, width 0-08 mm, thickness—width in peripheral 
vlew—0:07 mm. 
MATERIAL. Three specimens. 


VARIATION. One specimen has a slightly more pronounced aperture than the 
one described. 


DEposiTtorY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 163, 164. 
PROVENANCE. All specimens from the Low Marsh, Clettwr Transect, Dovey. 


REMARKS. This species resembles fF’. cucurbitasema Loeblich & Tappan but 
differs in its truncate, bispinose base and peculiar distribution of pores. It is close 
to Fissurina cucurbitasema bispinata Ujilé, but is more elongate. 


Genus GLOBULINA @Orbigny, 1839 
Globulina cf. inaequalis Reuss, 1850 
(Pl. 15, fig. 11; Text-fig. 21, nos 14, 15) 


DESCRIPTION. Test subglobular, elongate, pointed at the apex, compressed; 
chambers arranged in a guttuline-triloculine spiral, number uncertain, but probably 
about seven, embracing so that only three or four can be seen from each side; 
sutures flush, hardly discernible; wall radial, minutely perforate; aperture a terminal 
‘rematophore with about 12 radiating grooves; slight ornament of discontinuous 
-ongitudinal costae just discernible. 


_ Dimensions. Length 0-52 mm, maximum width 0-41 mm, thickness 0-31 mm, 


_ Matertar. Eight specimens, mostly juvenile. 


| 
| 
| 


100 J R.A AYN ES 


VARIATION. Apart from variation in size due to growth there are slight dif- 
ferences in the amount of compression and in the acuteness of the apex. The slight 
ornament noted on the specimen described is not seen on the smaller specimens 
recovered so it may be a feature of growth also. 


Derposirory. B.M.(N:H.) Slide-10970°: 172 26:: 17a) Stilo e70n- II : 26 : 621. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 330, Tremadoc Bay. Specimen photo- 
graphed, Brit. Mus. Core 16. 


REMARKS. The closely embracing chambers in this species, with flush sutures, 
give a smooth surface that appears featureless in stereoscanner photos. However, 
a good shot of the aperture was obtained. It proves to be a trematophore with 
II radiating grooves and a single, off centre, terminal orifice (Pl. 15, fig. 11). 

Our specimens resemble G. inaequalis Reuss in their compression but are less 
produced apically than the types. They are near to the specimens included by 
Feyling-Hanssen (1964) in Reuss’ species, but the presence of slight ornament in 
the well grown specimen described shows a tendency towards the costation seen in 
G. myristiforms (Williamson), though Williamson’s species, like G. gibba d’Orbigny, 
is round in section. 


Genus GUTTULINA dOrbigny, 1839 
Guttulina (? Laryngosigma) harrisi Haynes n. sp. 
(Text-fig. 21, nos I-5) 
Guittulina lactea part Cushman & Ozawa, 1930 : 43, pl. Io, figs 2-4 (not 1) (not Walker & Jacob). 


Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate species of ‘Guttulina’ widest at midpoint and 
tapering to both ends. The chambers are subglobose and elongate, becoming 
shorter in the last part, arranged in a flattened, guttuline to sigmoid-biserial, anti- 
clockwise spiral. 


DESCRIPTION. Holotype. (Text-fig. nos 1, 2.) Test subglobular, elongate- 
ovate, about twice as long as wide, widest at midpoint and tapering to both ends, 
flattened oval in section, outline semi-lobate; apparently, nine chambers arranged 
in an anticlockwise spiral, flattened guttuline to begin with then becoming sigmoid- 
biserial in the last part, elongate, subglobose, increasing gradually in size as added, 
tending to reach back to the base but final chamber shorter; sutures distinct, im- 
pressed at an angle of about 70° to the horizontal; wall radial, vitreous, very finely 
perforate, smooth; aperture radiate with entosolenian tube. 


Dimensions. Length 0-80 mm, maximum diameter 0-36 mm. 
MATERIAL. Twenty-five well preserved specimens. 


VARIATION. The material includes juveniles (Text-fig. no. 5) that could be 
confused with L. lactea but the chambers are more globose and less embracing. 
Some specimens show more definite biserial arrangement in the last part (Text-fg. 


* " 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 101 


0.0 0.5mm. 


/ 


Fig. 21. 1-5. Guttulina (? Laryngosigma) harrisin.sp. 1, side view of holotype; 2, basal 
view; 3-5, paratypes. 6, 7. Laryngosigma lactea var. concava. 6, small. specimen 
with septa resorbed; 7, large specimen with septa visible. 8-12. Laryngosigma lactea. 
8, type figure of Walker & Jacob (not to scale); 9, side view of specimen described 
(somewhat elongate variety); 10, basal view; 11, other side; 12, small oval specimen. 
13. Pseudopolymorphina suboblonga, side view. 14, 15. Globulina cf. aequalis. 14, 

- side view; 15, basal view. 16,17. Laryngosigma hyalascidia. 16, side view; 17, basal 
view. 


102 J. R. HAYNES 


no. 4) here almost the entire adult part is biserial-sigmoid and contrasts with the 
specimen shown in Text-fig. no. 3 which shows less accelerated development. 
Specimens up to 1:10 mm in length occur. 


Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 : 11 : 26 : 165 (holotype), 1970 : 11 : 26); 
166-170 (paratypes). i 
PROVENANCE. Goldseeker haul 11059, North Sea, 58° North/1° West. 


REMARKS. This species is difficult to place generically because it shows a flat- 
tened guttuline initial part while the adult part is sigmoid-biserial, as in Sigmo- 
morphina. As a further complication the aperture has a striking entosolenian tube 
asin Laryngosigma. As we are still somewhat doubtful about the precise taxonomic 
significance of the internal tube we prefer to leave the generic status open for the 
time being and not to introduce a new name. 

Cushman and Ozawa figured a number of specimens of this species from off Bantry 
Bay, S.W. Ireland and referred it to Guttulina lactea (W. & J.). In our view the 
type figure of Walker and Jacob shows a specimen with smoothly embracing cham- 
bers increasing faster in size as added and closely allied to Laryngosigma williamsom 
(Terquem) = Polymorphina oblonga (Will.). The specimens of Cushman and 
Ozawa therefore require a new name and we have taken the opportunity of describing 
the species on the basis of specimens from the Harris collection of Goldseeker material 
—also referred to G. lactea. The species has been named in honour of Dr Harris 
whose work on the Scottish Recent Foraminifera, although unpublished, has been 
most valuable to us in the preparation of this monograph. 

As pointed out by Cushman and Ozawa the more biserial specimens show an 
approach to Sigmomorplina undulosa (Terquem) and may have given rise to it. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species occurs widely around the British Isles. It occurs 
in Goldseeker material from the Scottish Shelf, the Moray Firth and in the North 
Sea where, according to Dr Harris it reaches 6% of the total population at some 
stations. 


Genus LARYNGOSIGMA Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 
Laryngosigma hyalascidia Loeblich & Tappan 
(Text-fig: 21, nos 16, 17) 


Laryngosigma hyalascidia Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 83, pl. 15, figs 6-8: Lutze, 1965 : 94, 
pl. 15, ig. 37; pl 13) fiesmro_r2 


Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate, subglobose species of Laryngosigma usually 
slightly irregular with the aperture turned to one side. 


DESCRIPTION. Test subglobose, elongate-ovate, slightly compressed, with rounded 
base, maximum diameter near midpoint, outline entire; four chambers arranged 
in a biserial (? flattened sigmoid) series, gradually increasing in size as added, be- 
coming only slightly removed from the base with the last chamber reaching back 


CARDIGAN. BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 103 


about three-quarters of the length; suture distinct, only slightly impressed, inclined 
at about 55° to the horizontal; wall radial, transparent, very finely perforate; 
aperture radiate with entosolenian tube. 


Dimensions. Length 0-33 mm, diameter 0-12 mm. 
MATERIAL. Two specimens, both apparently juvenile. 
Derocsitory. 6B.M.(N.H.) Slide‘1970 : 11: 26 : 172, 173. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Holocene, Grey Silty Sands, Dz21, Borth. 
Borehole 3. 


REMARKS. Our specimens although small with only three and four chambers 
developed fit well into the series illustrated by Loeblich and Tappan, resembling 
those at the lower end of the size range, near 0-31 mm length. They are also very 
near to the specimens illustrated by Lutze. 


DISTRIBUTION. Originally described from the Arctic this species has also been 
recovered from the Baltic. 


Laryngosigma lactea (Walker & Jacob) 
(Text-fig. 21, nos 8-12) 


Serpula lactea Walker & Jacob, 1798 : 634, pl. 14, fig. 4. 

Vermiculum lacteum (Walker & Jacob) Montagu, 1803 : 524. 

Biloculina lactea (Walker & Jacob) Brown, 1844: 2, pl. 56, fig. 28 (1st edit. 1827, as Miliola 
laciea, pl. 1, fig. 23). 

Polymorphina lactea (Walker & Jacob) Williamson, 1858 : 70, pl. 6, fig. 147, ? figs 153, 154; 
inmadyeearker & Jones, 1870°: 213,.pl.-39, figs 1a, b; Terquem, 1875 : 441, pl. .5,);fig. 12; 
ie7O279, pl. 10, figs’19, 20; Cushman,-1923 : 146, pl: 39, fig. 9 only (after Williamson). 

Guitulina lactea (Walker & Jacob) Cushman & Ozawa, 1930 : 43, pl. Io, fig. 1 only, not 2-4 
(figure after Walker & Jacob). 


Diacnosis. A compressed, egg-shaped to elongate-ovate species of Laryngosigma 
with chambers tending to reach back to the base. The sutures are often slightly 
sigmoid. 

DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos g-11.) Test compressed, elongate-ovate with 
rounded base and slightly produced apex; six elongate chambers arranged in a 
flattened guttuline to sigmoid biserial series, gradually increasing in size as added, 
reaching back almost to the base; sutures distinct, very slightly impressed, slightly 
sigmoid, inclined at about 70° to the horizontal; wall radial and minutely perforate ; 
aperture radiate with entosolenian tube; smooth and vitreous. 


Dimensions. Length 0:38 mm, maximum diameter 0-17 mm. 
MATERIAL. Two specimens. 


ParesmORy.  BM.(N.H.) Slide © 1970.:°11 : 26 +174, -.1970.: IF 226.5175 
ielongate variety). . Stub 1970 + 11 7.26 : 623. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Brit. Mus. Core 14. 
REMARKS. This species has been widely misinterpreted, much of the confusion 


104 J. R. HAYNES 


being caused by the wide latitude given for the species by Williamson and Brady, 
Parker and Jones. Most of the specimens figured by Williamson belong to other 
species, possibly even fig. 147 which was accepted by Cushman (1923). We restrict 
the specific name to compressed, oval to elongate-ovate forms with the last two 
chambers making up most of the test, as in the type figure (copy Text-fig. no. 12). 
This species is in series with L. williamsont (Terquem) which is distinguished by its 
oblong shape in side view and almost vertical septal sutures. The specimens 
figured by Cushman & Ozawa (1930) from S.W. of Ireland, figs 2-4, and by Harris 
(1958), are different and are included here in Gutiulina (2? Laryngosigma) harrisi n. 
species. 

Sigmomorphina semitecta (Reuss) var. terquenuana (Fornasini) i is probably synony- 
mous with L. lactea. 


DISTRIBUTION. The species was originally described from Sandwich (English 
Channel) and also by Brown from the coast of Devonshire. It also occurs on 
the channel coast of France and around the Scillies (Atkinson, 1970). 


Laryngosigma lactea var. concava (Williamson) 
(Text-fig. 21, nos 6, 7) 


Polymorphina lactea var. concava Williamson, 1858 : 72, pl. 6, figs 151, 152. 

Polymorphma concava (Williamson) Brady, Parker & Jones, 1870 : 236, pl. 40, figs 22a, b; 
Jones, 1896 : 264; pl. 5, fig. 22; Meron-Allen & Harland, 1909 : 431, pl. 17, fe. 6. 

Guttulina lactea (Walker & Jacob) var. eavland1 Cushman & Ozawa, 1930: 45, pl. Io, fig. 5 
(after Heron-Allen & Earland). 

Sigmomorphina concava (Williamson) Cushman & Ozawa, 1930 : 139, pl. 38, figs 5-7. 


Diacnosis. An attached variety of Laryngosigma lactea with spreading peripheral 
flange. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. no. 7.) Test attached, concavo-convex with spreading 
peripheral flange apparently formed by resorption of the fixed side; outline of the 
original chambers visible on the convex side showing the former egg shape and four 
elongate chambers with flattened guttuline to sigmoid biserial arrangement; former 
terminal aperture still visible and sutures distinct but internal septa largely dissolved 
away; smooth. 


DIMENSIONS. Diameter 0-40 mm. Length of specimen before attachment 
0-37 mm. 
MATERIAL. Six specimens attached to sand grains. 


VARIATION. There is variation in size down to specimens only 0-22 mm in 
maximum diameter and also every gradation to forms with internal septa entirely 
dissolved away and sutures no longer visible (Text-fig. no. 6). 

Drposirory. _B.M.(N.H-) Slide 107e.211 : 26.: 176-177, Siub 1070)--1r 2am 
624. ie 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 356. Other specimen figured, CB 477. 


REMARKS. There seems little doubt that this variety represents a growth form __ 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT. FORAMINIFERA 105 


of L. lactea, possibly the modification of the test to act as a brood chamber. We 
certainly see no grounds for placing it in a separate subfamily, under Webbinella. 

As a result of their conception of L. lactea (discussed above) Cushman and Ozawa 
transferred this variety to Sigmorphina and coined a new name for the specimen 
of Jones from the Coralline Crag. We believe these specimens are both variety 
concava. 


Genus OOLINA dOrbigny, 1839 
Oolina borealis Loeblich & Tappan 
(PI. 14, fig. 6) 


Entosolenia costata Williamson, 1858 : 9, pl. 1, fig. 18. 

Lagena costata (Williamson) Wright, 1877 : 103, pl. 4, figs 11, 12 and 13; Balkwill & Wright, 
IOS: 330, Pl. 14; figs 3-5; Cushman, 1923 : 12, pl. 1, fig. 16; pl. 2, figs 1, 2 (not pl. 3, fig. 8); 
HoOud 4 215-pl. 3, fig. 4. 

Oolina costata (Williamson) Parker, 1952a : 409, pl. 4, figs 20, 21; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 68, 
pl. 13, figs 4-6. 

Oolina bovealis Loeblich & Tappan, 1954 : 384 (new name). 

Oolina patannae Haman, 1966b : 68, pl. 7, figs 12, 13, 14. 


Diaenosis. An Oolina with broad longitudinal grooves which tend to be restricted 
to the lower two-thirds of the test. 


DESCRIPTION. Test ovate with produced apertural end, round in section; with 
22 broad grooves originating near the base and extending two-thirds of the way 
towards the apex, dividing the lower part of the test into flat ribs of about equal 
width; summit smooth with produced aperture bearing a rounded lip, with narrow 
internal tube; wall apparently radial and densely perforated with minute pores. 


Dimensions. Length 0-37 mm, breadth 0-28 mm. 


VARIATION. Specimens with narrow ribs occur and Loeblich and Tappan illustrate 
a double specimen in which the terminal form has ribs reaching to the aperture, 
as in the type figure of Williamson. Some specimens have as few as 13 ribs and are 
more slender. 


MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 
ieeoctmory. -B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 -:26°:178. .Stub 1970: 11): 26°: 674. 
PROVENANCE. Illustrated specimen, CB 316. 


REMARKS. The type specimen is lost so it seems best to follow the interpretation 
of the figure made by Balkwill and Wright and followed consistently by Loeblich 
and Tappan. 

Loeblich and Tappan describe radiate apertures in their population but this is 
not seen in our specimen which also differs in possessing a round lip. However, 
the illustrations of Balkwill and Wright do show a specimen with rounded lip as 
well as horizontal grooves which possibly mark the former attachment of another 
chamber. Variation in aperture form may therefore be connected with the oc- 
_ currence of the bilocular ‘freaks’ of Loeblich and Tappan. 


106 J. R. HAYNES 


DisTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from Skye and records 
appear to be restricted to the North Atlantic, particularly west of Great Britain: 
Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 1885); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1g16a); West of Ireland (aoe -Allen & Earland, 1913b; Wright, 1801, ‘eas 
Faroes (Haman, 1966); Scillies (Atkinson, 1970) 

As well as the Arctic records of Loeblich & Tappan (1953) it has also been sécordel 
off New England by Cushman (1944) and Parker (1952a). 


Oolina heronalleni Haynes Soe 


(BLE alleen) 


Lagena costata part Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a : 243, pl. 41, figs 17, 18; part Cushman, 
1923 : 12, pl. 3, fig. 8, after Heron-Allen & Earland (not Williamson). 


Diacnosis. An ovate Oolina with up to 20 strong costae, broad truncate neck 
and tendency to a pointed base. 


Description. (Holotype.) Test ovate with bluntly pointed base and truncate 
summit, greatest width at midpoint, round in section; with about 20 longitudinal 
costae running from the base to just below the neck, tending to be slightly irregular 
towards the base; aperture narrow with internal tube and wide, truncate neck 
with rounded rim; wall radial and minutely perforate (there are a number of larger, 
scattered, irregular holes possibly bored by fungi). 


Dimensions. Length 0-20 mm, breadth 0-15 mm. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) ‘Shde 1970: 11: 207: 170-180 (patatypes); summa 
KO70 10 2 267-1668 (holotype): 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Brit. Mus. Core 14. 


MATERIAL. Three specimens. Two additional specimens in the Heron-Allen 
and Earland Runa Collection in the British Museum. Slide 1955 : 10 : 24 : 40-41. 


VARIATION. There is variation in the number of costae developed, approximately 
18-21, and in the regularity of their development towards the base (see figures of 
Heron-Allen & Earland). 


REMARKS. As was so often their practise in their papers Heron-Allen and Earland 
illustrated their remarks on Lagena costata (= O. borealis) from the West of Scotland 
with a figure of an unusual specimen, a form in which ‘the aperture is broad, fur- 
nished with a thickened lip and, but slightly, produced, contrasting with the short 
but stoutly built produced neck of the type’. Both Harris and later Adams in their 
unpublished theses interpreted their specimens of Oolina costata (borealis) on the 
basis of this figure. As stated under O. borealis we are now following the conception 
of O. costata (Williamson) developed by Balkwill and Wright and Loeblich and 
Tappan to cover specimens with deep grooves rather than costae, smooth summits 
and produced necks. This means that a new name is required for the species 
first discovered by Heron-Allen and Earland. 


| 
| 


CARDIGAN BAY KECENT PORAMINIFERA 107 


DISTRIBUTION. First described from a number of stations off the West of Scot- 
land. 


DERIVATION OF NAME. In honour of E. Heron-Allen, doyen of British Recent 
microscopists in the early twentieth century. 


Oolina hexagona (Williamson) 
(Pl. 14; figs 12,:13;\Pl. 15, figs 3 and-6) 

Entosolenia squamosa (Montagu) var. y hevagona Williamson, 1848 : 20, pl. 2, fig. 23; Williamson, 
FO5O 213, pl.-L, fig..32. 

Entosolenia globosa var. squamosa (Montagu) Parker & Jones, 1857 : 278, pl. 11, fig. 25. 

Lagena sulcata Walker & Jacob var. (Entosalenia) squamosa Montagu, sp. Parker & Jones, 
1865 : 354, pl. 13, figs 40, 41; pl. 16, figs 11a, b. 

Lagena hexagona (Williamson). Brady, 1884 : 472, pl. 58, figs 32, 33; Goés, 1894: 79, pl. 13, 
nem 740;,Cushman, 1923 : 24, pl. 4, fig. 6; 1949 : 22, pl. 4, fig. 7. 

Oolina hexagona (Williamson) Voorthuysen, 1950 : 56, pl. 1, fig. 12; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 
Gow ply; figs 1,2; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 246, pl. 10, fig. 14; Haake, 1962 : 35, pl. 2, fig. 5; 
Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 311, pl. 15, fig. 4. 

Lagena favosa Reuss, 1863 : 334, pl. 5, figs 72, 73. 


Diacnosis. An Oolina with a raised network of ridges dividing the outer surface 
of the test into an irregular display of hexagonal depressions; 7-10 between summit 
and base. 


DEscrIpPTIon. (Pl. 14, fig. 12; Pl. 15, figs 3 and 6.) Test ovate with produced 
apertural end, round in cross section; with a strongly raised network of ridges 
dividing the surface into an irregular, fishing net pattern of hexagonal depressions ; 
about eight hexagons between the base and the aperture, minutely tuberculate in 
detail; aperture round, with narrow lip at the end of a short, smooth neck, with 
narrow internal tube; wall radial hyaline and minutely perforate, including the raised 
ridges; pores irregular in shape and distribution. 


Dimensions. Lengtho:24mm, breadtho-16mm. MHexagons approx. 30 microns 
in maximum diameter. 


ATERIAL. Twelve specimens. 


VARIATION. There is variation in appearance caused by differences in elevation 
and regularity of the hexagonal meshwork. Specimens with irregular outline also 
eceur (Pl. 14, fig. 13). 


DEPOSITORY. .B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26.: ¥81-183. Stubs 1970.:. 11:26: 
OO 1070 - 11 +260: 753. 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Holocene Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 
DIsTRIBUTION. This species, originally described from near the Shetlands, 


occurs commonly at all depths on the continental shelf around the British Isles: 


Irish Sea (Bruce et al., 1963; Burgess, 1891; Chaffer, 1894; Gough, 1906; Pearcey, 


1891; Robertson, 1883; Wright, 1907); West of Scotland (Burgess, 1889; Heron- 


108 jc RY HAYNES 


Allen & Earland, 1916a; Robertson, 1877, 1892); West of Ireland (Heron-Allen & 
Earland, 1913b; Wright, 1895, Ig00); Celtic Sea and English Channel (Atkinson, 
1970; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916b, 1930; Le Calvez, 1958; Murray, 1965a; 
Worth, 1904); North Sea (Haake, 1962; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913c; Robertson 
& Brady, 1876). 

The species also occurs in deep water, at 1000 fathoms off S.W. Ireland (Wright, 
1889) and in the warm and cold areas of the Faroe Channel (Pearcey, 1890). It 
also occurs in the cold waters of high latitudes around Spitzbergen (Goés, 1894), 
Iceland (Norvang, 1945), Arctic Basin (Green, 1960; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953) as 
well as in the Eastern Atlantic. 

South Atlantic and Antarctic records include (Boltovskoy, 1959, 1961; Chapman 
& Parr, 1937; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1932; Earland, 1934, 1936). 

Mediterranean: (Buchner, 1940; Cita & Chierici, 1962; Norin,. 1958; Ruscelli, 
1949); North Pacific: (Asano, 1960; Cushman, 1913). 

South Pacific and Australasia: (Hulme, 1964; Kindle, 1931; Sidebottom, 1912; 
Vella, 1957). 

This species is therefore cosmopolitan but with an apparent preference for cooler 
waters, though tropical references include Brady (1884) and Le Calvez (1963). 


Oolina laevigata d’Orbigny 
(PE, eA otto tek) 
Oolina laevigata d’Orbigny, 1839¢ : 19, pl. 5, fig. 3. 

DiaGnosis. A smooth QOolina shaped hke a tear drop and possessing a large 
glassy trematophore with radiating slits. 

DEscrRIPTION. Test globular with produced apertural end, round in section; 
aperture large and composed of a circular, glassy (possibly non-perforate) tremato- 
phore with eight radiate grooves; wall apparently radial, smooth and presumably, 
minutely perforate; faint trace of entosolenian tube. 

Dimensions. Length 0:23 mm, breadth 0-19 mm. 

MATERIAL. Three specimens. 

DEPOSITORY. B.M.(N:H.) Shde 1970 > 11:20: 184: Stub 10705 1 6a 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Station V, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 

REMARKS. Confusion of this species with O. globosa (Montagu) which has a 
small round aperture may account for the lack of records in the British Isles area. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was described by d’Orbigny from the Falkland 
Islands and other South Atlantic records are by Heron-Allen & Earland (1932) 
and Earland (1934). A listing by Atkinson (1970) for the Scillies and our records, 
for three stations, show that it also occurs rarely in high northern latitudes. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 109 


Oolina lineata (Williamson) 
(Pl. 14, figs 8-10) 


' Entosolenia lineata Williamson, 1848 : 18, pl. 2, fig. 18; Cushman, 1949 : 35, pl. 7, fig. 1. 


Entosolenia globosa var. lineata Williamson, 1858 : 9, pl. I, fig. 17. 
Lagena lineata (Williamson) Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 336, pl. 14, figs 13-16; Cushman, 1923 : 

Bilt 5, tig. 10; pl. 6, figs 5-8. 

Oolinea lineata (Williamson) Loeblich & Tappan, 1953: 70, pl. 13, figs 11-13; Voorthuysen, 

MOO), 247, pl.-10, fig: 15; Haake, 1962 :-36, pl.2, fig. 6. 

Lagena caudata Balkwill & Millett, 1884 : 78, pl. 1, fig. 9 (not d’Orbigny). 

Diacnosis. An QOolina with fine, longitudinal striae and slightly produced, 
truncate apertural end. 

DESCRIPTION. (PI. 14, figs 9, 10.) Test elongate-ovate with slightly produced, 
truncate apertural end, round in cross section, base rounded with broken remnant 
of a hollow spine; with delicate, close set longitudinal striae which although not 
continuous are interleaved to completely cover the surface; aperture of irregular 
radiating grooves set in a depressed hollow, with long internal tube; wall radial 
hyaline and minutely perforate; base near spine minutely tuberculate. 


Dimensions. Length (excluding spine) 0-28 mm, breadth 0-18 mm. Diameter of 
pores less than half one micron. 


MATERIAL. Four specimens. 


VARIATION. The basal spine may be absent and the shape varies from globular 
to elongate-ovate, Pl. 14, fig. 8. 


Derosirory.. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 19707: 11: 26 : 185-186. Stubs 1970 : 11 :.26: 


607, 1970: 11 : 26°: 671. 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 493. 


Remarks. Williamson mentions that a produced, tubular neck may be present 
and Balkwill and Wright illustrate such a specimen from Lambay Deep in the Irish 


Sea. Possibly the ‘neck’ in this case represents the internal, entosolenian, tube 
_ of a broken, originally double chambered specimen. It is interesting that in the 


specimen we describe the basal spine is hollow, Pl. 14, fig. 9. Balkwill and Wright 
illustrate both an irregular double specimen as well as five separate chambers 


_ springing from a common centre. 


Some of the Recent specimens referred to Oolina apiculata Reuss, a Cretaceous 


_ species, may belong here, as for instance those illustrated by Brady (1884, pl. 56, 


}) 


_ figs 15, 16) from the Shetlands. If definitely smooth, such specimens should be 
_ teferred to Oolina caudigera (Wiesner) as pointed out by Loeblich and Tappan in the 
_ case of Entosolenia lineata Cushman (1948). 


DIsTRIBUTION. This species is widespread around the British Isles as shown by 


_ the original list of Williamson and many records since, particularly on the western 
| side: Irish Sea (Balkwill & Millett, 1884; Balkwill & Wright, 1885; Chaster, 1892; 
_ Gough, 1906); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a; Pearcey, 1888) ; 
_ West of Ireland (Cushman, 1923; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); English Channel 
| (Clarke, 1906; Earland, 1905); North Sea (Haake, 1962;~-Voorthuysen, 1960). 


110 J. R. HAYNES 


Other records appear to be restricted to the Arctic (Loeblich & Tappan, 1953), the 
Pacific record of Brady (1884, pl. 57, fig. 13) almost certainly representing another 
species, with regular striae that do not reach the summit of the test. 


Oolina squamosa (Montagu) 


(Plei4, ne. tA el i, gs e5)) 

Vermiculum squamosum Montagu, 1803 : 526, pl. 14, fig. 2. 

Lagena squamosa (Montagu) Brown, 1844 : 3, pl. 56, fig. 32; Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 340, 
pl. 14, fig. 9; Goés, 1894 : 79, pl. 13; fig. 745, Mulls, 1900 : 147, pl:-2, meee Cushantane 
IOVDSV Ip. Oly 300), THUS A VCO) 2 War, Olly AL, hee, 162, 

Entosolenia squamosa (Montagu) Williamson, 1858 : 12, pl. 1, fig. 29. 

Entosolenia squamosa var. catenulata Williamson, 1848 : 19, pl. 2, fig. 20; 1858 : 13, pl. 1, 
He. 31: 

Entosolenia squamosa var. scalariformis Williamson, 1848 : 20, pl. 2, figs 21, 22. 

Oolina squamosa (Montagu) Van Voorthuysen, 1951 : 24, pl. 1, fig. 12; ? Van Voorthuysen, 
LQOO) 2 247.) ple Os Mee ty 7: 

Oohna melo d’Orbigny, 1839c : 20, pl. 5, fig. 9; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 71, pl. 12, figs 
8-15; Van Voorthuysen, 1960 : 247, pl. 10, fig. 16; Haake, 1962 : 37, pl. 2, fig. 7; Feyling- 
Hanssen, 1064 ; 312, pl. 15, ngs 6,7. 

Lagena catenulata (Williamson) Cushman, 1923 : 9, pl. 1, fig. 11; 1944 : 21, pl. 3, fig. 9. 

Lagena melo (d’Orbigny) Cushman, 1949 : 21, pl. 4, fig. 6. 

Entosolenia globosa (Montagu) var. catenulata (Williamson) Parker & Jones, 1857 : 278, 
jONs eat, sakes, 0), 

Entosolenia hexagona Williamson var. scalariformis (Williamson) Cushman, 1948 : 64, pl. 7, 
fig. 6. 

not Oolina squamosa Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 73, pl. 13, figs 9, 10 (= Oolina montagui), 


Diacnosis. An Oolina with interlocking raised riblets producing a fish scale 
or chain mail pattern of loops. These may be irregular or arranged in vertical 
rows with their ends joined to make raised longitudinal ridges; 8-22 rows developed 
with the ridges strongest in specimens with the fewest rows, the loops being weak 
in these forms and sometimes developed as straight bars. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 14, fig. 14; Pl. 15, figs 4 and 5.) Test ovate with slightly 
produced apertural end, round in section; with 18-20 rows of interlocking riblets, 
generally looped towards the aperture but occasionally developed as straight bars 
and sometimes irregular, about 12 loops in a longitudinal row becoming smaller 
towards the aperture, the joined ends in adjacent rows making weak longitudinal 
ridges; aperture round, with a lip that is connected with the riblets and of equal 
thickness, with internal tube; wall radial and lamellar, minutely perforate. 


Dimensions. Length 0-25 mm, breadth 0-18 mm. Loops reaching about 
25 microns in maximum length. 

MATERIAL. Twelve specimens. 

VARIATION. There is apparently continuous variation from specimens with 


irregular loops through to specimens with as few as eight strong vertical costae 
with weak horizontal bars, Entosolenia squamosa var. scalariformis of Williamson. 


CARDIGAN. BAY RECENT.FORAMINIFERA 11] 


iMerectiory. B.M.(N-EH.) Slide.1970 > 11 : 26-2:187. . Stub 1970 : 11: 26-7 673. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 657. 


Remarks. As can be seen from the synonymy workers have attempted to 
distinguish between this species and Oolina melo of d’Orbigny, here considered to be 
merely a variety with straight bars instead of rounded loops. 

Williamson considered Montagu’s figure, showing a fish scale pattern, to be the 
result of observation out of focus ‘through the imperfect instruments used in the 


time of Mr Walker’. However, as shown by Pl. 14, fig. 14 the stereo scanning 


microscope validates the type figure in this respect. The figures of Loeblich and 
Tappan show specimens with both scale-like loops and straight bars and a range of 
form that includes the varieties recognized by Williamson. 

Specimens crushed and examined in polarized light show two sizes of pores which 
also perforate the ornament. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species is widespread on the continental shelf around the 
British Isles: Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 1884, 1885; Pearcey, 1891; Robertson, 
1883; Siddall, 1878); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a; Robertson, 


1892); English Channel (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916b, 1930; Murray, 1965a; 


Robertson, 1870); North Sea (Cushman, 1949; Haake, 1962; Mills, 1900; Risdal, 


1963; Voorthuysen, 1960). 


The species is also common in northern cold water areas: Arctic (Cushman, 


| 1948; Goés, 1894; Leslie, 1963; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953; Norvang, 1945) as well 


as in the cool water areas of the South Atlantic (Boltovskoy, 1954, 1959, 1961, 


1963; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1932; d’Orbigny, 1839c) and the Antarctic (Bandy 


t 


& Echols, 1964; Parr, 1950). 
Pacific records are fewer but include (Brady, 1884; Sidebottom, 1912; Uchio, 


_ 1962) and in Australasia (Chapman, 1941; Hulme, 1964) 


A cosmopolitan distribution is therefore indicated with a preference for shallow 


_ water in high latitudes. 


Oolina williamsoni (Alcock) 


(Pita, fies 15:17; Plo 15, figs, 2,-7) 


_ Entosolenia williamsoni Alcock, 1865-7 193. 


| Lagena wiltamsoni (Alcock) Wright, 1877 : 104, pl. 4, fig. 14; Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 339, 


pln, gs 6-8: Cushman, 1923: 615 pl. 11, figs 8, 9; 1949 :, 22, pl. 4, fig: 11. 


| Oolina williamsoni (Alcock) Voorthuysen, 1951 : 24, pl. 1, fig. 14; 1960 : 247, pl. 10, fig. 18; 


1 
“fl 
| 
| 
} 


iaake, 1962 > 37; pl. 2, fig. 8;- Feyling-Hanssen, “1964 -: 312, pl..15; fig. 8: 


| Lagena alcocki White, 1056 3246, pl. 27; fie. 7 (new name). 


Dracnosis. An QOolina with longitudinal grooves between strong ribs which 
coalesce to form a series of lozenge-shaped meshes at the apertural end. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 14, figs 15, 16.) Test ovate with produced apertural end, 


| round in cross section; with 22 strong ribs which originate at the base and cross the 


equator to coalesce at the apertural end to make a marked collar of lozenge-shaped 


Meshes; sides between the ribs deeply grooved and the ribs as well as the meshes 


112 Je RELAY NES 


of the collar undercut; aperture short and nipple-shaped with thick, rounded lip 
and narrow internal tube; wall radial hyaline and densely perforated with minute 


pores. 
Dimensions. Length 0-31 mm, breadth 0-20 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. The ribs vary in number from 14~25 and in strength of development, 
being markedly produced at the sides and overhanging in some specimens (PI. 14, 
fig. 17). There may be up to four rings of meshes in the collar. There is also 
variation in the size of the apertural tube, as in the figured specimens where the 
largest specimen has the smallest aperture. 


Depository. B:M:(N.H.) Slide 19070 3,141 720 : 188. .Stub-109070°3 1: 20. ae 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described and additional ones illustrated, CB 65. 


REMARKS. Examined in plane polarized light the wall of this species was seen” 
to consist of a number of lamellae, the outermost being the thinnest. The wall is 
densely and finely perforate but some of the pores do not completely penetrate 
through the lamellae to reach the outside. N.B. White’s suggested new name is 
unnecessary as the species has already properly been transferred to Oclina so 
homonymy with Lagena wiliamson. Harvey & Bailey does not arise; in any case 
Harvey and Bailey gave no figure or depository. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species occurs commonly at shallow depths all round the 
British Isles, particularly on the western side: Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 1885; 
Bruce et al., 1963; Burgess, 1891; Gough, 1906; Pearcey, 1891); West of Scotland 
(Burgess, 1889; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a; Robertson, 1892); West of Ireland 
(Alcock, 1865; Balkwill & Millett, 1884; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b; Wright, 
1895, 1900); Celtic Sea and English Channel (Atkinson, 1970; Halkyard, 1889; 
Heron-Allen & Earland, 1909, 1911, 1916b, 1930; Le Calvez, 1958; Murray, 1965a, 
1970); North Sea (Cushman, 1949; Haake, 1962; Hedley & Underwood, 1957; 
Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913c; Pearcey, 1902). 

The species has also been recovered in the cold waters of high latitudes near 
Spitzbergen (Goés, 1894) and from the South Atlantic (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1932). As yet there are no references from the eastern seaboard of North America 
and only scattered records from the Mediterranean (Buchner, 1940; Hofker, 1960) 
and the Pacific (Cushman, 1927, 1933). This seems to indicate a marked concentra- 
tion in the Eastern Atlantic and a preference for cooler waters. It is the most 
abundant species of Oolina in Cardigan Bay. 


Genus PSEUDOPOLYMORPHINA Cushman & Ozawa, 1928 
Pseudopolymorphina cf. novangliae (Cushman) 1923 
(Pilo15, eo, 6 eek io) es sco, 17,) 


DESCRIPTION. Test elongate, broadest towards the obtusely pointed base, 
tapering to the slightly produced, twisted, apex, compressed oval in section; cham- 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 113 


bers arranged in a quinqueloculine spiral at the beginning, last ones polymorphine, 
elongate and inflated, embracing, last two making up most of the test; sutures only 
slightly impressed, making an angle of about 50° to the horizontal; wall thick, 
radial and minutely perforate, glassy; aperture terminal, a large, round tremato- 
phore with 16 projecting bars meeting irregularly at the centre. 


Dimensions. Length 0-35 mm, width 0-17 mm, thickness 0-14 mm, 
MATERIAL. Two specimens, one of them broken. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : II : 26 : 684. 

PROVENANCE. Holocene, Boreal Sands, Borehole 2, Borth. 


REMARKS. Our specimens resemble Cushman’s N.W. Atlantic species but 
are much smaller and the complete one illustrated has a more produced apex than 
the types. Cushman (1944) described his species as the largest member of the family 
occurring off the New England coast, up to 2 mm length, so our specimens could be 
juveniles. 


Pseudopolymorphina suboblonga Cushman & Ozawa 
(Text-fig. 21, no. 13) 


Pseudopolymorphina suboblonga Cushman & Ozawa, 1930 : 91, pl. 23, figs 3a—c; Feyling-Hanssen, 
mOOA: 300, pl: 13, fig. 4. 
DiaGnosis. An elongate, suboblong species of Pseudopolymorphina reaching its 
greatest breadth towards the apical end. 


_ Description. Test elongate, suboblong, greatest width at last two chambers, 
tapering to the subrounded base, apex broadly acuminate, subcircular in transverse 
_ section ; chambers arranged in a sinistral guttuline to roughly biserial spiral, elongate, 
increasing gradually in size as added and successively removed from the base, 
terminal chamber shorter; sutures only very slightly impressed; wall radial, finely 
and densely perforate; aperture terminal and compressed, oval trematophore with 
irregular radiating grooves. 

Dimensions. Length 0-86 mm, diameter 0-36 mm. 

MATERIAL. One adult and what appears to be one juvenile. 

| Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 622. 

| PROVENANCE. Specimen described Brit. Mus. Core 15. Juvenile, Holocene 
| Grey Silty Sands, Borth. 

| Remarks. The specimen described is just below the size range given for the 
| types. us 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from the Upper Pliocene 
and Recent of Japan. It has been recorded from the Holocene of Norway by 
| Feyling-Hanssen. 

‘|x | 

| 


| 


114 J. R. HAYNES 


Family TURRILINIDAE Cushman, 1927 
Genus BULIMINELLA Cushman, IgII 
Buliminella borealis Haynes n. sp. 
(Text-fig. 22, nos I-3) 

Bulimina elegantissima Williamson, 1858 : 64, pl. 5, figs 134, 135 (not d’Orbigny). 

Buliminella elegantissima Cushman, 1911 : 88; Hoglund, 1947 : 215, pl. 18, fig. 1; text-figs 196, 
197; Cushman, 1944 : 27, pl. 3, figs 43, 44; 1949 : 30, pl. 4, figs 4, 5; Parker, 1952a : 416, 
pl. 5; figs 27, 28; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 250, pl. 11, fig. 10; Haake, 1962 : 34, pl. 2, figs 1, 2. 
Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate species of Buliminella in which the last whorl 


makes up most of the test and in which the apertural face of the last chamber is 
about two-thirds the total length. 


DESCRIPTION. (Holotype. Text-fig. no. 1.) Test elongate-ovate, more than ~ 
twice as long as broad, greatest width just below midpoint, base and apex rounded, 
spiral suture marked and slightly impressed ; about 18 chambers arranged in a drawn 
out, sinistral, helicoid spiral with about 11 in the last whorl which makes up most 
of the test; sutures distinct, flush and sinuous, approaching vertical in the last part; 
wall radial, minutely perforate; aperture within an excavation at the distal end of 
the flattened, imperforate apertural face which makes a distinct angle to the rest 
of the test and extends for more than two-thirds its length. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0:25 mm, maximum width 0-10 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. Most of the specimens recovered were small (Text-fig. nos 1-3) but 
some specimens occurred over 0:30 mm in length. As shown by our figures there is 
variation from an elongate-ovate shape to specimens with more pointed ends, 


SH 5| 


Para ee et ee ee 


0.0 ©O.5mm 


Fic. 22, 1-3. Buliminella borealis. 1, holotype, side and apertural View; °2; paralyee 
apertural view; 3, paratype, apertural view. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 115 


We do not have enough specimens to make a proper study of dimorphism but one 
figured with protruding proloculus (Text-fig. no. 3) comes near to the mean of 
20 microns for the range of proloculus size given by Hoglund (1947). The number 
of chambers in the last whorl varies from 6 to 11. Coiling in both directions occurs. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 : 11 : 26 : 189 (holotype), 1970 : Ir : 26: 
190-193 (paratypes). Stub 1970 : II : 26 : 550 (paratype). 

PROVENANCE. Holotype, CB 549. Paratypes, Caernarvon Bay, CB 360 and 
CB 542. Stereoscanner photo, CB 360. 


REMARKS. In 1947 Hoglund expressed doubt concerning the identity of speci- 
mens which he allowed with some hesitation, to pass under the designation of 
Buliminella elegantissima, a species first described from the west coast of South 
America by d’Orbigny (1839c). The type is apparently lost as it could not be found 
in d’Orbigny’s Paris collections by Heron-Allen & Earland (1932), but the refiguring 
of the species by Hofker (1951a) and Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) with illustrations 
of specimens from off Brazil and Peru shows that d’Orbigny’s type figure is remark- 
ably accurate. The species is elongate and made up of about three whorls ot 
chambers in a markedly drawn out spiral. The apertural face is a little less than 
half the total length with comma-shaped aperture and cornet-shaped, tooth plate 
with ‘sawed’ free end. Specimens from the North Atlantic first figured and put 

under this name by Williamson (1858) are different. Our specimens resemble 
Williamson’s figure in that the last whorl makes up most of the test and in that they 

tend to be widest below midpoint and possess a flat apertural face about two-thirds 
the total length. The sutures are often markedly sinuous and the chambers ex- 
tremely long. Like Hoglund we have found difficulty in making out the details 
of the aperture, ‘sunk like a crater’ near the apex and there is no sign of the neat, 

_comma-shaped opening of d’Orbigny’s species in our specimens. Elucidation of 
this structure will require exceptionally well preserved and clean specimens. 

Workers in the N. Atlantic area appear to have consistently followed Williamson’s 

lead in the interpretation of B. elegantissima and we have included references with 

_good figures in our synonymy. 

_ It is interesting that the figures given by Heron-Allen and Earland in their 
Falkland Island monograph seem to show yet another species, with shorter chambers 
and shorter, rounded, apertural face. They also show much larger, bulbous 
magalospheres, up to 60 microns in diameter. This is much larger than the range 
of I1-35 microns given by Hoglund for roo specimens from Skagerak. In addition 
most specimens are widest at the apical end. 


| DISTRIBUTION. This species was recorded by Williamson from the Irish Sea, 
_the Shetlands and the English Channel. Numerous subsequent references in lists 
Suggest it is widespread all round the British Isles but these, in the absence of 
figures, must be treated with reserve. 

North Sea records include: Skagerak (Hoglund, 1947); Dollart-Ems Estuary 
_(Voorthuysen, 1960); Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Belgian Coast (Cushman, 1940). 
_ Northwest Atlantic records include: Vineyard Sound, Mass. (Cushman, 1944); 


| Long Island Sound and Buzzards Bay (Parker, 1952b). 
| 


| 


116 ie Re ELANNGES 


Specimens collected by Mr K. H. James from Aransas Bay, Texas, match well with 
figures of d’Orbigny’s species which indicates that references to B. elegantissima in 
the Gulf of Mexico are probably correct. 


DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to the range of the species and the probability 
that it is a northern form of B. elegantissima. 


Family BULIMINIDAE Jones, 1875 
Genus BULIMINA d’Orbigny, 1826 
Bulimina elongata d Orbigny s.s. 
(Pl) ro, figs 9, 115 Pl 1 es ros Nexthes 24) nes 7 ext teeny, 


Buiimina elongata d’Orbigny, 1846 (not 1826) : 187, pl. 11, figs 19, 20; Cushman & Parker, © 
1937 : 49, pl. 7, figs 1-3; Marks, 1951 : 57, pl: 7,1. 12; Colomyro52°-25) plan, nies Ter 

Bulimina elegans Brady, 1884 : 398, pl. 50, figs 3 and 4 (not 1 and 2) (not d’Orbigny). 

Bulimina aff. aculeata Parker, 1952b : 445, pl. 4, figs 7, 13 (not B. aculeata d’Orbigny). 


Diacnosis. A smooth, elongate Bulimina with up to five or six whorls, tapering 
from the initial end to reach its greatest width at the last whorl or becoming parallel — 
sided in the last two whorls. Chambers becoming globular and as high as wide 
in the last part. Angle of taper measured to the last whorl typically between 30 
and 40°. 

DerscripTIon. (Text-fig. nos 1 and 2) Test elongate, tapering to reach its 
greatest width in the last whorl which makes up about half the total length, apex 
pointed, spiral twisting more evident in the last part, lobate; 15 triserially arranged 
chambers after the proloculus, becoming as high as wide and globular in the last 
whorl, increasing about half as much again in size with each turn, but less in the 
last part; sutures distinct, markedly impressed in the last two whorls; wall radial 
and finely perforate; aperture elongate-ovate within a depression and extending 
from the basal suture to immediately below the apex, with a collar on one side 
(distal) which joins the flaring free border of a folded internal tongue. 


L iis | 
0.0 Osim 


Fic. 23. Bulimina elongata, aperture and toothplate of specimen described. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA Lig 


Dimensions. Length 0-46 mm, maximum width 0-20 mm. Approx. diameter 
of proloculus 35 microns. Angle of taper measured to last whorl 30°. 

Materiat. More than 25 specimens. 

VARIATION. Specimens occur with more parallel sided adult part than the 


tapering specimen described (PI. to, fig. 9g and Text-fig. no. 3). In these specimens 
the last whorls are more extended along the axis of growth, foreshadowing the bi- 


serial condition. In addition the axis of growth may be curved. There are also 


numerous specimens intermediate with B. gibba showing greater rate of chamber 
size increase and angle of taper from 40-50° (PI. io, fig. 11 and Text-fig. no. 4). 
One or two spines may occur at the base and on the first chambers, Text-fig. nos 2 
and 3, intermediate with the variety distinguished as subulata (Cushman & Parker, 


1937). Proloculus diameters measured in our population range from 20 to 40 mi- 


crons. N.B. We also figure two doubtful specimens, Text-fig. no. 6 showing an 
individual with enlarged aperture and emarginate chamber borders and Text-fig. 
no. 7, an individual with expanded last whorl. 

Depository. 3B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 : Ir : 26 : 194-196, 1970 : II : 26: 198— 
meg (aberrant). Stub 1970 : I1 : 20: 544. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 551. 


REMARKS. We have followed the example of Marks (1951) in taking d’Orbigny’s 
description and figure of b. elongata in the Vienna Basin monograph as valid and 


as supplanting the listed reference to Bulimina elongata of 1826—a specimen not 


figured until 1902 by Fornasini and found to be arenaceous by Lys (Haynes, 1954). 
Our slender, tapering specimen with pointed apex is very near to the specimen 


figured by Marks and the topotypes of Cushman and Parker which may be taken 
as the central type of the variable B. elongata group. These authors describe the 
species as finely perforate contrary to the impression given by d’Orbigny’s figure. 


This is borne out by our photomicrographs which show very small round pores 
expanding at the exterior surface into pits less than half a micron in size. Many 
of the pits are joined in grooves which give the appearance of elongate pores (PI. 11, 
fig. 10) especially where seen obliquely as at the top of the photo. 

B. elegans of Brady (1884) from Porcupine Station Io, in part belongs here. The 


_ specimens in his figs 3 and 4 being close to our Text-fig. nos 1-4. 


DISTRIBUTION. Listed references only must be treated with reserve but include 


_ numerous records from west of the British Isles: Irish Sea (Gough, 1904, 1906; 


Pearcey, 1891; Wright, 1907); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, ror4a, 
1916a); West of Ireland (Brady, 1884; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); English 
Channel and Celtic Sea (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916b, 1930; Le Calvez, 1958); 
Western Approaches (Murray, 1970). 

Further North Atlantic records are: Bay of Biscay (Berthois & Le Calvez, 
1959); Coast of Galicia (Colom, 1952); West Atlantic off N. England (Parker, 1952a). 

South Atlantic: off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1954, 1955, 1957, 1963); and Falklands 
(Earland, 1934). 

Mediterranean: Adriatic (Chierici & Cita, 1962). 


J. R. HAYNES 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


Fic. 24. 1-7. Bulimina elongata. 1, 2, apertural and rear view of described specimen; 


3, 4, rather more parallel sided specimens with initial spines; 5, specimen intermediate 
with B. gibba; 6, aberrant specimen with enlarged aperture and slightly emarginate 
chambers; 7, aberrant specimen with expanded last whorl. 8. Bulimina elongata var. 
subulata, described specimen. 9. Bulimina elongata var. lesleyae. 10-17. Bulimina 
gibba. 10, spinose variety near to B. gibba var. basispinosa; 11-13, specimen described ; 
14, 15, Specimen with protruding megalosphere; 16, 17, specimen with large megalosphere 
(broken and damaged by borings). 18,19. Bulimina marginata. 18, specimen with 
initial spine; 19, specimen described. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 119 


North Pacific: Philippines and Japan (Cushman, Ig1I, 1921); California (Watkins, 
1961). | 

Indian Ocean: Arabian Sea (Stubbings, 1939). 

There is thus a concentration of records in cool, temperate waters in mid latitudes. 


Bulimina elongata dOrbigny var. lesleyae Atkinson 
(Pi, 10; tig. 6;°Text-fig; 24, no. 9). 


Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny subsp. lesleyae Atkinson, 1969 : 534, fig. 6, 2a, b. 
Bulimina elongata, Brady, 1884 : 4o1, pl. 51, figs 1, 2 (not d’Orbigny). 


Dracnosis. A variety of Bulimina elongata with broadly rounded initial end 
and parallel or very gently tapering sides. Smooth or with one or two basal spines 
only. 

DESCRIPTION (after Atkinson). Test free, over twice as long as broad, widest 
at the base of the final whorl, tapering rapidly from the penultimate whorl towards 
the rounded initial end which often has a short spine; beyond the base of the final 
whorl the test is either parallel sided or else it tapers very gently to the subrounded 
apertural end; test rounded in cross section. Chambers numerous, 9 to 15 in the 
adult, all visible externally, arranged in a regular triserial spine, increasing very 
rapidly in size at first, more constant in the last two whorls, slightly inflated later; 
last whorl constitutes at least half the test length. Sutures flush at first, more 
impressed later; aperture large, elongate, widely comma-shaped, extending from the 
_ basal suture well into the apertural face. 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-44 mm, width 0-20 mm. 
MATERIAL. Fifteen specimens. 


VARIATION. Our photomicrograph shows the smaller paratype (CB 561) which is 
essentially the same as the type with broad sunken aperture. We also illustrate 
the other paratype from CB 499 (Text-fig. no. 9) which tapers slightly towards the 
apertural end. 


DEPOSITORY. BM.NH) Slides 1968 : 5 : 16: 4 (holotype), 1970 : 11 : 26 : 200 
(paratype). Stub 1970 : Ir : 26 : 548 (paratype). 


PROVENANCE. Holotype, CB 488. 


REMARKS. This variety has the same test shape as B. elongata var. lappa Cush- 
man & Parker, but lacks the heavy ornament of rounded spines. The specimens 
of Bulimina elongata figured by Brady from the Porcupine Station appear to be 
this variety. In particular the specimen shown in his fig. 2 and said to be inter- 
_ mediate with B. ovata d’Orbigny is very close to the specimen shown in our Text-fig. 
| tO: 9: 

_ Disterpution. Described from Cardigan Bay this variety has also been recorded 
in the North Atlantic (Brady, 1884). 


120 Jo OR de AYONTEES 


Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny var. subulata Cushman & Parker 


(Pl. 10, figs 10, 15; Text-fig. 24, no. 8) 


Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny var. subulata Cushman & Parker, 1937 : 51, pl. 7, ae 6, 7; Marks, 
1951 : 57, pl. 7, figs 13a, b. 

Bulimina aculeata Cushman, 1944 : 28, pl. 3, fig. 47; Parker, 1952a : 415, pl. 5, figs 23-25 (nee 
d’Orbigny). 

Bulimina Presh, Reuss, var. aculeata Parker & Jones, He 3735 pl. 17, figs 68, 69 (not pl. 15, 
fig. 11) (not B. aculeata d’Orbigny). 


DiaGnosis. A variety of Bulimina elongata with a number of stout spines 
developed at random on the first few chambers. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. no. 8.) Test with final chamber broken, elongate 
and tapering reaching its greatest width in the last whorl, lobate with slightly 
peinted apex to last chamber; chambers triserial, about 12 after the proloculus, 
increasing about half as much again in size with each whorl, globular; sutures 
distinct and impressed in the last part; wall radial, densely perforated with minute 
round pores, ornamented on early chambers with backward directed, stout spines; 
aperture (foramen) large within a depression, extending from the basal suture into 
the apertural face, with raised collar and internal tongue. 


DimMENSIons. Length 0-30 mm, maximum width 0-16 mm. Angle of taper 
about 40°. 


VARIATION. This varietal group includes stoutly spinose forms with the shape of 
typical B. elongata and others that are intermediate with B. gibba. The distinction 
is necessarily arbitrary but specimens of B. elongata such as those figured (Text-fig. 
no. 3) with one or two small spines are excluded from the definition. 


MATERIAL. Only about half a dozen specimens have so far been recovered 
with this varietal feature really well developed. 


DEPposirory. B.M.(N,H.) Slide.1970,; 11; 20::.201, Stub-19070 . 1m 726); 5755 
540. 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Holocene Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. The types are from the Miocene of the Vienna Basin where, as in 
Cardigan Bay, they occur together with typical B. elongata. Our specimens closely 
resemble Cushman and Parker’s figures which also show specimens with larger 
angle of taper. This variety has been recorded by some authors as B. aculeata. 
This name should be reserved for very spinose B. marginata which in our opinion 
should be excluded from the B. elongata plexus. 


DISTRIBUTION. The range of this variety as here defined remains to be vote 
out. Many of the listed references to B. aculeata d’Orbigny from around the 
British Isles may belong to it. It is apparently common in the N. Eastern Atlantic 
off New England (Cushman, 1944) and Portsmouth, N. Hampshire (Parker, 1952a.) _ 
Some of the specimens referred to B. elongata var. lappa by Colom (1952) from the 
coast of Galicia may also belong here. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 121 


Bulimina gibba Fornasini 
(Pl. ro, fig. 14; Text-fig. 24, nos 10-17) 
Bulimina gibba Fornasini, 1902 : 378, pl. 10, figs 32, ? fig. 34; Barker, 1960 : pl. 50, figs 1 and 2 
(not 3 and 4) after Brady. 
Bulimina elegans part Brady, 1884 : 398, pl. 50, figs 1 and 2 (not 3 and 4) (not d’Orbigny). 


Driacnosis. A stoutly inflated Bulimina with globular chambers tending to in- 


 erease rapidly in size as added—rather more than half as much again with each 


turn—and little spiral twisting. Well grown specimens show an angle of taper 
between 45 and 55°, small, megalospheric specimens more than 60°. One or two 
basal spines may occur. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 11-13.) Test with last chamber broken off, 
globular with pointed initial end, widening rapidly to its maximum width at the 
last whorl which makes up more than half the test, more than half as wide as long, 
last chamber slightly pointed above the aperture; originally, ten, dextral, triserial 
chambers following the proloculus, almost doubling in size with each turn, globular 
with little spiral twisting; sutures impressed; wall radial, minutely perforate; 
aperture extending in a loop shape from the basal suture into the apertural face, 
in a broad depression with marked collar on one side joining an internal trough-like 
tongue which tapers to the foramen; basal spine and additional spine on one of the 
early chambers. 


Dimensions. Length 0:26 mm, maximum width 0-Ig mm, _ Proloculus diameter 
approx. 30 microns. Angle of taper about 55°. 


MaTertAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. There is gradation to Bb. elongata through intermediate forms with 
angle of taper less than 45° (these forms are included with that species). Authors’ 
figures show what is probably the microspheric generation with larger, more elongate 
test (angle of taper 55° in the type figure) and apparently up to seven or eight whorls. 
Small megalospheric individuals may be difficult to distinguish from young B. 
elongata but show greater rate of size increase and protruding megalospheres from 
approx. 30-50 microns in diameter. Some of our specimens show a number of 
spines, Text-fig. no. 10, and thus gradation to B. gibba var. basispinosa (Tedeschi & 
Zanmatti)—originally described as a variety of B. aculeata d’Orbigny. 


DeEposirory. B.M.(N-H.) Slides 1970 : II : 26 : 202-205, 1970: II : 26: 197 
(intermediate with B. elongata). Stub 1970: It : 26 : 547. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 739. 


REMARKS. We have interpreted Fornasini’s figure of a typical microspheric 
specimen, fig. 32, as the type for our population despite the apparently emarginate 
penultimate whorl and overhanging early whorls (which, however, could be spinose) 
because Fornasini clearly distinguished this from his var. marginata. This agrees 
with the view of Cushman & Parker in their study of recent Buliminas (1940) who 


_at that time included B. gibba with B. baccata Fornasini and stated that the group 


was marked by almost the entire absence of marginal overhangs. Brady’s fig. 2 is 


122 J. R. HAYNES 


like Fornasini’s figure in its general shape and was included by them in B. grbba 
when they reverted to this name for the group (U.S.G.S. Prof. ree 210-D, 1947) 
see Barker (1960). 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the Adriatic and it has 
also been recovered from cores in the Western Mediterranean by Todd (1958) and 
in the E. Mediterranean by Parker (1958) and from the Gulf of Naples (Hofker, 
1960). 

ne recores include: N. Atlantic (Brady, 1884); S. Atlantic (Boltovskoy, 1954, 
1957, 1959, 1961); and Antarctic (McKnight, 1962; Bandy & Echols, 1964). This 
seems to indicate a cool temperate distribution. » 


Bulimina marginata d Orbigny 
(Pl; ro, fig, roe Dext-fies 24, nose) 1a) 


Bulimina marginata d’Orbigny, 1826 : 269, pl. 12, figs 10-12; Brady, 1884 : 405, pl. 51, figs 3-5; 
Goés, 1894 : 46, pl. 9, figs 439-444; Cushman, 1922: 91, pl. 21, figs 4, 5; 1944 : 27, pl. 3, 
figs 45, 46; Hoglund, 1947 : 227, pl. 20, figs 1, 2; pl. 22, fig. 1;.text-figs-205-218,, Parkes 
1952a : 415, pl. 5, fig. 26; Colom, 1952 : 24, pl. 1, figs 1-6; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 303; 
pl. 14, figs 2-5. 

Bulimina pupoides var. marginata Williamson, 1858 : 62, pl. 5, figs 126, 127. 

Bulimina Presli, Reuss, var. marginata d’Orbigny, Parker & Jones, 1865 : 372, pl. 15, fig. 10; 
play, te 70: 

Diacnosis. An elongate-ovate Bulimina tending to reach its greatest width in 
the last whorl with undercut, spinose chamber margins. Angle of taper measured 
to the last whorl typically between 45 and 55°. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. no. 19.) Test elongate-ovate, tapering to reach its 
greatest width at the last whorl which makes up about half the length, apex broadly 
rounded; about 12 triserially arranged chambers after the proloculus, wider than 
high and globular with horizontally undercut dorsal margins, doubling in size with 
each turn; sutures distinct and markedly impressed in the last part; wall radial and 
finely perforate; aperture elongate-ovate within a depression and extending from 
the basal suture to immediately below the apex, with a collar on one side (distal) 
which joins the flaring free border of a folded internal toneue dorsal margins of 
the chambers with a fringe of small spines. 


Dimensions. Length 0-33 mm, maximum width 0-22 mm. Angle of taper 
measured to last whorl 55°. 


MATERIAL. About 20 specimens. 


VARIATION. More slender specimens occur and one specimen with angle of taper 
about 37°. However, the angle of taper is nearer 50° in most cases. Specimens 
also occur with an initial spine (Text-fig. no. 18). The material was insufficient 
for proper investigation of dimorphism. 


DEPosiTorRyY. B:Mi(NiEE) Stubsi10970.c 11 2.26: 540; 1070) i420) aa ee 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 123 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 559; additional figured specimen, CB 555; 
specimen illustrated by stereoscanner photomicrograph, CB 15. 

REMARKS. Our specimens closely resemble d’Orbigny’s holotype, both in possess- 
ing horizontally undercut chambers and tuberculate to spinose margins. Some 
specimens possess an initial spine but we have not recovered the heavily spinose 
forms which according to Hoglund (1947) show gradation to B. aculeata d’Orbigny. 
In its angle of taper (that of the holotype is 50°) B. marginata resembles B. gibba 
- rather than B. elongata. 

DISTRIBUTION. The holotype was described from the Adriatic and there are 
numerous additional records. British Isles area: Irish Sea (Bruce et al., 1963; 
Burgess, 1891; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1915; Pearcey, 1891; Siddall, 1876; Gough, 
1906; Worth, 1902); West of Scotland and Shetlands (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
IgI4a, 1916a; Pearcey, 1881; Robertson, 1877, 1892, 1901; Waller, 1868); West of 
Ireland (Brady, 1884; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b; Wright, 1895, 1900); Celtic 
Sea (Le Calvez, 1958); Western Approaches (Murray, 1970); English Channel 
(Heron-Allen & Earland, 1911, 1916b, 1930; Worth, 1902); North Sea (Heron-Allen, 
1913c; Hoglund, 1947; Norvang, 1941; Pearcey, 1902; Robertson & Brady, 1876). 

Further North Atlantic records are: off Nova Scotia (Barbieri & Medioli, 1969); 
Gulf and River St Lawrence (Dawson, 1870); W. Atlantic off New England (Cush- 
man, 1921, 1944; Parker, 1948); Iceland (Norvang, 1945); Arctic (Cushman, 1944, 
1948; Goés, 1894); coast of Galicia (Colom, 1952). 

Bay of Biscay (Berthois & Le Calvez, 1959). 

Gulf of Mexico (Van Andel & Postma, 1954; Drooger & Kaasschieter, 1958; 
Parker, 1954; Phleger, 1960a; Segura, 1963). 

South Atlantic: off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1954, 1955, 1957, 1959, 1961, 1963; 
_ Boltovskoy & Boltovskoy, 1968) and Brazil (Closs & Barberena, 1962); Falklands 
(Farland, 1934); Ivory Coast (Le Calvex, 1963); S. Africa (Albani, 1965). 

Mediterranean (Jones & Parker, 1860; Chierici, Busi, Cita, 1962; Brady, 1884; 
Ruscelli, 1949; Norin, 1958; Parker, 1958; Reiss, Klug & Merling, 1961). 

North Pacific: Malaysia (Millett, 1900); Philippines (Cushman, IgI1, 1921); 
off China (Polski, 1959; Walker, 1960); California (Cushman & McCulloch, 1948; 
Bandy, 1951); Japan (Nagahama, 1951; Asano, 1960). 

south Pacific: New Zealand (Hulme, 1964); Australia (Sidebottom, 1918). 

Indian Ocean: Gulf of Suez (Said, 1949); West coast India (Bhatia, 1956). 

This argues that the species has a cosmopolitan distribution but is possibly more 
abundant in deeper, cooler waters in mid latitudes. 


Genus STAINFORTHIA Hofker, 1956 
Stainforthia concava (Hoglund) var. loeblichi (Feyling-Hanssen) 
(PI. 5. fig? Io} 


Virgulina loeblichi Feyling-Hanssen, 1954 : rot, pl. 1, figs 14-18; text-fig. 3; 1964 : 308, pl. 14, 
figs 12-14. 


Diacnosis. A variety of Stainforthia concava without stout initial spine or spines. 


124 J. Ra AY NES 


DescripTion. Test slightly damaged near the aperture; elongate and slender | 
with the last thiee chambers making up about half the total length, round in section 
with the greatest width above midpoint, three times as long as wide; about Io 
chambers, triserially arranged to begin with then passing into a drawn out dextral, 
biserial spiral, gradually increasing in size as added, not markedly embracing, 
longer than wide and pointed towards the apex; sutures impressed, wall thin, 
minutely perforate; aperture broken but a large, broad opening with a portion of the 
narrow lip remaining, joining the basal suture and upright in the apertural face, 
extending almost to the pointed apex. | 


Dimensions. Length 0-44 mm, maximum width 0-13 mm. Angle of taper 
approx. 25°. | 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970:: 11 - 26 : 739. 

PROVENANCE. CB 403. 


REMARKS. Our specimen shows slightly less inflated chambers in the adult 
part than the specimens figured as V. loeblicht by Feyling-Hanssen and appears more 
slender but other features are the same, including the lack of the initial spine so 
characteristic of Stainforthia concava. In 1964, Feyling-Hanssen suggested the 
possibility that this species was a subspecies or form of Hoglund’s and this view is 
followed here. In the original diagnosis, Virgulina complanata sensu Parker 
(1952a) and Bulimina exilis sensu Loeblich & Tappan (1953) were included as 
synonyms ot V. loeblicht. However, the specimens figured by these authors are 
clearly spined and should probably be transferred to Stainforthia concava s.s. though 
on the whole they seem to exhibit a faster rate of chamber size increase and greater 
angle of taper. 

Although he found all species of Vzvgulina in his material optically radial Feyling- 
Hanssen (1964) favoured retention of the name Vzrgulina rather than use of Staim- 
fortta. However, Loeblich & Tappan (1961) have shown that Virgulina must be 
suppressed and have placed granular forms of ‘Virgulina’ in Fursenkoina. Radial 
species must, therefore, be placed in Stainforthia. Even if wall structure is not 
considered a good basis for generic classification Stainforthia, 1956 still has priority 
over Fursenkoina, 1961. 


DISTRIBUTION. This variety was described from the Late Quaternary of Oslofjord 
and as a ‘primary diagnostic’ form in zones B and C. 3 


‘Stainforthia’ fusiformis (Williamson) 
(Pl5;tigs.7,, 8) 
Bulimina pupoides var. fusiformis Williamson, 1858 : 63, figs 129, 130. 
Bulimina fustformis (Williamson) Brady, 1887 : 897. 
‘Bulimina’ fusiformis (Williamson) Hoglund, 1947 : 232, pl. 20, fig. 3; text-figs 219-233. 
Virgulina fusiformis (Williamson) Parker, 1952a : 417, pl. 6, figs 3-6; 1952b : 449, pl. 4, fig. 10; 


Van Voorthuysen, 1960 : 250, pl. 11, fig. 13; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 308, pl. 14, figs 15-18; 


Hansen, 1965 : 330, fig. 5 no. 4. 
Fursenkoina fusiformis (Williamson) Murray, 1965a : 503 (list), pl. 1, pair a 
Virgulinella fusiformis (Williamson) Atkinson, 1970 : 395 (list). 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 125 


Diacnosis. A globular, fusiform species of Staznforthia with the last three 


- chambers making up the greater part of the test. Last chamber in the adult smaller 


than the penultimate with terminal aperture possessing marked collar and internal 
tongue. 

DESCRIPTION. Test elongate fusiform with produced apex, round in section, 
inflated and lobate, greatest width above midpoint ; chambers arranged in a sinistral, 
biserial series, increasing gradually and moderately in size as added but last one 
reduced, globular and higher than wide, about 11 in all; sutures impressed; wall 
thin, glassy, optically radial, minutely perforated with pores less than I micron in 
diameter (final chamber); aperture terminal, bordered by a denticulate collar on 
one side which passes down into a folded internal tongue. : 


Dimensions. Length 0-28 mm, maximum width o-1o mm. Angle of taper 
about 40°. Proloculus diameter about 15 microns. 


MATERIAL. About 20 specimens. 
Miposimory. 35.M.(N.H.) Slide:1970 :-11 : 26 : 206, 207.. Stub 1970 : II :-26: 


738. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Station VII, Clettwr Transect, Dovey 
Marshes. 


REMARKS. The interesting ontogenetic development of this species with the 
aperture becoming terminal with the addition of the final chamber has been discussed 


_ and illustrated by Hoglund (1947). The aperture in the juvenile resembles that of 


Virgulina concava (genoholotype of Stainforthia) and joins the basal suture while 


_ its adult condition resembles that of advanced species of Globobulimina, a group 


showing parallel development. The wall in Williamson’s species proves to be 


_ optically radial, as in Stainforthia concava, which supports the idea that it is closely 
| related or belongs to the same genus (rather than to ‘Fursenkoina’). Further work 
_ on the group is required in order to find out if the details of aperture development 


| 


can be made the basis of generic or subgeneric distinction from Stainforthia. 
DISTRIBUTION. This species was described by Williamson from Skye (as abundant) 


and also from Arran, W. Scotland, Boston, Lincolnshire and also Exmouth, English 


Channel. This wide distribution about the British Isles appears to be confirmed 


_ by later listings, as for instance those for Dogs Bay and S.W. Ireland (Wright, 


1891, 1900); North Sea (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913c); Cornwall (Heron-Allen 


| & Earland, 1916b); English Channel, Plymouth (Murray, 1965a); Christchurch 


(Murray, 1968); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a). However, 


as this form has undoubtedly been confused with other members of the ‘Virgulina’ 


} 


| group these will not be given in full. 


Good figured references for N.W. Europe include: Dollart-Ems Estuary (Voort- 


| huysen, 1960); Gullmar Fjord and Skagerak (Hoglund, 1947); Baltic, Oresund 


(Hansen, 1965); Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 
Records for the N.W. Atlantic include: Long Island Sound and Buzzards Bay 
(Parker, 1952b) ; off Portsmouth, New Hampshire and off Greenland (Parker, 1952a). 
‘This suggests a temperate to cold water distribution. 


126 J Re BAW NES 


Stainforthia species A 
(PI>5,; figs G; PIES, fig. 4) 


DESCRIPTION. Test elongate, slender, gradually increasing in width towards 
the rounded apex, three times as long as wide, slightly compressed in section, 
periphery lobate; chambers about 14 arranged in a drawn out dextral, triserial to 
biserial series, gradually increasing in size; elongate-ovate; subglobular; sutures 
depressed ; wall thin, translucent with scattered pores about 1$ microns in diameter 
with numerous finer ones between; aperture comma-shaped, countersunk, extending 
upright into the apertural face from the basal suture with a denticulate collar that 
passes down into a folded tongue. 


DimENsIons. Length 0:57 mm, maximum width 0-18 mm. 
MATERIAL. Three specimens, two broken. 

DEposiTorY: - B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1070 : 11 : 26 +740. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 416. 


REMARKS. Our specimens resemble specimens placed under Virgulina schrieber- 
siana by Parker & Jones (1865) and Cushman (1922) but it is unlikely that these 
recent forms are conspecific with Czjzek’s Tertiary species. Vzirgulina schreibersiana 
sensu Feyling-Hanssen (1964) is less evenly tapering. 


Family UVIGERINIDAE Haeckel, 1894 
Genus TRIFARINA Cushman, 1923 
Trifarina angulosa (Williamson) 
(CABO yee a(Onay/p dell, aren athe, 1030) 
Uvigerina angulosa Williamson, 1858 : 67, pl. 5, fig. 140; Goés, 1894 : 51, pl. 9, figs 502-509; 
Cushman, 1923 : 170, pl. 41, figs 17-20. 
Uvigerina pygmaea d’Orbigny, var. angulosa (Williamson) Parker & Jones, 1865 : 364, pl. 13, 
fig. 58; pl. 17, figs 66a, b. 
Angulogerina angulosa (Williamson) Cushman, 1927 : 69; 1944 : 30, pl. 4, fig. 9; Hoglund, 
1947 : 283, pl. 23, fig. 8, text-figs 305-308; Cushman, 1948 : 66, pl. 7, figs 8a, b; ? 1949 : 35, 
pl. 6, figs 9, 10; Hofker, 1951a : 193, figs 123, 124; Haake, 1962 : 38, pl. 2, fig. 16; Feyling- 


Hanssen, 1964 : 317, pl. 16, figs 1-3. 
Trifarina angulosa (Williamson) Loeblich & Tappan, 1964a : C571, fig. 450, 1-3. 


Diacnosis. An elongate, trigonal Trifarina with up to about ro longitudinal 
costae on each face and stronger ones at the corners forming carinae. 


DEscRIPTION. (PI. 10, figs 16, 17.) Test elongate, fusiform with pointed aper- 
tural end, twice as long as broad, widest at midpoint, trigonal in section; chambers 
apparently about 12 in number arranged in about four triserial whorls with the last 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT’ FORAMINIFERA £27 


whorl making up just over half the total length and tending towards uniserial 
erowth, inflated with distinct, impressed sutures but triangular in section; outer 
wall ornamented with discontinuous longitudinal costae that continue over the 
sutures in many cases and are strongly developed at the edges of the chambers to 
form carinae, in part overlapping on adjacent chambers to give a double keel; 
aperture terminal, at the end of a short, slightly produced neck, compressed oval, 
in line with one of the trifaces of the test, with internal, perforate plate and dis- 
continuous, horseshoe-shaped everted lip; wall radial (sections show it to be com- 
posite lamellar with subcircular pores). 


Dimensions. Length 0-31 mm, breadth 0-28 mm. 


MaTERIAL. More than 20 specimens. This species occurs as a dead form in 
most parts of Cardigan Bay but specimens are generally small, less than 0-30 mm 
in length and usually broken and opaque making it difficult to make out the details 
of the test. 


VARIATION. As shown by our illustrations specimens occur with costae reduced 
to the carinae at the edges of the test (PI. Io, fig. 12) and others that are rounder 
in section with stronger more equally developed costae (Pl. 10, fig. 13). There are 
thus varieties within the 7. angulosa group which show a tendency to develop 
characters more fully expressed in the Pacific and Arctic species 7. fluens (Todd) 
and T. carinata (Cushman). 


Wevository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 211.. Stubs:1970°: 11 : 26: 522— 
524. 
PROVENANCE. The specimen described and the specimen with some affinity 


to T. fluens, CB 419. Other specimen figured with some affinity to 7. carinata, 
Holocene Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


Remarks. Although smaller, with less whorls and with more costae developed 
on the faces of the test our figured specimen compares reasonably well with the 
paratype from the Williamson collection figured by Loeblich and Tappan. 

Hoglund followed Cushman (1923) in quoting a size range of up to 1 mm for this 
species. In fact his four figures of specimens from the North Sea show lengths 
between 0:30-0:40 mm and are thus near to ours and the paratype, 0-52 mm. This 
fits in with Hofker’s observation that his specimens from the West of Ireland 
(Heron-Alien Collection) show a length up to 0-32 mm. Cushman’s observation 
was made at a time when specimens from the Pacific were included in this species. 
As pointed out by Hofker these forms are not only larger than T. angulosa but have 
different tooth plates, without a wing-like free border and belong to another species. 
Incidentally, Hofker did not observe apertural lips in his Irish population. As 
our figure shows a narrow, everted lip like the paratype, this probably indicates that 
his specimens, like many of ours, were damaged. 


DistRiBuTion. Williamson originally recorded this species from all round the 
British Isles and later records show that it is widespread in the N. Atlantic and 
Arctic. Records from warmer waters and the Pacific appear to refer to other 
species. 


128 i Ree EAGAN S 


Family BOLIVINITIDAE Cushman, 1927 
Genus BOLIVINA d Orbigny, 1839 
Bolivina (Brizalina) britannica Macfadyen 
(Text-fig. 25, nos I, 2) 


Textularia variabilis Williamson var. laevigata Williamson, 1858 : 77, pl. 6, fig. 168 (not T. 
laevigata d’Orbigny). 

Bolivina laevigata (Williamson) Brady, 1887 : 900; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1911: 316, pl. io, 
figs 8, 9; Cushman, 1922 : 36, pl. 4, fig. 2 (copy of Williamson's figure) ; 1937b : 159, pl. 16; 
figs I-5. 

Bolivina britannica Macfadyen, 1942 : 143 (new name for B. laevigata). 

Dracnosis. A compressed, finely perforate Bolivina with rounded periphery 
and up to six or seven pairs of square to oblong chambers; tending to become 
rather irregular in shape with marked collar or protruding tooth in the aperture. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1, 2.) Test compressed, wedge-shaped, greatest 
width at last chambers which are slightly irregular; periphery rounded; five and a 
half pairs of chambers slowly increasing in size, slightly higher than wide and not 
much overlapping; sutures slightly impressed and only slightly oblique to the 
horizontal at the base of the chambers; wall smooth and finely perforate; aperture 
oval, in median line with marked collar or protruding tooth. 


Dimensions. Length 0:34 mm, maximum width 0-15 mm. _ Proloculus diameter 
approx. 42 microns. Angle of taper 35°. 


MATERIAL. One specimen only. 


VARIATION. Authors’ figures appear to show one generation, with proloculus 
diameters varying between 30-55 microns. Cushman’s specimens obtained from 
Earland and taken off the Faroes and S.W. Ireland show from 5-7 pairs of chambers 
and some irregularity of growth. One specimen becomes irregular and parallel 
sided, another shows spiral twisting. 


DEPOSITORY. > DM (NEEL) Slide 1970% sor 8 205. 22 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. Our specimen resembles figs 2 and 5 of the series illustrated by 
Cushman and is near to the type figure which has five pairs of chambers. The 
distinct tooth or protruding tooth is unusual for Bolivina and as Cushman noted 
needs further study when more material becomes available. The projecting point 
on the last chamber of the type figure is presumably this feature. 


DIsTRIBUTION. Macfadyen’s new name is very apposite considering the distri- 
bution of this form. It was described by Williamson from the Shetlands and 
Arran, Scotland and from Boston, Lincs. Heron-Allen and Earland’s material 
was from the North Sea and the material studied by Cushman from off the western 
coasts of Great Britain and from the Faroes. 

It is also listed from all round the British Isles from the Recent as well as the 
Pleistocene but these records must be considered doubtful because of the possibility 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Fic.25. 1,2. B. britannica. 1, lateral view; 2,aperturalview. 3-5. B.pseudopunciata. 
4,5, described specimen. 6,7. B.cf. vadescens. 6, ovalform; 7, withspine. 8,9. B. 
inflata. 10-13. B. spathulata. 10, 11, described specimen. 14-15. B. ordinaria. 
16. B. variabilis, showing excavations and pustular pores. 17. B. cf. minima. 
18, 19. B. minima. 18, lateral view; 19, apertural view. 20, 21. B. pseudoplicata. 


20, lateral view; 21, apertural view. 


129 


130 Jie AREA WANES 


of confusion with other species, such as with B. textilarordes Reuss, as pointed out 
by Heron-Allen and Farland. 

This species has also been recorded in the South Atlantic, Golfo San Jorge, 
Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1954). 


Bolivina (Brizalina) inflata Heron-Allen & Earland 
(Text-fig. 25, nos 8, 9) 


Bolivina inflata Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 68, pl. 4, figs 16-19; Cushman, 1922 : 35, 
pl. 9, figs 1-4 (after Heron-Allen & Earland); 1937b : 166, pl. 18, fig. 16 (after Heron-Allen 
& Earland) ? Todd & Bronniman, 1957 : 33, pl. 8, figs 32-34. 


Driacnosis. A smooth, inflated Bolivina with globular chambers and angle of 
taper up to about 50°. | 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 8, 9.) Test wedge-shaped, reaching its greatest 
width at the last pair of chambers, slightly compressed with rounded, lobate 
periphery; five pairs of chambers increasing fairly rapidly in size, slightly wider 
than high and globular; sutures impressed, slightly curved and oblique at about 
25° to the horizontal; wall smooth, coarsely perforate; aperture elongate-ovate 
and pointed in the median line. 


Dimensions. Length 0-21 mm, maximum width 0:13 mm. _ Proloculus diameter 
approx. 15 microns. Angle of taper about 35°. 


MATERIAL. Iwo specimens. 


VARIATION. Our specimens are small but the type figures show up to seven 
pairs of chambers in 0-25 mm length. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 213-214. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 647. 

REMARKS. With its coarsely punctate, globular chambers and rather elongate 
aperture the described specimen is close to the types examined in the British Museum. 
The specimens described by Todd and Bronniman from the Gulf of Paria are similar 
in chamber shape and taper but differ in possessing a broad, quadrate aperture. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was described as common in the type area of Clare 
Island, west of Ireland and was also recorded by the authors from West of Scotland 


and in the English Channel (1916b). Apart from the reference by Todd and Bronni- 
man we have found no records for the West Atlantic. 


Bolivina (Brizalina) minima Phleger & Parker 
(Text-fig. 25, nos 18, 19) 
Bolivina minima Phleger & Parker, 1951 : 14, pl. 6, figs 22, 25; pl. 7, figs 1, 2. 


Dracnosis. A compressed, elongate-ovate Bolivina with acute periphery. The 
chambers are wider than high and in the last part of the test tend to be produced at 
the basal margin into down curving points. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 131 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 18, 19.) Test elongate-ovate and compressed, 
widening quite rapidly from the subround initial end to reach maximum width 
at approximately midpoint; periphery acute, becoming serrate; eight pairs of 
biserial chambers gradually increasing in size, the last three pairs making up rather 
more than half.the test, twice as wide as high, the last pair with downward pointing 
projections at the base; sutures distinct, flush, oblique at about 40° to the horizontal, 
wall smooth, coarsely and irregularly perforate, sometimes only at the top of each 
chamber, in the initial part sometimes only at the base; aperture oval, basal and in 
the median line with conspicuous internal tongue. 


DimENSIOoNS. Length 0-37 mm, maximum width 0-17 mm. _ Proloculus diameter 
approx. 28 microns. Angle of taper about 40°. 


MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 


VARIATION. Phleger and Parker’s type material includes both megalospheric 
individuals similar to the specimen described and more elongate microspheric 
individuals with up to Ir pairs of chambers. The specimen illustrated as B. cf. 
minima, Text-fig. no. 17, resembles the microspheric generation although evenly 
and coarsely perforated and rather less compressed, length 0-44 mm, proloculus 
diameter 21 microns. 


Wrrecmory. 6:M.(N.H.): Slide 1970: 11 3.26: 215. I970 711: 26:.216. (B. 
cf. minima). 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. Addi- 
tional specimen, CB 410. 


REMARKS. Our specimen appears to fall within the range of variation of Phleger 
and Parker’s species. As they point out, this species differs from B. barbata (= B. 
superba as interpreted here) in its discrete chamber ends and lack of peripheral 
keel. 6. gramen (d’Orbigny) in the sense of Hoglund, 1947, and Heron-Allen & 
Farland, 1913b, possibly = B. pygmaea Brady, has much more inflated, globose 


chambers with discrete points on nearly all of them. 8B. difformis (Williamson) has 


a much more flaring wedge shape and is more compressed, again with discrete points 
on nearly all chambers. 


DisTRIBUTION. Described from bottom samples below 70 metres in the N.W. 
Gulf of Mexico, with greatest frequencies between about 150 and 250 metres. 


Bolivina (Brizalina) ordinaria Phleger & Parker 
(Text-fig. 25, nos 14, 15) 


Bolivina ovdinavia Phleger & Parker, 1952 : 14 (new name for B. simplex); Phleger, 1960b : 73, 
pl. 3, fig. 4. 
Bolwina simplex Phleger & Parker, 1951 : 14, pl. 7, figs 4-6. 
Diacnosis. A compressed, arrow-shaped Bolivina with pointed apertural end 
and opaque wall near the sutures which are limbate and markedly oblique. 


132 pe EPAGaNTETS 

DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 14, 15.) Test with last pairs of chambers broken; 
compressed with acute periphery, entire; seven pairs of chambers gradually increas- 
ing in size, much wider than high; sutures limbate, particularly towards the centie 
line, markedly curved and swept back at about 40° to the horizontal; wall coarsely 
perforate, thickened and opaque near the sutures where it appears white. 


Dimensions. Length 0-21 mm, maximum width o-Ir mm. Average angle of 
taper about 30°. i 

MATERIAL. A few broken specimens. 

DEposiIToRY.. ‘B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 1m: 20 3217. Stub. 1070 = 1). 20) 2m 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Ynyslas, 
Borth. : 
REMARKS. Our specimens, such as the one described, although broken show 
very well the characteristic opaque areas typical of this species, and fall within 
the size range. The chamber wall, in contrast to the thickened sutures, is very 
thin and this may explain why our specimens are broken. The wall is radial lamellar 
and densely perforated by small subcircular pores. 


DISTRIBUTION. Described from the N.W. Gulf of Mexico where it was found 
characteristic of depths greater than 200 metres and to constitute 10 % of the fauna, 
occasionally 20% in deeper water—down to 1000 metres. 


Bolivina pseudoplicata Heron-Allen & Earland 
(Vext-fie. 25, nos 20, 2re Ph 10, tie 3) Pl tines) 


Boliwina pseudoplicata Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930: 81, pl. 3, figs 36-40; Cushman, 1937b : 
166, pl..19,. figs:12-20; 1944 : 29, pl. 4, figs 7, 8; Eloslund, 1047 : 203) pl. 24. tee pierces 
figs 8-11, text-fig. 287; Cushman, 1949 : 31, pl. 6, figs 11, 12; Voorthuysen, 1951 : 24, pl. I, 
fig. 28; Parker, 1952a : 414, pl.5, fig. 17; 1952b : 444, pl: 4, fig. 11; Voorthuysen, 1960 7a27e) 
pl. 11, fig. 9; Todd: & Low, 1961,; 16, pl. 1, fig. 190; Haake, 1962/30, pl, 2.anen mosses 
1970: > 160, pl. 3) figs 1-6, plas, figs 12-13). 

Bolivina plicata Brady, 1870 : 302, pl. 12, figs 7a, b; Goés, 1894 : 51, pl. 9, figs 487-488 (not 
d’Orbigny). 

DiaGnosis. A compressed, wedge-shaped Bolivina with subacute to subrounded 
periphery and pronounced sutural excavations bordered by irregular raised processes 
which tend to form a double, parallel row down the test and pass laterally into 
reticulations. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 20, 21.) Test wedge-shaped and compressed with 
the greatest width at the last two pairs of chambers, slightly less than half as wide 
as long, periphery subangular to acute in the last part, lobate; nine pairs of chambers, 
slowly increasing in size, slightly wider than high; sutures impressed, slightly oblique, 
at about 20° to the horizontal, excavated in the centre line and occasionally along 
the base of each chamber, the excavations bordered by raised processes which tend 


CARDIGAN, BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 133 


to join up in parallel rows and zig-zag down the test and pass into a mesh of raised 
reticulation towards the periphery ; wall coarsely perforate ; aperture subquadrangular 
with prominent internal tongue. 


Dimensions. Length 0-39 mm, maximum width 0-17 mm. _Proloculus diameter 
approx. 3I microns. Angle of taper approx. 30°. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. The type figures and the additional illustrations of Cushman show 
that generally this species is small, less than 0-40 mm in length with six to eight 
. pairs of chambers and according to Hoglund, proloculus diameters range between 
10 and 27 microns. The development of plications is variable but there is a ten- 
_ dency towards the development of a double row of ridges. Most of our specimens 
fall within this range but some such as the one described develop nine pairs of 
_ chambers and show slightly larger proloculus diameters. There is also variation 
in the form of the periphery, it is usually subangular but may be more acute. 


Mreesitory. © B.M.(N.H.).Slide 1970°: 11 : 26 : 233. Stubs 19707: 11.: 26 : 533, 
meee 20) 2-7A'7,,1970 : II 26°: 760. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 515. 


REMARKS. This species was first figured by Brady as B. plicata and his illustra- 
tion shows the characteristic double row of plications which were taken by Heron- 
Allen and Earland to indicate a specific difference from d’Orbigny’s Pacific species. 
When Cushman re-illustrated the species he removed the specimens recorded by 
Heron-Alien and Earland in the S. Atlantic from the synonymy and also distinguished 
his Miocene species B. plicatella from it on the basis of differences in the pattern of 
pits. It is interesting in the light of this that although it has been recorded quite 
often from off the N.E. coast of the U.S.A. none of the figures show such strong 
plication as the European material. 

Thin sections show that the wall is radial, lamellar and very densely perforated 
by minute, irregularly-shaped, subcircular pores, with a few elongate, indented 
composite large, perforations. The areas of dense reticulation are much less per- 
forated and as mentioned by Hoglund and shown by our photograph, Pl. 11, fig. 7, 
the pores may be restricted to the centre of the hollows. 


DIsTRIBUTION. The types are from the Plymouth area of the English Channel. 
If, as Heron-Allen and Earland suggested, all British and European references to 
B. plicata are transferred to this species, a wide geographical range is indicated in 
the N.E. Atlantic and the Mediterranean, but with a concentration round the 
British Isles, particularly around Ireland. Unfortunately, these listed records 
must be treated with reserve as there is the possibility that authors have confused 
this species with B. variabilis, which also has excavated sutures. The same applies 
to the numerous Pleistocene records in the Irish Sea area. 

If the South Atlantic records are excluded, following Cushman, its distribution 
elsewhere seems to be confined to the N.W. Atlantic with more doubtful citations 
| for the Carribean (Todd & Bronniman, 1957; Ayala-Castanares, 1963). It has been 
| recorded from off California by Sliter (1970). 


134 Jit Ee led ANNES 


Bolivina (Brizalina) pseudopunctata Hoglund 
(Pl; 10, fig. 4; Pl. 11, figs 4-6; Fext-g, 25, 0s 355) 


Bolivina pseudopunctata Hostund, 1947 : 273; pl. 24; fig.. 53, pl. 32; hes 23,24; text nes ea 
281, 287; Parker, 1952a : 414, pl. 5, figs 20, 21; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 111, pl. 20, figs 
13, 14; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 319, pl. 16, fig. 7. 

Bolivina punctata Goés (part) 1894: 49, pl. 9, figs 478, 480 not 475-477; Mills, 1900 : 145, 
pl. ro, fig. ro (not d’Orbigny). 

Diacnosis. A slender, elongate Bolivina with rounded periphery and chambers 
which tend to become higher than wide and truncated by the aperture to produce 
a terminal point. The pores tend to be restricted to the base of each chamber. 
particularly in early chambers. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 4,5.) Test slender, aieaeate reaching its greatest 
width at the last three chambers, periphery rounded; with six and a half pairs of 
chambers, gradually increasing in size and becoming slightly higher than wide, 
truncated by the aperture; sutures oblique at about 45° to the horizontal, slightly 
impressed and making a smooth curve between the last chambers; wall smooth 
and pores very fine, about 1 micron in diameter, and restricted to the base and 
periphery of the chambers; aperture oval, in the median line with internal tongue 
and raised collar on the free margin. 


Dimensions. Length 0-27 mm, maximum width 0-11 mm, _Proloculus diameter 
approx. 27 microns. Angle of taper about 25°. 


MATERIAL. Five specimens only. 


VARIATION. Authors’ figures show variation from very slender, parallel sided 
specimens to wider forms such as the one we describe. The test may also show 
spiral twisting. Up to nine pairs of chambers may be developed in the megalo- 
spheric generation, up to II pairs in the microspheric. What may be the micro- 
spheric generation is illustrated in Pl. ro, fig. 4 and Pl. 11, figs 4-6. This specimen 
has 10 pairs of chambers and more slender shape. A basal spine may occur. 


Depository.  B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 ::26:.218-220. | Stub 1070 = 1) 29 
534- 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 493. Additional figured specimen, 
CB 646. 


REMARKS. The type figure shows a spirally twisted test, about o-4o mm long 
with eight pairs of chambers, the last ones being high and pointed. Our specimens 
are smaller with fewer pairs of chambers and the last chambers are not so high; 
otherwise, they appear to agree well with Hoglund’s concept of the species. Our 
described specimen resembles the slightly wider specimens figured by Parker which 
also show the characteristic curved sutures very well. The proloculus diameter 
in our specimen coincides with the peak of the frequency curve, 27-28 microns, 
determined by Hoglund. Only one microspheric individual has previously been 
found, by Hoglund, in Goés’ material from Jutland Bank, with proloculus diameter — 
of 10 microns and eleven and a half pairs of chambers. 


CARDIGAN, BAY RECENT FORAMINIFE RA 135 


This species differs from Bb. punctata d’Orbigny in its rounded periphery. B. 
cf. vadescens sensu Hoglund is more ovate with acute periphery in the initial part and 
larger pores. 

DIsTRIBUTION. The records suggest an Arctic and cool temperate distribution 
for this species. The types are from the Gullmar Fjord and Goés recovered speci- 
mens from off Bergen and Spitzbergen. Further cold water records are those of 
Loeblich and Tappan and Parker, as well as Feyling-Hanssen, Late Glacial. It has 
also been figured by Hedley & Underwood (1957) from the Kent coast and also by 
Murray (1965a) from Plymouth. 

This species has undoubtedly been recorded as B. punctata from many stations 
around the British Isles and in the Pleistocene. Unfortunately, the likelihood of 
confusion with other species such as B. cf. vadescens means that list references only, 
are of little value. 


Bolivina (Brizalina) spathulata (Williamson) 
(Text-fig. 25, nos 10-13) 


Textulania variabilis Williamson, var. spathulata Wilhamson, 1858 : 76, pl. 6, figs 164, 165. 

Boliwina spathulata (Williamson) Macfadyen, 1930: 57, pl. 4, figs 20a, b; Cushman, 1937b : 
MOZDlasdkS, Nes 20-24; Hoglund, 1947.: 271, pl. 24, fig. 7; pl. 32, figs‘21, 22; text-figs 286, 
237; Colom, 1952.: 31, pl. 2, figs 8,9; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 321, pl. 16, fig. ro. 

Bolwina dilatata Brady, 1884 : 418, pl. 52, figs 20, 21; Goés, 1894 : 50, pl. 9, figs 482-483; 
Nilise1900 : 145, pl. 10, fig. 12 (not Reuss). 

Brizalina spathulata (Williamson) Hedley, Hurdle & Burdett, 1965 : 21, pl. 6, fig. 23; text-figs 
6A-G. — 


DiaGnosis. A compressed, wedge-shaped Bolivina with chambers much wider 
than high and curved, backswept sutures. The aperture tends to truncate the 
summit of the chamber making a terminal point which is marked on the sutures 
by thickening. 

DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 10, 11.) Test wedge-shaped with subrounded 
initial end and rounded distal end truncated by the aperture to produce a terminal 
point; maximum width at last three chambers, half as wide as long, very much 
compressed with entire, acute periphery; nine pairs of chambers biserially arranged, 
gradually increasing in size (except that a slowing down in the rate after the fourth 
pair and acceleration at the sixth produces the effect of a waist); sutures curved, 
at 35-45° to the horizontal, thickened at the junctions in the centre line; wall smooth, 
coarsely and irregularly perforate with a tendency for concentration of the pores at 
the periphery; aperture basal and narrow in the median line, extending to the sum- 
mit of the chamber, with lip and internal tongue. 


Dimensions. Length 0-37 mm, width 0-18 mm. Proloculus diameter approx. 
24 microns. Angle of taper about 40°. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. Previous authors have described microspheric forms which show 


up to 16 pairs of chambers and pointed initial ends. Our material appears to 


136 J. Rw. HAYNES 


represent the megalospheric generation with up to nine pairs of chambers; speci- 
mens with very large proloculi such as the one illustrated in Text-fig. no. 12, 
39 microns, tend to show less than seven. The pores seem to be uniformly coarse, 
about 2 microns diameter, but variable in distribution, the later chambers being 
perforated all over in many cases. Acceleration of growth after the first few 
chambers, producing the effect of a waist, is common. Specimens may show a 
definite keel and heavy limbation of the sutures. : 


DEposiToRY. B:M:(N.H.) Slide 1970 “11:26 : 221-230.- Stub 1970): 11 = 20m 


748. 
PROVENANCE. Described and figured specimens, CB 493. 


REMARKS. Williamson’s type figure appears to represent the microspheric 
generation with pointed initial end and about 14 pairs of chambers increasing 
gradually in size to give a much compressed wedge-shaped test. The species was 
beautifully and accurately refigured by Cushman on the basis of material given to 
him by Earland from Porcupine Station 7 and from S.W. of Ireland. Our speci- 
mens closely resemble his figures of the megalospheric generation which show very 
well the dark, clear areas at the junctions of the sutures, but with more developed 
keels than in ours. As pointed out by Hoglund the thickness in Cushman’s speci- 
mens, as well as in the specimens from the Gullmar Fjord, is half to one-third the 
width. Our specimens agree with those of Cushman in this respect also. This 
thickness is much greater than in the type figure which 1s much more compressed. 
This problem has been investigated by Hedley e al. who examined Williamson’s 
syntypes but found none were as flat as that shown in the type figure. As all the 
later figured references to B. spathulata are similar in this regard, including Mac- 
fadyen’s specimens it seems best to regard the original drawing as exaggerating this 
feature. As Hedley et al. have shown in their figures of six of the syntypes, there is 
considerable variation in shape, three show waisting and all appear to have keels, 
in one case extending onto the apertural face. There is considerable range of 
proloculus size and our figured specimens most resemble their figures F and G. 
None of our specimens show the limbation shown by C and D which led them to 
include their heavily ornamented New Zealand specimens in this species, previously 
B. numerosa of Vella. 

This species has been extensively referred to as B. dilatata Reuss which, however, 
differs in its straight sutures. Where figures are given such as by Brady (1884) 
these may safely be put in synonymy but in most cases this name is listed only. 


DISTRIBUTION. Williamson described this species from the S.W. coast of England 
at Torquay, from Arran and the Shetlands and from Boston, Lincolnshire. Its 
occurrence, particularly off western coasts is confirmed by later records for Porcupine 
Station 7 by Brady and Cushman; for Plymouth and Christchurch by Murray 
(1965a, 1968) and the Celtic Sea by Le Calvez (1958), as well as the Scillies (Atkinson, 
1970). It is one of the most common species of Bolivina in Cardigan Bay and this 
makes it probable that most records of B. dilatata from the Irish Sea and from 
western coasts of Gieat Britain do belong to this species. Further Atlantic records 
are: Bay of Biscay (Caralp, Lamy & Pujos, 1970; Berthois & Le Calvez, 1959); 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT.FORAMINIFERA 137 


Coast of Galicia (Colom, 1952); Gulf of Paria (Todd & Bronniman, 1957); San Blas 
- Bay, Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1954); Ivory Coast (Le Calvez, 1963). 


Mediterranean records are from the Adriatic (Chierici, Busi & Cita, 1962; Cita & 
Chierici, 1962) and there are also scattered records in the Pacific: China Seas (Polski, 
1959; Waller, 1960) and New Zealand (Hulme, 1964; Hedley e¢ al., 1965). These 
records indicate a temperate to subtropical distribution with no records as yet for 
the Arctic. 


Bolivina (Brizalina) striatula Cushman 


(eleLO ees G0, Play fen 1) 


- Bolivina siriatula Cushman, 1922 : 27, pl. 3, fig. 10; 1937b : 154, pl. 18, figs 30, 31; 1944 : 29 


ple fies-4, 5; Colom, 1952 : 32, pl. 2, figs 1-5; Sliter, 1970 :.170, pl.°7, fig. 6; pl: 8, fig. ro. 


Diacnosis. An elongate, compressed Bolivina with sides tending to become 
parallel. Periphery rounded in the initial part becoming acute in the later part. 
Pores very fine and evenly distributed, except in the last few chambers where they 
become restricted to the lower part of each one. Lower half of the test strongly 


» ornamented with parallel costae. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 10, figs 1:1.) Test complete but with small, round borings 
in the later chambers which could be mistaken for pores; elongate and compressed, 


| gradually widening from the rounded initial part and tending to become parallel 


sided in the last part, three times as long as wide and greatest width above mid- 


_ point; periphery rounded in initial part and becoming more acute in the later part; 


about eight pairs of chambers, wider than high, the last three pairs making up 
about half of the test; sutures limbate, horizontal in the initial part, gradually 


changing to an angle of about 40° to the horizontal in the later part, impressed 
between last three chambers; aperture an elongate slit in the median line; wall 


_ radial and finely perforate (pores less than 1 micron in diameter and 5 microns 


apart) except in upper portions of the later chambers; last five chambers smooth, 
previous ones strongly ornamented with about 20 parallel costae commencing at 
the base. 


Dimensions. Length 0:37 mm, width 0-13 mm. Angle of taper about 25°. 
MATERIAL. Three specimens only, two broken. A thorough investigation of 


| apertures, tooth plates and chamber number could therefore not be made. 


VARIATION. Specimens with up to 12 pairs of chambers have been illustrated. 
DBEPOstvORY. B:M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26 : 231-232. “Stub 1970: 11: 20: 
530. 
PROVENANCE. Illustrated specimen, CB 528. 


RemArKs. The details of ornament and perforation cannot be made out in 
Cushman’s type figure but in his 1937b monograph the diagnostic features are 


Clearly shown. This species is easily confused with B. subaenariensis which can, 
| however, be distinguished by its two prominent axial costae, flanked by a few 


138 | J. R. HAYNES 


shorter ones, its more flaring shape and its peripheral keel. The specimens recorded 
by Hoglund (1947) as B. cf. striatula appear to be very close to our specimens. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the Tortugas, off Florida, 
and Cushman later reported it from further north, off the New England coast as 
well as in material from Porcupine Station 7, west of the British Isles. British 
records include: Kent coast (Hedley & Underwood, 1957); Plymouth (Murray, 
1965a); Western Approaches (Murray, 1970). As it has also been reported from the 
coast of Galicia by Colom it is apparently widespread in the North Atlantic. 
Boltovskoy also records it from the Golfo San Gorge, Argentina (1954) and from the 
littoral of Puerto Deseado (Boltovskoy & Lena, 1966). A Pacific record is given by 
Sliter (1970). 


Bolivina (Brizalina) superba Emiliani 
(Plox0, tigs59. 5) Pic figs,2573)) 

Bolwina superba Emiliani, 1949 : 6, pl. 1, figs ra, b. 

Bolivina beyricht Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a : 239, pl. 41, fig. 15; Cushman, 1923 : 30, 
Die Oo, cle On (MOrINeUSS). 

Bolivina alata Cushman, 1937b : 106, pl. 13, figs 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, 11 not 3, 7, 8 (not Vuluulina” 
alata Sequenza). 

Bolwvina barbata Phleger & Parker, 1951 : 13, pl. 6, figs 12, 13; Todd & Bronniman, 1957 : 33, 
pl. 8, fig. 25; 

3olivina difformis Colom, 1952 : 32, pl. 2, figs 6, 7 (not Williamson). 


DiaGnosis. A compressed, wedge-shaped Bolivina with peripheral keel broken 
into downward projecting points at the base of the later chambers. In the last 
part the height of the chambers tends to become equal to the width. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. to, figs 5:5.) Test complete but with a small hole in the 
penultimate pair of chambers; much compressed and gradually widening from the 
initial end to give a wedge-shape; periphery with continuous narrow keel which is 
broken into points at the base of the last five chambers; about eight pairs of biserial 
chambers gradually increasing in size and tending to become as high as wide, the 
last five chambers making up half the length of the test; sutures impressed and 
strongly curved but much less oblique to the horizontal plane between the later 
chambers; wall smooth, very sparsely perforated in the initial part, the pores being 
approx. I-5 microns in diameter and restricted to the peripheral edge of the chamber © 
while in later chambers they extend across the top of each chamber as well as more 
sparsely across the base, leaving an irregular imperforate area in the middle; 
aperture a narrow slit, basal in the median line with the lip on one side formed by 
the continuation of the keel. N.B. There are a number of small round borings 
slightly larger than the pores, particularly in the initial part. 


DIMENsIons. Length 0-39 mm, maximum width 0-18 mm. Angle of taper 
about 40°. 


MATERIAL. One specimen only. 
VARIATION. Authors’ figures show specimens with up to 12 pairs of chambers, 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 139 


_ barbs on nearly all chambers and perforations restricted to the top or becoming 
- developed all over the chambers in the final pairs. Some specimens appear to be 
- narrower with slower rate of chamber size increase. 


Deeosiory. B.M.(N.H-:) Stub.1970:: LI : 26 + 537: 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. Although only one specimen has been recovered and it is relatively 
small with the characteristic barbs not fully developed it corresponds well with 
the group included by Emiliani in B. superba from the Calabrian of Italy. As 
Emiliani has shown, this species has been much confused in the past, Eastern 
- Atlantic representatives being referred by Heron-Allen and Earland to B. beyrichi, 
an Oligocene species, and by Cushman to B. alata, a narrow Calabrian species with 
oblique sutures. The Pacific specimens cited as B. alata by Brady (1884) and 
Cushman (1937) may not be Bb. superba as they show much more developed keels 
_and tendency to uniserial growth. However, the specimens described as B. barbata 
_ by Phleger and Parker do appear to belong here. The figured paratype, in particular, 
appears close to our specimen. On the other hand, the figured holotype is a narrower 
form nearer to the specimen described by Heron-Allen and Earland. There is 
little doubt that Bolivina difformis in the sense of Colom also really belongs here 
because Williamson’s species has characteristically a much more rapidly expanding 
wedge shape with discrete, pointed chamber ends and is without peripheral keel. 


DISTRIBUTION. The types are from the Pleistocene of Italy and the species 
-is widespread at the present day in the N. Atlantic, occurring off the Scottish and 
Irish coasts (Heron-Allen & Earland, Ig16a; Cushman, 1937b); off the coast of 
Galicia and from the Canaries (Colom, 1952; Brady, 1884). In the Gulf of Mexico 
'(Phleger & Parker, 1951) and from the Gulf of Paria (Todd & Bronniman, 1957). 
Pleistocene records of B. beyricht by Wright from the Isle of Man (1902b) and 
- Ulster (1g01) possibly refer to this species also. 


Bolivina (Brizalina) cf. vadescens Cushman sensu Hoglund 
(el 10, tie: 7; Pl. 11,,fig. 9; Text-fig..25, nos 6,.7; Text-fig. 26) 


| Bolivina cf. vadescens Cushman, Hoglund,: 1947 : 205, pl. 24, fig. 6; pl. 32, figs 12,-13; text-lig 
ib. 2576s 


_ Description. (Pl. 10, fig. 7; Pl. 11, fig.9.) Test elongate, ovate and compressed ; 
_ periphery entire and acute, becoming subrounded in last part, about eight pairs of 
_ chambers, final pair not much wider than high—earlier ones overlapping and appear- 
ing wider, the last five chambers making up half the total length, arranged in a 
_ biserial series with well marked interlocking lobes in the centre line ; sutures impressed 
and sigmoid, at an angle of about 30° to the axis in the last part; aperture oval, in 
the median line, with rounded rim on the free border and straight internal tongue; 
_ wall smooth, conspicuously perforate in the lower half of each chamber with round 
_ pores about 2:5 microns in diameter. N.B. The test also shows some small round 
| borings of slightly larger size, i.e. in the last chamber. 


t 


140 3 ie ARG PAU YaNGED S 


DIMENSIONS. Length 0-41 mm, width 0-16 mm. Angle of taper about 30°. 


MATERIAL. Four specimens only. 

VARIATION. Two smaller specimens with seven pairs of chambers are also 
illustrated both showing the characteristic elongate-ovate shape and proloculus 
diameters of 17 microns and 28 microns respectively, Text-fig.25, nos 6, 7, the latter 
showing a slightly larger last pair of chambers and what may be a broken initial 
spine. 

Drposirory.-_ B.M.(N.H.)- Slide. 1070. : 11°= 26°: 234-226. Stub 2076 11: 20m 
532, 538, 539. | 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 502. The other specimens figured, 
Text-fig. 6, CB 646; Text-fig. 7, Aberystwyth harbour. 

REMARKS. Our specimens are very close to B. cf. vadescens of Hoglund in size, 
chamber shape and proloculus size. This form resembles B. pseudopunctata in 
possessing chambers perforated mainly in the lower half but the pores are twice 
as large. The test is also more ovate in shape with acute periphery except in the - 
last chambers. As pointed out by Hoglund, this form resembles B. vadescens in 


ae ame 


0.0 0.1 mm. 


Pic. 26. 1. B. variabilis, apertural view showing rim on free border and tongue. 
2. 3B. cf. vadescens, apertural view showing rim on free border and tongue. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 141 


its sigmoid sutures but is much smaller. In addition B. vadescens was described 
by both Cushman and later Hofker (1951a) as distinctly rounded, presumably 
throughout. 


DISTRIBUTION. Hoglund’s specimens are from the Gullmar Fjord and Skagerak 
with maximum abundance between 100-200 metres. 


Bolivina variabilis (Williamson) 
(PE to; e..8;5.Pl. 11, fig. 8; Text-fig: 25; no. 16) 


Textularia variabilis Williamson, typica Williamson, 1858 : 76, pl. 6, figs 162, 163. 

Bolivina variabilis (Williamson) Chaster, 1892 : 59; Cushman, 1922: 49, pl. 4, figs 3a, b; 
nogyioe 159, pl. 16, figs 6, 12+14; 1949 : 32, pl. 6, figs 13-16; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 249, 
peptic. o; oliter, 1970.: 166, pl. 5, fig. 4; pl. 6, figs 1~3; pl. 8, figs15, 16. 


Diacnosis. An elongate, compressed Bolivina with chambers tending to become 
equal in length and height. Sutures deeply excavated, especially in the centre 
line where there is a tendency towards the development of lobes and re-entrants. 
Pores coarsely and evenly developed, sometimes within hexagonal pits. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. ro, fig. 8; Pl. 11, fig. 8.) Test apparently complete but with 
small round borings of larger size than the natural perforation; elongate and com- 
pressed, gradually widening from the initial end to give a wedge shape; periphery 
rounded; about eight pairs of chambers, wider than high in the initial part but 
becoming equidimensional above the midpoint, the last two pairs making up half 
the length of the test ; sutures impressed and inclined at about 20—30° to the horizon- 
tal with lobes and re-entrants in the centre line between the last three pairs of 
chambers; aperture large and subtriangular, in the median line, occupying two- 
thirds of the basal suture with rounded rim on the sinuous free border and straight 
tongue; wall conspicuously perforate with round pores about I-2 microns in dia- 
meter, evenly distributed; the wall between the pores tends to be raised giving the 
appearance of hexagonal pits, particularly in the chambers towards midpoint, 
exaggerating the actual size of the pores. 


DIAMETER. Length 0-35 mm, maximum width 0:17 mm. Angle of taper about 
35° 
MATERIAL. Five specimens only, three broken. 


VARIATION. A specimen with Io pairs of chambers and rather more parallel 
sided last part is also illustrated, Text-fig. no. 16. There are also pustular openings 
in the last chamber. 

MmBEOSTIORY.. 15.M.(N.H.). Slidé:1970.:. 11 : 26 : 237;)-. Stub 1970: 11 : 26. : 531. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 498. Specimen illustrated in Text-fig. 
no. 16, CB 416. 


REMARKS. Stereoscanner photomicrographs confirm the excellent description 
of Williamson which emphasized the characteristic chamber shape, perforation 


and suture line of this species. Cushman in 1937b illustrated specimens sent to 


142 J. RB. HAYNES 


him by Earland which show a variable shape in the last part from parallel sided to 
irregular, apparently with a tendency to a uniserial final chamber. As these speci- 
mens also show a narrower aperture they may not belong to the same species. 

Our specimens closely resemble Williamson’s type figure with fewer chambers 
developed. } 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was recorded from all round the British Isles by 
Williamson as well as from the Mediterranean. It is also recorded from the Belgian 
coast and the Dollart-Ems Estuary as well as from the New England coast. Bol- — 
tovskoy (1954) records it from off Argentina and Sliter (1970) from the Eastern 
Pacific margin. This suggests a cool temperate distribution. 


Family SPIRILLINIDAE Reuss, 1862 
Genus PATELLINA Williamson, 1858 
Patellina corrugata Williamson 
(PE 16, fies 7-0: 155) Meni) 

Patellina corrugata Williamson, 1858 : 46, pl. 3, figs 86-89; Parker & Jones, 1865 : 398, pl. 15, 
figs 29a—c; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 109, pl. 9, fig. 11; Hofker, 1922 7134, fig: mee 
Cushman, 1930 : 15, pl.-3, figs 5a—c; 1931 : 11, pl: 2, figs 6, 7; 1944 3.30; ply, fig. 145 164m 
68, pl. 7, fig. 11; 1949 : 41, pl. 7, figs 17;,18; Parker, 1952a : 420, pl..6, figs a6;27; Eeebign 
& Tappan, 1953 : 114, pl: 21, figs 4, 5; Phleger, Parker & Peirson, 1953 2 30,70) 6,,nieemem 
Haake, 1962 : 43, pl. 3, fig. 9; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 335, pl. 18, fig. 9; Loeblich & Tappan, 
19644 7 C603, fier 477, © and 7. 

Arpatellum dunst-corrugatum (Williamson) Rhumbler, 1913 : 437, figs 134a-c, fig. 136; pl. 5, 
figs 5-7; pl. 7, figs 11-15. 

Discobolivina corrugata (Williamson) Hofker, 1951b : 358. 


Diacnosis. A species of Patellina with up to about six whorls, the adult chambers 
divided into 20 or more radially elongate chamberlets. Angle of taper of the test 
about IIo’. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 16, figs 7, 8, account of ventral side based on a separate 
specimen, Pl. 16, fig. 9.) Test concavo-convex, oval in outline with the evolute 
dorsal side making a straight sided cone, ventral side involute and depressed, 
periphery entire, sharply angular; chambers arranged in a dextral trochospire, all 
visible on the dorsal side, the first two whorls following the proloculus non septate, 
in turn followed by three whorls of biserial, elongate-crescentic chambers, increasing 
moderately in size as added, partially divided by septulae into narrow, slightly 
irregular chamberlets which open into the chamber interior, about 18 in the last — 
chamber; sutures on dorsal side distinct, slightly impressed; last two chambers only, 
visible on the ventral side; wall thin, translucent with frosted appearance caused 
by secondary thickening on the dorsal side; densely perforated on the dorsal side 
with pores about a micron in diameter set in shallow pits, radial; aperture a ventral 
umbilical opening partly covered by an anchor-shaped lobe extending from the 
distal end of the last chamber, secondary apertures, three or four microns in diameter, 
in pits in the apertural face and similar, smaller openings irregularly developed 


CARDIGAN BAY, RECENT. FORAMINIFERA 143 


around the periphery in the ventral walls of the chamberlets; umbilical lobe of 
previous chamber partly visible but previous apertural opening secondarily 


f covered in. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-32 mm, height of spire 0-08 mm. Angle of 


- taper approx. IIo’. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens but many with the apex damaged. 
VARIATION. Specimens up to a maximum diameter of 0-41 mm occur. Damage 


- to the initial part in most cases prevents assessment of dimorphism. 


Merosirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26°: 238-240. ,Stub-1970 : 11 .: 26: 


- 678, 679. 


PROVENANCE. Both specimens figured, CB 25. 
REMARKS. Our specimens are very close to the types in number of chambers 
and chamberlets and in the height and angle of the spire. The stereoscanner photos 


' clearly show the character of the ventral side which is difficult to make out 


under the light microscope, the test being so clear and transparent that surface 
details tend to be confused with internal ones. These show that the ‘scroll-like 
median septum’ of Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) is an appearance caused by super- 
imposition of the umbilical lobes of successive chambers and that the aperture is 


_ actually umbilical. The non septate character of the early whorls emphasized in 
_ Wiliamson’s description is clearly shown also (PI. 16, fig. 8). 


DISTRIBUTION. The species was originally described from a number of localities 
around the British Isles including the Western Isles, Arran, Skye and the Shetlands, 
Fowey, Cornwall and Brixham, Devon, as well as Boston in the Fens. Later British 


_ records confirm this distribution showing a concentration on west coasts: West 


of Ireland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); Irish Sea, Belfast Lough (Gough, 
1906); Lambay (Wright, 1907); Isle of Man (Bruce e al., 1963; Heron-Allen & 
Farland, 1915); Mersey (Burgess, 1891); Dee (Siddall, 1876); Southport (Chaster, 


1892); West of Scotland, Shetlands (Waller, 1868); Oban (Burgess, 1889); Clyde 
_ (Robertson, 1877) ; Faroe Channel (Pearcey, 1890); Ardnamurchan and Mull (Heron- 
_ Allen & Earland, 1916a) ; Skye, Portree (Robertson, 1892) ; English Channel, Western 
_ Approaches (Murray, 1970); Scillies (Atkinson, 1970; Jones & Parker, 1876); 
_ Land’s End (Le Calvez, 1958); Plymouth (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930; Murray, 


1965a; Worth, 1904); Selsey (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1go9g, 1911); Jersey (Halkyard, 
1889); North Sea (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913c); Kent coast (Hedley & Under- 


| wood, 1957); Forth (Pearcey, 1902). 


Other N.W. European records: N. France, Dunkirk (Terquem, 1875); Belgian 


coast (Cushman, 1949); Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Holocene Oslofjord 
_ (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 


Other N. Atlantic records: Arctic (Cushman, 1948; Goés,,1894; Parker & Jones‘ 


| 1865; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953; Vilks, 1969); St Lawrence (Dawson, 1870); New 


England (Cushman, 1944; Parker, 1952a). 

Most of the above records appear to be well founded but the cosmopolitan distri- 
bution indicated by Pacific, Australasian, Antarctic and Indian Ocean citations is 
possibly in error due to confusion with P. advena and P. antarctica. 


144 Jo RAYA S 


Genus SPIRILLINA Ehrenberg, 1843 
Spirillina perforata (Schultze) 
(Pl. 16, figs Dy 23) Plas sitee co) 


Cornuspina perforata Schultze, 1854 : 41, pl. 2, fig. 22. 

Spirillina perforata (Schultze) Williamson, 1858 : 92, pl. 7, fig. 202; Terquem, ape 425, pla 
fig: 5; Cushman, 1931 : 5, pl. 1, figs 6, 7; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 250, pl. 11, fig. 15. 
Driacnosis. A compressed, coarsely perforate species of Spirillina with up to 

about six flattened, partially embracing whorls. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 16, figs I, 2; Pl. 15, fig. 9.) Test with last chamber broken 
and holed; planispiral and compressed with flattened sides, bi-umbilicate, periphery 
rounded; subglobular proloculus followed by an undivided second chamber, wound 
in about six partially embracing whorls, only very gradually increasing in size as 
added; wall calcareous, perforated with irregular, oval to subquadrangular pores 
up to 3 microns maximum diameter; aperture broken off. 


DimMEnsIoNsS. Maximum diameter 0:46 mm, thickness 0:06 mm. 
MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 

DEPOSITORY, * BsMLUN TL.) Stub 1070 (1 2 205: 710; 
PROVENANCE. Low Marsh, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Estuary. 


REMARKS. Our specimens are close to those figured by previous authors and 
show the characteristic flattened whorls and dense, coarse, perforation of the species. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from off Mozambique. Records 
for N.W. Europe include: British coasts (Wilhamson, 1858—where, however, it 
is confused with S. wivipara); Dunkirk, N. France (Terquem, 1875); Belgian coast 
(Cushman, 1931); Dollart-Ems Estuary, Netherlands (Voorthuysen, 1960). 

It is also recorded from the West Indies by Cushman (1931). This suggests a 
cosmopolitan distribution. 


Spirillina species A 
(Piso; stiest5, 6 Pie aS, tre. 0) 


Description. Test broken and holed; planispiral and biconcave with flattened 
periphery and twin keels; subglobular proloculus succeeded by about four undivided 
whorls, increasing very slowly in diameter as added; spiral suture distinct, im- 
mediately outside the raised ridge formed by the keels; wall calcareous, opaque, 
granular in appearance probably due to the thickness and coarse perforation; three - 
rows of pores in deep pits visible on each side of the second chamber with a 
further row of smaller irregular ones in a discontinuous groove adjacent to the 
keel; numerous irregularly distributed pores at the periphery; aperture braked 
off. 


DimENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-36 mm, thickness 0-06 mm. 
MATERIAL. One specimen only. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 145 


DeposiTorY. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 - 11 : 26: 716. 
PROVENANCE. Brit. Mus. Core 16. 


REMARKS. This species resembles S. limbata Brady in general shape but differs 
in its elaborate, pitted perforations. S. limbata var. bipunctata Cushman, an 
Oligocene species, has two rows of perforations on one side only, a single row in the 
juvenile part. 


Genus TURRISPIRILLINA Cushman, 1927 
Turrispirillina species A 
(Pl. 16, figs.3; 4) 


DESCRIPTION. Test trochoid in the initial part, planispiral in the adult, concavo- 
convex; subglobular proloculus followed by an undivided, partially overlapping, 


flattened second chamber, first two whorls trochoid, last three planispiral, very 


gradually increasing in size as added; spiral suture ragged; periphery pinched off 
into an acute keel (with a marked groove) with strong nodes in the final whorl; 
wall calcareous, smooth, semitransparent, apparently granular, possibly due to 
thickness; aperture broken off. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0:25 mm, height 0-06 mm. 
MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

DErosirory.°.B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26: 717. 
PROVENANCE. Brit. Mus. Core 16. 


REMARKS. No other species quite like this one has been noted despite a thorough 
combing through the literature. 


Family DISCORBIDAE Ehrenberg, 1838 
Genus CANCRIS Montfort, 1808 
Cancris oblongus (Williamson) 


(Pl. 20, fig. 13; Pl. 23, figs 5, 6; Text-fig. 27, nos I-3) 


_ Rotaliina oblonga Williamson, 1858 : 51, pl. 4, figs 98-100. 


| Cancris oblongus (Williamson) Cushman & Todd, 1942 : 80, pl. 20, figs 2-5; Le Calvez, 1958 : 


| 


184, pl. 3, figs 42, 43; Hofker, 1969 : 94, fig. 265. 


 Pulvinulina auricula Goés, 1894 : 98, pl. 16, fig. 809 (not 810); Flint, 1899 : 329, pl. 73, fig. 2 


(not Fichtel & Moll). 


| Cancris auricula Cushman, 1931 : 72, pl. 15, fig. 1 (not Fichtel & Moll). 


Diacnosis. A large, compressed, elongate to oblong species of Cancris with 


_ flattened dorsal side and up to seven or eight elongate chambers visible on the ventral 
side. The sutures become incised near the prominent umbilical flap and thickened 
with secondary calcite at the edges. 


DEscrirpTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test compressed and elongate to oblong in 


146 7 J. R. HAYNES 


shape, ventral side raised and umbilicate, dorsal side flattened, lobate in last part 
with slight keel commencing on the penultimate chamber and continuing almost 
to the base of the apertural face; 12 chambers arranged in a low, dextral trochoid 
spiral, 6 : 5—, following the proloculus, rapidly increasing in height, oblong—arcuate 
on dorsal, wedge-shaped on the ventral with apertural face markedly oblique to the 
periphery; final chamber with large irregular basal flap covering the umbilicus, 
sutures slightly impressed becoming incised and thickened at the sides with secon- 
dary calcite in the umbilicus, radial on the ventral side, markedly curved on the 
dorsal side; wall radial and densely perforated with pores approximately a micron 
in size, apart from an oval area in the apertural face which includes the umbilical 
flap; aperture a low slit at the basal suture on the ventral side extending beneath the 
umbilical flap. . 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-8 mm, height 0-32 mm. Approx. diameter 
of proloculus 25 microns. 


MATERIAL. Three specimens only. 


VARIATION. The material is insufficient for proper study of variation and di- 
morphism. This species is better developed outside Cardigan Bay in St Georges 
Channel. Juveniles show fewer chambers on the ventral side. 


Depository... B.M:(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 246, 247... Stub 10702 1 2 ae 
551. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 573. 


REMARKS. Our specimens come close to the type figure of Williamson in their 
compression, in the character of the umbilical region and in the restriction of the 


0.0 1.0mm. 


Fic. 27. 1-3. Cancris oblongus, specimen described. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 
3, dorsal view. 


CARDIGAN BAY. RECENT, FORAMINIFERA TAG 


keel to the last one or two chambers although they are slightly less elongate. This 
species, as shown by Cushman & Todd (1942) and Le Calvez (1958) is distinguished 
from C. auriculus by its more elongate and compressed test and narrower chambers 
as well as by the pronounced incision of the sutures in the umbilical area; C. oblongus 
also appears to be more flattened on the dorsal side and to possess a larger umbilical 
lobe. 

A specimen referred to this species by Brady (1884) from off S. Africa differs 
in its wider chambers and in lacking the characteristic umbilical features. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from British waters with Skye 


as the chief locality. Williamson’s records, apart from one at Boston, Lincs., 


show a marked concentration off western coasts. This is apparently borne out by 
numerous subsequent listings of C. auriculus which may well refer to C. oblongus. 
However, in the absence of figures these records must be treated with reserve as 
Le Calvez (1958) also records C. auriculus s.s. from the Celtic Sea. 

Other records in the N. Atlantic area include: Bay of Biscay (Caralp, Lamy 
& Pujos, 1970); Tamar Estuary (Murray, 1965a); North Sea and Arctic (Goés, 
1894); Baltimore, S.W. Ireland and off Florida (Cushman & Todd, 1942); Celtic 
Sea (Le Calvez, 1958); Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967); Gulf of 
Mexico (Phleger & Parker, 1951). 

Mediterranean records are: Western (Todd, 1958); Eastern (Parker, 1958). 


Genus DISCORBIS Lamarck, 1804 
Discorbis (Glabratella) wrightii (Brady) 
(Pl 16, figs 12-16; Pl. 10, fig. 5; Pl. 30, figs 4, 5; Text-fig. 30, nos 10-15) 


Discorbina wrightii Brady, 1881 : 413, pl. 21, figs 6a—c (= Discorbina parisiensis sensu Wright, 
HO77 2105, pl. 4, figs 2a—c, not fig. 1); Halkyard, 1889: 70, pl. 2, fig..9; Heron-Allen & 
Barmand, To13b%:. 131; pl: 12, fig. 4: 

Eponides wrightit (Brady) Cushman, 1931 : 56, pl. 11, figs 7, 8 (figs after Brady and Heron- 
Allen & Earland). 

Rosalini wrighti (Brady) Cooper, 1964 : 102, pl. 6, figs 13-15. 

Discorbina baccata Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 124, pl. 12, figs 1-3. 

Discorbis baccata (Heron-Allen & Earland) Cushman, 1931 : 15, pl. 3, figs 1a—c (figs after Heron- 
mulenyé: Harland); 1949 : 45, pl.'8, fig. 7. 


Diacnosis. A plano-convex to biconvex species of Discorbis (Glabratella) with 
eight or nine chambers at the periphery, large, composite countersunk, umbilical 
boss and coarse perforations on the dorsal side. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 13-15.) Test biconvex with raised, conical evolute, 
dorsal side and flattened, involute, ventral side, periphery subangular and becoming 
subrounded in the last part, entire becoming semi-lobate at the last three chambers; 
18 chambers seen on the dorsal side (in xylene), in a sinistral trochospire of 5 : 7 : 6—, 
chambers following the proloculus, increasing very gradually and somewhat ir- 
tegularly in size, trapezoid, becoming longer than high and arcuate in the third 


148 7 Yo i> LA NaN TSS 


whorl; spiral and septal sutures flush and thickened (less so between last two 
chambers), septal sutures moderately backward curving; nine chambers visible 
on the ventral side, the last three becoming elongate with rounded umbilical lobes, 
the final one showing both distal and proximal re-entrants ; sutures sinuous, becoming 
fissured towards the umbilicus which is filled with a large, flat, countersunk, vesicular 
boss, mainly of rounded masses of calcite but with some blade-like outgrowths 
extending onto the chambers; wall very thick (thinner in last three chambers) 
lamellar, apparently radial, coarsely perforate with elongate pores on the thickened, 
glassy dorsal side, finely perforate on the ventral side and dorsal pores giving the 
appearance of a milled edge in the early part; aperture apparently at the ventral 
basal suture opening into the umbilicus beneath the lobe; ventral surface covered 
with rows of fine beads radiating from the umbilicus, producing a striking, frosted, — 
appearance. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:39 mm, maximum height 0:20 mm. _ Dia- 
meter of proloculus (very approximately) 20 microns. 3 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, smaller than the specimen described with 
broken last chambers (as in the holotype), generally rough and eroded, some golden 
brown in colour. 


VARIATION. Most of the specimens recovered are less than 0-3 mm in diameter 
and show eight chambers at the periphery which is more or less entire. Both plano- 
convex and more biconvex specimens occur (Text-fig. nos 10-12; Pl. 16, fig. 13). 
There is also variation in the size of the umbilical boss. The stereoscanner photos 
also show the details of perforation. There are very small scattered pores less 
than 4 micron in size on the ventral side, coarser pores up to 2 microns in size on the 
dorsal side (Pl. 16, figs 13, 14). All the specimens appear to be sinistral. As can 
be seen in Pl. 16, fig. 12, erosion of the lamellar thickening on the dorsal side, some- 
times gives the effect of a sharp periphery or keel. 


Deposirory.. B.M.(N.H.) Shde 1970 : 11 :.26.: 248-252. Section 1070)-samm 
20-2477. Stubs 1070 : 11 220] 580,507, 1970: Mies 20 2 750. 7ape 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 491. Specimen shown in Text-fig. 
nos 10-12, Clettwr VII, Dovey Marshes. Other specimens illustrated by stereo- 
scanner photos, CB 11. 


REMARKS. Our specimens, although smaller than the types with less than three 
whorls of chambers developed, otherwise show all the characteristic features ex- 
hibited by the excellent specimens from Belfast Lough in the Brady Collection 
and the Norman Collection at the British Museum. In particular they show the 
details of ventral ornament well shown in Wright’s figure and cited by Brady in his 
diagnosis. There is little doubt that Cushman (1931) was correct in his surmise 
that Discorbina baccata of Heron-Allen and Earland is synonymous. This is borne 
out by an examination of their Clare Island types though unfortunately one speci- — 
men is decomposing and the details of the others are obscure. Although the figure 
given by these authors appears to show coarse perforations on the ventral side 
their description makes it clear that it is beaded. Other details are the same as 


CARDIGAN: BAY RECENT’ FORAMINIFERA 149 


in D. wrightit. As noted by Heron-Allen and Earland the surface tends to be rough 
- and eroded. So much so that at first we were tempted to believe our specimens 
derived. 
This species has been referred successively to Discorbina, Eponides and Discorbis 
- because of the difficulty of observing the true nature and position of the aperture 
_ in the generally broken specimens. In the complete specimen we describe the 
aperture is apparently umbilical, beneath a lobe and there are definite proximal 
re-entrants, ‘secondary apertures’ of authors. The vesicular, umbilical boss also 
_ extends over the chambers like the cover plate in typical Discorbis. Loeblich & 
- Tappan (1964a) have removed discorbids with radial ornament on the ventral side 
- and plastogamic reproduction (noted in this species by Heron-Allen & Earland in 
1913b) to the Glabratellidae. This seems to us too drastic a move but we retain 
Glabratella as a subgeneric designation. 

Specimens referred to Eponides wrighttt by Parker (1952a, 1952b) and Cushman 
(1944, 1948) appear to be a different species with fewer chambers. Dzscorbis 
_ baccata sensu Cushman (1948) may be the same as these. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from Novaya Zemlya Island, 
Arctic and from Belfast Lough. As Discorbina baccata it was described from 
- Western Ireland, Llanfihangel-y-Traethau on Cardigan Bay and from Swanage 
' in Dorset. Further records were given by Heron-Allen & Earland for Cornwall 
(1916b), the West of Scotland (1916a) and Plymouth (1930) and by Halkyard for 


| Jersey (1889). 


Genus DISCORBINELLA Cushman & Martin, 1935 
Discorbinella species A. aff. bertheloti d’Orbigny, 1839b 
(Text-fig. 29, nos I-5) 


_ Dtaenosis. A compressed, plano-convex species of Duscorbinella, slightly 
- involute on the dorsal side but all whorls visible with depressed spiral suture. 
_ Ventral side with about seven chambers visible, triangular lobes and flat umbilical 
_ boss. Aperture basal and just extending over the periphery beneath a lip. Sutures 
| limbate, periphery acute to sub-carinate. Densely perforate with medium sized 
| pores, less on ventral side, especially towards the lobes. 


_  DerscripTIon. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test with slightly damaged, pushed-in last 
_ chamber; compressed, plano-convex with raised, slightly involute dorsal side in 
_ which the first whorl is depressed below the level of those succeeding it and flat 
_ slightly uncoiling ventral side, periphery subcarinate; 17 chambers arranged in a 
_ very low, sinistral trochospire, 6:7 : 4—, following the proloculus, trebling in 
_ size with each volution and becoming much higher than long, eight chambers 
_ visible at the periphery on the ventral side with triangular umbilical lobes; umbilicus 
| with flat boss, the later lobes drawing away from it to produce a wide pseudumbilicus ; 
| dorsal spiral and septal sutures limbate and impressed (showing as dark lines on the 
| golden brown test), septal sutures gently curved back, ventral septal sutures limbate, 
and gently curved to almost straight, continuing into the thickened keel, fissured 


150 | J. R. HAYNES 


towards the umbilicus and knotched behind the lobes of the last four chambers; 
wall apparently lamellar, densely perforated with medium sized pores, less on the 
ventral side especially towards the lobes, aperture along the basal suture of the 
last chamber on the ventral side, just extending over the periphery beneath a lip, 
freely connecting with the open pseudumbilicus and the knotched sutural slits of 
previous chambers. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-71 mm, maximum height 0-16mm. Approx. 
diameter of proloculus 25 microns. 


MATERIAL. Eight specimens. 


VARIATION. Only the specimen described is well grown. All the other specimens 
are small, less than 0-40 mm in diameter and develop less than two whorls of cham- 
bers. In some cases the chambers are high in the second whorl in others they are 
more arcuate. The test is generally brown in colour, especially the first whorl as 
seen from the dorsal side. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 253-255. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB. -Pool A, Monks Cave, Cards. 


REMARKS. Our specimens are less wafer thin and carinate than the specimen 
shown in d’Orbigny’s figure of the genotype, D. bertheloti, and differ in their greater 
tendency towards uncoiling with the dorsal side being only slightly involute. The 
ventral side in our specimens is also different being plane with limbate sutures and 
flat umbilical boss. It is interesting that d’Orbigny does mention a ‘disque om- 
bilical’ in his description, but no boss is shown in his figure or in the specimen of 
Flint refigured by Loeblich & Tappan as part of their generic diagnosis (1964a). 
Our specimens also appear to be more distinctly perforate on both sides. D. 
berthelotiana of Parker & Jones (1865) described from the ‘marginal plateau’ off 
Ireland with limbate sutures and ‘granule’ replacing the umbilical flap may be near 
to our specimens. 


Genus ROSALINA dOrbigny, 1826 
Rosalina anomala Terquem 
(Pl. 17, figs 1-3; Pl 19, fig. 2; Pl. 30, figs 1, 2; Text-fig. 28, nos 1-7) 


Rosalina anomala Terquem, 1875 : 438, pl. 5, fig. 1. 

Rosalina globulavis Voorthuysen, 1958 : 33, pl. 24, fig. 16; Haake, 1962 : 43, pl. 3, figs 10-11 
(not d’Orbigny). 

Discorbina globularis Goés, 1894 : 94, pl. 15, figs 793a, b (not d’Orbigny). 

Discorbina globularis var. vesicularis sub. var. globularis Parker & Jones, ue : 386, pl amg 
figs 20-23 (not Lamarck, not d’Orbigny). 

Discorbis globularis Cushman, 1931 : 22, pl. 4, figs ga—c; 1948 : 68, pl. 7, fig. 12 (not d’Orbigny). 

Discorbis globularis (d’Orbigny) var. anglica Cushman, 1931 : 23, pl. 4, figs 1oa-c. 

Rosalina globularis @’ a var. anglica Heron-Allen & Earland, Le Calvez & Boillot, 1G 
397 (list), pl. 1, figs 7, 8 (wrongly ascribed). 

Rotalina concamerata part Williamson, 1858 : 52, pl. 4, figs 104, 105 only (not Montagu). 

Discopulvinulina globularis Hofker, 1951a : 457, text-fig. 311 (not d’Orbigny). 


Diacnosis. A species of Rosalina with coarse pores up to 8 microns in diameter 


CARDIGAN BAYRECENT FORAMINIFERA 151 


~ on the dorsal side and glassy, poreless ventral side with 5—6 chambers visible. The 
- chambers develop beak-like lobes in the ventral umbilicus. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test concavo-convex with raised evolute, 
dorsal side and concave, involute, ventral side, periphery entire, irregular in outline, 
- subangular, dorsal side flattened in the centre giving a bun-shape; 17 chambers 
_ arranged in a low sinistral trochospire, 6 : 5 : 5—, following the proloculus as seen 
on the dorsal side, doubling in size with each volution and becoming arcuate and 
longer than high in the third whorl, six chambers visible on the ventral side with 
pointed, beak-like lobes projecting into the open umbilicus (final lobe chipped), 
septal sutures swept back, making an even curve with the periphery between the 
last two chambers; dorsal spiral and septal sutures limbate and slightly impressed, 
sutures on ventral side deeply impressed and fissured towards the umbilicus, géntly 
backward curving with re-entrants behind the lobes; wall apparently weakly radial, 
lamellar, tending to peel off on the generally poreless ventral side making thinner, 
more glassy patches, surface on dorsal side smooth with coarse, well-spaced round 
pores, up to 8 microns in diameter (in ventral view the appearance of a milled edge 
is given by those near the periphery); aperture along the basal suture of the last 
chamber extending from the periphery to the umbilical lobe beneath a slight, arched 
lip, freely connecting with the open umbilicus and the knotched, sutural slits of 
_ previous chambers. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-43 mm, maximum height 0-17 mm, _Dia- 
meter of proloculus approx. Io microns. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. Generally small and current worn. [or 
this reason and because it is necessary to establish the identity of specimens such as 
those of Cushman hitherto referred to D. globularis in the N. Atlantic region abundant 

_ material has been examined from Dogs Bay, Galway and Mannin Bay, Connemara. 
The description is of a specimen from Connemara. However, two well grown 
specimens from Cardigan Bay are illustrated in the stereoscanner photographs. 


VARIATION. Examination of material from Connemara, more than 100 specimens 
_ shows that there is a range of proloculus size from about Io microns to 30 microns. 
_ Specimens with small proloculus tend to develop up to three whorls and 16 to 18 
_ chambers, specimens with large proloculus tend to develop 2-24 whorls and from 
12-15 chambers, Text-fig. nos 4, 5. The Cardigan Bay specimens fall within this 
range. As is to be expected in an attached form there is diversity in outline and 
in the height of the spire, some specimens being more conical, Text-fig. nos 4, 5, 
_ with more acute periphery. This conical, well grown megalospheric individual also 
_ shows very long, low chambers in the final whorl. 


eeePErosirory. B.M.(N-H.) Slide ‘1970 : 11 ::26 7256-259... Section 1970 : 11 : 
ae 478, ~ Stub 1970 : 11: 26:: 574, 576,577. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described and additional specimens in text-fig. from 


_ beach sand, Mannin Bay, Connemara. Specimens by stereoscanner photos, CB 542. 
| 


REMARKS. In their redescription of Rosalina, Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) have 
shown that the genotype, R. globularis d’Orb. is finely punctate on both sides—as 


152 ; J. R. HAYNES 


is, indeed, suggested by the original figure of d’Orbigny. This means that specimens 
such as Discorbis globularis sensu Cushman (1931) from Dogs Bay, described in the 
Atlantic Monograph require another name. The first available appears to be R. 
anomala. This species of Terquem appears to have been largely ignored in the | 
literature owing to the wide degree of latitude given to the interpretation of R. 
globularis, but his type figures appear to show the essential features of size, shape, 
chamber number and perforation shared by populations in Cardigan Bay and off 
the west coast of Ireland. The irregularity shown by the specimen can easily be 
matched in our material. Discorbis globularis var. anglica Cushman, from a Gold- 
seeker sample in the Moray Firth, almost certainly belongs here also as it was found 
by Harris (1958) as a commonly occurring irregular form in normal populations of 
‘Discorbis globularis’ around the Scottish coast. It can be noted here that the first 
good illustration of the coarse, dorsal pores in this species were given by Williamson 
(1858) who considered it the juvenile of Rotalina concamerata. 

It is possible that Discorbis floridana Cushman is a closely related species though 
smaller with less developed umbilical area. Most of the specimens referred to 
Discorbis globularis in the British Museum collections, such as those of Brady from 
the Wansbeck, Northumbria and Marazion, Cornwall and those of Norman from the 
Shetlands and Valentia, Ireland belong here. 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


Fic. 28. 1-7. Rosalina anomala. 1, dorsal view showing coarse pores; 2, ventral view 
showing peeling areas; 3, side view showing subangular periphery; 4,5, dorsal view 
and peripheral view of conical specimen with acute periphery; 6, conical specimen, 
mishapen and sloping to one side; 7, small irregular specimen (with large proloculus). 
8-11. fosalina cf. bradyi. 8, ventral view showing hammer-shaped lobes; 9g, dorsal 
view showing medium sized pores; 10, peripheral view; 11, dorsal view of small specimen. 


CARDIGAN BAY’ RECENT FORAMINIFERA 153 


Due to the coarse perforation the dorsal side has the appearance of frosted glass. 


_ These pores are evenly distributed and vary from 2-8 microns in diameter and 
_ from 8-18 microns apart with growth. Some are apparently plugged and show 


finer perforations within, i.e. ‘deutero pores’. The initial whorls are brownish in 


colour in many specimens. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from shore sands at Dunkirk 
in the English Channel and it is also recorded from the North Sea (Goés, 1894; 
Haake, 1962; Harris, 1958) and from the ‘English coasts’ by Hofker (1951a). It 


was also described from Dogs Bay, Ireland by Cushman (1931). 


Other records are from the Arctic (Cushman, 1948) and for Davis’ Strait (Parker 
& Jones, 1865). 


Rosalina cf. bradyi (Cushman) 1915 
(Pl. 17, figs 4, 5; Pl. 10, figs 1, 3, 6; Text-fig. 28, nos 8-11) » 


DEscRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 8-10.) Test concavo-convex with raised evolute 
dorsal side and concave, involute, ventral side; periphery slightly lobate, subangular, 
dorsal side flattened with early whorls depressed; 13 chambers arranged in a low 
dextral, trochospire, 5 : 6 : 2—, following the proloculus, as seen from the dorsal 


_ side, trebling in size with each volution and becoming arcuate and longer than high 
_ in the third whorl, five chambers seen on the ventral side with marked umbilical 
_ lobes projecting into the open umbilicus, early lobes raised, thickened and hammer- 
_ shaped, final lobe triangular; both septal and spiral sutures limbate and depressed 


on dorsal side, septal sutures curved backwards on the dorsal side, radial to sigmoid 
and deeply excavated on the ventral side, with re-entrants behind the lobes; wall 
apparently radial, lamellar with very fine scattered pores on the ventral side, rough 
on dorsal side and densely perforated with irregular pores up to 5 or 6 microns in 


_ diameter; aperture along the basal suture of the last chamber, extending from the 
_ periphery to the umbilical lobe and freely connecting with the open umbilicus. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-36 mm, maximum height o-11mm. Approx. 
diameter of proloculus 15 microns. 


MATERIAL. Six specimens only. 
VARIATION. Two specimens are illustrated by stereoscanner photos, two others 


_ by camera lucida drawings. The proloculus size is fairly constant near I5 microns 


_ and five or six chambers are shown at the periphery. The photograph of the single, 


large specimen recovered (diameter approx. 0-60 mm) shows that the chambers 
tend to become long and low in well grown individuals and the dorsal side is higher 
and less flattened. The photographs also show the rough surface and irregular 
pores on the dorsal side, many with plugs, also finely perforated. In two specimens 


| the coarser pores on the dorsal side seen through the test give the appearance of a 
_ milled edge to the periphery. The development of thickening on the umbilical 
_ lobes is variable and in one specimen it takes the form of minute beading. All 
| the specimens are golden brown in colour, seen from the dorsal side. 


154 J. R. HAYNES 


Deprosrrory.. B.M(N.H:) Slide 1070 211320 270-2772 Stub 1970 2313 2am 
575,570: 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Dovey Estuary, Station 20. 

REMARKS. Our specimens bear some resemblance to Rosalina bradyi Cushman, 


especially to the specimen figured by Brady as Discorbina globularis (1884, pl. 86, — 


fig. 8, not fig. 13) and included by Cushman in his synonymy, but differ in having 
depressed rather than raised spiral and septal sutures on the dorsal side. 

In his type description Cushman mentions a ‘peculiar bifid indentation extending 
inward from the peripheral region’, this is not apparent on the type specimen from 
Japan and appears to refer to the sutural re-entrant on the last chamber of Brady’s 
specimen from Hong Kong. Hedley e¢ al. (1967) have re-examined Brady’s material 
from Hong Kong and figured a number of smaller but ‘identical’ specimens from 
New Zealand. These show an extensive development of shelly patches on the 
borders of the ventral umbilicus with branched fissures extending into the chambers. 
None of them show the more regular, sharply recurved, hammer shaped umbilical 
lobes of our specimens. It is likely that our material represents a new species but 
it is insufficient for a proper diagnosis. | 


Rosalina irregularis (Rhumbler) 
(Pl. 30, figs 9, 10; Text-fig. 29, nos 6—16) 


Discorbina ivregulavis Rhumbler, 1906 : 70, pl. 5, figs 57, 58; Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 
120, pl. 10, figs 2-4. 

Discorbina meditervanensis Heron-Allen & Earland, t913b: 118, pl. 9, figs 12-14; pl. 10, 
fig. r (not d’Orbigny). 

Discorbis mediterranensis Cushman, 1931 : 24, pl. 5, figs 2a-c (after Heron-Allen & Earland). 

Rosalina tvregularis (Rhumbler) Hedley ef al., 1967 : 45, pl. 11, figs 3A, B. 

? Discorbina orbicularis Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 349, pl. 13, figs 31-33 (not Rosalina orbicularis 
Terquem). 


Dracnosis. <A conical or concavo-convex species of Rosalina like R. globularis in 
the initial portion but becoming spreading with irregular, long and low, arcuate 
chambers. Periphery subrounded to acute. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 14-16.) Test slightly damaged, conical with 
almost flat ventral surface, periphery subacute; 23 chambers arranged in a sinistral 
trochospire, 6 : 6 : 6 : 5, in each whorl following the proloculus, as seen from dorsal 
side, becoming longer than high and arcuate in the third whorl, then irregular, 
last chamber making up almost half the circumference, septal and spiral sutures 
limbate and depressed; five irregularly overlapping chambers seen on the ventral 
side with broad lobes projecting into the umbilicus, sutures distinct, slightly m- 
pressed, irregular; wall apparently optically granular and lamellar, densely perfor- 
ated with medium sized pores, less on ventral side, especially towards the lobes 
where there are a few scattered, larger pores; aperture at basal suture of the last 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 155 


| chamber on the ventral side, freely communicating beneath the umbilical lobe 
- with the open, irregular umbilicus, probably slightly damaged when detatched. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-63 mm, maximum height 0-20 mm. Approx. 


diameter of proloculus 15 microns. 


MATERIAL. Seven specimens, five of them well grown, all from the same locality. 


VARIATION. As is to be expected in an irregularly spreading fixed form there 
is considerable individual variation, especially in profile. This is well shown in 


the text figures. There appear to be two proloculus size groups. One group, 
including the specimen described, with initial chamber about 15 microns or slightly 


less in diameter, Text-fig. nos 6, Io, and another represented by Text-fig. no. 12 
with initial chamber about 25 microns. The microspheric group develop up to 
four whorls of chambers which become longer than high in the third whorl. The 


specimen with larger proloculus shows three whorls with chambers tending to 


become longer than high by the end of the second whorl. 

ieeesitory, 5.M.(N.H.) Slide 19070.: 11: 26 273-277. Section. 1970: IT: 
20 = 479. 

PROVENANCE. All specimens from Corallina, Pool A, Monk’s Cave. 


REMARKS. This species was described by Rhumbler from Chatham Island in 
the Pacific. Topotypes have been studied by Hedley e¢ al. (1967) and found to 
be identical with New Zealand intertidal material. Our specimens, though slightly 


_ less irregular, compare with their figures. There seems little doubt that the speci- 


-mens described by Heron-Allen and Earland as Discorbina irregularis and D. 


mediterranensis from Clare Island, are shape variations and that both belong here. 
Rosalina mediterranensis d’Orbigny is undescribed but the type figure of Fornasini 
(1906) shows a globular form with rounded periphery. D. orbicularis of Balkwill and 


_ Wright from the coast near Dublin may belong here also (see under R. neafolitana). 


DisTRIBUTION. An attached intertidal species known from the S.W. Pacific 
and the coasts of Ireland. 


Rosalina millettii (Wright) 
(RI a7, fies 11,12; Pl. 30, fig, 6;. Text-fig: 31, nos 5-7) 


Discorbina millettii Wright, IQII - 13; pl. 2): fies 14-17; Heron-Allen .& Earland, 1913b : 121, 
pl. 10, figs 5-7. 


_ Discorbis millettit (Wright) Cushman, 1931 : 24, pl. 5, figs 3, 4 (3 after Wright). 
| Rosalina millettii (Wright) Voorthuysen, 1958 : 33, pl. 24, figs 17a-c; 1960: 251, pl. 11, figs 


iea-c Eaalke, 1962: 43, pl. 3,.figs-12, (13. 


_ Discorbis orbicularis (Terquem) var. selseyensis (Heron-AlHen & Earland) Cushman, 1949 : 43, 


pl. 8, figs 3a—c (? = Discorbina rosacea d’Orbigny var. selseyense Heron-Allen & Earland). 
Glabraiella milletti (Wright) Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967 : 394 (list). 


Dracnosis. A finely perforate, scale-like, keeled species of Rosalina with fine 


| striae and beads radiating from the umbilicus on the ventral side, rugose on the 


dorsal side. Four to five chambers visible on the ventral side. 


156 J. R. HAYNES 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


Fic.29. 1-5. Diuscorbinellasp. A. 1, dorsal view; 2, ventral view; 3, side view; 4, ventral 
view of juvenile; 5, dorsalview. 6-16. Rosalinairregularis. 6, ventral view of juvenile; 
7, dorsal view; 8, side view; 9, irregular specimen with rounded dorsal side; Io, side 
view of irregular conical specimen with acute periphery; 11, dorsal view, showing small 
proloculus; 12, dorsal view of specimen with rounded periphery and large proloculus; 
13, side view; 14, dorsal view of well grown specimen described; 15, side view showing 
flat base; 16, ventral view. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 157 


DescRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 5-7.) Test damaged with holed penultimate 
chamber, concavo-convex and scale-like with low conical, evolute dorsal side and 
concave, depressed, involute ventral side, periphery with narrow keel, entire, 
slightly irregular; 13 chambers visible on the dorsal side, 5 : 5 : 3—, following the 
proloculus, becoming longer than high in the second whorl, becoming twice as long 
with each volution but not increasing much in height, spiral and septal sutures 
flush, slightly thickened, septal sutures markedly backwards curving; five chambers 
visible on the ventral side with rounded umbilical lobes, sutures markedly back- 
wards curving, impressed towards the umbilicus; wall lamellar, apparently minutely 
perforate on both sides; aperture obscured, presumably at ventral basal suture open- 
ing beneath the umbilical lobe into the umbilicus; ornament of striae and small 
raised beads radiating from the umbilicus on the ventral side, dorsal side rugose. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-32 mm, maximum height 0-og mm. Approx. 
diameter of proloculus 20 microns 


MATERIAL Four specimens only. 


VARIATION. Authors’ figures appear to show from four to five chambers and the 
curvature of the ventral septal sutures becoming less with growth. The rugosity 
of the dorsal side, so well developed in our specimens, may also be a variable feature 
as authors such as Cushman (1931) described this species as very close to R. william- 
sont on this side; on the other hand this feature may have been overlooked. The 
ornament is well shown in PI. 17, figs 11, 12 also the minute pores about I micron 
in size. 

Drerosirory.. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 12 : 20: 278. Section 1970 : 26 : 480. 
Stub 1970: II : 26 : 588, 580. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 417. Specimens illustrated by stereo- 
scanner photos, Station 20, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. The original figures of Wright are somewhat diagrammatic and 
include a ventral view, fig. 17 which shows four equal sized chambers (preceding 
the last one) with straight sutures at right angles to each other. On the other hand, 
fig. 16 shows a specimen with curved sutures, though apparently not all the cham- 
bers are drawn in. Our material is not extensive but the ventral septal sutures 
are least curved in a specimen showing only 44 chambers at the periphery. The 
specimen described closely resembles that illustrated by Heron-Allen and Earland 
from Clare Island with five chambers visible on the ventral side and curved sutures 
in the early part. 7 

Discorbis orbicularis var. selseyense sensu Cushman appears to belong here as 
pointed out by Voorthuysen (1960) but the original figures of Discorbina rosacea 
var. selseyense of Heron-Allen and Earland appear to be different with the last two 
chambers making up most of the test. Differences from R. williamsoni include 
slightly faster rate of chamber size increase and less limbation of the sutures as well 
as ornament. 

The removal of this species to Glabratella is not considered justified merely on the 
_basis of the ornament. As it is close to R. williamsonz it is retained under Rosalina. 


158 JOR. HAYNES 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described by Wright from off the 
west coast of Ireland and from the Irish Sea off Antrim and off Dublin. A general 
distribution along the western seaboard is confirmed by later records of Heron-Allen 
& Earland: Clare Island, West of Scotland and Cornwall (1913b, 1gt6a, 1Q16b) ; 
Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967; Murray, 1970). 

North Sea records include: Langeoog (Haake, 1962), Dollart-Ems Estuary 


(Voorthuysen, 1960). 


Rosalina (Neoconorbina) neapolitana (Hotker 
(Pl. 17, figs 16-18; Text-fig. 30, nos I-3) 


Neoconorbina neapolitana Hofker, 1951a : 438, text-figs 300, 301. 
Discorbina orbicularis Balkwill & Millett, 1884 : 23, pl. 4, fig. 13; ? Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 
349, pl. 13, figs 31-33 (not Rosalina orbicularis Terquem). 


Dracnosis. <A low conical species of Rosalina with acute periphery and chambers 
becoming long, low and arcuate and reduced to three at the periphery. The um- 
bilical lobes are pulled over to the distal side of each chamber and there are coarse 
pores on each side; the dorsal pores tending to be arranged in rows. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test concavo-convex and low conical with 
rounded summit, dorsal side evolute and ventral side involute with early part 
slightly exposed in the open umbilicus, periphery acute, entire; 14 chambers arranged 
in a low, sinistral trochospire, as seen from dorsal side, 5 : 6 : 3—, following the 
proloculus, doubling in size with each volution and becoming longer than high 
in the second whorl and finally extremely long and arcuate, septal and spiral sutures 
slightly impressed, septal sutures markedly backward curving; four chambers 
visible on ventral side with rounded umbilical lobes, the final lobe is seen to be pulled 
over towards the distal end of the last chamber so that the distal knotch is seen as a 
crease running in line with the very straight basal suture, sutures distinct becoming 
impressed and slightly fissured towards the umbilical lobes, markedly backwards 
curving; wall lamellar, distinctly perforate with large and small pores on each side, 
the large pores tending to be in lines parallel with the periphery on the dorsal side; 
aperture at the ventral basal suture freely communicating with the umbilicus below 
the umbilical lobe. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-25 mm, maximum height 0-08 mm. Approx. 
diameter of proloculus 20 microns. 


MATERIAL. Four specimens only. 


VARIATION. The specimens range from 0-25 to 0-45 mm in diameter and from 
rather flattened bun-shaped (Pl. 16, fig. 18) to low-conical as in the specimen des- 
cribed. The largest specimen (Pl. 16, fig. 16) shows a well developed, rather more 
subangular final umbilical lobe. The proloculus diameter in the specimen described 
appears to be near to that shown in Hofker’s figure 300c. 


a ee 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 159 


MDerositoRY.. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 279.’ Stub 1970.: 11 7.26 : 579, 
580, 585. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described Clettwr VII, Dovey Marshes. Large speci- 
men, CB 390. Other specimen illustrated, CB 25. 


REMARKS. Our specimens agree with those of Hofker in their distinctive per- 
foration, in the character of the umbilical lobes and in having acute margins rather 
than true keels. On the basis of the figures it seems probable that the specimens 
referred by Balkwill and Millett to D. orbicularis belong here. The specimens of 
Balkwill and Wright which show even, medium sized perforation and sharper 
periphery are more like R. ivregularis. This species was placed in Neoconorbina by 
Hofker. However, as the ventral sutures are slightly fissured towards the umbilical 
lobes there is a difference only of degree with typical Rosalina. On the other hand, 
the species also shows the markedly elongate chambers of FR. terquemz. (genoholotype) 
and distinctive perforation. The name Neoconorbina is therefore retained as a 
subgeneric distinction. 


DIsTRIBUTION. The species was described from the Bay of Naples. The only 
other good record appears to be that of Balkwill and Millett from Galway, W. 
Ireland. 


Rosalina praegeri (Heron-Allen & Farland) 
(Pl. 17, figs 6-9; Pl. 10, fig. 4; Pl. 30, fig. 3; Text-fig. 30, nos- 4-9) 
Discorbina praegert Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 122, pl. 10, figs 8-10. 
Discorbis (?) praegeri (Heron-Allen & Earland) Cushman, 1931 : 30, pl. 6, figs 4a-c (figures after 
Heron-Allen & Earland). 


Gavelinopsis praegert (Heron-Allen & Earland) Hofker, 1951a : 486, text-figs 332-334; Loeblich 
Ge lappan;, 19644 : C578, text-fig. 456,44; Murray, 1970 : 484 (list), pl. 2, figs 17, 18. 


-Dracnosis. A biconvex or plano-convex species of Rosalina generally with 
prominent umbilical boss, five to eight chambers visible on the ventral side and with 
imperforate umbilical ends to the chambers. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 7-9.) Test plano-convex with conical, evolute 
dorsal side, outline indented at spiral suture, flat to slightly concave, involute 
ventral side, periphery acute, subcarinate, lobate in last part; 19 chambers seen on 
dorsal side, 6 : 6 : 6—, following the proloculus, becoming longer than high and 
arcuate in the second whorl, doubling in length with each volution but not increasing 
much in height, spiral and septal sutures thickened, septal sutures markedly swept 
back and continuing into a keel, spiral suture becoming impressed at last whorl; 
5 chambers visible on the ventral side with subangular lobes towards the umbilicus 
which is filled with a flat boss, each lobe with proximal re-entrant, sutures gently 
curved, impressed and becoming fissured towards the umbilicus; wall lamellar, 
with fine pores restricted to the central and distal portions of the chambers on both 
sides; aperture at the ventral, basal suture beneath a lip, communicating with the 


100 


J. R. HAYNES 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


Fic. 30. 1-3. Rosalina neapolitana. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 3, dorsal view. 
Note chains of larger pores on dorsal side. 4-9. Rosalina praegeri. 4, ventral view 
of specimen with small proloculus; 5, side view; 6, dorsal view, note lack of perforation 
at umbilical lobes and proximal part of chambers; 7, ventral view of specimen described ; 
8, side view; 9, dorsal view. 10-15. Discorbis (Glabratella) wrightii. 10, ventral 
view of small specimen typical of material with broken last chamber; 11, side view; 
12, dorsal view, note elongate pores in glassy secondary calcite; 13, ventral view of large 
specimen described; 14, side view; 15, dorsal view. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 161 


umbilical region beneath the lobe; thick deposits of clear calcite coat the centre of 
the dorsal side. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-26mm, maximum height o-1rmm,. Approx. 
diameter of proloculus 30 microns. 


MATERIAL. Fourteen specimens only, most of them damaged. 


VARIATION. The specimens figured show the extremes of proloculus size measured, 
15 and 30 microns. The specimen with small proloculus has 6: 7 : 7 chambers 
in each of three whorls following the proloculus and is almost biconvex, in contrast 
to the plano-convex specimen described with larger proloculus which has 54 chambers 
at the periphery and is plano-convex. One specimen with small proloculus has 
eight chambers at the periphery, the same as the specimen described by Loeblich and 
Tappan from Ireland. Two specimens are without umbilical boss (PL. 17, fig. 7). 
Both dextral and sinistral specimens occur. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 : 26 : 280-284. Section 1970: II 
Zoe wAet, -Stub 1970 +11 : 26 : 583, 584. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described and all specimens figured, CB 15. 


REMARKS. Heron-Allen and Earland distinguished their species from R. william- 
sont on the basis of the prominent umbilical boss. As this may be absent (while 
a small one is often present in R. williamsont) diagnosis is more surely based upon 
the character of the larger, less divided umbilical lobes and the coarser, more re- 
stricted perforation. The range of proloculus size and growth rate are also dif- 
ferent and the glassy, thickened dorsal side and impressed spiral suture very 
characteristic. The details of the umbilicus are not well shown in the type figure, 
the final chamber very possibly being broken. 

Hofker erected the genus Gavelinopsis for this species and this was followed by 
Loeblich and Tappan who distinguish it from Dzscorbis on the basis of its umbilical 
plug. However, as we have shown, specimens without plugs can occur and as can 
be seen in Pl. 17, fig. 7 have umbilical flaps or lobes with knotch behind like typical 
Rosalina. We therefore include the species in that genus taking the peculiar 
perforation to be a specific feature. 

The sutural slits and knotch in Rosalina have been considered as ‘relict apertures’ 
but this seems to beg the phylogenetic question. They are in no sense previous 
apertures left uncovered when a new chamber is added, as is well shown in PI. Io, 
fig. 4, the knotch behind the lobe of the final chamber appears to be a primary 
feature connected with a morphological development which allows communication 
between the aperture and the deeply grooved suture via the covered umbilical 
region. 

Gavelinopsis praegert sensu Hofker from the Pacific was considered by him to be 
a geographical race as all the proloculus size groups described are represented by 
biconvex individuals. Probably they should be considered a distinct subspecies. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from the west coast of Ireland and 
also from ‘Goldseeker’ dredgings around the Scottish coasts. Other records are 
doubtful and as noted, Pacific records may indicate a separate subspecies. 


L 


162 J. R. HAYNES 


Rosalina williamsoni (Chapman & Parr) 
(Pl. 17, figs 13-15; Text-fig. 31, nos 1-4) 


Rotalina nitida Williamson, 1858 : 54, pl. 4, figs 106-108; Terquem, 1875 : 430, pl. 2, fig. 9 
(homonym of Rotalina nitida Reuss). 
Rotalia nitida (Williamson) Brady, 1864 : 474. 


Discorbina nitida (Williamson) Wright, 1889 : 449; ? Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916a : 260, . 


pl: 42; figs 26-28. 
Discorbis nitida (Williamson) Cushman, 1931 : 26, pl. 6, figs 1la—c; 1949 : 41, pl. 8, figs 1a—c. 
Discorbis williamsoni n. name Chapman & Parr, 1932 : 226, pl. 21, fig. 25. 
Rosalina williamsoni (Chapman & Parr) Voorthuysen, 1958 : 34, pl. 24, fig. 1; 1960 : 25 
pl. 21, tig. 19; Haake; 1962 = -43) 7p). A, mes ay, 2. 
Not Neoconorbina nitida Hofker, 1951a : 433, text-fig. 297. 


Diacnosis. A finely perforate, scale-like, keeled species of Rosalina with five or 
six chambers visible on the ventral side. The umbilical lobes are small and ir- 


regular with fine creases diverging from the proximal re-entrant. One or two small. 


bosses usually present. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test with last chamber broken away and 
penultimate one damaged, concavo-convex with low conical, evolute dorsal side 
and involute ventral side, periphery sharply keeled, slightly lobate; 18 chambers 
(originally) seen from the dorsal side, arranged in a low, sinistral trochospire, 
5 :6:6: 1—, following the proloculus, becoming longer than high in the second 
whorl and finally arcuate, not increasing much in height, septal and spiral sutures 
broadly limbate, flush, septal sutures markedly backwards curving; six chambers 
visible on the ventral side with small, slightly thickened, irregular umbilical lobes, 
these showing small creases diverging from the proximal re-entrants, small umbilical 
boss present, sutures sinuous, radial to slightly backwards curving at an angle of 
from 70 to 80° to each other, becoming impressed and fissured towards the lobes; 
wall very thin and translucent, lamellar, densely and finely perforate on both sides; 
aperture obscured (normally at basal suture and communicating with the umbilicus 
beneath the lobe). 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-40 mm, maximum height 0-11 mm. Approx. 
diameter of proloculus 35 microns. 

MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens but most tending to be broken. 

VARIATION. Large specimens tend to become irregularly lobate (Pl. 17, fig. 13) 
and the umbilical lobes vary from irregularly rounded to pointed, in some cases 
they are raised and embossed. Specimens up to 0-47 mm diameter occur. Most 
specimens show a proloculus diameter near 35 microns with chambering as des- 
cribed but specimens showing larger diameters also occur. In Text-fig. no. 4 we 


illustrate a specimen with nine chambers arranged in whorls of 5 : 4—, following 


a proloculus of approx. 60 microns, maximum diameter of test 0-42 mm. This 
form is also lower on the dorsal side. It is noteworthy that Terquem’s excellent 
figures clearly show these two proloculus size groups. 


DrEposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 :.26: 285-286. Stub 1970: 11 : 20% 
581, 582. Rosalina species A Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 287-288. Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 590. 


en 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 163 


PROVENANCE. Specimens described, CB 7. Additional specimen with large 
megalosphere, CB 308. Specimens in stereoscanner photo, CB 428. 


REMARKS. Our specimens come close to the original description and figures of 
Williamson which are very good and agree with them in the distinctive characters 
of the umbilicus and the markedly limbate dorsal sutures which continue into the 
peripheral keel. 

The pores are too fine to be individually seen at ordinary powers of the light 
microscope and are apparently somewhat less than I micron in diameter. 

Although widely listed from around the British coasts this species has not often 
been figured. The illustrations of Heron-Allen & Earland from the West of Scotland 
(1916a) seem to show two other species. We have three specimens similar to the 
one illustrated in ventral view in their fig. 30, with lobulate periphery and lage, 
narrow umbilical lobes with curved proximal re-entrants (Pl. 17, fig. 10, as Rosalina 
sp. A). 

* Williamson’s species has suffered no less than five generic name changes in its 
history as well as renaming by Chapman and Parr to avoid homonymy with Rotalina 
nitida Reuss, 1844. We follow Voorthuysen in placing this species in Rosalina as 
the aperture appears to freely communicate beneath the umbilical lobe with the 
essentially open umbilicus. Although there 1s a small umbilical boss this cannot be 
considered analogous to the cover plate developed in typical Discorbis. Further, 
we consider it is unnecessary to employ the generic name Neoconorbina as done 
by Hofker because the ventral sutures are fissured at their umbilical ends and in 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Fic. 31. 1-4. Rosalina williamsoni. 1, dorsal view specimen described; 2, side view; 
3, ventral view; 4, dorsal view of specimen with large proloculus. 5-7. MRosalina 
milletiia. 5, ventral view; 6, side view; 7, dorsal view. 


164 J. R. HAYNES 


this respect differ only in degree from typical Rosalina {see Pl. 17, fig. 13). Inci- | 


dentally Hofker’s specimens are from the Eocene and differ in perforation and 
umbilical characters from R. will1amsont. 


DISTRIBUTION. Williamson originally recorded this species from all round the 
British Isles and this appears to be confirmed by later records. Unfortunately, 
Heron-Allen and Earland attempted to distinguish R. praegert from R. williamsom 
on the presence of an umbilical plug. In fact both are umbonate and must be 
presumed confused in both the earlier and the later 20th Century lists. These records 
will therefore not be given in detail: 

North Sea records include: Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Belgium (Cushman, 1931, 
1949); Netherlands (Voorthuysen, 1960). 

North Atlantic: Faroes (Cushman, 1931); Galicia (Colom, 1952); Gulf of Mexico 
(Shifflet, 1961). : 


South Atlantic: Orinoco-Trinidad Shelt (Drooger & Kaasschieter, 1958); littoral 


S. Brazil (Closs & Barberena, 1962); off Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1959). 
Mediterranean: Marseilles coast (Blanc-Vernet, 1958); East Mediterranean 
(Parker, 1958; Said & Kamel, 1957). : 
This would appear to indicate a wide distribution in the littoral zone and shallow 
water areas of the Atlantic and Mediterranean oceans. 


Family ASTERIGERINIDAE d’Orbigny, 1839 
Genus ASTERIGERINATA Bermudez, 1949 
Asterigerinata mamilla (Williamson) 

(Pl. 18, figs 1-4; Pl. 10, figs 7, 9; Text-fig. 32, nos 1-5) 


Rotalina mamilla Williamson, 1858 : 54, pl. 4, figs 109-111. 

Discorbina mamilla (Wilhamson) Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 123, pl. 11, figs 4-6. 

Discorbis mamilla (Williamson) Cushman, 1931 : 23, pl. 5, figs 1a—c; Voorthuysen, 1951 : 24, 
pli 2, fig.'5; Phieger, Parker & Peirson;1953: 30, pl. 3; figs 13,23, 24. 

A sterigerinata mamilla (Williamson) Hofker, 1951a : 472, text-figs 322-326. 

Heminwayina mamilla (Williamson) Troelsen, 1954 : 466 (Heminwayina=Eoeponidella). 

Rosalina mamilla (Williamson) Voorthuysen, 1960 : 251, pl. 11, figs 17a-c. 

Gavelinopsis mamilla (Williamson) Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967 : 394 (lst). 

Discorbina rosacea H. B. Brady, 1864 : 194; 1887 : 918; Goés, 1894 : 94, pl. 15, fig. 792; Heron- 
Allen & Earland, 1913b : 124, pl. 11, figs 7-9 (not d’Orbigny). 

Discorbis? rosacea Cushman, 1949 : 44, pl. 8, figs 6a—c (not d’Orbigny). - 

Discorbis planorbis Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 124, pl. 11, figs to-12 (not d’Orbigny). 


Diacnosis. A robust though small plano or concavo-convex species of Asteri- — 


gerinata with high dorsal side, becoming acute to subcarinate in the adult. There 
are chains of large tubular pores near the edges of the chambers on the dorsal side 
and at the proximal edge of the supplementary chambers on the ventral side. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test with one chamber broken; plano- 
convex with high, rounded, evolute dorsal side and slightly concave, involute ventral 
side, periphery acute, subcarinate, entire, becoming slightly lobate; 12 chambers 


a 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 165 
seen on the dorsal side, arranged in a high (slightly irregular) sinistral trochospire 
5 :4:3—, following the proloculus, doubling in size with each of the first two 
whorls, less in the third whorl and becoming longer than high and crescentic in the 
second whorl; dorsal sutures limbate, flush, markedly backwards curving, last whorl 
slightly imbricate; five (4$) chambers only, visible on the ventral side alternating 
towards the umbilicus with subtriangular supplementary chamberlets giving a 
stellate appearance; ventral sutures irregularly curved, flush but impressed between 
supplementary chambers; wall thick, glassy, radial lamellar, very finely perforate 
with pores less than $ micron in size and with coarse, tubular pores about 5 microns 
in diameter near the periphery of the chambers on the dorsal side and at the proximal 
edge of the supplementary chamberlets; aperture a high arch with a narrow lip 
at the basal suture of the last chamber, opening into the umbilicus; the lip passes 
proximally into the plate which cuts off the chamberlet from the primary chamber; 
irregular umbilical boss present on ventral side; minute tubercles about I micron 
in diameter scattered over the dorsal side. 


DimENs1ons. Maximum diameter 0:25 mm, height 0-15 mm. Approx. diameter 
or proloculus 22 microns. 


MaTERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. ‘There is considerable variation in the height of the dorsal side and 
extreme examples have a beehive shape. The periphery varies from subround to 


Fic. 32. 1-5. Astevigerinata mamilla. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 3, dorsal view 


of specimen described; 4, microspheric specimen in xylene by transmitted light, wall 
thickness exaggerated; 5, megalospheric specimen. 


166 J. R. HAYNES 


subcarinate (PI. 18, figs 3, 4) and this is largely, though not entirely, connected with 
erowth. In well grown specimens the coarse pores (which appear tubular due to 
the thickness of the wall) are developed all over the dorsal chamber surface. The 
development of the umbilical boss is also variable. 

Hofker (1951a) has studied proloculus size groups in a population irom the 
Bay of Naples in the Mediterranean and found evidence for trimorphism. The 
population from Cardigan Bay shows strikingly similar size groups and 25 specimens 
studied showed the following tendency for chamber number to decrease with pro- 
loculus size: 

1. Proloculus diameters 20-30 microns, chambers about Io or i1 in all, 4-5 
visible ventrally. 

2. Proloculus diameters about 15 microns, chambers about 13 in all, 4-5 visible 
ventrally. 


3. Proloculus diameters less than 10 microns, chambers about 18 in all, 5-6 | 


visible ventrally. 

The first two groups presumably represent tHe megalospheric generation, the third 
the microspheric generation. Most specimens belong to group 1, microspheric 
specimens being rare, two only. In all cases rather less chambers are developed 
compared with the Bay of Naples population. 


DeEposiTorRY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : I1 : 26 : 289-296. Stubs 1970: 11 : 20: 
525, 520, 1070 2.11 : 20 > 608; 600, 1070: : Er 20 4752. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described and also specimen illustrated in Text-fig. no. 5, 


Dovey Estuary, CB 156. Specimens illustrated Text-fig. no. 4 and by stereoscanner, 
CB: 8: 


REMARKS. As is shown by the tangled synonymy previous workers have found 
this species difficult to classify. In part this is because the original figures of 
Williamson do not show the supplementary chamberlets although they show the 
other characteristic features very well, including the coarse pores, ‘the marginal row 
of white foramina’. This led to confusion with Discorbina rosacea which on the basis 
of d’Orbigny’s model is a species without chamberlets and with distinct umbilical 
boss. This means that the attempt of Heron-Allen and Earland to divide the Clare 
Island population of A. mamilla into three species, including D. rosacea and D. 
planorbis on the basis of differences in test height is invalid. As shown above these 
variations are considered infraspecific as is the tendency to develop a keel. 


The presence of supplementary chamberlets excludes this species from Discorbis © 


and Rosalina and we follow Hofker in placing it in Asterigerinata. However, some 
doubt remains because the high arched aperture opening into the umbilicus and the 
rounded periphery in the young specimens indicate a relationship with Eoeponidella; 
possibly that genus is a Cretaceous-Palaeogene fore-runner of Asterigerinata. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was originally described from the western coasts 
of Great Britain from the Shetlands to Bantry Bay and the Western Approaches 
of the English Channel. Later records confirm this distribution: Connemara 
(Alcock, 1865); off Jura and Ardnamurchan and in Loch Sunart, West of Scotland 
(Heron-Allen & Earland, 1g16a); Isle of Man (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1915; Bruce 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT -.FORAMINIFERA 167 


et al., 1963); Mersey (Burgess, 1891); Scillies (Atkinson, 1970); Plymouth (Heron- 
Allen & Earland, 1930; Murray, 1965a); Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 
1913b); off Cork (Cushman, 1931); off Northumberland and Durham (Brady, 
1867); Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967; Murray, 1970). 

Other N.W. European records are: off Finistére (Dupeuble, 1963); Celtic Sea 
(Le Calvez, 1958); Dollart-Ems Estuary and Wadden Sea (Voorthuysen, Ig60, 
1958); Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949); North Atlantic Cores (Parker et al., 1953). 

Mediterranean records are: Gulf of Naples (Hofker, 1951a) ; Western Mediterranean 
(Todd, 1958); Aegean (Parker, 1958); Tyrrhenian Sea (Norin, 1958); off Marseilles 
(Blanc-Vernet, 1958); Eastern Mediterranean (Parker, 1958). 

There is thus a marked concentration of records in the Mediterranean—Lusitanian 
province. It is also recorded dead from the Rio de La Plata (Boltovskoy, 1958). 


Family SIPHONINIDAE Cushman, 1927 
Genus SIPHONINA Reuss, 1850 
Siphonina georgiana Haynes n. sp. 
per 20; figs 15,00: Pl.-23) fig. 9: Pli- 33; fig. to) 
Siphomna tubulosa Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930 : 188, pl. 4, figs 62-64 (not Cushman). 
Siphonina reticulata? Cushman, 1931 : 68, pl. 14, figs ra-c; 1949 : 48, pl. 9, figs 5a—c (not 
Czjzek). 


Diacnosis. A biconvex, smooth species of Siphonina with relatively narrow, 
fimbriate keel and short apertural neck. 


IDesoRirTiON. - Holotype (Pl. 20, fig. 16; Pl. 23, fig.9;: Pl. 33, fig. ro.) ‘Test 
biconvex, with ventral side slightly more raised than the dorsal side, oval to almost 
circular in side view, entire, slightly compressed with narrow, fimbriate keel; about 
two and a half whorls of chambers visible on the evolute dorsal side arranged in a 
trochoid spiral, much longer than high and gradually increasing in size, five visible 
on the involute ventral side; sutures on dorsal side indistinct, flush, strongly back- 
wards curving, subradial on the ventral side; wall radial with coarse, round pores 
along the. septal sutures, double rows on the ventral side, smooth; aperture sub- 
round with short neck and frilled, everted lip, with an internal plate that partially 
closes the apertural opening on the ventral side and turns in to join the previous 
foramen, bearing a narrow lip on its free border. 

Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-37 mm, height 0-17 mm. 

MATERIAL. Four specimens. Three additional specimens in the Plymouth 

collection of Heron-Allen and Earland, 1955 : Io : 25 : 99 : 200. 
_ VarRIATION. The paratypes are more equally biconvex than the type but con- 
_ sistently show five chambers on the ventral side. The dorsal side of a small paratype, 
0-23 mm maximum diameter, is illustrated (PI. 20, fig. 15). The largest paratype 
Measures 0-35 mm Maximum diameter. 


168 J. R. HAYNES 


Depository: _B.M.(N.H.) Slide “1970: 11 ; 26 :-287=288., (paratypes). Stulb 
1970 »I1 : 26: 714 (holotype), 1970 :. 11 ; 26 ; 715 (paratype). 

PROVENANCE. Holotype, Brit. Mus. Core 16. Small paratype on stub, Brit. 
Mus. Core 13. Large paratype in slide, CB 503; small paratype in slide, off the 
Breaches, north of Wicklow Head. 


REMARKS. In 1931 Cushman referred a specimen of Siphonina from the Belgian — 


coast with question to S. reticulata although noting that it did not entirely fit with 
Czjzek’s Miocene species. Similar specimens were illustrated as S. tubulosa from 
Plymouth by Heron-Allen & Earland in 1930 and again as S. reticulata? by Cushman 
from the Belgian coast in 1949. Our specimens are identical with these (Cushman’s 
specimens being somewhat larger, 0-50 mm maximum diameter) and although 
they are few in number we feel justified in proposing a new name to cover them 
and the material from the English Channel. 


S. georgiana differs from S. reticulata in its smooth rather than ae surface - 


and in its less developed keel. It similarly differs from S. bvadyana, the Caribbean 
species, in its less developed keel and fewer rows of pores; the apertural neck is 
also better developed. SS. twbulosa Cushman has very well developed tubules extend- 
ing from the margin. 


DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to provenance on the edge of St Georges Channel. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was reported as occasional all round the south and 
west coasts of Britain by Heron-Allen & Earland (1930). Other records are: off 
Jersey (Halkyard, 1889); Belgian coast (Cushman, 1931, 1949). 

Chaster’s record of S. reticulata from Southport, North Irish Sea (1892) probably 
does not belong here as the figure shows a form nearer S. tubulosa, as noted by 
Heron-Allen and Earland. 


Family EPONIDIDAE Hofker, 1951 
Genus EPONIDES Montfort, 1808 
Eponides repandus concameratus (Montagu) 
(Pl. 18, figs 10-12; Text-fig. 33, nos 1-3) 


Serpula concamerata Montagu, 1808 : 160 (fide Williamson). 

Rotalina concamerata (Montagu) Williamson, 1858 : 52, pl. 4, figs 10r-103 only, not 104, 105. 

Pulvinulina concamervata (Montagu) Cushman, 1915 : 52, pl. 25, fig. 1. 

Pulvinulina vepanda Carpenter, Parker & Jones, 1862 : 311 (new name for Williamson’s speci- 
mens, not Fichtel & Moll). 

Pulvinulina vepanda var. concamerata (Montagu) Brady, 1884 : 685, pl. 104, figs 19a-c. 

Eponides vepanda var. concamevata (Williamson) Cushman, 1931 : 51, pl. 11, figs 4a—c (after 
Williamson). 

Rosalina isabelleana Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967 : 397 (list), pl. 1, figs 1, 2 (not d’Orbigny). 


Dracnosis. A heavily ornamented subspecies of Eponides repandus with six to 
seven chambers visible on the ventral side. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT:.;:FORAMINIFERA 169 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test large and robust, biconvex with 
raised, rounded, evolute dorsal side and rather flattened, involute, ventral side with 
deep pseudumbilicus, periphery with thick, blunt keel, entire to semilobate; approx. 
three whorls of chambers arranged in a low, sinistral trochospire, last two whorls 
visible on the dorsal side, the chambers gradually increasing in size and long and 
low, lunate in shape, septa swept back, limbate and raised; six chambers visible 
on the ventral side, septa limbate, flush, sutures radial to sinuous, incised (along 
distal edge of each septum) ; wall thick, radial and lamellar, finely perforate; aperture 
a low, arched opening along the basal suture of the last chamber towards the peri- 
phery, connecting with the pseudumbilicus by a long slit, with a prominent lip; 
dorsal chamber surfaces covered with small tubercles (occasional ones near periphery 
on the ventral side), the first whorl and proloculus being hidden by secondary calcite. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 1-20 mm, height approx. 0-72 mm. 


MATERIAL. Rare in Cardigan Bay but common below 20 fathoms in St Georges 
Channel. More than 25 specimens but most are current worn with broken last 
chamber. 


VARIATION. ‘The material is not sufficiently well preserved for study of dimor- 
phism and this aspect must await further collection. Our specimens consistently 
show the characteristic heavy ornament on the dorsal side with tubercles also 
present near the periphery on the ventral side. The pseudumbilicus is a feature 
of well grown specimens, formed as the later chambers draw away from the centre. 


IDerosirory.. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11.: 26 : 297-299.. Stub 1970: 11: 20: 
Ore. 


0.0 1.0mm. 


‘Fic. 33, 1-3. Eponides repandus concameralus. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 3, dorsal 
view, showing heavy ornament. 


170 J. R. HAYNES 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, St Georges Channel, CB 585. Specimens 
illustrated by stereoscanner, Brit. Mus. Core 16. 


REMARKS. This form was first described but not figured by Montagu, the 
first illustrations being given by Williamson. Wilhamson, however, included 
Rosalina globularis = R. anomala in his conception of the species so the figures 
apply only in part. Cushman (1931) ascribed the name to Williamson rather 
than Montagu and this was followed by Barker (1960) on the ground that Montagu 
did not figure his Serpula concamerata and its identity is problematical. Contrari- 
wise it can be maintained that as Montagu’s name is accompanied by a valid indica- 
tion and as Williamson clearly put his material in synonymy with Montagu’s species 
the name must be ascribed to Montagu. Under the Rules of Nomenclature we 
cannot have it both ways. If we want the advantage of following Williamson’s 
usage we must accept his view that Montagu’s material was the same. If we 
argue that it was different then a new name has to be found for Williamson’s material 
(as in the parallel case of Elphidium williamsont). The type description, despite 
some difficulties, can be taken to apply to Williamson’s figures, as well as ours. 
For instance, there is a tendency for the chambers, ‘concamerations’, to be of 
unequal size with the penultimate one often smaller than the antepenultimate. 
Further, we have taken this form live from hydroids in St Georges Channel which 
resembles its ‘natural habit’ according to Montagu, ‘fixed on Sertulariae’. 

The question now arises of the relationship of this form to Eponides repandus 
(Fichtel & Moll) as redefined on the basis of a neotype from the Bay of Naples 
by Loeblich & Tappan (1962). This neotype is much closer to Williamson’s form 
than the specimens traditionally placed in EF. repandus by authors following Brady 
(1884)—actually Poroebonides. However, the British material can be distinguished 
as including larger specimens with more chambers in the ‘last whorl’ (indicating a 
slower rate of chamber size increase) and heavier ornament. Incidentally, Todd 
(1965) figures an eight chambered form from the tropical Pacific but this is also 
distinguished by a ventral boss. 

Le Calvez & Boillot (1967) refer specimens identical to ours from the Western 
English Channel to Rosalina isabelleana d’Orbigny. D’Orbigny’s species was first 
described from the Falklands (1839c) and the type figures and description indicate 
a lobate, thin keeled form with conspicuous perforation and umbilical ornament. 
Confusion has probably arisen because Heron-Allen & Earland (1932) refigured 
d’Orbigny’s species on the basis of specimens close to E. vepandus concameratus 
because they supposed d’Orbigny’s figures “extremely unsatisfactory’. This was a 
dangerous assumptionto make without re-examination of the type material especially 
as our experience is that d’Orbigny’s figures (like Williamson’s) are generally accurate. 


DISTRIBUTION. Williamson’s material was from the Irish Sea, including White- 


sands Bay, Pembrokeshire, Belfast Bay and the Hebrides and Shetlands. It was 
also described from Scarborough on the east coast. This distribution with con- 
centration on the western side of the British Isles is confirmed by later records: 
Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); Connemara (Alcock, 1865); Porcupine 
Station AA, off Scotland (Brady, 1884); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen & Earland, 


i tO ect RIE OSI AETS SI OIE I OSE at HY pe 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA Lat 


rg16a); Mersey (Burgess, 1891); English Channel, Western Approaches (Le Calvez 
& Boillot, 1967); Finistére (? Dupeuble, 1963); Channel Islands (Halkyard, 18809); 
Bay of Biscay (Caralp, Lamy & Pujos, 1970). 
Norvang (1945) recorded it off Iceland and emphasized its Boreal and Lusitanian 
range. 
Family CIBICIDIDAE Cushman, 1927 


Genus CIBICIDES de Montfort, 1808 
Cibicides fletcheri Galloway & Wissler 
(Text-fig. 35 nos I-3) 


Cibicides fletchert Galloway & Wissler, 19 


27 : 64, pl. Io, figs 8a-c; Adams & Frampton, 1965 : 58, 
pl. 5, fig. 11; Haman, 1966b : 69, pl. 7, 


eS 225,22: 


Diacnosis. A plano-convex, coarsely perforate Czbicides with marked boss in 
the ventral umbilicus, sharp periphery, limbate sutures and up to about ro chambers 
visible at the periphery. 

DESCRIPTION. Test with last chamber broken, plano-convex, with raised ventral 
side bearing a marked umbilical boss and flat dorsal side, periphery acute and entire 
becoming slightly lobate at the last few chambers; about two whorls of chambers 
arranged in a low sinistral, trochospire, ten visible at the periphery, slowly increasing 
in size; sutures strongly limbate, slightly curved on the ventral side, markedly 
swept back on the dorsal side; wall apparently granular, coarsely perforate; aperture 
periphero-dorsal beneath a lip, apertural face imperforate and making an obtuse 
angle with the ventral side of the chamber, centre of dorsal side obscured by slight 
thickening. 

Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-31 mm, maximum height 0-14 mm. 

MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, most with broken last chamber or chambers. 


VARIATION. Smaller specimens show only seven or eight chambers at the peri- 
phery. The umbilical boss varies in size and increase in the amount of thickening 
on the dorsal side gives a gradation to C. fletchert var. sachalinica. 


DerosirorRyY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11:26:300. Stub 1970: 11 : 26: 562, 563. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Low Marsh, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. Our specimens come near to those illustrated by Galloway and 
Wissler although smaller, with fewer chambers developed, though often with larger 
umbilical boss and more limbate sutures. This species appears to be closely related 
to C. lobatulus from which it differs in its umbilical boss, slower rate of chamber 
size increase, with ten rather than eight in the second whorl, and coarser pores in 
equivalent sized chambers. The wall observed in crushed specimens is apparently 
optically granular (but see remarks on C. lobatulus). 

DIsTRIBUTION. The type specimens were described from the Pleistocene of 
California and it has also been described from the Pliocene of Russia (Vasilenko, 
1954). Recent records are as follows: Pacific, California coast (Butcher, 1951; 
Bandy, 1953; Walton, 1955). 


172 Ts EEAMAN ES 


North Atlantic, Iceland (Adams & Frampton, 1965); fjord in the Faroe Islands 
(Haman, 1966b). 

South Atlantic, Argentina coast (Boltovskoy, 1954, 1957). This would seem to 
indicate a cool temperate to cold water distribution. 


Cibicides fletcheri var. sachalinica Vasilenko 


(Pl. 21, figs 1, 2: Text-fig. 34, nos 1-3) 


Cibicides (Cibicidoides) fletchert Galloway & Wissler var. sachalinica Vasilenko, 1954 : 185, 
pl. 33, figs 2a—c. 
2? Planorbulina akneriana Goés, 1894 : 89, pl. 15, figs 778, 779. 
Diacnosis. <A variety of Cibicides fletchert with flat umbilical boss on the dorsal 
side. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test with last chamber broken, with raised, 


rather rounded ventral side and flattened dorsal side, entire, becoming slightly — 


lobate at the last two chambers; chambers arranged in a low dextral trochospire, 
10 visible on the dorsal side which is partially involute, increasing slowly in size 
and higher than long, Io visible on the involute ventral side, also slowly increasing 
in size and again higher than long; septal sutures limbate and strongly thickened, 
gently curved on both sides and meeting in a large central boss on the ventral side; 
dorsal umbilicus filled with an equally large but flat boss defined by a deeply exca- 
vated spiral suture; wall apparently coarsely perforate on both sides. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:24 mm, ventral boss slightly larger than 
one third the total diameter; height 0-Io mm. 


MATERIAL. About 20 specimens in many cases with the last chamber broken, 
all small. 


43 
ns 


0.0 0.5mm. 
Pic. 34. 1-3. Cuzbicides fletcheri var. sachalinica. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 3, dorsal 
view. 4-6. Cibicides sp. 4, ventral view; 5, side view; 6, dorsal view. 


3 
Q 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 17> 


VARIATION. Specimens with flat dorsal side and angular periphery occur as 
well as some that are slightly raised like the one described with more rounded 
periphery. Most commonly nine chambers can be counted on the ventral side. 
A specimen which is damaged by boring is also figured (Pl. 21, figs 1, 2) which as 
well as a discrete, dorsal plug has excavated septal sutures and well developed lobes. 
Wall in crushed specimens apparently granular. 


DWerocmtory. —.M:(N.H.) Slides 1970": 15’: 26 :-301, ‘1970 :.11 : 26 : 302, 303. 
Suaitg70 711: 20: 505,500. 


PROVENANCE. Described specimen Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. Other 
specimens illustrated CB 21, 28 and 57. 


REMARKS. Our specimens resemble C. fletchert var. sachalimica in size and shape 
but differ in developing up to 10 chambers in the ‘last whorl’, bigger plugs and 
coarse perforation on the ventral side. 

At Station CB 28 two specimens were recovered with similar plugs and hmbate 
sutures to C. fletcheri on the ventral side but with the dorsal sides slightly raised 
and evolute with thick, glassy secondary calcite rather than plugs. One of these 
specimens is illustrated for comparison as Czbicides species, (Text-fig. nos 4-6). 
The perforation is apparently finer in these forms and they also have a resinous 
brown coloration which may be indicative of reworking. 


DISTRIBUTION. Vasilenko described his variety of C. fletchert from the Upper 
Ieto@cene of the U.S.S.R. It has not hitherto been recorded in the Atlantic. but 
specimens recorded by Goés (1894) as Planorbulina akneriana may belong to the 


same group. 
Cibicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob) 


(Pi. 20, figs 1, 2; Pl. 21, figs 3, 5, 6; Pl. 33, figs 1-7; Text-fig. 35, nos 4-10) 


Nautilus lobatulus Walker & Jacob, 1798 : 642, pl. 14, fig. 36. 

Truncatulina tuberculata = Truncatulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob) d’Orbigny, 1826: 279, 
MO! I, mod. 37. 

Tvuncatulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob) d’Orbigny, 1839b : 134, pl. 2, figs 22-24; (as ‘lobata’); 
1846 : 168, pl. 9, figs 18-23; Parker & Jones, 1857 : 293, pl. Io, figs 17-21; Williamson, 
1858 : 59, pl. 5, figs 121-123; Terquem, 1875 : 434, pl. 4, figs 2a—c (ascribed to d’Orbigny) ; 
Brady (part), 1884 : 660, pl. 92, figs ta—c only; Mills, 1900 : 150, pl. 11, fig. 38. 

Cibicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob) Cushman, 1927a : 93, pl. 20, fig. 4; 1931 : 118, pl. 21, 
figs 3a-c; 1944 : 36, pl. 4, figs 27, 28; ? 1948 : 79, pl. 8, figs 14a-c; 1949 : 51, pl. Io, fig. 6; 
Parker, 1952b : 446, pl. 5, figs 11a; b; Colom, 1952 : 39, pl. 3, figs 23-25; Todd & Low, 1961 ; 
Peeoee2.e..'20; -Dupeuble, 1962!.: 197, pl. 1,-figs 1, 4; Haakej‘1962 : 44, pl. 4; figs 7-9: 
FPeyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 339, pl. 19, figs 1-3; Lutze, 1965: 105, pl. 15, fig. 38; Adams & 
Premupton, 1965, :58, pl..5, fig: 10; Haman, 1966b : 69,:pl. 7, figs 24-26; Murray, 1970 : 484, 
Wie 2S 13, 14. 

Planorbulina farcta Fichtel & Moll sp. var. (Tvuncatulina) lobatula (Walker & Jacob) Parker & 
Jones, 1865 : 381, pl. 14, figs 3-6; pl. 16, figs 18-20. 

Planorbulina lobatula (Walker & Jacob) Goés, 1894 : 88, pl. 15, fig. 774. 

Lobatula vulgavis Fleming, 1828 : 232. 

Heterolepa lobatula (Walker & Jacob) Gonzalez-Donoso, 1969 : 6, pl. 2, fig. I. 


Diacnosis. A plano-convex, attached species of Cibicides with about eight 


1 See addendum. 


174 je Re HAYNES 
chambers in the second whorl and distinct perforations on both sides. Ventral 
sutures swept back and impressed, meeting in a shallow umbilicus. The chambers 
increase markedly with each whorl to slightly more than double their size as seen 
in dorsal view and tend to become arcuate and lobate. A slight keel may be 
developed. | | 
DeEscCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 4-6.) Test plano-convex with flat, dorsal attach- 
ment side and moderately raised ventral side, periphery acute, becoming slightly 
lobate at the last three chambers, ventral side with shallow umbilicus; about two 
whorls of chambers arranged in a low, dextral trochospire, eight visible at the 
periphery and in ventral view, slightly more than doubling in size in the ‘last whorl’ 
as seen on the dorsal side and becoming arcuate and longer than high; sutures on 
the ventral side impressed and swept back in an even curve, meeting in a shallow 
umbilicus, sutures on dorsal side imbate and becoming markedly curved back 


between the last few chambers, thickened spiral septum also prominent; wall — 


bilamellar, weakly radial and densely perforated with pores up to 5 microns in 
diameter (see below); aperture periphero-dorsal beneath a lip extending back along 
the spiral suture. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:33 mm, height 0-13 mm. Proloculus and 
initial chambers not clearly seen. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. Abundant but mostly rather small and 
often with broken last chambers. 


VARIATION. Most specimens recovered come near to the specimen described in 
their size but larger specimens occur some reaching more than I-o mm in maximum 
diameter. These tend to have six or seven chambers visible in the ‘last whorl’ 
and are more lobate, more distinctly perforated on the ventral side and flatter 
(Text-fig. nos 9, 10). Many of them show irregular coiling. Some specimens are 
rather higher on the ventral side and the last chamber may overlap the umbilicus. 
We illustrate a form with ventral umbo and nine chambers visible that seems to be 
intermediate with C. fletchert (Text-fig. nos 7, 8). 


Depository: ~B.M.(N.H.). -Slide~ 1970 :11 > 2679 334-243. “Section #1070. 
26 : 484-490. Stub 1970 : II : 26 : 559-561. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 534. 
REMARKS. Many authors such as McLean (1956), Hulme (1964) and Nyholm 


(1961) have lumped this species with others, such as C. refulgens Montfort. McLean 


went so far as to say ‘unfortunately, so many different forms have been ascribed 
to Walker and Jacob’s species that assigning the name “‘Jobatulus’” to a Cibicides is 


tantamount to giving the form a status more truthfully described by the term ~ 


“incertae sedis”. The species should probably be suspended as being of no taxo- 
nomic value—it was badly figured and inadequately described in the first place’. 
However, we regard these views as extreme and on our part we find C. lobatulus an 
abundant and easily distinguishable species in Cardigan Bay, closely comparable 
with populations occurring elsewhere off British coasts, both off Ireland and Scot- 
land, and consistently identified by previous authors. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 175 


The specimen described comes very close to that figured by Williamson especially 
in the shape and regular increase in size of the chambers and in the appearance of 
the ventral sutures. As he noted, the shell is often glassy in the young state tending 
to become opaque in the adult. Larger specimens from Cardigan Bay come nearer 
to the type figures of Walker and Jacob which show a lobate form with six chambers 
on the ventral side with rather irregular increase in growth. We show a very 
similar individual with identical aperture on the dorsal side and which also has an 
incipient keel, a feature also mentioned by Williamson. The test is distinctly 
perforated on both sides with round to irregular pores, up to 5 microns in diameter 
on the dorsal side, cylindrical, often plugged and sometimes linking up in lines or 
clusters giving a frosted appearance to the test (Pl. 21, fig. 6). The pores are ir- 
regular in size and density and as shown in Text-fig. no. 10, where the dorsal side 
becomes thickened in large specimens considerable areas become poreless. The 
pores are equally dense on the ventral side but smaller, up to about 2 microns in 
diameter (Pl. 21, fig. 3). They are also funnel-shaped, widening to the exterior. 
It is possible that it is for this reason that younger tests appear more glassy on this 
side. 

Thin sections (Pl. 33, figs 1-7) of specimens from Cardigan Bay, Connemara and 
Moss Head, Scotland reveal that the chamber walls are weakly, optically radial 
and possess an inner lining separated from an outer lamella by a dark, probably 
organic, intervening layer; though in some cases and particularly towards the 
final chamber the dark layer cannot be readily distinguished from the outer layer 
(Pl. 33, figs 2-4) which probably explains why the wall appears optically granular 
in a simple crush (Adams, 1963). Hofker described this wall structure as trilamellar, 
believing the dark layer to be granular (1967) but it is more likely that it represents 
the original tectin layer. In this case the test can still be considered essentially 
bilamellar in the sense of Reiss (1959) and Hansen, Reiss & Schneidermann (1969). 

This structure is much the same as that shown by typical C. refulgens Montiort 
from Moss Head, Pl. 32, figs 6-g. The chief difference is that in Crbicides lobatulus 
the outer lamellae do not fully invest previous chambers in the adult part, the spiral 
cord remaining thin. In many cases the lamellae simply wedge out or merely 
abut previous chambers. This is consistent with the more spreading growth and 
ventrally umbilicate form in this species. 

The idea that the details of wall structure are specific only in this group is sup- 
ported by the structure of the closely related, possibly ancestral, Paleocene species 
C. cassivellaunit Haynes which is bilamellar but optically granular (Pl. 33, fig. 9). 
This is a plano-convex species which can be placed with, Cibicidotdes only on the 
basis of its granular wall. Conversely C. pseudoungerianus (Cushman), otherwise 
near Cibicidoides with coarse pores and raised dorsal side, is radial (Pl. 33, fig. 8, 
see also Wood & Haynes, 1957). This strongly indicates the possibility of progres- 
sive changes in wall structure at the specific level, as suggested by Haynes (1956) 
and Hofker (1967). N.B. According to Gonzalez-Donoso (1969) C. lobatulus is 
‘pseudotrilamellaire’ and the dark layer is interpreted as the original primary 
outer wall. It is supposed that this layer is covered by an extension of the inner 
_ lining (analogous to a ‘septal flap’) when a further chamber is added. For this 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


Fic. 35. .1-3. Cibicides fletcheri, Dovey. 1, side view; 2, ventral view; 3, dorsal view. 
4-6. Cibicides lobatulus, CB 534. 4, side view; 5, ventral view; 6, dorsal view. 7, 8. 
Cibicides lobatulus, specimen intermediate with C. fletcheri, side and ventral views. 
9,10. Large specimen of C. lobatulus with lobate periphery, incipient keel and strongly 
punctate ventral side and glassy, imperforate areas on the dorsal side. 


MM 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 177 


reason the species was transferred to Heterolepba. We donot follow this interpretation 
which may have arisen because of the difficulty of distinguishing the dark zone 
consistently.from the outer layer. In any case, even if the differences between 
C. lobatulus and C. refulgens were considered generic the name Tvuncatulina d’Orbigny, 
1826 takes precedence over Heterolepa Franzenau, 1884, T. lobatula being the geno-. 
holotype. 

Thin sections of the other species studied have also been put on file: 1970 : 11 : 260: 
Agi (C. pseudoungerianus), 1970 : II : 26 : 492 (C. cassivellaunt). 

DISTRIBUTION. This species has been described from every latitude in both 
hemispheres but many of the records are suspect. For instance Brady (1884) 
gives an excellent illustration of the species from Vigo Harbour, Spain which was 
later used by Cushman (1927) to illustrate his conception of Cibicides. However, 
the other figures given by Brady, of specimens from the Pacific, are different. Also 
many of the British listed records may possibly include C. fletcheri. For this 
reason we restrict ourselves to well founded, illustrated, records for the North 
Atlantic. 

C. lobatulus was originally described from Whitstable, Kent, S.E. England and 
as shown by Williamson ‘abounds on all parts of the coast of Great Britain and 
Ireland .. . the dead shells . . . of common occurrence amongst the shelly shore sand’ 
More particularly it occurs, ‘lurking amongst the roots of Laminariae or . . . clustering 
round the large corallines, which it often does in vast numbers’. It occurs widely 
as a dead form in the Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967; Murray, 
1970). 

Other records for the North Sea area are: coast of Norway (Parker & Jones, 
1857; Goés, 1894; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964); Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Ostsee (Lutze, 
1965); Belgian coast (Cushman, 1949). 

North Atlantic: Eastern plateau, Hunde Islands and Baffin Bay—common to 
78 fathoms, absent from abyssal depths (Parker & Jones, 1865); Greenland (Goés, 
1894); Arctic including Iceland and Hudson Bay (Cushman, 1948); New England 
(Cushman, 1944; Parker, 1952a; Todd & Low, 1961); coast of Spain (Colom, 1952). 

These records indicate a generally shallow water distribution where shelter can be 
found in weeds; apparently the species does not occur living under estuarine con- 
ditions. 

Family PLANORBULINIDAE Schwager, 1877 


Genus PLANORBULINA dOrbigny, 1826 
Planorbulina distoma Terquem 
(Pl-20, figs 10-127, Pl, 21, figs.4, 7, 8; Text-fig. 36, nos 1, 2) 


Planorbulina distoma Terquem, 1876 : 73; 1877: 164, pl. 8, fig. 11 (duplicate of deuxiéme 
fascicule). 

Planorbulina vulgaris Williamson, 1858 : 57, pl. 5, figs 119, 120 (not d’Orbigny). 

Planorbulina mediterranensis Brady, 1884 : 656, pl. 92, figs 2, 3; Goés, 1894 : 91, pl. 15, fig. 786; 

Millis, £900 149, pl.:11, fig. 37;.Cushman, 1931-: 120, pl. 24, fig. 5 only; 1949 :°52, pl. 10, 

fig. 9 {not d’Orbigny). 

Diacnosis. A species of Planorbulina with relatively high, subinvolute ventral 


178 Jo Re HAW NES 


side and subangular periphery. The initial part is like Czbicides for about two 
whorls and is followed by about six irregular whorls of chambers finally arranged 
in alternating rings (megalospheric form). The chambers tend to be almost square 
at first in dorsal view, up to three times as long as high later. | 


DeEscrIPTION. (PI. 20, fig. 11, account of pores and apertures on the dorsal side 
based on additional specimen Pl. 20, fig. 12.) Test presumed originally attached, 
plano-convex with raised, partially involute ventral side and flat, evolute, dorsal 
side, roughly pentagonal in outline, periphery semi-lobate, subangular; all the cham- 
bers visible on the dorsal side commencing with 14 arranged in a low, trochoid 
spiral of about 24 whorls, these being followed by about 30 chambers arranged in 
rings, the rings at first irregular but finally of regular alternations of five chambers 
each, chambers increasing slowly but irregularly in size, becoming longer than high 
and slightly overlapping, septa limbate but flush; alternating rings of chambers 


of the last part clearly seen in ventral view, inflated and overlapping with impressed — 


sutures, some with irregular, flap-like extensions along the sutures between previous 
chambers; wall radial, composite lamellar, densely perforated by pores between 
I~2 microns in diameter and widening to the surface on the ventral side, up to 
A microns in diameter with interleaved sieve plates on the dorsal side (there is a 
tendency for the distance between the pores to be about double their diameter) ; 
aperture multiple, small openings about 15 microns in diameter, with lips, each 
chamber with two at the periphery and two at the dorsal basal suture, lips tending 
to become tubular extensions, apertures also developed on the flaps along the sutures 
on the ventral side. 
DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-66 mm. 


MaTERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


0.0 0.5 mm. 


ic. 36, 1, 2. Planorbulina distoma, dorsal views of dextral, megalospheric specimens 
showing initial trochospiral part, drawn in xylene, thus wall thickness and chamber 
rounding exaggerated. Dorsal, sutural apertures seen when specimens dry, also small 
umbilical boss and dorsal aperture in spiral part of no. 1. 


= a 


| 
| 


| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 179 


VARIATION. As shown by the text figures the chambers are irregular in arrange- 
ment and shape immediately following the trochoid initial part but are consistently 
longer than high in the later part. The outline tends to pass from trigonal through 
quadrangular-pentagonal to subcircular with growth. Proloculus diameters 
measured between 20 and 30 microns. 


DeposiTrory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 344-347. Stub 1970: 11: 26: 


558. 
PROVENANCE. Specimens described, CB 480. Additional specimens figured 
Text-fig. 1, CB 15, fig. 2 from off Helmsdale, Scotland. 


REMARKS. Specimens hitherto identified as Planorbulina mediterranensis from 
around the British Isles show consistent differences from that species. D’Orbigny’s 
original figures and model show a large, much depressed form with marked ventral 
umbilicus and with chambers tending to remain higher than long, particularly on 
the ventral side. Recent illustrations of material from the Spanish Mediterranean 
coast by Schnitker (1969) confirm these original illustrations, particularly in regard 
to the wafer thin, subcarinate test, the ventral umbilicus and the high ventral 
chambers. Although the dorsal views show more elongate chambers than the 
originals another detail is added in that the sutures are shown to be markedly 
raised. The specimens in our material show only a slight ventral umbilicus as the 
chambers are more inflated on that side with the periphery subangular rather than 
acute. The chambers as seen from the dorsal side become longer than high much 
more quickly and the septa although limbate are flush, not raised. The chambers 
in the final rings as seen from the ventral side are markedly elongate. 

Fortunately there is a name available for the N.W. European species in P. distoma 
as Terquem’s illustration gives the ventral view of a quadrangular specimen very 
near to forms occurring in our material. 

As far as we can ascertain peripheral apertures are absent from the intial Czbicides- 
like portion. So in this respect this species resembles P. mediterranensis. It 
therefore differs from Schnitker’s N. Carolina shelf species ‘P. mediterranensis’ = 
Planorbulina polystoma, in this regard as well as in its subangular rather than 
rounded periphery; the ventral pores also continue right up to the edge. The initial 
part although Czbicrdes-like is brownish in colour and there seems little danger of 
confusing juveniles with well developed specimens of C. lobatulus. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from shore sands at Dunkirk. 
Material in the British Museum collections originally referred to P. mediterranensis 
but which belongs here includes specimens from the English Channel, Salcombe, 
Devon (Brady Coll.); Skye (Parker & Jones Coll.); North Sea, Budle Bay, River 
Blyth and Montrose Basin; S.W. Ireland, Valentia (Norman Coll.). If we accept 
Williamson’s citation of P. vulgaris then there are records for all round the British 
Isles from the Shetlands to Eddystone Lighthouse. 

Other N.W. European records include: Belgian coast (Cushman, 1931); Scan- 
dinavia (Goés, 1894); N. Atlantic, Porcupine Station 23, N.W. of Ireland (Brady, 
1884) ; Western Approaches (Le Calvez & Boillot, 1967; Murray, 1970). 

Material in British Museum collections from the Mediterranean includes both P. 


180 J. R. HAYNES 


mediterranensis, Crete (Parker & Jones Coll.); Sardinia (Brady Coll.) and specimens 
intermediate with P. distoma, Leghorn (Parker & Jones Coll.\; Delos (Heron-Allen 
& Earland Coll.). Similar intermediate forms occur with P. mediterranensis in the 
West Indies (Parker & Jones Coll.). It thus seems probable that the two species 
form a morphological continuum; with P. distoma s.s. typical of high latitudes. 

Specimens referred to P. mediterranensis in the Parker & Jones collections from 
the Indian Ocean and Pacific (Melbourne) are different from P. mediterranensis s.s. 
and show a ‘Caribeanella’ initial stage followed by rings of small round, inflated 
chambers. 

Planorbulina species A 


(Pl 5) ie LA Pl oe ie. <0) 


DESCRIPTION. Test probably originally fixed, apparently largely undamaged; 
irregular in outline; about 10 globular chambers visible showing no definite arrange- 
ment and apparently not increasing rapidly in size as added; sutures distinct and 
impressed; apertures two in number at base of the last formed chamber, at either 
side, round with slight lip and denticulate margin within; wall radial with coarse 
pores set in deep pits, the pores with interior plates; margins of the pits smooth 
and raised giving a reticulate appearance to the surface. 


DimENSIONS. Maximum diameter about 0-30 mm. 
MATERIAL. Six specimens. 

Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 : 517. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen, Brit. Mus. Core 14. 


REMARKS. The twin apertures at the base of the last chamber and the coarse 
pores (about 6 microns in diameter) show the close relationship of this form to 
P. distoma. A further difference in addition to the irregular arrangement and 
globular shape of the chambers is in the well developed character of the pits, only 
slightly shown on the dorsal side of P. distoma. The pores are also larger. 


Family GLOBIGERINIDAE Carpenter, Parker & Jones, 1862 
Genus BIORBULINA Blow, 1956 
Biorbulina bilobata (d’Orbigny) 
(PI. 20, fig. 5) 


Globigerina bilobata d’Orbigny, 1846 : 164, pl. 9, figs 11-14. : 

Orbulina bilobata (d’Orbigny) Bronniman, 1951 : 135, text-fig. 3, nos. I, 2, 9, 10, 17, 19; text-fig. 
A, NOS 5,\6;:17, 183 Colomy-1952 2743, pl: 8, heszo, 27. 

Biorbulina bilobata (d’Orbigny) Blow, 1956 : 60, text-fig. 2, no. 16. 


Diacnosis. <A species of Biorbulina with two sub-equal chambers visible and 
scattered multiple apertures. 


DEscRIPTION. Test globose; two subequal, globular chambers visible; suture 
impressed; wall pitted and coarsely perforate; aperture apparently multiple, 
scattered. — 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 181 


Dimensions. Length 0-42 mm, width 0-30 mm. 
MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Derosirory: ~ B.M.(N.H.) Stub-1970 :-11.: 26 : 745. 
PROVENANCE. Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


REMARKS. This genus has been lumped with Orbulina by Loeblich & Tappan 
(1964a) but according to Blow has evolved independently. We have insufficient 


material to enter usefully into the debate but our specimen comes close to authors’ 
figures. 


DISTRIBUTION. Records are insufficient for this to be worked out. 


Genus GLOBOQUADRINA Finlay, 1947 
Globoquadrina hexagona (Natland) 
(Pl. 20, figs 7-9; Pl. 21, fig. 12; Text-fig. 37, nos 1-5) 


Globigevrina hexagona Natland, 1938 : 149, pl. 7, fig. 1; Phleger, Parker & Peirson, 1953 : 12 
Dlpm 185 13, 14. 
Globoquadrina hexagona (Natland) Parker, 1962 : 244, pl. 8, figs 5-12. 


Diacnosis. A species of Globoquadrina with from 44 to 6 chambers visible on 
the ventral side, rapid rate of chamber size increase, radial ventral sutures and large 
polygonal to hexagonal pits. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test globular and with irregular and slightly 
depressed lobate outline; low trochospiral and evolute on the dorsal side with the 
early whorls slightly depressed below the level of the later ones, ventral side involute 
and raised with small umbilicus; about two whorls of chambers arranged in a dextral 
spiral, increasing rapidly in size, wider and thicker than high, the last two making 
up more than half the test ; sutures markedly impressed, radial on the ventral side, 
slightly curved back on the dorsal; wall radial and coarsely perforate, pores counter- 
sunk in large hexagonal pits, corners of the hexagons sometimes developed as 
tubercles, especially on the ventral side; aperture umbilical to slightly extra-umbilical, 
arcuate (best seen in side view) with marked lip. 


0.0 0.5 mm. 
BIG. 37, 1-5. Globoquadrina hexagona. 1-3, specimen described. 1, ventral view; 


2, Side view; 3, dorsal view; 4, 5, additional four chambered specimen, ventral view 
and side view. 


182 J. R. HAYNES 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-21 mm, height in side view 0-13 mm. 

MaTERIAL. Four specimens, one broken and one with only a trace of the last 
chamber left. : 

VARIATION. The material is insufficient for detailed analysis but there are slight 
variations in rate of chamber size increase and in the size of the hexagonal pits 
(Pl. 20, fig. 7 as compared with fig. 9). 

DEPOSITORY. ~B.M.({N.H.) Slide 1070 : 11-26 : 348, 349. Stub 1g70.. 11 2260 
617, 618. : 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described and others illustrated (Text-fig. nos 4, 5 
and Pl. 20, fig. 9.) Sample D22, Borehole 3, Borth at 95’ in Holocene (Boreal) 
sands. Specimen illustrated Pl. 20, figs 7, 8, CB 362, Tremadoc Bay. 


REMARKS. We have identified our specimens as G. hexagona following the broad 


interpretation of the species made by Parker (1962) to cover a series of variants from — 


the South Pacific. These range from rather loosely coiled, flat forms with six cham- 
bers at the periphery and large umbilicus with marked teeth through five chambered 
forms, like the holotype (though smaller) to more globular, close coiled forms with 
more rapid rate of chamber size increase and small umbilicus, like ours. It is note- 
worthy that the only published record for the N. Atlantic (Phleger, Parker & Peirson, 
1953) 1s of the same variant which may, therefore, constitute a geographical sub- 
species in this area. However, confirmation of this idea requires more material 
(preferably living). As three of our specimens are from a borehole it is possible that 
the species only occurs as a derived form in Cardigan Bay. 

As shown by the stereoscanner photo of one specimen in dorsal view (Pl. 21, 
fig. 12) the pores are irregular, up to 2 microns diameter in deep hexagonal pits up 
to 8 microns in diameter. 


DISTRIBUTION. The species was originally described from 884 metres off Long- 
Beach, California. Other Pacific records are: mid Pacific sea mounts (Hamilton, 
1953); Equator and north to lat. 54° (Bradshaw, 1959); Gulf of California (Bandy, 
1961); South Pacific north of lat. 45° (Parker, 1962). The only other record is for 
the N. Atlantic, as noted above, from lat. 0° to 20° North, ‘with one or two rare 
occurrences further north’. According to Bé (1967, 1969), the species is restricted 
to the Indo-Pacific, this underlines the idea that the N. Atlantic variety is distinct. 


Genus GLOBOROTALIA Cushman, 1927 
Globorotalia inflata (d’Orbigny) 
(Pl 20,;;figs 3, 4; Pi 21, figs ro, 11) 


Globigerina inflata d’Orbigny, 1839b : 134, pl. 2, figs 7-9; Goés, 1894 : 84, pl. 14, figs 763-765; 
Flint, 1899 : 322, pl. 69, fig. 3; Cushman, 1931 : 12, pl. 3, figs 1-3; Wiseman & Ovey, 1950 : 
66, pl. 2, figs 5a—c; Colom, 1952 : 42, pl. 8, figs 37-41; Phleger, Parker & Peirson, 1953 : 13; 
ply, figs.15, 16. 

Globorotalia inflata (d’Orbigny) Parker, 1967 : 179, pl. 29, figs 1, 3. 

Globigerina bulloides var. inflata (d’Orbigny) Parker & Jones, 1865 : 367, pl. 16, figs 16, 17. 


Diacnosis. A species of Globorotalia with rounded periphery, high arcuate 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 183 


aperture and three to four chambers only, visible on the high, commonly tuberculate 
ventral side. The dorsal side may be almost flat. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 20, fig. 3.) Test with holed final chamber; globular and 
biconvex with slightly raised, evolute dorsal side and strongly raised, rounded, 
involute ventral side, moderately lobate; apparently about 14 chambers arranged in 
a low sinistral trochospire of about 24 whorls, longer than high, increasing moderately 
in size as added; septal and spiral sutures impressed, radial on the ventral side, 
radial to slightly curved on the dorsal; wall radial lamellar and densely perforated 
with pores up to 3 microns in diameter in shallow pits; aperture extraumbilical, large, 
a high arched opening with thick, rounded lip, reaching to the periphery ; umbilicus 
closed; ventral side and apertural face densely tuberculate, dorsal side shghtly so. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:34 mm. 

MATERIAL. Two specimens only. 


VARIATION. The other specimen recovered is larger, 0-40 mm, and shows only 
three chambers on the ventral side. This specimen is heavily tuberculate. Accord- 
ing to Parker (1962) the wall is of variable thickness and smooth or rough in Pacific 
forms and the overall shape varies from biconvex to plano-convex with more angular 
periphery. The species is generally left coiling (Bé, 1967). 

IDeeOsITORY.: B.M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26: 6109. 

PROVENANCE. Both specimens from Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


ReMARKS. We have departed from our rule (excluding citations without ade- 
quate description from the synonymy) in order to include some entries with good 
figures and excellent distribution data. Doubtful records such as that of Balkwill 
& Millett (1884) are excluded. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species, originally described from the Canary Islands, was 
considered cosmopolitan by Brady (1884) and he considered that it ranged from 
latitude 53° South to 82° North. Parker & Jones (1865) found it abundant and 
large in the N. Atlantic and the more detailed records of Phleger, Parker & Peirson 
(1953) show that it constitutes 5°% of the fauna at lat. 60°N. increasing to 54% 
southwest of the British Isles. The range of high frequency was found to be from 
50°N. to 20°N. with the highest frequencies north of lat. 35°N. This is also shown 
by the detailed maps of Bé & Hamlin (1967) and the records of Caralp, Lamy & 
Pujos (1970) who found it made up 30% of the fauna on the continental plateau, 
Bay of Biscay. 

In the South Atlantic (Bé, 1969) the species makes up 70 % of the total population 
in spring in transitional waters between the subtropical and subantarctic regions. 
In contrast Bé found it most abundant in the Pacific in subantarctic waters. Other 
Pacific records are Bradshaw (1959) who found it in the N. Pacific, north of lat. 
25°N. and Parker (1960, 1962) who found it at all latitudes south of 5°S. but only scat- 
tered north of 25°S. 

As noted by Wiseman & Ovey (1950) and Bé (1967) these records confirm a general 


_ cold temperate distribution, with greatest abundance in waters from 13°-17°C. 


(Bé & Hamlin, 10967). 


184 J. R. HAYNES 


Genus ORBULINA d Orbigny, 1839 
Orbul na universa d Orbigny 
(Pl. 20, fig. 6) 


Orbulina universa d’Orbigny, 1839a : 3, pl. 1, fig. 1; 1839b : 122, pl. 1, fig. 1; Williamson, 
£958\:-2, pl. 1, fig 4; Carpenter; Parker & Jjones, 1862-: 176, pl. 12;.e: (3s Parker & Jones, 
1865 + 364, pL. 16, figs 13, 14; Flint, 1899: 323, pl. ‘60, fig. 1, Cushman, 19243, 23; plas 
figs 2-9 (not 3, 8); Wiseman & Ovey, 1950 : 67, pl..3, fig: oO; Phleser Paykerca Pemcon 
1953: 17, pl. 2, ng. 8; Blow, 1950.: 66, text-fig. 2, nos 8, 9; Bé & Hamlin, 1967 : 102, text- 
fig.-26; BE, 1967 :\sheet 108, tig..3: 


Dr1aGnosis. A species of Ovbulina in which the final chamber completely encloses 
the trochospiral juvenile. 
DESCRIPTION. Test spherical with final chamber broken open to reveal the low 


trochospiral juvenile within; early chambers globular, increasing slowly in size, - 


sutures deeply impressed, about eight in number with prominent spine bases; 
penultimate chamber globular, possibly not quite enveloping the previously formed 
test, with a large aperture (? apertures or signs of resorption); final chamber com- 
pletely enveloping; wall thick, radial, coarsely perforated, tectin lining of final 
chamber clearly visible; aperture multiple of small, scattered round openings. 

Dimensions. Diameter of final chamber 0-37 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Depository. ‘BM. (NE) Stubii1070-2 177 20%.070: 

PROVENANCE. Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 

REMARKS. Our specimen shows a much more complete and apparently larger 
initial, trochospiral part than that normally found, see for instance the ‘embryonic’ 
chambers illustrated by Loeblich & Tappan (1964a); sufficient perhaps to cast 
doubt on its specific identity with O. umiversa. It is interesting also that the coarsely 
prismatic wall clearly arises from an inner tectin lining (seen folded back above the 
trochospiral part). No inner lamella of calcite can be seen. 

DISTRIBUTION. The large number of records would indicate that this species is 
cosmopolitan but more than one species may be involved, as noted by Parker 
(1962). Detailed work by Bé and Hamlin in the N. Atlantic shows that it is wide- 
spread in tropical, subtropical and transitional waters with highest concentrations 


in the Gulf Stream and in the Eastern Atlantic off Spain and Morocco. Numbers 


diminish northwards and only a few occur near the British Isles. . 


Family ROTALIIDAE Ehrenberg, 1839 
Genus AMMONIA Brunnich, 1772 | 
Ammonia aberdoveyensis Haynes n. sp. 
(Pl. 18, fig. 15; Text-fig. 38, nos 1-7) 


Ammonia beccarii var. batavus Adams & Haynes, 1965 : 30; Haynes & Dobson, 1969 : 244 


(not Hofker). 


| 
| 
| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 185 

DiaGnosis. A biconvex species of Ammonia with low conical dorsal side and 
rounded periphery, reaching 0-40 mm in average diameter in 2-3 whorls, with 
8-9 chambers visible on the ventral side. The ends of the chambers are sharply 
pointed and minutely tuberculate and project into a large, open umbilicus. 


DESCRIPTION. (Holotype, Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test biconvex with evolute, low 
conical dorsal side and involute, moderately raised ventral side, slightly less than 
twice as wide as high, with rounded periphery and semi-lobate outline; chambers 29, 
slowly increasing in size as added and arranged in a low trochospire, 6 : 7 : g : 6—, 
in each whorl following the proloculus, becoming longer than high and lunate rather 
than square in the third whorl as seen in dorsal view; sutures flush in the initial 
part on the dorsal side, slightly impressed after chamber 20, deeply impressed 
on the ventral side and fissured towards the open umbilicus; eight chambers visible 
on the ventral side with pointed, minutely tuberculate umbilical ends; last chamber 
breached but showing part of original ventral, basal and umbilical aperture and areal 


foramen of previous apertural face with toothplate below; wall radial, lamellar 
and minutely perforate. 


0.0 0.5mm. 


Fic. 38, 1-7. Ammonia aberdoveyensis. 1, ventral view of holotype; 2, side view; 3, 
dorsal view; 4-6, megalospheric specimen; 7, megalospheric specimen, November 


population, dorsal view. Holotype a microspheric form from May population. 


186 J. R. HAYNES 


DtMENSIONS. Diameter 0:56 mm, height 0-32 mm. Proloculus diameter approx. 


20 microns. 

MatertaL. More than 25 specimens. One of the dominant living species on 
the Dovey Marshes. 

VARIATION. This species shows much the same size range as A. batavus reaching 
an average diameter of 0-40 mm in 2-3 whorls (more than 100 specimens examined). 
Again there is a close relationship between proloculus size and total chamber number. 
Proloculus diameters range from 15-60 microns and there is a marked tendency 
for average chamber number to fall with increase in size, from 28 to 15 (Text-fig. 
nos I~7). Text-fig. nos 4-6 show an intermediate form with proloculus diameter 
about 37 microns and 6 : 8 : 8, chambers in each whorl following the proloculus. 
It is interesting that specimens like this with a proloculus about 40 microns in 
diameter were dominant at Clettwr Station II in May, 1963, with specimens like the 


holotype subordinate. In November 1963, specimens with proloculus diameters ~ 


near 60 microns were dominant (Text-fig. no. 7). This may indicate a tendency 
for Az forms to replace Ar forms in the autumn. As yet we have no evidence of a 
definite microspheric generation. It is also interesting that the November popu- 
lation also shows a tendency to develop slightly more ornament on the umbilical ends 
of the chambers and one specimen was found with a small umbilical boss, see also 
Pl. 18, fig. 15, which shows a possible vestigial boss. This might indicate a response 
to late summer salinities. 

DrPposiToRY.~ B:M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 : 11 -: 26 «.350 (holotype), 1070.11 226m 
351-368 (paratypes). Stub 1970 : II : 26 : 520. 

PROVENANCE. Holotype and illustrated specimens, Station II, Clettwr Transect, 
Dovey Marshes (pool in High Marsh Sward, see Haynes & Dobson, 1969). 

REMARKS. As long ago as 1870, Brady drew attention to ‘the brackish wate! 
modification of the type’ of ‘Rotalia beccariw’ occurring in the Bure and Tyne and in 
the Exe Estuary. His figure shows a specimen like ours with rounded periphery, 
open umbilicus and pointed umbilical ends to the chambers though the dorsal side 
is less raised. This may be the same as our species. 

A. aberdoveyensis shows close similarities to both A. batavus and A. tepida. It 
has the same size range as A. batavus and shows similar proloculus size—chamber 
number relationships. It differs in its low conical, rather than flattened dorsal 
side, round periphery and lack of ventral ornament. It is similar to A. tepida in 


its raised, conical dorsal side and open ventral umbilicus but differs in growth rate, — 


being larger in equivalent whorls with more chambers visible ventrally, 8-9 rather 
than 6-8, and in the pointed rather than rounded umbilical ends to the ventral 
chambers. 

Some of the specimens referred to ‘tepida’ in the cool temperate areas of the N. 
Atlantic region may be nearer to our species, as for instance, ‘Strveblus beccaru 
tepida’ of Todd & Low (1961). 

DISTRIBUTION. This species occurs as a dominant member of the living com- 
munity in the Dovey Estuary. Many of the records of ‘Rotalia beccari’ from 
estuaries around the British coast probably refer to this form. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 187 


Ammonia batavus (Hofker) 


(Pl. 18, figs 5, 6, 14, 16; Text-fig. 39, nos 1-4) 
Siveblus batavus Hofker, 1951 : 498, 340, 341; Haake, 1962 : 52, pl. 6, figs 6-12. 
Ammonia batavus (Hofker) Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 349, pl. 21, figs 4-13. 
Rotalina beccarit Williamson, 1858 : 48, pl. 14, figs 90-92 (not Nautilus beccarii Linné). 


Rotalia beccarit part Parker, 1952b : 457, pl. 5, figs 5a, b; ? Cushman, 1949 : 47, pl. 9, fig. 4 
(not Linné). 


> Sitveblus beccarii Todd & Low, 1961 : 18, pl. 2, figs 18, I9. 
Ammonia beccarii (Linné) var. batavus (Hofker) Murray, 1965a : 502 (list), pl. 1, figs 1, 1; 2, 2 
(stereopairs). 


Diacnosis. A biconvex Ammomia generally flattened on the dorsal side with 
subangular to subround periphery, reaching 0-40 mm in average diameter in 2-3 
whorls, with eight or nine chambers visible on the ventral side. A large plug (often 
divided) fills the ventral umbilicus and smaller granules line the deeply fissured 
septal sutures. The spiral suture is often raised on the dorsal side and divided in the 
last whorl with small openings at the junctions with the sutures. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test with broken final chamber; biconvex, 
about twice as wide as high, with subangular periphery, ventral side involute and 
more strongly raised than the evolute, rather flattened dorsal side, outline weakly 
lobate; chambers 26 (including proloculus) slowly increasing in size as added and 
arranged in a very low trochoid spiral, 6 : 7 : g : 3—, in each whorl following the 
proloculus, becoming slightly longer than high in the third whorl as seen in dorsal 
view; dorsal side extremely smooth and sutures flush; nine chambers visible on the 
ventral side with thickened, angular umbilical ends, sutures straight, deeply incised 
towards the umbilicus and lined by small, clear calcite bosses; umbilicus large and 
filled by a single prominent plug; last chamber broken so the typical ventral, basal 


Q.O0 0.5mm. 


Fic. 39, 1-4. Ammonia batavus. I—3, Specimen described; 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 
3, dorsal view; 4, additional megalospheric specimen, dorsal view. 


188 J. R. HAYNES 


and umbilical aperture is not seen but the areal foramen of the previous apertural 
face can be seen with a rudimentary toothplate just below it; wall radial and lamellar 
building up a thick spiral septum, finely perforate. . 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:56 mm, height 0-25 mm. Proloculus dia- 
meter approx. 20 microns. : 

MaTERIAL. More than 25 specimens. This is the dominant species in Cardigan 
Bay in the dead populations but so far has not been found abundantly in the living 
state. 

VARIATION. We have made a variation study of one hundred specimens. This 
confirms in general Hofker’s observation that A. batavus represents a member of 
the A. beccarit plexus with distinctive shape, ornament and growth rate. In 
brief A. batavus is smaller, with less angular periphery in the adult, develops fewer 


chambers and has a range of proloculus sizes that is smaller and only just overlaps © 


that of A. beccarvitz. Ventral ornament is also less developed. 

Our measurements show that the proloculus diameter in the Cardigan Bay 
population ranges from just less than Io microns up to 80 microns (compared to 
4-54 microns in Hofker’s North Sea population) and confirm his finding that the 
larger the diameter the lower the total number of chambers. Thus we found one 
specimen with a proloculus just below 10 microns in diameter to have 32 chambers 
while the specimen with a proloculus diameter of about 80 microns had 16. The 
text figures show the marked acceleration in growth that is connected with increase 
in prolocular size. Text-fig. no. 4 shows that a specimen with a proloculus diameter 
of about 40 microns reaches a test diameter of 0-40 mm in two whorls (16 chambers) 
whereas in the specimen described with proloculus of 20 microns diameter a test 
diameter of 0:40 mm is reached in 24 whorls (20 chambers) and the first whorl is 
by comparison only half the size. 

Hofker has suggested that his material reveals at least three proloculus size 
groups—microspheric or B forms averaging about 6 microns; megalospheric AI 
forms, about 17 microns, and Az forms about 50 microns. On this basis our figured 
specimens would represent the AI and A2 forms. However, our material also shows 
specimens with much larger megalospheres so there may be a range of sizes without 
clear cut groups. 

Our material also shows that considerable variation in ornament occurs. In 
many cases the umbilical plug 1s divided and the spiral septum may be raised on the 
dorsal side. 


DeEpository. B.M. (N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 3690-378, 1070 :-11 : 260 ; 376— 
380, 1970.11 2°26 : 381. “Stub, 1070): 11 yw ;-5a45nS, 510. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen (and other specimens used in variation 
study) Brit. Mus. Core 16, Cardigan Bay. 

REMARKS. Both directions of coiling occur in our population (76 % anti-clockwise) 


and it is interesting that this was noted by Walker & Boys (1784) in the very earliest 
days of scientific investigations into the foraminifera when they coined the sub- 


specific name “perversus’ for left coiling specimens of what was probably A. batavus 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 189 
(Nautilus beccart perversus). However, no ventral view was given by them, or later 


by Montagu (1803) or Brown (1844). In any case through long disuse the name 
should lapse as a nomen oblitum. 


DISTRIBUTION. As this species has been confused with A. beccariz for a long 
period its distribution remains to be worked out. It is undoubtedly widely distri- 
buted around the coasts of the British Isles and in the North Sea. It has been well 
figured by Murray from Plymouth (1965a) and in addition Parker (1952) and 
Todd & Low (1961) figure specimens that may belong to it from the eastern seaboard 
of N. America. 


Ammonia limnetes (Todd & Bronniman) 


(PL 18; figs 7-9; Pl. ro, fig. 8; Pl: 30, fig..8; Text-fig. 40, nos 1-5) 
Streblus limuetes Todd & Bronniman, 1957 : 38, pl. Io, figs 4a—c. 


Rotalia beccavii (Linné) var. sobrina Parker, 1952b : 457, pl. 5, figs 7a, b (not Shupak). 
‘Rotalia’ beccavvi (Linné) variant C, Parker, Phleger & Peirson, 1953 : 13, pl. 14, figs 29-30. 


Diacnosis. A thin walled, compressed Ammonia with flattened dorsal side and 


six to seven chambers visible on the ventral side with subangular to subround lobes 
filling the umbilicus. 


DEscRIPTION. (Test-fig.nos 1-3.) Test with last chamber broken off; compressed 
with flattened, evolute dorsal side and slightly raised, involute ventral side, periphery 
rounded and only slightly lobate in outline; chambers 17, arranged in a very low 
trochospire and increasing slowly in size as added, 6 : 7 : 3— in each whorl following 
the proloculus, becoming longer than high and lunate in the second whorl as seen in 
dorsal view; sutures flush on the smooth dorsal side; six chambers visible in ventral 
view with subrounded lobes filling the umbilicus, sutures impressed and deeply 
fissured towards the umbilicus, excavated behind the prominent lobes; the last 
chamber is broken so the typical ventral, basal and umbilical aperture is not seen 
but the oval, areal foramen of the previous apertural face is revealed; wall radial, 


PKG. 40, 1-5. Ammonia limnetes. 1-3, specimen described; 1, ventral view; 2, side 


view; 3, dorsal view; 4, specimen with lower chambers coming in earlier, dorsal view; 
5, ventral view of another specimen. 


190 J. R. HAYNES 


thin and finely perforated (sections show the wall is lamellar in this species). 

Dimensions. Diameter 0-32 mm, height 0-12 mm. _ Proloculus diameter approx. 
20 microns. : 

MATERIAL. More than 20 specimens. Abundant in the Boreal sediments 
penetrated by the Borth Boreholes. 

VARIATION. No proloculus size groups could be discerned in our specimens 
and those measured were all near 20 microns. Most of the specimens recovered 
show between 2-3 whorls and reach about 0-30 mm in total diameter. This is 
just below the lower end of the size range, 0-32 mm to 0-42 mm, reported by Todd 
and Bronniman for their Trinidad population. Six or seven chambers are de- 
veloped in the second whorl and six are generally visible externally. Some speci- 
mens such as those figured (Text-fig. nos 4, 5) show larget, lower chambers coming in 
earlier. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 382-385, Section 1970 : 11 : 20: 


493... Stubs 1070 211 2:26 : 542,°543; 1070.2 mu = 2007 75m) 
PROVENANCE. Illustrated specimens, Holocene, Borth Borehole 2, D7. 


REMARKS. Our population although reaching smaller diameters is otherwise 
almost identical with that of Todd and Bronniman. This is well shown by a com- 
parison of the stereoscanner photomicrograph of one of our specimens (Pl. 18, 
figs 7, 8) with the type figures. It will be noted that in both cases the umbilical 
lobes appear pointed. Caution is necessary here because this appearance is exag- 
gerated by the oblique angle at which the lobes are set in ventral view and by their 
overlap. Pl. 10, fig. 8 shows a close-up of the final lobe almost at right angles to 
the observer and it is seen to be subround rather than pointed (shaped like a finger 
nail) with a shght, tuberculate flange, arched along the basal suture to reveal the 
aperture. The close-up also shows that the sutural fissures are lined with tubercles 
as in other Ammonza species, though these are not apparent using the optical micro- 
scope. 

This species is close to A. tepida but distinguished by its thin, translucent although 
brownish wall, flat dorsal side and accelerated growth rate with the chambers 
doubling in size with each whorl (as seen in dorsal view). The lobes also cover up 
the umbilicus to a greater extent. It is distinguished from A. perlucida by its less 
inflated chambers and again by its flattened dorsal side. 

Todd and Bronniman include ‘Rotalia’ beccarit variety C. Parker, Phleger & 


Peirson from San Antonio Bay and Parker’s Rotalia beccarii var. sobrina in their 


species although these authors did not give side views. These references are there- 
fore included here fide Todd and Bronniman. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from Mangrove swamps in 
Trinidad and is a common Caribbean form as well as (apparently) penetrating as 
far north as New England along the coasts of N. America. In Cardigan Bay it is 
much more common in the Boreal than in the present-day sediments. It therefore 
has a similar distribution to A. tepida. It also occurs abundantly in the Holocene 
of the Somerset Levels. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 


19t 
Ammonia tepida (Cushman) 
(PL, 18, tig. 17; Pl. 30, fig.-7; Text-fig. 41, nos 1-7) 
Rotalia beccarii (Linnaeus) var. tepida Cushman, 1926 : 79, pl. 1; 1931 : 61, pl. 13, figs 3a-c. 
Rotalia beccarii var. B, Parker, Phleger & Peirson, 1953 : 13, pl. 4, figs 25-28. 
Stveblus beccavii var. tepida (Cushman) Bradshaw, 1957 : 1138-1147, text-fig. 1; Todd & 


Bronniman, 1957 : 38, pl. 10, figs 5-11. 
Streblus tepidus (Cushman) Bandy, 1961 : 17, pl. I, fig. 5. 
Ammonia tepida Brodniewicz, 1965 : 216, pl. 7, figs 3a-c. 


Dracnosis. A small Ammonia, generally less than 0-40 mm in diameter after 
three whorls, with rounded periphery and raised, low conical dorsal side. From 


six to eight chambers are visible on the ventral side with rounded umbilical lips. 
The umbilicus is open. 


DEscRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 5-7.) Test biconvex, twice as wide as high with 
the dorsal side most strongly raised and conical, periphery rounded and entire; 
chambers 22 (including proloculus) slowly increasing in size as added and arranged 
in a low, dextrally trochoid spiral, 6 : 7 : 8, in each whorl following the proloculus, 
tending to become longer and lower in the third whorl as seen in dorsal view; 
sutures swept back and flush on the dorsal side; eight chambers visible on the 


0.0 O25 mm. 


Pic. 41, 1-7. Ammonia tepida. 1, megalospheric specimen; 2, side view; 3, large speci- 


men; 4, large specimen side view; 5—7, specimen described; 5, ventral view; 6, side 
view; 7, dorsal view. 


192 Vig ke Lae NONISS) 


ventral side with rounded umbilical lobes tending to cover the otherwise open 
umbilicus; sutures straight to gently curved, depressed and fissured towards the 
umbilicus and excavated behind each lobe; aperture ventral, basal and umbilical 
internal foramen areal, oval with small toothplate below it; wall radial, lamellar 
and finely perforate apart from apertural face and umbilical lobes; possibly minutely 
tuberculate in the umbilical region. 

DIMENSIONS. Diameter 0-32 mm, height 0-17mm. _ Proloculus diameter approx. 
I5 microns. 


MATERIAL. More than 20 specimens. Very abundant in borehole material 
from Boreal sediments in the Dovey Estuary. 


VARIATION. Specimens up to 0-40 mm in diameter occur (Text-fig. no. 3) but 
most specimens are nearer 0-30 mm. A range of proloculus sizes from 15-75 microns 
was noted and as in the case of A. batavus an increase in size of the proloculus is 


associated with a tendency to a decrease in total number of chambers, to 15 or less. 


Longer, lower, more lobate chambers also come in earlier (Text-fig. no. 1). How- 
ever, no definite size groups could be distinguished. 

As in other Ammonza species the umbilical area tends to be minutely tuberculate. 
This is not very apparent in the specimen fully described but is beautifully shown in 
the specimen illustrated by stereoscanner photomicrograph (Pl. 18, fig. 17). 


DeEposiTtory. B.M.(N.H.). Slide’ 1970 : 11 : 26-: 386-302. ) Section” 1970-2 same 
20°--AQ4.” Stub 1070 2 1.20.2 520. 


PROVENANCE. Described and illustrated specimens, Holocene, Grey Silty Sands, 
Borehole 3, D8 (Boreal). 


REMARKS. Our specimens seem to fit well into the present concept of the species 
held by the authors quoted but doubt remains because the original description was 
not well illustrated and included the phrase ‘towards the umbilicus . . . the ends of 
the chambers extended to a point’. This would apply more to our species A. 
aberdoveyensis than to the group we are applying the name ‘tef:da’ which tends 
to have bluntly rounded umbilical lobes. However, these lobes overlap and do 
appear more pointed when half hidden and this is also the case with topotypes of 
Cushman’s species in the British Museum. In addition our population is closely 
similar to that illustrated by Todd and Bronniman and which like the types is from 
the Caribbean. The population discovered in San Antonia Bay by Parker, Phleger 
and Peirson and cultured by Bradshaw includes a majority of forms with six cham- 
bers visible ventrally and large megalospheres, again though, with large, rounded 
umbilical lobes. 


There is also doubt concerning the relationship of A. flevensis Hofker to A. tepida. 


This species appears to be very close in general morphology but on the evidence of the 
photographs of Irena Brodniewicz (1965) has a different rate of chamber increase 
size with ‘fine, sharp, prick-like spines’ in the umbilical area. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from Puerto Rico and is common 
in the Caribbean. It has been recorded from the Holocene of Poland by Brodniewicz 
and may have been widespread in northern latitudes in the Boreal. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 193 


Genus BUCCELLA Anderson, 1952 
Buccella frigida (Cushman) 
(Pl. 18, fig. 13; Text-fig. 42, nos I-5) 

Pulvinulina frigida Cushman, 1922 : 12 (co-types not figured). 

Eponides frigida Cushman, 1931 (part) : 45. 

Buccella frigida (Cushman) Anderson, 1952 : 144, figs 4a—c, 5, 6a—c; Loeblich & Tappan, 1953 : 
muaepl. 22, igs 2, 3; Voorthuysen, 1958 : 32,-pl. 24, figs 15a~c; Todd & Low, 1961 : 18, pl. 1, 
figs 24, 25; Haake, 1962: 44, pl. 4, figs 3-6; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 337, pl. 18, figs 15-18. 

Buccella frigida (Cushman) var. calida Cushman & Cole, 1930 : 98, pl. 13, figs 13a-c; Cushman, 
nOsm 2 A7, pl. 10, figs 3, 4; 1944 : 34,'pl. 4, figs 19, 20; 1949 :.46, pl. 9, figs 1a—-c; Parker, 
1952b : 450, pl. 5, figs 3a, b. 

DiaGnosis. A biconvex species of Buccella with broadly rounded periphery 
and generally with raised, rounded dorsal side. Most commonly in what is probably 
the megalospheric generation, there are 6: 7 : 3 or 4—, chambers in each whorl 
following the proloculus. 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test biconvex with broad, shallow ventral 
umbilicus, flattened dorsal side and rounded periphery, apertural face oblique to 
the equatorial plane, semilobate; with ten chambers in a low, trochoid dextral spiral, 
6 : 4—, following the proloculus, gradually but irregularly increasing in size and 
becoming longer than high and lunate in the second whorl, six visible on the ventral 
side; dorsal sutures distinct and slightly thickened, curving back to the periphery, 
slightly impressed in the last whorl, ventral sutures indistinct, radial, impressed; 
apertures not visible; wall finely perforate, ornamented on the ventral side with small 
granules that fill the umbilicus and sutural depressions and cover the lower part of 
_ the apertural face, coalescing at the centre to give the appearance of a small button- 
_ like plug. 

DimENnSIonNsS. Maximum diameter 0-20 mm, height o-r10o mm. _ Proloculus 
diameter approx. 32 microns. 


MATERIAL. Eight specimens examined. 


ry 
2 5 
De eee Pg eg 
0.0 C.5 mm. 


Fic. 42, 1-5. Buccella frigida. 1-3, specimen described; 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 
3, dorsal view; 4, side view, additional specimen; 5, dorsal view of specimen with high 
chambers. 


194 Jao E AN NEES 


VARIATION. The specimens from Cardigan Bay are smaller than the types and 
appear to be juveniles with only one and a half whorls developed. There is variation 
in the height of the dorsal side, some specimens being bun-shaped (Text-fig. no. 4). 
Another specimen shows larger, higher chambers in the second whorl (Text-fig. 
no. 5). These variations are also shown in authors’ figures and Loeblich and Tappan 
illustrate a specimen with a pointed or conoidal dorsal side. 

DEPOSITORY.~— B.M.(N.H.). Slide 1070: 11 3°26 » 241-245.” Stub) 1070 21 > Z6= 
540, 541. | 

PROVENANCE. Figured specimens, Clettwr Transect, Station VII, Dovey Marshes. 

REMARKS. We follow here the emended definition of the species made by Ander- 
son based on a lectotype chosen from Cushman’s co-types. Anderson’s figures also 
include as hypotype the holotype of Eponides frigidus (Cushman) var. calida Cushman 
& Cole. This means that sharp keeled specimens such as those illustrated by 


Cushman, actually copies of figures of Pulvinulina repanda Fichtel & Moll var. 


Karstent Reuss, Parker & Jones, 1865, must be given other names. Most references 
to Epomdes karstent probably indicate B. inusitata Anderson. Thin sections show 
that the test wall is built of radial laminated calcite perforated by small round 
pores a little less than a micron in diameter. The strong development of calcite 
granules on the ventral side is shown in PI. 18, fig. 13 extending to the periphery 
below the apertural face. 


DISTRIBUTION. The lectotype was recovered from 18-3 metres in a bay near 
Black Whale Harbour, Canadian Arctic. This cold water occurrence has been 
generally confirmed by later discoveries such as those of Loeblich & Tappan (1953) 
and Vilks (1969). It occurs widely in cool temperate waters of the Western Atlantic 
and sparingly near the British Isles: Plymouth (Murray, 1965a); Christchurch 
(Murray, 1968); Bay of Biscay (Caralp, Lamy & Pujos, 1970) and in the North Sea 
area (Haake, 1962). Pleistocene references are given by Feyling-Hanssen (1964) 
and Voorthuysen (1958). A record for the Pacific coast of Japan is given by 
Matoba (1970). 


Family CASSIDULINIDAE d’Orbigny, 1839 
Genus CASSIDULINA dOrbigny, 1826 
Cassidulina cf. reniforme (Norvang). 


(Text-fig. 43, nos 1-4) 


Cassidulina crassa d’Orbigny var. veniforme Norvang, 1945 : 41, text-figs e-h; Cushman, 


1948 : 75, pl. 8, figs 1oa—c (figures-after Norvang). 


DESCRIPTION. (Text-fig. nos 1-3.) Test slightly compressed with broadly 
rounded periphery, reniform in outline; chambers arranged in a_planispirally 
wound alternating, biserial series, three and a half pairs visible in the last whorl, 
the chambers extending over the umbilical region one side while extending one-third 


of the way to it on the other; sutures straight to slightly curved, flush; wall granular, 


\ 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 195 


distinctly and densely perforate; aperture countersunk, a short, curved slit, oblique 
to the basal suture, joining it at the junction with the basal suture of the previous 
chamber, bearing a flat tooth on the proximal side. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-13 mm, height 0-6 mm, 
MATERIAL. Twelve specimens only, most of them with the last chamber broken. 


VARIATION. Specimens occur with four pairs of chambers visible and up to 
0-22 mm in diameter. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970.: 11 : 26 : 393-397. 
PROVENANCE. Described specimen Cardigan Bay, Brit. Mus. Core 14. 


REMARKS. This is the only species of Casstdulina we have so far recovered in 
any numbers in Cardigan Bay. The specimens are extremely small (possibly 
juvenile) and the details of the test consequently rather difficult to make out. 
Although smaller, about half the size, they are very close to Cassidulina crassa 
var. reniforme Norvang inshape and chamber form. They differ in that the aperture 
appears to be oblique to the basal suture rather than developed along it as in Nor- 
vang’s fig. h. In this regard our specimens more resemble Islandiella islandica 
(Norvang) but the tooth does not appear to protrude in our specimens and the wall is 
granular (two crushed specimens examined in polarized light). 

Norvang referred his new variety to Cassidulina crassa d’Orbigny but this is 
untenable. The original description and the later redescription of Heron-Allen & 
Farland (1932) from d’Orbigny’s collection in Paris and additional Falkland Islands 
material show that C. crassa is a large species, up to 1 mm diameter with five pairs 
of chambers and aperture almost at right angles to the basal suture. Apparently 
similar forms in the northern hemisphere were distinguished as C. obtusa by William- 
son (1858) who, with his usual accuracy, figures the aperture as a long slit, parallel 
to the periphery, as in C. laevigata. There seems little doubt that many of the 


0.0 0.3 mm. 


Fic. 43, 1-4. Cassidulina cf. veniforme. 1, side view showing aperture; 2, oblique 
peripheral view; 3, view of reverse side; 4, foramen of broken specimen, apparently with 
areal branching. 


196 jJ..R. HAYNES 


North Atlantic references to C. crassa such as those of Brady (1884), Goés (1894), 
Cushman (1922) and Norvang (1945) refer to C. obtusa. Similarly C. laevigata sensu 
Heron-Allen & Earland (1930) is C. obtusa. Norvang’s variety differs from C. 
obtusa in its shape and in its flush sutures as well as in the form of the aperture and 
should probably be regarded as a distinct species. The specimens described as 


Cassidulina laevigata d’Orbigny var. crassa d’Orbigny by Parker & Jones (1865) - 


may be the same as ours, as the figures show a short, oblique aperture and they 
remark significantly, ‘on the eastern plateau of the North Atlantic it is very rare 
and very small’. However, it is possible their figures are of a broken specimen and 
show the foramen of the previous chamber rather than the aperture. The foramen 
may differ from the aperture, even, apparently, showing areal branching as in our 
Text-fig. no. 4. Care must, therefore, be taken with broken specimens, especially 
before we know anything of the ontogenetic development of the aperture in Cas- 
sidulina species. 


Family NONIONIDAE Schultze, 1854 


This family is interpeted in the wide sense to include both Nonion and Elphidium. 
Changes in wall structure are progressive and advanced forms tend to be optically 
radial. However, this feature cannot be used as the basis for subfamily division 
as In many cases it is demonstrably of specific importance only. Again, although 
Loeblich & Tappan (1964a) have recognized a number of genera in the Elpmdium 
group we continue to interpret this genus in the wide sense of Wade (1957) and 
earlier workers. This is because we still do not know enough about the strati- 
graphical relations of the species to decide what characters are important at the 
generic level. Two of our species, E. magellamicum and E. asterotuberculatum, are 
apparently primitive in possessing open sutural canals or irregular canal openings 
only. These appear close to Protelphidium on the one hand and Elpidiella on the 
other. FE. cuvilliert, E. selseyense and E. waddensis show coarse pores, irregular 
septal pits and bars and questionable retral processes. On this basis they could be 
grouped with Cribronomon. Except that some specimens of E. selseyense show 
areal apertures which alternatively suggest Cribroelpbhidium. E. incertum 1s 
finely perforate with incipient fossettes. The other species appear to fall into 
Elphidium s.s. but E. exoticum is optically granular, as is EF. incertum. 

Apparently, we are dealing with a plexus of species that has arisen from within 
the Nonion group, showing a general tendency towards development of radial 
walls and closed septal canals which then find an exit through regular fossettes with 


attendant enlargement of the septal flap and strengthening by septal bars. As 


evolution does not occur at a steady rate and we may be dealing with many lines 
we should not expect a particular species to be necessarily ‘advanced’ in all its 
characters. Thus, E. exoticwm is optically granular but has regular fossettes and 
advanced retral processes that communicate to the exterior via the proximal end of 
the septal bar. We therefore feel it to be unwise to multiply the number of generic 
names at present. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 197 


Genus ELPHIDIUM Montfort, 1808 
Elphidium asterotuberculatum (Voorthuysen) 
(Ply 22; fig: 7) 

Nonion depressulus (Walker & Jacob) forma asterotuberculata var. Voorthuysen, 1958 : 28 
pmezomes 34a, b; 1960 : 254, pl. 11, fig. 21; Haake, 1962 : 41, pl. 3, fig. 5; ? Feyling-Hanssen, 
mQO4 2330, pl. 17, figs 13, 14. 

Cribrononion asklundi Lutze, 1965 : 105, pl. 15, fig. 42 (not Brotzen). 

Dracnosis. A compressed species of Elpiidium with high chambers and flat 
sides. The sutures are widely excavated but together with the umbilicus are closed 
by calcareous material giving a star-shaped figure. Septal canal openings small and 
irregular. | 

DESCRIPTION. Test with last chamber broken, compressed, circular in outline, 
periphery rounded, entire; chambers arranged in a planispire, seven to eight visible, 
slowly increasing in size, higher than long and higher than wide in apertural view; 
sutures broadly excavated and widening to the umbilicus, filled with calcareous 
material and small tubercles; openings of septal canals small and irregular with no 
development of true fossettes and bars; wall apparently radial, minutely perforate; 
no aperture but foramina multiple and basal. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-20 mm, width approx. 0-05 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen. | 

Darosimmory. 6:M.(N.H.) Stub 1970 : 11 : 26 :. 685. 

PROVENANCE. Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. This species was first described as a variety of N. depressulum = P. 


anglicum. It differs from that species in its more flattened form, more excavated 


sutures and in its closed septal canals with irregular openings. The tubercles tend 
to be restricted to the sutures and umbilicus. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from the Eemian of the Netherlands 
but has also been recorded from the Recent at the following European localities: 
Netherlands, Dollart-Ems Estuary (Voorthuysen, 1960); Germany, Langeoog 
(Haake, 1962); Baltic, Ostsee (Lutze, 1965). Also from the Holocene of Oslofjord 
(Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). These last are more inflated than the types and resemble 


_ our material from the Holocene (Boreal) at Borth. 


Elphidium cuvilliert Lévy 
(Pl 24, figs 17,.18; Pl. 26, fig. 12) 


| Elphidium cuvillieri Lévy, 1966 : 5, pl. 1, fig. 6. 
Cribrononion cuvillieri (Lévy) Lévy et al., 1969 : 93, pl. 1, figs roa, b, 117. 


| 


Driacnosis. A compressed species of Elphidium with conspicuous round to oval 


septal pits and umbilicus closed with a perforate, glassy plate formed by the fused 


} ends of the chambers. 


| 


| 


198 J. R. HAYNES 


DESCRIPTION. Test compressed with slightly depressed, closed, umbilical areas, 
periphery rounded, entire to semi-lobate at the last few chambers; chambers ar- 
ranged in an involute planispire; ten visible on the exterior, gradually increasing in 
size, septal sutures not visible but marked by well developed round to oval septal 
pits marking the surface expression of the internal septal canals, up to seven on 


each chamber, septal bridges (? internal retral processes) becoming bar-lke only — 


on last two chambers; wall apparently radial, densely perforated with fine to medium 
sized pores up to 2 microns in diameter, these pores absent from the umbilical areas 
and the apertural face, umbilical plate with scattered septal pits (and possibly the 
openings of umbilical canals), up to 10 microns in size, aperture a series of irregular 
openings along the basal suture of the last chamber. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-47 mm, approx. width o- H mm, 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) 1970: 11 : 26: 604. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 4ITI. 

REMARKS. Our specimen appears to be identical with the holotype in its pitted 
umbilical areas, in the size and distribution of the septal pits and in its perforation. 
This species can easily be overlooked because in certain lights the umbilical pits can 
appear to be umbilical bosses. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from Roussillon and from the shore 
sands of Dunkirk in France. 


Elphidium exoticum Haynes n. sp. 
(PI. 24, figs 8, 9; Pl. 26, figs 2) 3, 6, 8: Pl 28;nes 1-4) 


DiaGcnosis. A compressed species of Elphidiwm with pearly, transparent 
granular wall and wide, flat umbilicus. Developing up to seven fingernail-shaped 
septal pits (fossettes) on each side of the final chambers and bar-like septal bridges. 


DESCRIPTION. (Holotype, Pl. 24, figs 8, 9; Pl. 26, figs 2, 3, 6,8.) Test compressed, 
rather flattened with wide flat umbilicus depressed below the level of the chamber 
sides, periphery subrounded, semilobate and slightly irregular; chambers arranged 
in an involute planispire, 11 visible externally, gradually increasing in size; sutures 
curved back to the periphery with well developed fingernail-shaped septal pits, 
narrow septal bars marking internal retral processes about one-quarter of the 


chambers in length, in some cases open proximally, especially on the last chamber” 


umbilicus filled with a flat plate formed by the fused ends of the earlier chambers, 
last five chambers with rounded, fissured, lobes drawn slightly away from the 
umbilicus; wall thin, granular, transparent with pearly lustre, densely perforate with 
fine pores less than 4 micron in diameter; aperture a series of small, round, hooded, 


openings at the eal suture of the last chamber: sharp spines line the sere pits 


and there are rather sparse tubercles at the base of the apertural face. 


| 


| 
} 
| 


| 
| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 199 


DimMENnsIONS. Maximum diameter 0-38 mm, maximum width approx. o-Io mm. 
MaTerRIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. Specimens develop 10 or 11 chambers in the second whorl and 
apparent variation in the material from 7 to 11 is largely due to differences in growth. 
In two specimens cut the following measurements were obtained: 


Total diameter Proloculus diameter chambers in each whorl 
0-29 mm 35 microns 7>IliI—, 
0-26 mm 30 microns 7:10 :I—, 


Both specimens presumably belong to the megalospheric generation. The specimen 
described is larger than these, presumably with more than 2 whorls. Most specimens 
in the material appear to show less than two whorls. The paratypes show an 
average of nine chambers visible externally. 


Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Shde 1970 : 11 : 26 : 398-406 (paratypes). Sections, 
Me7Orerl 202495, 1970: 11 : 26: 496, 1970: 11 : 26: 497 (paratypes).~ Stub 
TQ70 : 11 : 20 : 596 (holotype). 

PROVENANCE. Holotype CB 156, Dovey Marshes. Paratypes CB 411, Tremadoc 
Bay. 

REMARKS. This species is distinguished from EF. discotdale (d’Orbigny) by its 
flat, non-pitted umbilical areas, flat sides, fewer chambers and fewer pits, also by its 
pearly, minutely perforate wall. The wide, flat umbilicus also distinguishes this 
species from EF. poeyvanum (d’Orbigny) and E. articulatum (d’Orbigny). 


The open retral processes are very distinctive in this species but they have been 
noted in E. williamsoni as well. 


DERIVATION OF NAME. Refers to the fact that this species has a beautiful, 
optically granular, wall—one of only two amongst the Elp/idium species recovered 


trom Cardigan Bay. 


Elphidium incertum (Williamson) 
(Pl 22, fie.°6; Pl.24; figs 14-16;: Pl. .28,: figs 8, 9) 


Polystomella umbilicatula var. incerta Williamson, 1858 : 44, pl. 3, fig. 82a. 


_ Elphidium incertum (Williamson) part Cushman, 1930: 18, pl. 7, fig. 4a only (figure after 


Williamson); 1948 : 56, pl. 6, figs 7a, b; Brodniewicz, 1965 : 207, pl. 10, figs 9-11; text-figs 
30, 31; Buzas, 1966 : 593, pl. 72, figs 1-6. 
Cribrononion incertum (Williamson) Lutze, 1965 : 103, pl. 21, figs 43, 44. 
Elphidium voorthuyseni Haake, 1962 : 51, pl. 5, figs 6, 7. 
Elphidium varium Buzas, 1965 : 21, pl. 2, fig. 7; pl. 3, figs 1, 2 


hee 


Diacnosis. A thin walled, granular, compressed species of Elphidium with 
flat sides, prominent sutural slits and only partial development of septal bars. The 


| septal openings tend to remain elongate in the line of the septa and there is little 


————<—=—= = 


| development of true fossettes until the last few adult chambers. 


} 
“Hh 


200 J. R. HAYNES 


DEscRIPTION. (PI. 24, figs 15,16.) Test compressed with flat, slightly umbilicate 
sides, umbilicus closed by the fused ends of the chambers, later chambers with- 
drawing slightly from the centre producing a pseudumbilicus, periphery rounded 
and entire; chambers arranged in an involute planispire, 11 visible externally, 
slowly increasing in size; sutures swept back in an even curve to the periphery, 
deeply excavated with irregular development of bars, true fossettes and retral pro- 
cesses not developed until the last few chambers; wall thin, optically granular and 
densely perforated with pores less than I micron in diameter; aperture a series of 
irregular openings along the basal suture of the last chamber, partly hidden by 
tubercles which also line the excavated sutures. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-22 mm, maximum width 0-09 mm. 

MATERIAL. Eleven specimens, most of them small. 


VARIATION. The number of chambers visible externally ranges from eight in 
juveniles (Pl. 24, fig. 14) to Ir in well grown specimens. A thin section (Pl. 28, 
fig. 8) reveals a proloculus diameter of 20 microns and 7 : 9 : g—, chambers in 
successive whorls. 


DEPosIToRY. B.M:(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11.: 26: 407, 408. Section 1070 > ieee 
20 : 408... Stubs 1970 2 1h ; 207007, O70: IL = 20), Ooo: 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described and additional specimen illustrated, Clettwr 
Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. As noted by Loeblich & Tappan (1953) this characteristically thin 
walled, glassy species has been confused with a number of others in particular with 
the coarsely perforate, umbonate species, FE. clavatum Cushman. The Williamson 
Collection in the British Museum includes seven specimens of F. incertum put on a 
separate slide as ‘paralectotypes’ by Loeblich and Tappan. One of these specimens 
was examined by Buzas (1966) and found to be optically granular. This character 
together with the sutural slits and depressed umbilicus without a boss led him to 
place his own species, EF. vavium, in synonymy with it. We have made a thin 
section of another ‘paralectotype’ and our observations confirm those of Buzas. 
It is probable, also, that EF. voorthuyseni of Haake belongs here, as a topotype, 
kindly sent by Dr Haake, seems virtually indistinguishable. 

Our specimens, like the types, are rather small. Buzas gives a mean diameter 
of 0-36 mm for his population but specimens over 0-50 mm occur. Large specimens 
also occur in the Baltic population very well figured by Brodneiwicz. Two of her 
illustrations show sectioned specimens with proloculus diameters between 40- 
60 microns, possibly near the upper limit of the megalosphere size range. 


DISTRIBUTION. Williamson found this species to be ‘prevalent’ only at Scar- 
borough on the North Sea coast; it has also been figured by Murray (1968) from 
Christchurch. 

Other records include: Baltic (Brodniewicz, 1965; Lutze, 1965) as well as a number 
in the N.W. Atlantic: Long Island Sound (Buzas, 1966); Hudson Bay (Cushman, 
1948). These records indicate a temperate to cold water habitat. It occurs live 
on the Dovey Marshes. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT. FORAMINIFERA 201 


Elphidium macellum (Fichtel & Moll) 
(Pl. 24, figs 1-3; Pl. 25, figs 1-5, 7, 8; Pl. 27, figs 4, 5) 


Nautilus macellus Fichtel & Moll, 1798 : 66, var. 8, pl. Io, figs h—k. 

Elphidium macellum (Fichtel & Moll) Montfort, 1808 : 15; Cushman & Leavitt, 1929 : 18, pl. 4, 
figs 1, 2; Cushman, 1939 : 51, pl. 14, figs 1-3; pl. 15, figs 9, 10; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 347, 
ple 20, fig. 16. 

Polystomella macella (Fichtel & Moll) var. aculeata Silvestri, 1901 : 45. 

Elphidium macellum (Fichtel & Moll) var. aculeatum (Silvestri) Cushman, 1949: 27, pl. 5, 
fig. 10. 

Elphidium crispum (Linné) subsp. spinosum Atkinson, 1969 : 537, fig. 6, figs 4a, b. 
Diacnosis. A slightly keeled species of Elphidium with up to about 20 chambers 

visible and flat umbilical areas filled with the irregular, embossed ends of the cham- 

bers. Diameter usually less than I mm. Keel often spinose in the juvenile part. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 24, fig. 1; Pl. 25, figs 2-5, 7,8.) Test compressed, lenticular, 
sub-carinate, entire becoming slightly lobate at the last few chambers; numerous 
chambers arranged in an involute planispire, 17 visible at the exterior, increasing 
in size very slowly; sutures raised and strongly reflexed towards the periphery, 
with a row of narrow septal pits (fossettes) separated by bar-like septal bridges, 
representing retral processes almost equal in length to the chamber width, the pits 
which lead into the septal canals lined with spines, 14 pits on each side ot the last 
chamber; less than 12 in early whorls; wall radial, very finely perforate, larger 
pores (small pits?) in umbilicus; aperture consisting of irregular openings along the 
base of the last chamber linking up with the pits of the first visible chamber below, 
apertural face concave in the median line with rounded tubercles; umbilicus filled 
with the rounded, irregular ends of the chambers, large perforations surrounded by 
spines between. 


DIMENSIONS. Diameter 0-72 mm, width approx. 0-27 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, all growth stages. 


_ WARIATION. Two specimens cut show proloculus diameters near 70 microns 
and are presumed megalospheric. One of these, illustrated Pl. 27, fig. 5, is about 
0-7 mm in diameter and shows g : 18 : 5—, chambers in each whorl following the 
-proloculus, with twenty chambers visible at the periphery. The chambers giadually 
become higher. It is noteworthy that the second chamber is rounded as in Num- 
mulites. These specimens are beautifully radial in wall structure. 

Juveniles tend to bear spines at the periphery, usually as a continuation of the 
| septal suture, in some cases double or treble (Pl. 24, figs 2, 3). 

DePosirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970: 11 : 26 : 409-413, 1970: 11 : 26: 414 
\Guvenile). Stub 1970: 11 : 26 : 593-595. Sections 1970 : II : 26: 499, 1970 : 
|e 26: > 500. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 742. Specimens cut (Pl. 27, figs 4, 5), 
|B 37. Spinose juvenile, Holocene, Scrobicularia Clays, Borth. 


| REMARKS. As pointed out by Cushman & Leavitt (1929) the name of this species 
las often not been used in the original sense. Paucity of records around the British 
Ht : 


} 


| 


202 Ifo Ike BUA VEIN ISS 


coasts probably indicates confusion with E. crisbum which is larger and has pitted 
umbilical bosses. E. crisbum in the sense of Montagu (1808) and Brown (1827) 
probably belongs here. 

Spinose forms of this species were originally recognized as var. aculeatum by 
Sylvestri (a homonym of Polystomella aculeata d’Orbigny). However, there is little 
doubt that spines tend to be developed as a juvenile feature and Adams (1963) 
was able to show that apparently unornamented forms sometimes revealed spinose 
early chambers in thin section. It a name is thought necessary then spinosum 
of Atkinson is available. Elphidiwm macellum sensu Heron-Allen & Earland 
(1909) does not belong here. 

DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from ‘Zoophytic Concretions’ 
in the Mediterranean and Cushman used material from Rimini and Sebenico on the 
Adriatic and from off the Island of Delos. 

Other records are: Indian Ocean, beach sand, Karachi (Cushman, 1939); off 
South Africa (Brady, 1884); South Pacific, off Sydney (Brady, 1884); South Atlantic, 
Falklands (Brady, 1884; Boltovskoy, 1953, 1954, 1963). 

This species was also found in the post glacial deposits of Norway by Feyling- 
Hanssen (1964). 


Elphidium magellanicum Heron-Allen & Earland 
(Pl 22, tig. 5; Plozwonigs 50; Pl 26, fe. 11; Ph 28 esis 
Elphidium (Polystomella) magellanicum Heron-Allen & Earland, 1932 : 440, pl. 16, figs 26-28. 
Elphidium magellanicum (Heron-Allen & Earland) Cushman, 1939: 62, pl. 17, figs 14, 15 


(after Heron-Allen & Earland); Haake, 1962 : 48, pl. 5, fig. 8. 
Cribrononion magellanicum (Heron-Allen & Earland) Lévy e# al., 1969 : 94, pl. 1, figs 7a, b; 


pili, ties 35 4, 

DiaGnosis. A small, compressed species ot E/phidium with lobate to pentagonai 
periphery and five or six chambers visible. The irregularly developed septal pits 
are almost hidden by tubercles. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 24, figs 5, 6; Pl. 26, fig. 11.) Test compressed with wae 
flat umbilicus on both sides, outline subpentagonal, periphery subrounded; five 
chambers visible, arranged in an involute planispire, slowly increasing in size and 
last chamber irregularly subquadrate; irregularly developed septal pits at sutures 
which curve evenly back to the periphery, pits confined to chamber sides; wall 
radial, minutely perforate with pores less than I micron in diameter; aperture a 
series of irregular openings at the basal suture ot the last chamber, hidden by small 
tubercles which also cover the umbilicus on each side and wide areas each side of 
the rows of pits. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-24 mm, maximum width approx. 0-08 mm. 
MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. 


VARIATION. The chief variation is from specimens with rounded chambers and 
lobate periphery (Pl. 26, fig. 11) to forms more compressed and pentagonal in 


CARDIGAN BAY “-RECENT.FORAMINIFERA 203 


outline like the specimen described. Two thin sections show specimens with 
proloculus about 40 microns, presumably megalospheric and 5:5, chambers in 
two whorls following the proloculus (Pl. 28, fig. 5). Some specimens show six 
chambers at the periphery. 


DerositoRY. B.M.(N‘H.) Slide 1970: I1 :26 : 415-418. . Stub 1970: 11 : 20: 
gma.) Sections 1970-: 11: 26: 502, 1970 : II : 26 : 503. 
PROVENANCE. Station IV, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. Our specimens come close to the types and similarly have the sutural 
depressions covered with ‘snow-like’ granules. The size range also seems to be the 
same, given as up to 0-35 mm diameter. There is no development of real septal 
bars and in this character the species comes near ElpMidiella. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the Straits of Magellan 
and additional records for the South Atlantic are: San Blas Bay (Boltovskoy, 
1954); Rio de la Plata (Boltovskoy, 1957) and Puerto Deseado, Patagonia (Bol- 
tovskoy, 1959). 

British records include: Western Approaches (Murray, 1970); Plymouth (Murray, 
1965); Christchurch (Murray, 1968). 

Further records off N.W. Europe are given for Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 
1962) and France, Dunkirk (Lévy et al., 1969). 


Elphidium margaritaceum (Cushman) 
(Pl. 24, figs 12, 13; Pl. 20, fig: 8) 
| Elphidium advenum (Cushman) var. margaritaceum Cushman, 1930 : 25, pl. Io, fig. 3; 1939 : 61, 
pint, 1g. 2; Parker, 1952a : 411, pl. 5, fig. 4; 1952b :.447, pl. 3, fig. ro. 
_ Elphidium margaritaceum (Cushman) Voorthuysen, 1958 : 32, pl. 23, fig. 13; Todd & Low, 


mgor. ror pl. 2, fig. 3; Haake, 1962 : 49, pl. 5, fig. 11. 
_ Polystomella macelia Heron-Allen & Earland, 1909 : 696, pl. 21, figs 3a, b (not Fichtel & Moll). 


Diacnosis. A compressed species of Elphidimwm with acute periphery. About 
ten chambers visible, slowly increasing in size, raised and densely perforated and 
_ tuberculate having the appearance of frosted glass. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 24, figs 12, 13.) Test compressed, almost circular in outline, 
| ao: periphery acute, shallow umbilicus on both sides; chambers arranged 
in an involute planispire, nine visible, very slowly increasing in size; irregular septal 
pits well developed, the rows curved gently back to the periphery, up to eight on 
each side of the chambers, septal bridges bar-like and covered with tubercles, 
| covering less than one-third of the chamber surface and depressed below the level 
_of the rest of the chamber which is evenly raised; wall radial and densely perforated 
“with pores which reach about I micron in diameter; aperture a row of irregular 
| openings along the basal suture of the last chamber; small tubercles, about 3 microns 
in diameter cover most of the surface but are most densely developed in and around 

| ‘the septal pits and below the apertural face. 


oe 


204 hs eee TEU NOES 


DimENsIoNS. Maximum diameter 0-41 mm, maximum width approx. 0:15 mm. 


MaTerRIAL. More than 25 specimens. 

VARIATION. Specimens have been found up to 0-5 mm in diameter, generally 
with nine or ten chambers visible. A thin section (Pl. 20, fig. 8) of one specimen 
reveals: 


Prolocus diameter Chambers in following whorls Total/visible Test diameter 
approx. 30 microns S210 B= ; 20) 0-48 mm 


There is a tendency for an irregular increase in the size of the chambers in some speci- 
mens and occasionally some of the chambers are smaller than the ones preceding, 
altering the outline of the test. 


DEPosITORY. B.M.(N:H.) Stub’ 1970 : 11 > 260 : 602. Section. 1070 = 11) 426m 
Sor. (Side 197 = 2) 10157. 
PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 335. 


REMARKS. This species was first described by Cushman as a variety of E, 
advenum. However, it differs in a number of features from that species. It has 
fewer chambers, lacks the prominent umbilical bosses and possesses characteristically 
frosted and raised chamber walls. 

Elphidium macellum sensu Heron-Allen & Earland probably belongs here and 
possibly also FE. macellum part of Cushman, 1949 : 27, pl. 5, figs 7a, b (not 8a, b). 


DISTRIBUTION. The species was first described from beach sand at Rhode Island. 
Other references for the Western Atlantic include: New Hampshire (Parker, 1952a); 
Long Island—Buzzard’s Bay area (Parker, 1952b); Martha’s Vineyard, Massachu- 
setts (Todd & Low, 1961). 

Records for the North Sea area include: Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 1962). 
Voorthuysen’s record is from the Eemian of the Netherlands (1958). 


Elphidium selseyense (Heron-Allen & Earland) sensu lato 
(Pl. 22,figs 3, 4; Pl. 24, fie. 11; Pl. 26; fies 4,.5,°7, 0, 10; Pl. 20m ies sig) 


Polystomella striatopunctata (Fichtel & Moll) var. selseyensis Heron-Allen & Earland, 1911 : 448. 
Type description and figure 1909 : 695, pl. 21, figs 2a-—c. 

Elphidium selseyense (Heron-Allen & Earland) Cushman, 1939 : 59, pl. 16, figs 26-28 (figures 
after Heron-Allen & Earland); Parker, 1952b : 449, pl. 4, fig. 9; Voorthuysen, 1958 : 31, 
pl.'23, fig. ‘9; Haake, 1962 7.40; pl. 5, figs 12-15); pl, figs 1-5. ~ 


Dracnosis. A compressed species of Elplidiwm with irregular development 
of septal pits and variable development of granules along the sutures and in the 
umbilicus. The sutures are often deeply fissured and the periphery entire to lobate. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 22, fig. 4; Pl. 26, fig. 7.) Test compressed, periphery rounded, 
entire becoming semi-lobate at the last few chambers; chambers arranged in al 
involute planispire, 11 visible at the exterior, very gradually increasing in size; 
septal sutures curved back, fissured with irregular development of septal pits, no 
regular development of septal bridges; wall radial and densely perforated with pores 


| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 205 


about I micron in diameter; aperture a series of irregular openings along the basal 
suture of the last chamber; sutural fissures lined with small, irregular granules which 
also fill the umbilicus and extend along the base of the apertural face, umbilicus 
also occupied by the irregular lobate ends of the chambers. 


DimENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:42 mm, approx. width 0-18 mm, widest at 
umbilicus. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, all growth stages; this species being one 
of the dominants in Cardigan Bay. 


VARIATION. Both entire and lobate forms occur with the tendency for the outline 
to become more lobate with growth. The specimen illustrated (Pl. 22, figs 1, 2; 
Pl. 26, figs 5, 10) may represent a distinct variety being inflated and lobate from 
early in growth, with wide depressed umbilicus filled with fine material, markedly 
fissured sutures, areal apertures and pores up to 3 microns in diameter. Specimens 
also occur with more marked umbilical bosses (PI. 26, fig. 4) approaching FE. clavatum 
but lacking the single, elevated, umbilical boss diagnostic of that species as emended 
by Loeblich and Tappan. In Pl. 22, fig. 3; Pl. 26, fig. 9 we illustrate a specimen 
with irregular almost bulla-like final chamber bearing areal apertures with protruding 
necks and large pores up to 2 microns in diameter. Some specimens show small, 
round bosses in the umbilical area and extending along the sutures; these approach 
E. lidoense Cushman. 

Specimens develop up to three whorls, generally with 9-11 chambers visible 
on the exterior. Two thin sections (Pl. 29, figs 1, 2) show the following: 


visible 
total diameter chambers per whorl externally — proloculus diameter 
entire specimen 0-40 mm 7:8:2—, fe) 35 microns 
lobate specimen 0-43 mm 7:8: 3—, ) 35 microns 


The rate of chamber size increase in both cases is: to end of first whorl x2, to 


end of second whorl x1. 


weeosirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slides 1970 :'11 : 26: 419, 420, 1970 : 11 726: 421- 
Weegee 1070: 11 : 26: 424, 425 (lobate var.).. Stub 1970 : Ir : 26.:.599-601, 605, 
Gig Sections 1970 : II : 26 :°504, 1970 : II :.26.: 505. 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen, CB 62. Other specimens illustrated, CB 58. 


_ Lobate variety, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. Our specimens closely resemble material placed by Heron-Allen 


and Earland in the ‘Students Collection’ in the British Museum and also material 


picked from Selsey shore sand which includes both entire and lobate specimens 


with both raised and sunken umbilical areas. What Heron-Allen and Earland 
veferred to in their description as a vesicular extension of the final whorl into the 


umbilicus proves to be fine grained, granular calcite. The type figures show one 
>pecimen with nine chambers visible and one, more lobate, with 11 visible. 


_ A similar range of form to that in our specimens was noted by Haake (1962) in 


material from N. Germany. 


206 Js (Re =e AaYINTSS 


Lutze (1965) followed by Lévy et al. (1969) supposed E. selseyense to be a junior 
synonym of E. excavatum (Terquem) described from the shore sands of Dunkirk 
(1875). However, Terquem’s type figure apparently shows a non-granulate form 
with excavated umbilicus. The specimen is lost but Lévy e al. in their redescription 
of a topotype state that the umbilicus is without granules; this diagnosis excludes 
E. selseyense. On the other hand, intermediate forms which they describe between 
E. excavatum and E. lidoense presumably are E. selseyense. 

As noted some of our specimens show the areal apertures of ‘Cribroelbhidium’ 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the shore sands at Selsey 
Bill in the English Channel and is recorded by Murray from Plymouth (1965a) 
and from the Western Approaches (1970) and by Atkinson (1970) from the Scillies. 
Other records for N.W. Europe are: N. Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 1962); N. 
France, Dunkirk (? part E. excavatum Lévy et al., 1969). | 

There is one record for the Western Atlantic (Parker, 1952b), other records may 
be included under L’. incertum and FE. clavatum. 


Elphidium waddenstis (Voorthuysen) 
(Pl 24) fies 410 Pl 26, fier 1; Rl 28, tesrOnstsn) 
Elphidium guntert Cole var. waddensis Voorthuysen, 1951 : 25, pl. 2, figs 16a, b. 
Elphidium guntert Tood & Low, 1961 : 19, pl. 2, fig. 10; Haake, 1962 : 48, pl. 5, figs 3, 4 (not 
=. gunteri Cole). 
Driacnosis. A coarsely perforate Elphidium with up to 14 rather narrow, de- 
pressed chambers and irregularly developed septal pits (fossettes). 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 24, figs 4, 10.) Test semi-inflated with irregular outline, 
periphery rounded, semi-lobate; ten chambers visible arranged in a planispire, 
increasing slowly in size, depressed; irregular development of square septal pits or 
fossettes at the sutures which in some cases appear simply irregularly incised, about 
four pits on each side, where developed, extending to the periphery, septal bars short; 
wall radial and coarsely perforate with both very fine and large pores up to 3 microns 
in diameter; aperture a series of irregular openings at the basal suture of the last 
chamber; apertural face only finely perforate with round tubercles at the base; 
rounded glassy beads in the umbilicus as well as tubercles which extend along the 
sutures and are particularly well developed below the apertural face. 


Dimensions. Maximum diameter 0-29 mm, maximum width approx. o-II mm, 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens, most of them small, generally golden-brown 
in colour. 

VARIATION. The chambers gradually increase in size and number per whorl. 
Externally visible chamber number varies from about nine in the smaller specimens 
to 14 in the largest noted, 0:35 mm in diameter. The chambers tend to become 


narrow and in some cases appear pressed back on each other giving an irregular | 


outline. A thin section (Pl. 28, fig. 10) shows a large proloculus of approx. 70 microns 


diameter with 7 : 12 : 4—, chambers in the following whorls, 24 chambers in all. — a 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 207 


Derosirory. B.M.(N:H.) Slide -1970 : 11-: 26-: 436-430. Section 3I970.:1L: 
Se o00,) Stubs,1970 : Ir: 20: 598, 1970.2, 11 + 26.:.758. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, Clettwr Transect, Station II, Dovey Marshes. 


Remarks. This species was originally described as a variety of EF. gunteri Cole 
known from the Pliocene of Florida. However, that species differs in being larger 
with much more regularly developed sutural pits and bars, up to Io on each chamber 
side, it is also smoother. The specimens referred by Todd and Low and by Haake 
to Cole’s species also appear to belong here. Our specimens are identical with 
topotypes of Voorthuysen’s variety on file at the British Museum. 

Dr John Murray (personal communication) has referred specimens similar to 
ours to E. oceanensis (d’Orbigny). However, the type figures given by Fornasini 
(1904) appear to show high rather than depressed chambers and a smooth periphery ; 
other details are not made clear. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from the Holocene and Recent in the 
Wadden See off Groningen, Netherlands. Other records for N.W. Europe are: 
Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 1962); France, Dunkirk (Lévy e¢ al., 1969). 

It is also described from the marshes of Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts 
(Todd & Low, 1961). This resembles its distribution on the Dovey Marshes where 
it is a frequent living form, usually golden-brown in colour. 


Elphidium williamsoni Haynes n. sp. 


(eliz24, fie.°7; Pl. 25, figs 6,-9; Pl. 27, figs 1=3) 


Polystomella umbilicatula Williamson, 1858 : 42, pl. 3, figs 81, 82; Terquem, 1875 : 429, pl. 2 
figs 3a, b (not Nautilus umbilicatulus Walker & Jacob). 
_ Elphidium umbilicatulum (Williamson) Lévy et al., 1969 : 96, pl. 1, figs 6a, b; pl. 2, figs 1, 2. 
Elphidium excavatum Cushman, 1930 (part) : 21, pl. 8, figs 4-7 only; 1939 : 58, pl. 16, figs 10-12 
olive 1949 : 28; pl.-6, figs 2a, b; Todd & Low, 1961 : 19, pl. 2, fig. 5; Haake, 1962 : 47, pl. 5, 
fig. 5; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 344, pl. 20, figs 7, 8; Brodniewicz, 1965 : 214, pl. 8, fig. 5; 
pie, fis. 4; Adams-& Frampton, 1965 : 58, pl. 5, fig. 7; Murray, 1965a : 503 (list) “pl. 1, 
_ fig. 6, 6 (stereopairs) (not Terquem). 
Cribrononion cf. alvarezianum Lutze, 1965 : tot, pl. 15, fig. 46 (not Polystomella alvareziana 


d’Orbigny). 


_ Diacnosis. A rotund species of Elphidium with rounded periphery and slight, 
_ father flat umbilicus on each side filled with the irregular ends of the chambers. 
Fossettes and septal bars well developed, reaching about eight or nine in number 
om each side and covering about half the chambers. Up to 14 chambers visible. 
Wall smooth with relatively sparse tubercles within the septal pits and at the base 
pf the apertural face. 
| Description. (Holotype, Pl. 24, fig. 7; Pl. 25, figs 6, 9.) Test semi-inflated, 
lightly umbilicate with rounded periphery, entire becoming semi-lobate at the last 
ew chambers—chambers arranged in an involute planispire, 13 visible, slowly 
‘creasing in size with marked septal pits (fossettes) increasing from six to eight or 


tine on each side (ten on third chamber from the last), strong, narrow septal bars 


| 
} 


| 
t 


208 J. R. HAYNES 


alinost equal in length to the rest of each chamber, in one case (on the last chamber) 
with a proximal opening, pits lozenge-shaped, tuberculate within; septal sutures 
flush—not visible; wall radial, finely perforate, pores rather less than I micron in 
diameter, tuberculate below the apertural face ; aperture a series of irregular openings 
along the basal suture of the last chamber, linking with the pits of the first exposed 
chamber. 

Dimensions. Diameter 0-48 mm, width approx. 0-20 mm. 

MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. Very abundant in the marshes. 


VARIATION. There is some variation in the degree of inflation and some specimens 
are slightly more subangular at the periphery. Variation of chamber number as 
seen externally is largely a function of growth, there being a gradual increase with 
each whorl. Thin sections show megalosphere sizes near 50 microns and the speci- 
men illustrated (Pl. 27, fig. 1) has 7 : 9 : 7—, chambers in each whorl following the 
proloculus, with 11 visible at the periphery. : 


DeposiTorY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 431, 432 (paratypes). Sections 
1970 : II : 20: 507, 19070 : 11 : 20 : 508 (paratypes): Stub “10707 11 20uaea 
(holotype). 

PROVENANCE. Described specimen and specimens cut Clettwr Transect, Station 
II, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. This species was for a long while confused with EF. excavatum Terquem. 
After study of topotype material, Lévy et al. have reverted to Terquem’s original 
conception of that species and include E. selseyense within its limits. The inflated, 
many chambered, marsh and estuarine form widely referred by authors to E. 
excavatum is referred by them to E. umbilicatulwm = Polystomella umbilicatula 
(Wiliamson) not Nonion umbilicatulum (Walker & Jacob). However, this contra- 
venes article 49 of the International Committee on Zoological Nomenclature as 
Williamson clearly put his species in synonymy with that of Walker and Jacob. 
This species is therefore renamed E. williamsont. Cribrononion cf. alvarezianum ot 
Lutze also belongs here. See also under E. selseyense. 

When living this species is usually found coloured green with contained algae. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species is widespread around the British Isles (often 
erroneously recorded previously as Polystomella striato-punctata (Fichtel & Moll) 
particularly in the estuarine environment. Williamson mentions specimens ob- 
tained from the stomach of a shell drake shot in Belfast Bay, unmixed with any other 
foraminifera. He supposed this ‘bonne bouche’ to have been selected via an inter- 
mediate predator such as a mollusc but in fact this species can sometimes occur 
to the exclusion of other forms in the Dovey Estuary, also the haunt of shell duck. 

Other records for N.W. Europe are: N. France, Dunkirk (Terquem, 1875; Lévy 
et al., 1969); Belgium (Cushman, 1949); Germany, Langeoog (Haake, 1962); Ostsee 
(Lutze, 1965); Poland. Baltic (Brodniewicz, 1965); Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling- 
Hanssen, 1964). 

Records from the Western Atlantic include: Massachusetts, Martha’s Vineyard 
(Todd & Low, 1961). | 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 209 


Confusion of this species with both E. excavatum and E. selseyense makes other 
records, especially those from farther afield doubtful. 


Genus NONION Montfort, 1808 
Nonion depressulus (Walker & Jacob) 
(Pl. 22, figs 8-11; Pl. 29, fig. 9; Text-fig. 44, nos 1-3) 


‘Nautilus spiralis utrinque subumbilicatus’ Walker & Boys, 1784 : 109, pl. 3, fig. 68. 

Nautilus depressulus Walker & Jacob, 1798 : 641, pl. 14, fig. 33. 

Nonion depressulum (Walker & Jacob) Cushman, 1930 : 3, pl. 1, fig. 3 only; Murray, 1965b : 148, 
pl. 25, figs 6, 7; pl. 26, figs 7, 8 (as depressulus). 

Nonion asterizans Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b : 143, pl. 13, figs 12, 13; Le Calvez, 1958 : 168, 
mlx, fg. 13 (not Fichtel & Moll). 


Dracnosis. A compressed species of Nonion with between 8 and 14 chambers 
visible at the periphery, but generally nine or ten. Chambers rather high and tend- 
ing to uncoil slightly from the umbilicus which is filled with granules of calcite 

_ and an off centre, glassy boss (both sides). Sutures often hooked back towards the 
umbilicus, excavated with the granular umbilical material extending along them 
producing a star shape. Periphery subrounded. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 22, figs Io, 11.) Test compressed with flattened sides, 
slightly uncoiled, bi-umbilicate, periphery subrounded becoming semilobate at the 
_last few chambers; chambers arranged in a planispire, gradually increasing in size 

and becoming much higher than long, ten visible at the periphery with slight, 
umbilical lobes; sutures slightly curved back and almost radial towards the periphery, 
hooked back at the umbilicus, strongly incised; large umbilicus on either side with 
glassy boss and with granules of calcite which extend along the sutures; wall granular, 
finely perforate; aperture a row of small irregular holes between rough granules at 
the basal suture. 


DimENsIonsS. Maximum diameter 0-24 mm, thickness 0-7 mm. 


_ Matertar, More than 25 specimens, mostly small. 
| VARIATION. Specimens up to 0-40 mm, maximum diameter occur and show 
from 8 to 11 chambers at the periphery (Text-fig. nos 1-3). This variation is prob- 


ably related to proloculus size. 


S @eerecitory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11: 26: 443, 444.°Section 1970: 11: 
26 #509. Stub 1970 : 11 :.26 : 658, 063, 664. 


| PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 463. Other specimens figured, nos I, 2, 


vB 13, no. 3, CB 54. Specimens illustrated Pl. 22, figs 8-11, Station VII, Clettwr 
ransect, Dovey Marshes; specimens thin-sectioned from the same locality. 


| Remarks. Dr F, T. Banner has pointed out to us that although Dr John Murray 
‘mended the diagnosis of this species on the basis of topotypes from Reculver 
each sands he did not erect a neotype. To avoid further confusion we now 


‘ropose that his topotype, Reg. no. 1962.2.12.533, becomes the neoholotype. 


i This species has been widely confused with the common marsh form now referred 


210 J. R. HAYNES 


tc Protelphidium anglicum and in marine waters has masqueraded under the name of 
its relative, N. asterizans, a larger form with angular periphery and higher chambers. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was described from the shore sands of Reculver, 
East Kent and has been recorded also from the West of Ireland, Clare Island (Heron- 
Allen & Earland, 1913b) and the Celtic Sea (Le Calvez, 1958). It is recorded by 
Murray from the Tamar Estuary (1965a), from Christchurch Harbour (1968) and 
from the Western Approaches (1970). 


Nonion (Florilus) pauperatum (Balkwill & Wright) 
(Pl. 22, figs 13, 14; Pl. 23, fig. 4; Text-fig. 44, nos 4-7) 


Nonionina pauperata Balkwill & Wright, 1885 : 353, pl. 13, figs 25, 26; Halkyard, 1889 : 71, 
pl. 2, fig. 13; Heron-Allen & Earland; 1o11 : 342, pl. 11, figs 16, 17. 

Nonion pauperatum (Balkwill & Wright) Cushman, 1930 : 13, pl. 5, figs 4, 5, 7 (after Balkwill 
& Wright, Halkyard and Heron-Allen & Earland); 1949 : 26, pl. 5, fig. 5; Haake, 1962 : 42, 


pl 3; les 6; 7- 
Diacnosis. An angular species of Nonion (Florilus) with eight or nine chambers 
visible and distinct, limbate sutures meeting in a large, flat boss (on each side). 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 22, figs 13, 14.) Test compressed, tapering from the umbilici 
to the angular periphery, semi-lobate; chambers arranged in an involute planispire, 
slowly increasing In size as added, becoming much higher than long, triangular in 
apertural view, nine visible at the periphery; sutures distinct, limbate, swept back, 


3 


0.0 0.5mm. 

Fic. 44. 1-3. Nonion depressulus. 1, side view of eight chambered specimen, probably 
megalospheric; 2, apertural view; 3, side view of specimen with 11 chambers visible. 
4-7. Nonion pauperatum. 4, apertural view of specimen with eight chambers visible 
externally; 5, side view; 6, apertural view of specimen with nine chambers visible; 
7, side view. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 211 


meeting in a flat, glassy boss; wall granular, distinctly perforated with pores about 
4 micron in size; aperture comprising two elongate, areal slits near the basal suture, 
one on each side, overlapping at the periphery; granules of calcite developed below 
the apertural face. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-30 mm, thickness 0-12 mm. 
MATERIAL. Six specimens. 


VARIATION. The specimens which apart from the one described are all less than 
0:30 mm in diameter show irregular lobation of the outline (Text-fig. 44). The 
aperture is a variable basal to raised oblong opening at the periphery (areal when 
examined in detail). 


Deposirory. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 445-449. Stub 1970: 11: 26: 
661. | 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 477. Other specimens illustrated 
figs 6, 7, CB 501, figs 4, 5, CB 542. 

REMARKS. Viewed with the light microscope this small species appears to have 
a basal aperture extending up into the apertural face as an oblong arch. Before 
the details revealed by the stereoscanner photo are seized on as being of generic 
_ significance more work must be done on allied Nonion (Florilus) species; many of 
_ which have similar arched apertures. 


DISTRIBUTION. This species was first described from the Irish Sea and there are 
a number of records from west of the British Isles: Dublin coast (Balkwill & Wright, 
1885); Southport, Lancs. (Chaster, 1892); West of Ireland, Dogs Bay (Wright, 
1900); Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); West of Scotland (Heron-Allen 
& Earland, 1916a); English Channel, Selsey (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1911); Jersey 
-(Halkyard, 1880). 
_ It has been recorded from N. Germany, Langeoog by Haake (1962) and there 
is also an Eemian record for the Netherlands (Voorthuysen, 1958). 


Genus NONIONELLA Cushman, 1926 
Nonionella auricula Heron-Allen & Earland 
(Text-fig. 45, nos I-3) 


 ’onionella auricula Heron-Allen & Earland, 1930 : 192, pl. 5, figs 68-70; Cushman, 1939 : 33, 


| pl. 9, figs 7-9 (after Heron-Allen & Earland) ; Voorthuysen, 1960 : 254, pl. 11, fig. 22; Feyling- 


| anssen, 1964 : 327, pl: 16 figs 21~23. 
Diacnosis. A minute, glassy, subglobose species of Nonionella with chambers 
ecoming about twice as high as long. Last chambers not projecting much into the 


central umbilicus which is small and deep. 


| Description. Test compressed, subglobose, ear-shaped with semi-lobate, 
unded periphery ; 11 chambers following the proloculus, arranged in a low, sinistral 


oH 
| 


212 J. R. HAYNES 


trochospire, 8 : 3—, gradually increasing in size as added, inflated, becoming twice 
as high as long, last one slightly projecting into the ventral umbilicus; sutures dis- 
tinct, impressed, radial on the ventral side, slightly curved back on the dorsal side; | 
wall translucent, distinctly perforate; aperture apparently ventral and basal; — 
distinct ventral umbilicus. | 

DimENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0:15 mm, width 0:10 mm, thickness 0-66 mm, 
proloculus diameter approx. 15 microns. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 450. 

PROVENANCE. Aberystwyth Harbour. 

REMARKS. Our specimen is very close to the types in general morphology and 
in size. Heron-Allen and Earland give a range of 0:18-0:25 mm for the maximum | 
diameter with up to 13 chambers developed. The specimens described by Voort- | 
huysen and Feyling-Hanssen also come very close but specimens ascribed to this 
species from the Arctic (Loeblich & Tappan, 1953) and from off the N.E. seaboard 
of the United States, New England (Cushman, 1944; Parker, 1952a) are much larger 
and more compressed with entire periphery and higher chambers (see especially 
fig. g of Loeblich & Tappan). These last appear to be closer to the specimens we 
describe below as Nonionella species A. 

DISTRIBUTION. This tiny, vitreous species was first described from the English — 
Channel near Plymouth. It has also been found living off the N. Kent coast, 
Hedley & Underwood (1957) and is listed from the Scillies by Atkinson (1970). 
It has also been recorded from the Dollart-Ems Estuary (Voorthuysen, 1960) and 
from the Holocene of Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964). 


O90 


0.0 0.5mm. 


| 

| 
Fic. 45. 1-3. Nonionella auricula, specimen described. 1, dorsal view; 2, side view; | 
3, ventral view. 4. Nonionella turgida, specimen with large umbilical process. 5, ©. | 
Nonionella turgida var. digitata. 5, ventral view; 6, dorsal view, specimen broken. | 


CARDIGAN BAY. RECENT -FORAMINIFERA 213 


Nenionella turgida (Williamson) 
(Pl. 22, fig. 12; Text-fig. 45, no. 4) 


Rotalina turgida Williamson 1858 : 50, pl. 4, figs 95-97. 

Nonionina asterizans var. turgida (Williamson) Carpenter, Parker & Jones, 1862 : 3IT. 

Polystomella crispa sp., var. (Nonionina) turgida (Williamson) Parker & Jones, 1865 : 405, 
pl. 17, figs 57a-c. 

Nonionina turgida (Williamson) Brady, 1884 : 731, pl. 109, figs 17-19; Goés, 1894 : 105, pl. 17, 
fe. 632. 

ee conella turgida (Williamson) Cushman, 1930: 15, pl. 6, figs 1-4, 1 after Williamson and 
2 after Brady; 1939 : 32, pl. 9, figs 2, 3; Feyling-Hanssen, 1964 : 328, pl. 17, figs 2-6. 


Diacnosis. (Pl. 22, fig. 12.) A compressed species of Nontonella with chambers 
increasing very rapidly in height and the final one extending in a broad lobe across 
the ventral umbilicus. | 


DESCRIPTION. Test compressed, ovate in outline with pointed apex, periphery 
rounded, entire; about 11 chambers in a low, sinistral trochospire, increasing rapidly 
in height, subglobose, last one extending in a broad lobe across the ventral umbilicus, 
nine visible on ventral side; sutures distinct, incised, radial; wall apparently granular, 
thin, densely but minutely perforate; aperture ventral and basal with a lip extending 
from the periphery into the umbilicus. 


Dimensions. Length 0-21 mm, width 0:13 mm, thickness about 0-Io mm, 
MATERIAL. Three specimens. 


VaRIATION. As shown in Text-fig. 4 and by authors’ figures there is considerable 
variation in the strength of development of the umbilical lobe. 


Darostory. B.M-(N.H:) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26:.451. Stub 1970 :.11 : 26 : 666. 


PROVENANCE. Specimen described and illustrated by Stereoscanner photo, 
CB 562. Other specimen illustrated, CB 382. 


REMARKS. Williamson’s type figure clearly shows an inequilateral test with 
the last chamber developing an umbilical bulge on the ventral side. Our specimens 
although smaller and less developed show essentially the same features. Some 
difficulty has been introduced because Brady (fig. 17, 1884) included in his concept 
of the species an aequilateral specimen from the Porcupine Station 67, East of the 
Shetlands. This has been accepted by later workers possibly partly because the 
igure was copied and wrongly ascribed to Williamson by Cushman (1930) on his 
_ dlate explanation, though not in the text. However, Cushman also figured another 
similar, specimen from S.W. of Ireland. These probably do not belong here. 


| 


DistRIBUTION. This species was originally described as common off the Shetlands 
and Arran, West of Scotland and also rare at Whitehaven, Cumberland, N. Irish 
vea. Subsequent records confirm this concentration off western coasts of the 
3ritish Isles: Irish Sea (Balkwill & Wright, 1885); Dee (Siddall, 1876); Southport 
ieee. 1892) ; West of Scotland, Shetlands (Waller, 1868) ; Faroe Channel (Pearcey, 
890); Inner Hebrides (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1914a, 1916a; Robertson, 1892) ; 
lyde (Robertson, 1877); West of Ireland (Wright, 1889); Dogs Bay (Wright, 1900) ; 


214 J. R. HAYNES 
Clare Island (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1913b); English Channel, Eddystone (Robert- 
son, 1870); Cornwall (Heron-Allen & Earland, 1916b); Plymouth (Heron-Allen & 
Earland, 1930;) Celtic Sea (Le Calvez, 1958); Western Approaches (Murray, 1970) ; 
North Sea, off Durham (Robertson & Brady, 1870); Forth (Pearcey, 1902). 

Other N.W. European records are: Scandinavia (Goés, 1894; Kiaer, 1900); 
Holocene, Oslofjord (Feyling-Hanssen, 1964); Hardangerfjord (Holterdahl, 1965). 

North Atlantic records are: Bay of Biscay (Berthois & Le Calvez, 1959); E. 
Atlantic (Brady, 1884); West Atlantic (Parker, 1948); Arctic (Cushman, 1948; 
Parker & Jones, 1865); Iceland (Norvang, 1945). 

Caribbean records include: Gulf of Paria (Todd & Bronniman, 1957). 

South Atlantic: Falklands (Farland, 1934); off Brazil (Boltovskoy, 1959); off 
Argentina (Boltovskoy, 1961; Brady, 1884). 

Mediterranean: Western (Todd, 1958); Tyrrhenian Sea (Norin, 1958); Eastern 
(Parker, 1958); Gulf of Naples (Hofker, 1960); Adriatic (Cita & Chierici, 1962); 
off Israel (Reiss, Klug & Merling, 1961). . ? 

Pacific: off California (Natland, 1933); off Japan (Brady, 1884); eight stations 
in the S. Pacific including off New Zealand (Brady, 1884); Malay Archaepelago 
(Millett, 1898); Manukau Harbour, New Zealand (Hulme, 1964). 

These records suggest in general a cool temperate distribution. 


Nonionella turgida (Williamson) var. digitata Norvang 
(Text-fig. 45, nos 5 and 6) 


Nonionella turgida var. digitata Norvang, 1945 : 29, text-fig. 4; Cushman, 1948 : 55, pl. 6, 

fig. 5 (after Norvang); Parker, 1952a : 413, pl. 5, figs 15, 16. 

DiaGnosis. A variety of Nonionella turgida with digitate margin to the umbilical 
process. 

DESCRIPTION. Test with last chamber broken and others holed, elongate-ovate 
with pointed apex, subglobose, periphery rounded; nine chambers following the 
proloculus in a low, dextral trochospire, becoming high but less than twice as high 
as long, gradually increasing in size as added, inflated, seven visible on the involute 
ventral side; sutures incised, radial on the ventral side, swept back on the dorsal 
side; wall apparently granular, thin, transparent, finely and densely perforated; 
last chamber extending over the ventral umbilicus with digitate margin, the finger- 
like processes extending along the line of the sutures. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum length 0-17 mm, width o-10 mm. 

MATERIAL. One specimen only. 

DEposiIToRY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26: 452. 

PROVENANCE. CB 646. 


REMARKS. Our specimen appears to show the incipient development of the 
remarkable ‘tubulose appendices’ which in the type partially cover the earlier cham- 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 215 


bers. A similar development occurs in Elphtdium selseyense (Pl. 22, fig. 3) and is 
probably connected with a particular phase of ontogeny. It is reminiscent of the 
bulla in certain Globigerinidae. 


DISTRIBUTION. This variety was described from Pistilfj6rour, Iceland and has 
also been recorded from off the N.E. seaboard of N. America, Portsmouth, New 
Hampshire (Parker, 1952a). 


Nonionella (? Nonionellina) species A 
(Pl. 22, figs 17, 18; Pl. 23, fig. 3; Text-fig. 46, nos 1-4) 


DiaGnosis. A compressed species of Nonionella with chambers becoming more 
than three times as high as long; test apparently tending to become almost planispiral 
and aequilateral in the last part; ventral umbilicus tuberculate. 


DESCRIPTION. (PI. 22, figs 17, 18; Pl. 23, fig. 3.) Test compressed, ear-shaped 
with entire to slightly lobate, subround periphery; chambers arranged in a low, 
dextral trochospire, ten visible at the periphery with flattened sides, gradually 
_ Increasing in size as added, last one more than three times as high as wide and 
projecting into the ventral umbilicus; sutures thickened and incised, swept back; 
wall thin, apparently granular, finely and densely perforate; aperture a series of small 
irregular openings at the ventral, basal suture of the last chamber surrounded by 
tubercles which fill the umbilicus and line the sutures. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter approx. 0:50 mm, width 0-35 mm, thickness 
0-15 mm. 


MATERIAL. Four specimens. 


| 0.0 0.3mm. 


_ Fic. 46, 1-4. Nonionella species A. 1-3, specimen showing almost equal involution 


on both sides; 1, view of ventral side; 2, edge; 3, dorsal side; 4, additional specimen, 
side view. 


216 J. R. HAYNES 


VARIATION. The text figures show two of the other specimens recovered, both 
are broken but the more complete one, nos 1-3, shows the tendency for both sides 
to become involute and the test almost aequilateral with 11 chambers visible. 
The other specimen shows 12 chambers. 


Depository. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 ::26 : 453, 454. Stub 1970 : 112 26% 
665. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described and illustrated by stereoscanner photos, 
CB 15. Other specimens, Text-fig. nos 1-3, CB-384; Text-fig. no. 4, CB 343. 


REMARKS. This species has some resemblance to Nomionella atlantica Cushman 
but is more compressed and becomes more involute on the dorsal side. Some of 
the specimens referred to N. auricula from the Arctic and Western Atlantic may be 
the same (see for instance Loeblich & Tappan, 1953, fig. 9). Nontonella sp. A of 
Todd & Bronniman (1957) from the Gulf of Paria, Trinidad is also very close. 


Genus PROTELPHIDIUM Haynes, 1956 
Protelphidium anglicum Murray 
(Pl. 22; figs 15, 167.Pl. 23) figs 1, 2; Pl 27, figs 6-6) 

Protelphidium anglicum Murray, 1965b : 149, pl. 25, figs 1-5, pl. 26, figs 1-6; 1968 : 94 (list), 

pl. 1, figs 11a; b: 
Nonionina crassula Williamson, 1858 : 33, pl. 3, figs 70, 71, as N. umbilicatula on figure (not 

Walker & Jacob). 
Nonionina depressula Brady, 1867 : 106 (not Nautilus depressulus Walker & Jacob). 
Nonion depressulus Cushman, 1930 : 3, pl. 1, figs 3-6; Voorthuysen, 1958 : 28, pl. 23, fig. 2; 


Haake, 1962 : 40, pl. 3, figs 1, 2 (as depressulum). 
Protelphidium depressulum Adams & Haynes, 1965 : 36 (list). 


Diacnosis. An inflated species of Protelbiidium with apertural face not much 
higher than wide, entire periphery and eight or nine chambers visible externally. 
Sutures deeply excavated towards the umbilicus and lined with minute tubercles. 
Wall very thin and minutely perforate. 


DESCRIPTION. (Pl. 22, figs 15, 16; Pl: 23, figs 1, 2.) Test moderately come 
pressed with rounded periphery, circular in outline, becoming slightly uncoiled in 
the last part with small, deep, open umbilicus, periphery entire; chambers arranged 
in an involute planispire, eight visible externally, gradually increasing in size as 
added; sutures gently curved back towards the periphery, deeply excavated towards 
the umbilicus, lined with minute tubercles, approx. 5 microns in length; wall thin, 


radial, densely and minutely perforated with pores less than I micron in diameter; 


aperture multiple, apparently a series of small openings along the basal suture of 
the last chamber, largely hidden by tubercles. 


DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-36 mm, width 0-14 mm. 


MATERIAL. More than 25 specimens. One of the most abundant species in the 
Dovey Estuary. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 217 


VARIATION. Specimens with nine or even ten chambers visible at the periphery 
occur and also specimens with the last chambers becoming lobate. Thin sections 
show that at least two proloculus sizes occur, Pl. 27, figs 6, 9, with chambers developed 
as follows: 


Chamber number in Total number Total 
Proloculus diameter following whorls + proloculus visible Test diameter 
approx. IO microns 7:9:10:2— 29 9 0-45 mm 
approx. 40 microns 6:8:5— 20 8 0-35 mm 


Thus both microspheric and megalospheric forms appear to be present. 

DeposiTorY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970 : 11 : 26 : 455-462. Sections 1970: 11: 
mee rO, 1070 : TI: 26 : 511, 1970: 11: 26: 512. Stub 1970: 11 : 26 : 659. 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described and specimens cut Station III, Clettwr 
Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. As shown by Murray (1965b) this brackish water species has been 
confused with Nonion depressulus. It is distinguished from the neotype of that 
species by its radial wall structure, inflated, more depressed chambers and open 
umbilicus also by generally having eight or nine rather than Io or 11 chambers 
visible externally. . 

Most references in the British literature to N. depressulus from brackish water 
habitats probably belong here, such as Brady (1867) who gives a record for the mouth 
of the Wansbeck on the N.E. coast. A figured reference which can be included with 
fair certainty in synonymy is Williamson’s of N. crassula. The specimen figured by 
Brady (1884) from off Sydney, Australia, probably does not belong here. 


DISTRIBUTION. The types are from Christchurch Harbour, Hampshire. Prob- 
ably ubiquitous in brackish water habitats around the British Isles. 


Family UNCERTAIN 
Genus EPIS TOMINELLA Husezima & Maruhasi, 1944 
Epistominella naraensis (Kuwano) 
| (Pl. 20, fig. 14; Pl. 23, figs 7, 8; Test-fig. 47, nos I-5) 
_ Pseudoparrella naraensis Kuwano, 1950 : 317, text-figs 6a-c. 


? Epistominella sandiegoensis Uchio, 1960 : 68, pl. 9, figs 6, 7. 
| Pulvinulinella exigua Hofker, 1951a : 322, text-figs 219-221 (not Brady). 


_ Diacnosis. A small, biconvex species of Epistominella with rounded periphery 
ind six chambers in each whorl. 

| DESCRIPTION, (Text-fig. nos 1-4.) Test small, biconvex with rounded periphery 
ind shallow ventral umbilicus, entire to slightly lobate; 18 chambers arranged in 


218 J. R. HAYNES 


a low, sinistral, trochospire, all visible on the dorsal side, 6 : 6 : 6, in each whorl 
following the proloculus, gradually increasing in size and becoming longer than high 
in the second whorl, six visible on the ventral side, umbilical extremities slightly 
overlapping; sutures slightly impressed, markedly backwards curving on the dorsal 
side, radial to slightly curved on the ventral side; wall thin, glassy, radial with fine 
perforations less than } micron in size, ventral umbilical area adjacent to internal 
tooth plates imperforate; aperture a curved slit almost parallel to the periphery, 
extending from the basal suture of the final chamber, curving slightly dorsally 
within a depression in the truncate, apetural face, with denticulate border, the proxi- 
mal edge passing into a trough shaped internal tooth plate. 

DIMENSIONS. Maximum diameter 0-13 mm, height 0-o7 mm. Approx. diameter 
of the proloculus 7 microns. 


MATERIAL. Six specimens only. 

VARIATION. Some specimens are rather more lobate and in some cases the final 
chamber is more subangular at the periphery with subquadrate apertural face 
(Text-fig. no. 5). In our specimens the proloculus diameter varies between 6- 
8 microns, with up to Ig chambers developed, they thus come near to what Hofker 
described as the B form (microspheric generation) with proloculus of 6 microns dia- 
meter and up to 17 chambers developed. 


0.0 0.2mm. 0.0 O . 1mm. 


Fic. 47, 1-5. Epistominella naraensis. 1, ventral view; 2, side view; 3, dorsal view; 
4, oblique side view of specimen described. N.B. Internal chamber walls seen through 
the thin glassy outer wall give appearance of double septa; 5, specimen with more 
angular periphery at last chamber, drawn from stereoscanner photo. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 219 


DerestroRyY. B.M.(N.H.) Slide 1970: 11 :.26 : 463, 464. ‘Stub-1970 ! 11: 26: 
610-612. . 

PROVENANCE. Specimen described, CB 419. Other specimens shown in text-fig. 
and by stereoscanner photos, Clettwr Transect, Dovey Marshes. 


REMARKS. Our specimens closely resemble FE. naraensis in chamber number and 
size, with diameters generally less than 0-2 mm. Epistominella sandiegoensis may 
be synonymous, as the dorsal and ventral views given are identical with E. naraensis 
and it is described as biconvex, although no side view is given. EF. vitrea differs in 
being slightly larger with flattened ventral side. 

The specimens described as Pulvinulinella exigua by Hofker also appear to belong 
here as the figures show identical chambering, distribution of pores and aperture 
shape; Epistominella exigua (Brady) has an acute periphery and must be ruled out. 


DISTRIBUTION. The types are from the Plocene of Honshu Island, Japan 
while Uchio’s specimens are from 350 fathoms off San Diego, California. Hofker’s 
material is also from the Indo-Pacific region and on the equator, though at great 
depth, 582 fathoms, bottom temperature 6-6°C. It is also recorded by Matoba 
(1970) from Matsushima Bay, N.E. Japan. 


Vil. *SUMMARY-AND CONCLUSIONS 


I. One hundred and sixy-five species are described belonging to 65 genera and 
27 families. One genus is new, Eggerelloides, genoholotype EF. scabrum (Williamson) 
and also the following 12 species: 


Ammobaculites balkwilli 
Ammonia aberdoveyensis 
Buliminella borealis 
Elphidium exoticum 
Elphidium williamsonti 
Guttulina harrist 
Lagena doveyensis 
Lagena hibernica 
Lagena sulcata var. torquiformis 
Oolina heronalleni 
Siphonina georgiana 

— Spiropthalmidium acutimargo var. emaciatum 
Techmitella teivyense 


In addition a neotype has been selected and described for Quinqueloculina bicornis 
(Walker & Jacob) and a neotype for Nonion depressulus (Walker & Jacob) cited 
from the Murray Collection in the British Museum. 


2. Revised identifications of species mentioned in our published lists, apart 
from simple generic shifts, are as follows: 


220 ql. RS PE AWaNGES 


Ammobaculites agglutinans = A. balkwilli n. sp. 
Ammonia beccarii batavus (estuary variety) = A. aberdoveyensis n. sp. 
Buliminella elegantissima = B. borealis n. sp. 
Cyclogyra involvens = C. selseyensis (Heron-Allen & 
Farland) | 
Discorbis baccata = Discorbis wright (Brady) 
Elphidium crispum = E. macellum (Fichtel & Moll) 
Elphidium discordale = FE. exoicum nn. sp. 
Elphidium excavatum = E. williamsoni n. sp. 
Elphidium granosum = E. waddensts (Voorthuysen) 
Elphidium voorthuysem = E. incertum (Williamson) 
Epistominella vitrea = FE. naraensis (Kuwano) 
Fissurina orbignyana = F, elliptica (Cushman) 
Nonion asterizans = Nonion depressulus (Walker & 
Jacob) ) 
Nonitonella atlantica = NV. species A 
Oolina apiculata = O. lineata (Williamson) 
Planorbulina mediterranensis = P. distoma Terquem 
Protelphidium depressulum = P. anglhicum Murray 
Protoschista findens = keophax monitlforme Siddall 
Pyrgo williamsoni = P_ species: A 
Quingueloculina agglutinata = Q. aspera da’ Orbigny 
Quinqueloculina subarenaria = Q. aspera d’Orbigny 
Quinqueloculina species 3 = Q. lata Terquem 
Spirillina vivipara = S. perforata (Schultze) 


Species represented by single, imperfect specimens are not described. In addition 


all the species of Lenticulina and all species of Cassidulina except one are set aside — 


until better material is obtained from deeper parts of the Irish Sea. 
3. No attempt is made to arrange the species in groups above the family level. 


4. Although the fundamental character of the wall is valuable in classification 
it cannot be applied rigidly. It seems unlikely that all the different wall structure 
groups arose separately from tectinous ancestors. In particular, optically granular 
structure is near to radial structure and one may derive from the other. For this 
reason, the attempt to hive off granular forms into the three supe families Cassidu- 
linacea, Anomalinacea and Nonionacea is abandoned. 


5. The family Nonionidae is interpreted in the wide sense to include both Nomon 
and Elphidium. Elphidium is interpreted widely to include radial and granular 
species both with and without septal bridges and fossettes. 


6. The family Discorbidae is interpreted in the wide sense and some recently | 


suggested generic names, Glabratella, Neoconorbina and Gavelinopsis, are used only | 
tentatively or abandoned. Much more needs to be known about wall structure | 


and reproduction before further names are coined for the ‘discorbids’. 


| 


| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 221 


VIIL---REFERENCES 


Acosta, J. T. 1940. Algunos Foraminiferos nuevas de las costas Cubanos. Torreia 5 : 3-6. 

Apams, T. D. +4963. Holocene foraminifera from the Dovey Estuary and Cardigan Bay. Un- 
published Ph.D. thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 

Apams, T. D. & FRAMPTON, J. 1965. A note on some recent foraminifera from North west 
Iceland. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 16 (2) : 55-59, pl. 5, 1 tf. 

Apams, T. D. & Haynes, J. 1965. Foraminifera in Holocene marsh cycles at Borth, Cardi- 
ganshire (Wales). Palaeontology 8 : 27-38. 

Apams, T. D., HAYNEs, J. R. & WALKER, C. T. 1965. Boron in Holocene illites of the Dovey 
Estuary, Wales and its relationship to palaeosalinity in cyclothems. Sedimentology 4 : 189- 
195. 

ADEGOKE, O. S., DESSAUVAGIE, T. F. J. & YoLoveE, V. L.A. 1969. Hemisphaervammina-like 
ege capsules of Neritina (Gastropoda). Muicropalaeontology 15 (1) : 102-106, pl. 1, tfs 1-5. 

AtBpaNnlI, A. D. 1965. The foraminifera in a sample dredged from the vicinity of Salisbury 

Island, Durban Bay, South Africa. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 16 (2) : 60-66, 

ipl. tt. © tab. 

1968. Recent Foraminiferida from Port Hacking. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 

19 (3) : 85-1109, pls 7-10, tis 1-11., tabs. 

Atcock, T. 1865. Notes on the natural history specimens lately received from Connemara. 
Proc. lit. phil. Soc. Manchr. 4 : 192-208. 

ANDEL, T. H. Van & Postma, H. 1954. Recent Sediments of the Gulf of Paria. Verh. K. 
ned. Akad. Wet., 1, 20 : 1-245. 

ANDERSON, G. J. 1963. Distribution patterns of recent foraminifera of the Bering Sea. 
Micropalacontology 9 (3) : 305-317, I pl., 12 tfs, 1 tab. 

ANDERSON, H. V. 1952. Buccella a new genus of the rotalid foraminifera. J. Wash. Acad 
Sei. 42 (5) : 143-151, tfs 1-13. 

1953. Iwo new species of Haplophragmoides from the Louisiana Coast. Contr. Cushman 
Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 4 (1) : 21-22, pl. 4. 

ARNAL, R. E. 1958. Rhizopoda from the Salton Sea, California. Contry. Cushman Fdn. 
Fovramin. Res. 9 (2) : 36-45, pls 9-12, 1 tf. 

Asano, K. 1960. The Foraminifera from the adjacent Seas of Japan. Scient. Rep. Téhoku 
Univ. Ser. 2, Spec. Vol. 4 : 189-201. 

ATKINSON, K. 1967. A study of the Foraminifera in the Trawling Grounds, Cardigan Bay. 
Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 

—— 1968. The genus Sigmoilopsis Finlay 1947 from Cardigan Bay, Wales. Contr. Cushman 
Fdn. Foramin. Res. 19 (4) : 160-162, pl. 18. 

—— 1969. The association of hving foraminifera with Algae from the littoral zone, south 
Cardigan Bay. J. nat. Hist. 3 : 517-542, tfs 1-6. 

—-= 1970. The marine flora and fauna. of the Isles of Scilly: Foraminifera. J. nat. Hist. 
4 ; 387-308. 

AVNIMELECH, M. 1952. Revision of the Tubular Monothalamia. Conty. Cushman Fdn, 
Fovamin. Res. 3 : (2), 60-68 17 tfs. 

AYALA-CASTANARES, A. 1963. Sistematica y distribucion de los foraminiferos Recientes de 
la Laguna de Terminos, Campeche, Mexico. Boll. Inst. de Geol. Univ. Mex. 67 (3) : 1-130, 
It pls, 60 tfs. 

BaLkwiL1, F. P. & MiLLett, F. W. 1884. The foraminifera of Galway. J. muicrosc. nat. 
Sci. 3 (9) : 19-28; (10) : 78-90, pls 1-4. 

BaLkwit1, F. P. & Wricut, J. 1882. Recent foraminifera of Dublin and Wicklow. Proc. 
teely. Acad. Set: 2,3 + 545-550. 

~—— 1885. Report on some Recent foraminifera found off the coast of Dublin in the Irish Sea. 
Ivans. R. Iv. Acad. 28 (Sci.) : 317-372, pls 12-14. 

Banpy, O. L. 1949. Eocene and Oligocene foraminifera from Little Stave Creek, Clarke 
County, Alabama. Bull. Am. Paleont. 32 (131) : 5 : 211, pls 1-27, tfs 1, 2, 1 tab. 


222 Ji REA NEN GE S 


Banpy, O. L. 1950. Some later Cenozoic foraminifera from Cape Blanco, Oregon. J. Paleont. 
24 (3) : 269-281, pls 41, 42, 2 tis. 

—— 1951. Upper Cretaceous foraminifera from the Carlsbad area, San Diego County, California. 
J. Paleont. 25 (4) : 488-513, pls 72-75, tis 1, 2, tabs 1, 2. 

—— 1953. Ecology and palaeontology of some Californian foraminifera. Pt1. The fre- 
quency distribution of Recent foraminifera off California. J. Paleont. 27 : 161-182, pls 
21-25. 

—— 1961. Distribution of foraminifera, radiolaria and diatoms in sediment of the Gulf of 
California. Muicropaleontology 7 (1) : 1-26, pls 1-5. 

—— 1963. Dominant paralic foraminifera of Southern California and the Gulf of California. 
Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 14 (4) : 127-134. 

Banpy, O. L. & Ecuots, R. J. 1964. Antarctic foraminiferal zonation—Biology of the 
Antarctic Seas, Milton O. Lee, Antarctic Research Series 1, Am. Geophys. Un. 1190 : 73-01, 
tis I-14. 

BARBIERI, F. & MEDIOLI, F. 1969. Distribution of foraminifera on the Scotian Shelf (Canada). 
Riv. ital. Paleont. Stratigy. 75 (4) : 849-878, pls 62-68. 

BARKER, R. W. 1960. Taxonomic notes on the species figured by H. B. Brady in his report 
on the Foraminifera dredged by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. Accompanied 
by a veproduction of Brady's Plates. Soc. Econ. Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Tulsa, 
Okla. Sp. Pub: 9; 233: pps. 

BARNARD, T. 1959. Some arenaceous foraminifera from the Lias of England. Contr. Cush- 
man Fdn. Foramin. Res. 10 (4) : 132-136, pl. 11. 

BARTENSTEIN, H. 1938. Foraminiferen der meerischen und brackishen Bejinke des Jade- 

Gebietes. Senckenbergiana 20 : 386-412. 

1969. Das problem der gattungs und art-trennung bei Brackwasser-Foraminiferen am 
beispiel der weltweit verbreiteten Jadammina polystoma und ihrer verwandten. Senckhen- 
berg. leth. 50 (4) : 367-375. 

BARTENSTEIN, H. & Brann, E. 1938. Die Foraminiferen Fauna des Jade-Gebiete. 1. 
Jadammina polystoma n.g.n.sp. sus dem Jade-Gebiete (For.). Senckenbergiana 20 : 381-385. 

Bartlett, G. A. 1964. <A preliminary study of foraminifera distribution on the Atlantic 
Continental Shelf, Southeastern Nova Scotia. Geol. Surv. Pap. Can. 64-5 : 1-19, 2 tabs, 
fig. 

Br, A. W. H. 1967. Zoo plankton, Sheet 108. Foraminifera Families: Globigerinidae and 
Globorotahidae. Fich. Ident. Zooplancton. 

—— 1969. Planktonic Foraminifera, from, ‘Distribution of selected groups of Marine Inverte- 
brates in waters South of 35°S. Lat.’ Antarctic Map Folio Ser. 11 : 9-12. 

BE, A. W. H. & Hamuiin, W. H. 1967. Ecology of Recent planktonic foraminifera. Pt 3— 
Distribution in the North Atlantic during the summer of 1962. Micropalaeontology 13 
(1) : 87-106. 

Beum, H. J. & GREKULINSKI, E. F. 1958. Ecology of Foraminifera in Main and Richmond 
Creeks, Staten Island, New York. Proc. Staten Isl. Inst. Arts Sci. 20 (2) : 53-66, 1 pl. 
BERMUDEZ, P. J. 1949. Tertiary smaller foraminifera of the Dominican Republic. Te 

Publ. Cushman Lab. 25 : 322 pps, 26 pls, 4 tabs, 6 tfs. 

BERTHELIN, G. 1878. Liste des foraminiféres recueillis dans la baie de Bourgneuf et a 
Pornichet. Soc. acad. Nantes ser. 5, 8 : 203-246. 

Bertuois, L. & LE CaLvez, Y. 1959. Deuxiéme contribution a l’étude de la sédimentation 
dans le Golfe de Gascogne. Revue Trav. Inst. Péches marit. 23 (3) : 323-376, 1 pl., 17 tis. 

BuATIA, S. B. 1956. Recent foraminifera from the Shore Sands of Western India. Contr. 
Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 7 (1) : 15-24, pls 1-5. 

BLANC-VERNET, L. 1958. Les milieux sédimentaires littoraux de la Provence occidentale 
(Céte rocheuse). Relations entre la microfauna et la granulométre de sédiment. Buil. 
Inst, océanogr. Monaco 1112 : 1-45, 10 pls, 8 tfs. 

BLAINVILLE, H. M. Ducrotay DE. 1825. Manuel de malacologie et de conchyliologie. 664 pps, 
87 pis, P-G. Levrault, Paris: 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 223 


Biow, W. H. 1956. Origin and Evolution of the foraminiferal genus Orbulina d’Orbigny. 
Micropaleontology 2 (1) : 57-70, 4 tfs. 

Bottovskoy, E. . 1954. Foraminiferos del Golfo San Jorge. Revita Inst. nac. Invest. Cienc. 

nat. Mus. argent. Cienc. nat. Bernardino Rivadavia, Ciencias geologicas 3 (3) : 79-228, 

ls I-19. 

— Recent Foraminifera from Shore Sands at Quequen, Province of Buenos Aires, 

and changes in the Foraminiferal fauna to the North and South. Contr. Cushman Fdn. 

Fovramin. Res. 6 (1) : 39-42, pl. 7, 1 tf. 

-——1957. Los foraminiferos del estuario del Rio de la Plata y su zona de Influencia. Revta 
Inst. nac. Invest. Cienc. nat. Mus. argent. Cienc. nat. Bernardino Rivadavia 6 (1) : 1-76, 
11 pls, 1 tab. 

——— 1958. The foraminiferal fauna of the Rio de la Plata and its relation to the Caribbean 
area. Contry. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 9 (1) : 17-21, pl. 6, tfs 1, 2. 

—— 1959. Foraminiferos Recients del de Brasil y sur relaciones con los de Argentina e India 

de Oeste. Marina. B. Aires, N1005 : 1-122, 20 pls, 2 tabs, 1 map. 

1961. Foraminiferos de la platforma continental entre el calo Santo Tome y la embocodure 

de Rio de la Plata. Revta. Mus. argent. Cienc. nat. Bernardino Rivadavia Inst. nac. Invest. 

Cienc. nat., Ciencias zoologicas 4 (6) : 249-346, pls 1-12, 1 tf. 

—— 1963. The littoral foraminiferal biocenoses of Puerto Deseado (Patagonia, Argentina). 
Contry. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 14 (2) : 58-70, pls 6, 7. 

- Bottovskoy E. & BoLtovskoy A. 1968. Foraminiferos y Tecamebas de la parte inferior 

del Rio Quenquen Grande. Revta Mus. argent. Cienc. nat. Bernardino Rivadavia Inst 
nac. Invest. Cienc. nat., Hidvobiol. 2 (4) : 127-164, pls 1-3. 

Bottovskoy, E. & LENA, H. 1966. Unrecorded foraminifera from the littoral of Puerto 
Deseado. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 17 (4) : 144-149, pl. 13. 

BOWERBANK, J. S. 1862. On the anatomy and physiology of the Spongiadae; Part III. 
On the generic characters, the specific characters, and on the method of examination. 
Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 152 : 1087-1135, pls 72-74. 

BRADSHAW, J.S. 1957. Laboratory studies on the rate of growth of the foraminifera Streblus 

beccavu (Linné) var. tepida (Cushman). J. Paleont. 31 (6) : 1138-1147, 5 tfs. 

1959. Ecology of living planktonic foraminifera in the north and equatorial Pacific. 

| Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 10 (2) : 25-64, pls 6-8. 

~Brapy, G. S. & RoBertson, D. 1876. Report on the dredging off the coast of Durham and 

! North Yorkshire. Rep. Br. Ass. Advmt. Sct. 45 : 185-197. 

Brapy, H. B. 1864. Contributions to the knowledge of the foraminifera. On the Rhizo- 

| podal fauna of the Shetlands. Tyvans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 24 : 463-475, pl. 48. 

—— 1865. ‘Foraminifera’ in T. R. Jones: Microzoa of the Valley deposits of the Nar, Norfolk. 

| Geol. Mag. 2 : 306-307. 

—— 1867. A catalogue of the Recent foraminifera of Northumberland and Durham. Trans. 

| nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. 1 : 83-107, pl. 12. 

_—— 1870. ‘Foraminifera’ in G. S. Brady, D. Robertson and H. B. Brady: The Ostracoda 

| and Foraminifera of tidal rivers. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 4, 6 : 273-306, pls 11 and 12. 

-—— 1881. On some Arctic foraminifera from soundings obtained on the Austro-Hungarian 
North-Polar Expedition of 1872-1874. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 5, 8 : 393-418, pl. 21. 

'—— 1882. Report on the Foraminifera. In: Tizard and Murray’s Exploration of the Faroe 

Channel during the summer of 1880 in H.M.S. ‘Knight Errant’. Proc. R. Soc. Edinb. 

2 (111) : 708-717. 

_—— 1884. Report on the Foraminifera dredged by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the years 

1873-1876. Challenger Rep. Zool. 9: 814 pps, 115 pls, 2 maps, in 2 vols. 

| 1887. A synopsis of the British Recent Foraminifera. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. 14 : 872-926. 

RADY, H. B., Parker, W. K. & Jones, T. R. 1870. A monograph of the genus Polymor- 

|  phina. Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond. 27 : 197-253, pls 29-42. 

PRAGA, J. M. 1961. Foraminiferos da costa de Mocambique. Pub. Inst. Zool. ‘Dv. Augusto 

Nobre’, Fac. de Ciénc. Porto. Portugal 77 : 1-208, pls 1-21. 


224 J. R. HAYNES 


BRopNIEwIcz, I. 1965. Recent and some Holocene foraminifera of the southern Baltic Sea. 
Acta Palaeont. pol. 10 (2) : 131-248, pls 1-11, tf 34. 

BRONNIMANN, P. 1951. The genus Orbulina d’Orbigny in the Oligo-Miocene of Trinidad, 
B.W.1. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 2 (4) : 131-138, tis 1-5. 

Brown, T. 1827. Illustrations of the conchology of Great Britain and Iveland. 1-4, 52 pls. 

W. H. & D. Lizan, Edinburgh. 

1844. Illustrations of the Recent conchology of Great Britain and Ireland, with the descriptions 

and localities of all the species. 2nd Edit., London, 145 pps, 59 pls. 

Bruce, J. R., Corman, J. S. & Jones, N.S. 1963. Marine fauna of the Isle of Man. Lpool. 


Univ. Press 36 : 1-307, 6 chts. 
BrtwnicH, M.T. 1772. M.T. Brinnich Zoologiae fundamenta. 253 pps, Grunde i Dyreloeren 


(Hafniae et Lipsiae). 

BucHNER, P. 1940. Die Lagenen des Golfes von Neapel und der marinen ablangerungen auf 
Ischia. Nova Acta Leopoldina 9 (62) : 363-560, 29 pls, 642 tfs. 

BurceEss, E. W. 1889. Foraminifera of Oban, Scotland. Tyvans. Bgham nat. Hist. microse. 
Soc. Midl. Nat., n.s. 12 : 77-81; 116-120; 130-133. 7 

1891. Notesonsome foraminifera from the river Mersey. Tvans. Lpool biol. Soc. 5 : 73-80. 

BuTcHErR, W. S. 1951. Foraminifera, Coronado Bank and Vicinity, California Univ. Rep. 
Scripps Instn. Oceanogr., Geol. 19 : 1-9, 6 tfs. 

Buzas, M. A. 1965. The distribution and abundance of foraminifera in Long Island Sound. 
Smithson. misc. Collins 149 (1) : 1-88, pls 1-4. 

—— 1966. The discrimination of morphological groups of Elphidium (Foraminifer) in Long 
Island Sound through canonical analysis and invariant characters. J. Paleont. 40 (3) : 
585-594, pls 71-72. 

CARALP, M., Lamy, A. & Pujos, M. 1970. Contribution a la connaisance de la distribution 
bathymétrique des Foraminiféres dans Le Golfe de Gascogne. Revita esp. Micropaleont. 


2 (1) : 55-84, 9 tis. 
CARPENTER, W. B. 1881. The microscope and its revelations. 6th ed. London, Ballantyne, 


Henson & Co. 882 pps, 25 pls, 502 tfs. 
CARPENTER, W. B., PARKER, W. K. & JONES, T. R. 1862. Introduction to the study of the 


foraminifera. Ray Soc. Lond. 319 pps, 22 pls, 47 tfs. 

CARTER, H. J. 1870. Ontwo new species of the foraminiferal genus Squamulina, and on a new 
species of Difflugia. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 4, 5 : 309-326, pls 4, 5. 

CHAFFER, W. 1894. ‘Foraminifera’ in the 7th Ann. Rep. Lpool. Mar. Comm. and their biel. 
Stat. at Port Erin. Tvans. Lpool. biol. Soc. 8 : 3-49. 

CHAMNEY, T. P. 1969. Barremian Textulariina, Foraminiferida from Lower Cretaceous 
Beds, Mount Goodenough Section, Aklavik Range, District of MacKenzie. Bull. geol. 
Surv. Can. 185 : 1-41, pls 1-6. 

CHAPMAN, F. 1899. On the foraminifera collected around the Funafuti Atoll from shallow 

and moderately deep water. J. Linn. Soc. 28 : 379-415, 2 pls, 8 tbs. 

1941. Report on Foraminiferal Soundings and Dredgings of the F.1.S. ‘Endeavour’ 
along the Continental Shelf of the S.E. Coast of Australia. Tvans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 65 
(2) : 145-211, pls 7-9. 
CHAPMAN, F. & Parr, W. J. in Parr, W. J. 1932. Victorian and South Australian shallow 

water foraminifera. Pt. 2. Pyvoc. R. Soc. Vict., n.s. 44 : 218-234, pls 21-22. 

CHapMAN, F. & Parr, W. J. 1937. Foraminifera. Aust. Antarctic Exped. 1911-1914. 
Set. Rep. ser. C 1 (2) : 1-190, 4 pls. 

CHASTER, G. W. 1892. Report on the foraminifera of the Southport District. Rep. Southport 
Soc. nat. Sci. 4: 54-72, pl. 1. (Abstr. Jl. Roy. microsc. Soc. 1892, p. 379.) 

CurErRici, M. A., Busi, M. T. & Cita, M. B. 1962. Contribution a une étude écologique des 
foraminiféres dans la mer Adriatique. Revue Micropaléont. 5 (2) : 123-142, pls 1, 2, 7 Us. 

Cita, M. B. & Cuterici, M. A. 1962. Crociera Talassographica Adriatico 1955 v. Richerche 
Sui Foraminiferi Contenuti in 18 Carote Prelevata sul Fondo del Mare Adriatico. Arche 


Oceanogr. Limnol. 12 (3) : 297-359, 8 pls, 9 tabs, 27 tfs. 


Ee = 


| 


j 
| 
j 


7 


| 


4 


| 
| 
| 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 225 


CLARKE, J. 1906. Marine Zoology (Foram. list pp. 115-119). In: A history of Cornwall. 1. 
Victoria History of the Counties of England. Ed. W. Page. 

Cioss, D. & BARBARENA, M.C. 1962. Faunal studies of Recent Foraminifera from the shore 
sands of the State of Rio Grande de Sulin Southern Brazil. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. 
mes. 13) (3) : 74-78, 1 tt.,.1 tab. 

CocKBAIN, A. E. 1963. Distribution of foraminifera in Juan de Fuca and George Straits, 
British Columbia, Canada. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 14 (2) : 37-57, 13 tfs, 
2 tabs. 

Cottins, A. C. 1958. Foraminifera: in Scient. Rep. Gt. Barrier Reef Exped. 1928-1929. 
Br. Mus. nat. Hist. 6 (6) : 335-437, pls 1-5 (issued 1960). 

Cotom, G. 1942. Una contribucidn al conocimiento de los foraminiferos de la bahia de Palma 
de Mallorca. Notas. Resim. Inst. esp. Oceanogr. ser. 2 108 : 1-53, pls 1-11, tf. I. 

—— 1952. Foraminiferos de las costas de Galicia (Campanas del Xauen en 1949 y 1950). 
Bull. Inst. esp. Oceanogr. 51 : 1-58, pls 1-8, tfs 5. 

Cooper, S. C. 1964. Benthonic Foraminifera of the Chukchi Sea. Contr. Cushman Fdn. 
Foramin. Res. 15 (3) : 79-104, pls 5, 6, 17 tfs. . 

Costa, O. G. 1856. Paleontologia del regno di Napoli. Pt. 2. Accad. Pontaniana Napoli 
7 (2) : 113-378, pls 9-27. 

CusHMAN, J. A. 1910. A monograph of the foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean: Pt. 1— 

Astrorhizidae and Lituolidae. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 71 : 1-134, 203 tfs. 

1911. A monograph of the foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean: Pt. 2—Textulariidae. 

Bull U.S. natin: Mus. 71 : 1-108, 1 tf. 

1913. A monograph of the foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean; Pt. 3—Lagenidae. 
Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 71 : 1-119, pls 1-47. 

—— 1915. A monograph of the foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean; Pt. 5—Rotalidae. 
Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 71 : 1-83, pls 1-31. 

—— 1917. A monograph of the foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean; Pt. 6—Miliolidae. 
Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 71 (6) : 1-108, pls 1-39, 52 tfs. 

= £016, fhe Foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean; Pt. 1 
Mus. 104 (1) : 1-111, pls I-39. 

—— 1920. The Foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean; Pt. 2—Lituolidae. Bull. U.S. natn. 

Mus. 104 (2) : 1-111, p.s 1-18. 

1921. Foraminifera of the Philippine and adjacent seas. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 100 (4) : 

1-608, pls 1-99, tfs 1-52. 

1922. The Foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean; Pt. 3—Textularidae. Bull. U.S. natn. 

Mus. 104 : 1-149, pls 1-26. 

—-— 1923. The foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean: Pt. 4—-Lagenidae. Bull. U.S. natn. 
Mus. 104 : 1-228, pls 1-42. 

——1924. The foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean; Pt. 5—Chilostomellidae and Globigerinidae. 
Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 104 : 1-55, pls 1-8. 

1926. Recent foraminifera from Porto Rico. Carnegie Inst. 344 (Dept. mar. Biol., Pap. 

22) 2 73-84, pl. 1. 

1927a. An outline ofa reclassification of the foraminifera. Contr. Cushman Lab. Foramin. 
Res. 3 (1) : 1-105, pls 1-21. ) 

—— 1927b. Recent foraminifera from off the west coast of America. Bull. Scripps. Instn. 

Oceanogr. tech. Sey. 1 (10) : 119-188, pls 1-6. 

1929. Some species of Fossil and Recent Polymorphinidae found in Japan. Jap. J. 

Geol. Geogr. 6 (3-4). 

1930. The foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean; Pt. 7—-Nonionidae, Camerinidae, Penero- 
plidae and Alveolinellidae. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 104 : 1-79, pls 1-18. 

—— 1931. The foraminifera of the Atlantic Ocean; Pt. 8—Rotaliidae, Atiphisteginidee, 
Calcarinidae, Cymbaloporettidae, Globorotaliidae, Anomalinidae, Planorbulinidae, Ruper- 
tiidae and Homotremidae. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 104 : 1-179, pls 1-26. 


Astrorhizidae. Bull. U.S. natn. 


226 J. R. HAYNES 


CusHMAN, J. A. 1933. New Arctic foraminifera collected by Capt. R. A. Bartlett from Fox 
basin and off the northeast coast of Greenland. Smuthson. misc. Collins. 89 (9) publ. 3221 : 
1-8, pls 1-2. 
_—— as A monograph of the foraminiferal family Verneuilinidae. Spec. Publs. Cushman 
Lab. 7 : I-157, pls 1-20. 
—— 1937b. A monograph of the foraminiferal subfamily Virgulininae. Spec. Publs. Cushman 
Lab. 9 : 1-228, pls 1-24. 
—— 1939. A monograph of the foraminiferal family Nonionidae. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol. 
Surv. 191 : 1-100, pls 1-20. 
—— 1941. A study of the foraminifera contained in the cores from Bartlett Deep. Am. J. 
Sci. 259 : 128-147, pls 1-6, 10 tfs. 
—— 1944. Foraminifera from the shallow waters of the New England Coast. Spec. Publs. 
Cushman Lab. 12 : 1-37, pls 1-4. 
—— 1948. Arctic Foraminifera. Spec. Publs. Cushman Lab. 23 : 1-79, pls 1-8. 
—— 1949. Recent Belgian Foraminifera. Inst. Rt. Sci. Nat. Belg. 111 : 3-590, pls 1-10. 
CusHMAN, J. A. & CoLze, W. Storrs. 1930. Pleistocene foraminifera from Maryland. Contr. 
Cushman Lab. Foramin. Res. 6 (4) : 94-100 pl. 13. 
CusHMAN J. A. & Leavitt, D.H. 1929. On Elphidium macellum (Fichtel & Moll), E. stviato- 
punctatum (Fichtel & Moll) and FE. crisbum (Linné). Contr. Cushman Lab. Foramin. 
Res. 5 (1) : 18-22, pl. 4 
CusHMAN, J. A. & Martin, L. T. 1935. A new genus of foraminifera, Discorbinella from 
Monterey Bay, California. Conty. Cushman Lab. Foramin. Res. 11 (4) : 89-90, pl. 14. 
CusHMAN, J. A. & McCuLtocu, I. 1939. A report on some arenaceous foraminifera. Allan 
Hancock Pacif. Exped. 6 (1) : 1-113, pls 1-12. 
1948a. ‘Three new names for Recent Pacific Foraminifera. Contry. Cushman Lab. Foramin. 
Res. 24 (3) : 76. 
1948b. The species of Bulamina and related genera in the collections of the Allan Hancock 
Foundation. Allan Hancock Pacif. Exped. 6 (5) : 231-257, pls 29-32, tab. 7. 
—— 1950. Some Lagenidae in the collections of the Allan Hancock Foundation. Allan 
Hancock Pacif. Exped. 6 (6) : 295-364, pls 37-48. 
CusHMAN, J. A. & Ozawa, Y. 1928. An outline of a revision of the Polymorphinidae. Contr. 
Cushman Lab. Foramin. Fes. 4 (1) : 13-20, pls 1-2. 
1930. A monograph of the foraminiferal family, Polymorphinidae, Recent and fossii. 
Proc. U.S. nain. Mus. 77 (2829) : 1-185, pls 1-40. 
CusHMAN, J. A. & PARKER, F.L. 1937. Notes on some European Eocene species of Bulimina. 
Contr. Cushman Lab. Fovamin. Res. 13 (2) : 46-54, pls 5-7. 
1940. ‘The species of the genus Bulimina having Recent types. Contr. Cushman Lab. 
Fovamin. Res. 16 (1) : 7-23, pls 2, 3. 
1947. Bulmina and related foraminiferal genera. Prof. Pap. U.S. geol. Surv. 210D: 
55-170, pls 15-30. 
CusHMaAN, J. A. & Topp, R. 1942. The foraminifera of the type locality of the Naheola 
Formation. Contr. Cushman Lab. Foramin. Res. 18 (2) : 23-46, pls 5-8. 
1947a. Foraminifera from the coast of Washington. Cushman Lab. Foramin. Reés., 
Spec. Pub. 21 : 1-23, pls 1-4. 
1947b. A foraminiferal fauna from Amchitka Island, Alaska. Contry. Cushman Lab. 
Fovramin. Res. 23 (3) : 60-72, pls 14-10. 
CusHMAN, J. A. & VALENTINE, W. W. 1930. Shallow water foraminifera from the Channel 
Islands of S. California. Contr. Dep. Geol. Stanford Univ. 1 (1) : 1-51, Io pls. 
Dawson, G. M. 1870. On Foraminifera from the Gulf and River St. Lawrence. Can. 
Naturalist n.s. 5 : 172-180, 12 tfs. 
DEFRANCE, M. J. L. in BLaInviLLeE, H. M. DucroTay DE. 1824. Mollusques, vers et zoophytes. 
Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles 32 : 1-567. F.G. Levrault, Paris. 
DeTLING, M. R. 1958. Some littoral foraminifera from Sunset Bay, Coos County, Oresem 
Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 9 (2) : 25-31, 2 pls. 


CARDIGAN, BAY RECENT. FORAMINIFERA 227 


DrooGER, C. W. & KAASSCHIETER, J. P. H. 1958. Foraminifera of the Orinoco—Trinidad— 
Paria Shelf. Rep. Ovinoco Shelf Exped. Verh. K. ned. Akad. Wet. 22, 4 : 1-108, 4 tfs, 
5 pls, 41 maps. 

DuPEUBLE, P. A. 1963. Apercu sur la répartition des principales famille de Foraminiféres 
dans trois facies de la région de Roscoff (Finistére). Revue Micropaléont. 5 (4) : 277-279, 


tfs I-3. 
EArRLAND, A. 1902. A plea for anew ‘Williamson’. J. Quekett microsc. Club ser. 2, 8 : 268— 
270. 


1905. The foraminifera of the Shoresand of Bognor, Sussex. J. Quekett. microsc. Club 
9 : 187-232, pls II—-14. 

1933. Foraminifera; Pt. 2—South Georgia. ‘Discovery’ Rep. 7 : 27-138, pls 1-7. 
eeenogan. | foraminifera; Pt..3—-The Falklands sector of the Antarctic (excluding South 
Georgia). ‘Discovery’ Rep. 10 : 1-208, pls 1-10, tfs 1, 2. 

1936. Foraminifera; Pt. 4—Additional records from the Weddell Sea sector from material 
obtained by the S.Y. ‘Scotia’. ‘Discovery’ Rep. 13 : 1-76, pls 1-2A. 

EHRENBERG, C. G. 1838. Uber dem blossen Auge unsichtbare Kalkthierchen und Kiesel- 
thierchen als Hauptbestand theile der Kreidegebirge. K. preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1838, 3: 
192-200. 

-—— 1839. Uber die Bildung der Kreidefelsen und des Kreidemergels durch un-sichtbare 

Organismen. K. preuss. Akad. Wiss. 1838 : 59-147, pls 1-4, 2 tabs. 

1843. Verbreitung und Einfluss des mikroskopischen Lebens in Siid-und Nord-Amerika. 
K. akad. Wiss. Berlin. Physik. 1841 : 291-445, pls 1-4. 

EvLitison, R. & NicHorts, M. M. t1970. Estuarine foraminifera from the Rappahannock 
River, Virginia. Conty. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 21 (1) : 1-15, pls I, 2, 9 tfs. 

EMILIANI, C. 1949. Studio micropaleontologico di una serie calabriana. vv. ital. Paleont. 
Sivatigy. 55 (1) : 1-17, pls 1, 2, tabs. 

Fayose, E. A. 1965. The distribution of Recent foraminifera from Aberystwyth Harbour and 
environs. Unpublished M.Sc. thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 

FPEYLING-HANSSEN, R. W. 1954.. Late-Pleistocene foraminifera from the Oslo Fjord Area, 

South east Norway. Norsk. geol. Tidssky. 33 (1-2) : 109-150, 2 pls. 

1964. Foraminifera in late Quaternary deposits from the Oslo fjord area. Norg. geol. 

Unders. 235 : 7-385, 21 pls, 41 tfs. 

_Ficuter, L. & Mott, J. P. C. 1798. Testacea microscopica aliaque minuta ex generibus 
Argonauta et Nautilus ad naturam delineata et descripta. (Mikroskopische und andere 
kleine Schalthiere aus den Geshlechtern Avgonaute und Schiffer, nach dev Natur gezeichnet 
und beschrieben.) Wien. Camesina (1803 reprint), 124 pps, 24 pls. 

Bintay, H. J. 1947. New Zealand foraminifera. Key species in stratigraphy—No. 5. 

| N.Z. Jl. Sct. Technol. sec. B, 28 (5) : 259-292, pls 1-9. 

FiscHEr, P. 1870. Foraminiféres marine du Départment de la Gironde et des cotes du Sud- 
ouest de la France. Act. Soc. Linn. de Bordeaux 27 : 377-397. 

PLlemine, J. 1828. A history of British animals, exhibiting the descriptive characters and 

systematic arrangements of the geneva and species of quadrupeds, birds, fishes, mollusca and 
Radiata of the United Kingdom. Edinburgh. 

Fiint, J. M. 1899. Recent foraminifera. A descriptive catalogue of specimens dredged 
| by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer Albatross. Rep. U.S. matn. Mus. 1 : 249-349, 

pls 1-80. 

-FORNASINI, C. 1902. Contributo a la conoscenza de le Bulimine adriatiche. Memorie R. 

| Accad. Sci. ist, Bologna, ser. 5, 9 (1901-1902) 2 : 371-381, pl. 0, tfs. 

—— 1904. Illustrazione di specie orbignyane di foraminiferi istituite nel 1826. Memorie R. 
Accad. Sci, 1st. Bologna, ser. 6, 1 : 3-17, pls 1-4. 

— 1905. Illustrazione di specie orbignyane di ‘Miliolidi’ istituite nel 1826. Memorie R. 
| Accad. Sci. 1st, Bologna, ser. 6, 2 : 59-70, pls 1-4. 

/—— 1906. Illustrazione di specie orbignyane di ‘Rotalidi’ istituite nel 1826. Memorie R. 
Accad. Sci. 1st, Bologna, ser. 6, 3 : 61-70, pls 1-4. 


228 J. R. HAYNES 


GALLoway, J. J. & WISSLER, S.G. 1927. Pleistocene Foraminifera from the Lomita Quarry, 
Palos Verdes Hills, California. J. Paleont. 1 : 35-87, pls 7-12. 

Gots, A. 1894. A synopsis of the Arctic and Scandinavian recent marine foraminifera 
hitherto discovered. K. svensk. Vetensk. Ahad. Nandl. Natn. For. 25 (9). : 1-127, 25 pls. 

GoNZALEZ-Donoso, J. M. 1969. Données nouvelles sur la texture et la structure du test 
de quelques foraminiferes du Bassin de Grenade (Espagne). Revue Muicropaléont. 12 (1) : 
3-8, pls*1,-2: 

GOUGH, GC. 1904. Ashort note on the foraminifera of the Larne District. Iv. Nat. 13 : 37-38. 

1906. The foraminifera of Larne Lough and District. Invest. Dublin Fish. Iv. 3 : 55-62. 

GREEN, K. E. 1960. Ecology of some Arctic foraminifera. Mucropaleontology 6 (1) : 57-78, 
liu Otis.) talos: 

Haake, F. W. 1962. Untersuchungen an der Foraminiferen—Fauna im Wattgebiet zwischen 
Langeoog und dem Festland. Meyniana 12 : 25-64, pls 1-12, 5 tabs, 9 tfs. 

Happon, A. C. 1886. Preliminary report on the fauna of Dublin Bay. Pyroc. R. Iv. Acad. 
(2), 4926523. 

HAECKEL, E. 1894. Systematische Phylogenie. Entwurf eines natirlichen Systems der Or- 
ganismen auf Grund threr Stammesgeschthte. Theil 1, Systematische Phylogenie dev Protisten 
und Pflanzen 1-XV; 1-400. Georg Reimer, Berlin. . 

HALKYARD, E. 1889. Recent foraminifera of Jersey. Tvans. a. Rep. Manchr. muicrose. 
Soe. 55-72; pls 1, 2: : 

Haman, D. t1966a. A taxonomic and ecologic study of the foraminifera of Tvemadoc Bay, 

North Wales. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 
1966b. On some Recent foraminifera from the Faeroe Islands, Denmark. Contr. Cush- 
man Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 17 (2) : 67-70, pl. 7. 
1967. A taxonomic re-interpretation and emendation of the genus Technitella Norman, 
1878. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 18 (1) : 27-29, pl. 6. 
1969. Seasonal occurrence of Elphidium excavatum (Terquem) in Llandanwg Lagoon 
(North Wales, U.K.). Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 20 (4) : 139-142, I tf. 
Hamitton, E. L. 1953. Upper Cretaceous, Tertiary and Recent Planktonic Foraminifera 
from Mid-Pacific Flat-topped Seamounts. J. Paleont. 27 (2) : 204-237, pls 29-32, 4 tts. 

Hanna, G. D. & CHurRcH, C. C. 1927. A collection of recent foraminifera taken off Sam 
Francisco Bay, California. jj. Paleont. 1 (3) : 195-202. 

Hansen, H. J. 1965. On the sedimentology and the quantitative distribution of living 
foraminifera in the northern part of the Oresund. Ophelia 2 (2) : 323-331. 

Hansen, H. J., Reiss, Z. & SCHNEIDERMANN, N. 1969. Ultramicrostructure of bilameliar 
walls in Foraminiferida. Revta esp. Micropaleont. 1 (3) : 293-316, pls 1-8. 

HarMan, R. A. 1964. Distribution of foraminifera in the Santa Barbara Basin, California. 
Micropalaeontology 10 (1) : 81-96, 12 tfs, 4 tabs. 

HARRINGTON, G. L. 1955. A recent Foraminferal faunule from the Bay of Fundy. Con. 
Cushman Lab. Fovamin. Res. 6 (4) : 131-132. 

Harris, T. J. 1958. A study of some Recent British Foraminifera. Unpublished Ph.D. 
thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 

Haynes, J. R. 1954. Note on Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny. Micropalaeontologist 8 (3) : 57. 

1956. Certain smaller British Palaeocene foraminifera. Pt. 1. Contr. Cushman Fam. 

Fovamin. Res. 7 : 79-101, pls 16-18, 2 tfs. 

1964. Live and dead foraminifera between the Sarns, Cardigan Bay. Nature Lond., 
204 (4960) : 774. 
1965. Symbiosis, wall structure and habitat in foraminifera. Contr. Cushman Fan. 

Fovamin. Res. 16 : 40-43. 
Haynes, J. R. & Dogpson, M. 1969. Physiography, foraminifera and sedimentation in the 
Dovey Estuary (Wales). Lpool. Manchr. geol. J. © (2) : 217-256, pls 17-20, tis I-17. 


HEDLEY, R. H., Hurpre, C. M. & Burpett, 1. D. J. 1964. Tvochammina squamata Jones | 


& Parker (Foraminifera) with observations on some closely related species. N.Z. Jl. 
Sct. 7 : 417-426, tfs 1-3. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 229 
HeptEy etal. 1965. A Foraminiferal fauna from the western continental shelf off North 
Island, New Zealand. Bull. N.Z. Dep. Scient. ind. Res. 163 : 1-46, pls 1-7, tfs 1-6. 
1967. The marine fauna of New Zealand: Intertidal Foraminifera of the Corallina 
officinalis Zone. Bull. N.Z. Dep. scient. ind. Res. 180 : 9-56, pls 1-12 and frontis., tfs 1-60. 
_ Hepiey, R. H. & UNDERWooD, C. M. 1957. Living foraminifera and empty shells from the 
North Kent coast. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 12, 10 : 721-733, pl. 26. 
HepLeEY, R. H. & WAKEFIELD, J. sT. J. 1967. A collagen-like sheath in the arenaceous 
foraminifer Haliphysema (Protozoa). Jl. R. microsc. Soc. 87 : 475-481, tis 1-7. 
HERON-ALLEN, E. & EARLAND, A. 1908-1911. On the recent and fossil foraminifera of the 
shore sands at Selsey Bill, Sussex. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. pt. 1: 529-543, pl. 12 (1908); 
pt. 2 : 306-336, pls 15, 16 (1909); pt. 3 : 422-446, pls 17, 18 (1909); pt. 4 : 677-608, pls 20, 
I (1909); pt. 5 : 401-426 (1910); pt. 6 : 693-695 (1910); pt. 7 : 298-343 (1911); pt. 8: 
436-448 (1911). 
1913a. On some foraminifera from the North Sea, etc. dredged by the Fisheries Cruiser 

‘Goldseeker’ (International North Sea Investigations—Scotland); Pt. 2—On the distri- 
bution of Saccammina sphaerica (M. Sars) and Psammosphaera fusca (Schulze) in the 
North Sea; particularly with reference to the suggested identity of the two species. 1. 
R. microsc. Soc. 1-26, pls 1-4. 

———.1913b. The foraminifera of the Clare Island District, County Mayo, Ireland. Clare 
Island Survey, part 64. Proc. R. Iv. Acad. 31 : 1-188, pls 1-13. 

-—— 1913c. On some foraminifera from the North Sea dredged by the Fisheries cruiser 

| ‘Huxley’ (International North Sea Investigations—England). J. Quekett microsc. Club 

ee 121-138, pls 10; 11. 

| 19o14a. Foraminifera. In: Herdman, W. A., ‘Cruise of the “Runa” in 1913’. 27th A. 

Rep. Lpool. biol. Comm. Proc. Trans. Lpool. biol. Soc. 28 : 46-52. 

1914b. The foraminifera of the Kerimba Archipelago (Portuguese East Africa) Pt. 1. 

Trans. zool. Soc. Lond. 20 (1912-1915) (12) : 363-383, pls 35-37. 

-—— 1915. List of species of foraminifera dredged off Bradda Head, 20 fathoms (Isle of Man). 
ineiterdman, W. A., ‘S.Y. “Runa”, 1913—Foraminifera’, 28th A. Rep. Lpool. biol. 
Comm. Proc. Trans. Lpool. biol. Soc. 29 : 39-41. 

—1g16a. The foraminifera of the West of Scotland. Collected by W. A. Herdman on the 
cruise of the S.Y. ‘Runa’ July to September 1913. Being a contribution to the ‘Spolia 

Runiana. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 11 : 197-300, pls 39-43 and map. 

——  1916b. The foraminifera of the shore sands and shallow water zone of the south coast 

of Cornwall. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. pt. 1 : 29-55, pls 5-9. 

_— 1930. The foraminifera of the Plymouth District. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. pt. 1 : 46-84, 

fuels. pt. 2 : 161-199, pls 4, 5. : 

[ae 1932. Foraminifera Pt. 1. The ice free area of the Falkland Islands and adjacent seas. 
‘Discovery’ Rep. 4 : 291-460, pls 6-17. 

| HOFKER, J. 1922. Protozoen. In: Flova en Fauna dey Zuidersee. Pp. 127-183, 91 tfs. 
_—— 1930. The foraminifera of the Siboga Exped. Pt. 2. Uztthkomsten op Zool. Bot. Oceano- 
| gvaph. en Geologisch Gebied. Monogr. [Va : 79-170, pls 1-26, 22 tfs. 

| _— 1932. Notizenueber die Foraminiferen des Golfes von Neapel; 3—Die Foraminiferen 

fauna der Ammontatura. Pubbi. Staz. zool. Napoli 12 : 61-145. 

po 1951a. The foraminifera of the Siboga Exped. Pt. 3. Uztkomsten op Zool. Bot. Oceano- 

graph. en Geol. Gebied. Monogr. 1Va : 1-513, 348 tfs. 

ee 1951b. The toothplate foraminifera. Avchs. neerl. Zool. 8 (4) : 353-372, 30 tfs. 

—— 1956. Tertiary Foraminifera of coastal Ecuador, Pt. 2. Additional notes on the Eocene 
| species. J. Paleont. 30 : 891-958, Io1 tfs. 

| 


— 1960. Foraminiferen aus dem Golf von Neapel. Z. Palaont. 34 (3/4) : 233-262, 6 pls. 

— 1967. Hat die feinere Wandstruktur der Foraminiferen supra generische Bedeutung? 
Z. Paléont. 41 : 194-108, pls 1921. 

_— 1969. Recent foraminifera from Barbados. In: Studies on the fauna of Curagao and 
other Caribbean Islands 31 (115) : 1-158, tfs 484. 


5 | 


F 


Hoctunp, H. 1947. Foraminifera in the Gullmar Fjord and Skagerak. Zool. Bidr. Upps. 
HoLTERDAHL, H. 10965. Recent Turbidites in the Hardangerfjord, Norway. Galley Proof. 
Hutme, S.G. 1964. Recent Foraminifera from Manukau Harbour, Auckland, New Zealand. 


Husezima, R. & MarunHAs!I, M. 1944. A new genus and thirteen new species of foramina 


James, K. H. 1965. Sarn Cynfelyn—Recent Foraminifera, a study of ecology, including 
Jounson, J. A. (Miss). 1965. The foraminifera of the latest marsh cycle in the Dovey Estuary. 
Jones, T. R. In: GrirrirH, J. W. & HEenrrey, A. 1875. The micrographic dichonamm 
Jones, T. R. 1896. A monograph of the foraminifera of the Crag.’ Pt. 3. Palaeontogr, 


Jones, T. R. & Parker, W. K. 1860. On the Rhizopodal fauna of the Mediterranean com- 


Jones, T. R., PARKER, W. K. & Brapy, H. B. 1866. A monograph of the Foramunifess 
Kent, W. S. 1878. On the foraminiferal nature of Haliphysema tumanowiczu (Squamulina 
KIAER, H. 1900. Synopsis of the Norwegian marine Thalamophora Norway, Fiskeridirektoren. 
KINDLE, E. M. 1931. Sea bottom samples from Cabot Strait, Earthquake Zone. Bull. 
Kruit, C. 1955. Sediments of the Rhone Delta 1: Grain size and Microfauna. Verh. K. 
Kuwano, Y. 1950. New species of foraminifera from the Phocene formations of Tama 


Lacroix, E. 1929. Textularia sagititula ou Spiroplecta wright. Bull. Inst. océanogr., Monaco 


LAMARCK, J. B. 1804. Suite des mémoirés sur les fossiles des environs de Paris. Avmls. 
LANKESTER, E. R. 1879. The structure of Haliphysema tumanowiczi. Q. Jl. mucrose. 
Ioana). R. R. 1959. Distribution and Ecology of ee ee from East Missis ssippi 
Le Catvez, J. & LE Catvez, Y. 1958. Repartition des Foraminiféres dans la Baie de Ville- 


Le Catvez, Y. 1958. Les foraminiféres de la Mér Celtique. Revue Trav. Inst. Péches marit. 


Le Catvez, Y. & Borttot, G. 1967. Etude des Foraminiféres contenus dans les sédimelle :| . 


J. R. HAYNES 


26> 1-328, pls 1-32, tis 308, 2 maps 7 vabs: 
Read at Bristol Conf. 


NZ fSct. 7 3 (3) 305-340; © Ls, 2 tabs: 


from the core sample of Kasiwazaki oil field, Niigata-Ken. Sigenkagaku Kenkyusyo. 
J. Res. Inst. nat Resour., Tokyo 1 (3) : 391-400, pl. 34, 13 tabs. 


laboratory experiments. Unpublished thesis, Dip. Micro-palaeont., Univ. Coll. of Wales. 
Unpublished M.Sc. thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 
Edit. 3, 1 : 316-320. van Voorst, Lond. 
Soc. (Monogr.) 211-314, tf. 23. 
pared with that of the Italian and other Tertiary deposits. Q. J/.geol. Soc. Lond. 16 : 292-307. 
1876. On some recent and fossil foraminifera dredged up in the English Channel. Ayn. 
Mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 4, 17 : 283-287. 
of the Cae Pt. 1. Palaeontogy. Soc. (Monogr.), 1-72, pis 1-4. 
scopula) Carter). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser 5, 2 : 68-78, pl. 4, figs 1-11; pl. 5, figs a, b. 
Rep. Norw. Fishery mar. Invest. 1 (7) : 1-59, pl. 1. 
geol. Soc. Aust. 42 : 557-574, 2 tfs. 
ned. geol.—mynb. Genoot. 15 : 357-499, 6 pls, 37 tfs. 
Hills in the vicinity of Tokyo. J. geol. Soc. Japan 56 (657) : 311-321, tfs 1-13. 
532) tr? tis) 102. 

1931. Les Lituolidés du plateau continental Méditerranéen entre Saint-Raphaél et 
Monaco. Bull. Inst. océanogr., Monaco 549 : 1-16, tfs 1-21. 
1932. Textularidae du plateau continental méditerranéen entre Saint-Raphaél et Monaco. 


Bull. Inst. océanogy., Monaco 591 : 1-28, tfs 1-33. 


: 179-188, 237-245, 349-357, pls 17, 62. 


Sct., n.s. 19 : 476-483, pl. 22, tis 1-11. 
Delta Margin. Bull. Am. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 43 (9) : 2068-2009, 11 tfs, 3 pls. 
franche. 1—Miliolidae. Avnnls. Inst. océanogr., Monaco 35 (3) : 159-234, pls 3-10. 


22 (2) : 147-208, 3 pls, 3 tabs, 1 map. 
1963. Contribution a l’étude des foraminiféres de la region d’Abidjan (Cote d'Ivoire). 
Revue Micropaléont. 6 (1) : 41-50, 2 pls, 1 tf. 


Actuels de la Manche Occidentale. Rev. Géog. phys. Géol. dynam. 9 (5) : 394-408, pls 1-3, 4 
2 tis; a all 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 231 

Less, A., Butter, A. T. & Scott, J. 1969. Marine carbonate sedimentation processes, 
Connemara, Ireland. Geol. Rep. Univ. Reading 3 : 1-64, pl. 1, tabs. 

LEHMAN, E. P. 1957. Statistical study of Texas Gulf coast. Recent Foraminiferal Facies. 
Micropaleontology 3 (4) : 326-356, 3 pls, 10 tfs, 5 tabs. 

Lesiiz, R. J. 1963. Foraminiferal study of a cross section of Hudson Bay, Canada. Geol. 
Surv. Pap. Can., 63-16 : 1-27, tis 5. 

Lévy, A. 1966. Contribution a l’étude ecologique et micropaléontologique de quelques 
Elphidium (Foraminiféres) du Roussillon. Description d’une nouvelle espéce. Elphidium 
cuvillieri n. sp. Vie milieu 17 (1A) : 1-8. 

' Livy, A. ef al. 1969. Les représentants de la famille des Elphidiidae (foraminiféres) dans les 
sables des plages des environs de Dunkerque. Remarques sur les espéces de Polystomella 
signalées par O. Terquem. Revue Micropaléont. 12 (2) : 92-98, 2 pls. 

LINNAEUS, C. 1767. Systema naturae. Ed. 12. Holmiae, Stockholm, impensis L. Salvii 
1: I-1327. 

+ Lopspricu, A. R. & Tappan, H. 1953. Studies of Arctic foraminifera. Smithson misc. 
Colins. Pub. 4105, 121 (7) : 1-150, pls 1-24, 1 tab., 2 tfs. 

1954. New names for two foraminiferal homonyms. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 44 (12) : 384. 

1955. Revision of some Recent Foraminiferal Genera. Smithson misc. Collnus. 128 (5) : 

1-37, pls 1-4. 

—— 1957. Eleven new genera offoraminifera. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 215 : 223-232, pls 72, 73. 

1958. The foraminiferal genus Haliphysema and two new tropical Pacific species. Pvoc. 

U.S. natn. Mus. 107 : 123-126, pl. 1. 

-—— 1961. Remarks on the systematics of the Sarkodina (Protozoa), renamed homonyms 
and new and validated genera. Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 74 : 213-234. 

1962. Thestatus and type species of Calcarina, Tinoporous and Eponides (Foraminiferida). 

Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 13 (2) : 33-38, tis a—c. 

1964a. In: Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology, edited by R. C. Moore. Part C, 

Protista 2, Sarcodina chiefly ‘Thecamoebians’ and Fovaminiferida. Geol. Soc. Amer. & 
Univ. Kansas Press. 2 vols, 900 pps. 

—— 1964b. Foraminiferal Classification and Evolution. J. geol. Soc. India 5 : 5-40. 

Lutzz,G.F. 1965. Zur Foraminiferen—Fauna der Ostsee. Meyniana 15 : 75-142, pls 1-15. 

Lynts,G.W. 1962. Distribution of Recent Foraminifera in upper Florida Bay and associated 

| sands. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 13 (4) : 127-145, 10 tfs. 

WMACFADYEN, W. A. 1930. Miocene foraminifera from the Clysmic area of Egypt and Sinai. 

Egypt. geol. Surv., Caivo 1-149, pls 1-4, map. 

— 1939. On Ophthalmidium and two new names for recent foraminifera of the family 

_ Ophthalmidiidae. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. 59 : 162-169. 

,— 1942. A post glacial microfauna from Swansea Docks. Geol. Mag. 79 : 133-146. 

Marks, P. 1951. A revision of the smaller foraminifera from the Miocene of the Vienna 

Basin. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 2 (2) : 33-73, pls 5-8. 

MATEU, G. 1968. Contribucion al conocimiento de los Foraminiferos que sirven de alimento 

| alas Holoturias. Boln. Soc. Hist. Nat. Baleares 14 : 5-17, pls 1-3. 

‘atoBa, Y. 1970. Distribution of Recent shallow water Foraminifera of Matsushima Bay, 

i Miyagi Prefecture, Northeast Japan. Scient. Rep. Tohoku Univ. ser. 2 (Geol.), 42 (1) : 1-85, 

| pls 1-8, 3 tabs, 64 tfs. 

icKenziz, K.G. 1962. A record of foraminifera from Oyster Harbour, near Albany, western 

Australia. J. Proc. R. Soc. West. Aust. 45 (4) : 117-132, pls 1-3. 

IcKnieut, W.M. 1962. The distribution of foraminifera off parts of the Antarctic Coast. 

Bull. ei oe 44 (201) : 61-158, pls 9-23. 

et 1956. The Foraminifera of the Yorktown formation in the York-James 

. ae or Virginia, with notes on the associated molluscs. Bull. Am. Paleont. 36 

(160) : 261-394, pls 35-53, 7 tfs, 3 tabs. 

| 


(1reR, D. N. 1953. Ecological study of the foraminifera of Mason Inlet, North Carolina. 
Contry. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 4 (2) : 41-63, pls 7-10, 4 tfs, 3 tabs. 


232 J. R. HAYNES 

Mittert, F. W. 1898. Report on the Recent Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago col- 
lected by Mr A..Durrand, F.R.M.S:. Pts 1-3. Jl. R. microse. Soc. pt. 1 : 258-260) plsmms 
6; pt22 :'490-513, pls 1¥,212; pt. 3 2.007-614, pl 13). 

—— 1899. Report on the Recent Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago collected by Mr A. 
Durrand, F.R.M.S. Pts 4-6. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. pt. 4: 249-255, pl. 4; pt. 5 : 357-365, 
pl. 5; pt. 6 : 557-564, pl. 7. : 

——  1g00. Report on the Recent Foraminifera of the Malay Archipelago collected by Mr A. 
Durrand, F:R.M.S.. Pts: 7-9. «fl. sR-- microse. Soc.-pt. 7 : 6-13; plei1- pt. 28) |) 274 
pli 2; pt»9°: 539-549,,pl./4: 

Mitts, F. W. t900. The Recent foraminifera of the river Humber. Tvans. Hull. Scient. 
Fld. Nat. Club 1 : 142-151, pls 10-11. 

Monracu, G. 1803. Testacea Britannica or Natural History of British Shells, marine, land 

and freshwater. 3 vols, 606 pps, 16 pls. J. S. Hollis, Romsey. 

1808. A Supplement to the Testacea Britannica. 183 pps, 30 pls. S. Woolmer, Exeter. 

Montrort, D. 1808. Conchyliologie systématique et classification méthodique des Coquilles. 
1 Paris, Schoell, 409 pps. 

Moore, J. R. 1968. Kecent sedimentation in Northern Cardigan Bay, Wales. Bull. Br. 
Mus. nat. Hist. (Mviner.) 2 (2) : 19-131, pls 2-6, 47 tfs. 

Moore, J. R. & GaRRAway, S. H. 1963. Use of polymethyl methacrylate in preparing thin 
sections of recent sediments. Nature, Lond. 200 : 62-63. 

Murray, J. W. 1965a. On the Foraminiferida of the Plymouth Region. J. mar. biol. 

Ass. U.K. 45 : 481-505, pl. 1. 

1965b. Two species of British Recent Foraminiferida. Contry. Cushman Fdn. Foramn. 

Res. 16 (4) : 148-150, pls 25, 26. 

1968. The living Foraminiferida of Christchurch Harbour, England. Muicropaleontology 

14 (1) : 83-96, pl. 1, 9 tfs. 

1970. Foraminifers of the Western Approaches to the English Channel. Mucropaleon- 
tology 16 (4) : 471-485, pls 1, 2, 8 tfs. 

NaGAHAMA, M. 1951. Studies on the foraminiferal faunas of small or almost enclosed bays 
in Japan. Misc. Rep. fees. Inst. nat. Resour., Tokyo 19-21 : 142-148, 2 tfs. 

NaTLanpD, M. L. 1933. Temperature and depth distribution of some Recent and fossil fora- 
minifera in the southern California region. Bull. Scripps Instn. Oceanogr. tech. Ser. 3 (10) : 
225-330, 1 tab., I map. 

——— 1938. New species of foraminifera from off the west coast of N. America and from the 
later Tertiary of the Los Angeles Basin. Cal. Univ. Bull. Scripps Instn. Oceanogr. tech. 
Sev. 4 (5) : 137-164, pls 3-7. 

Norin, E. 1958. The sediments of the Central Tyrrhenian Sea. Rep. Swed. deep Sea Exped. 
Vol. 8. Sediment cores from the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea 1 : 3-136, pls 1-19. 

Norman, A.M. 1878. On the genus Halyphysema with a description of several forms apparently 
allied to it. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 5, 1 : 265-284, pl. 16. 

Norvanc, A. 1941. Notes on some Foraminifera from off Bergen. Naturvitons kapelig 

vekke 11 : 3-10, 3 tfs. 

1945. The zoology of Iceland pt. 2, 2 : 1-79, 13 tis, 2 tabs. Copenhagen and Reykjavik. 

1966. Textilina nov. gen., Textularia Defrance and Spiroplectammina Cushman (Foramint- 

fera): Biol. Sky. 19\(3\c 1-10, pls a,12) 

Nyuoitm, K.-G. 1961. Morphogenesis and biology of the foraminifer Cibicides lobatulus. 
Zool. Bidy. Upps. 33 : 157-196, pls I-5. ) : 

D’Orpicny, A. D. 1826. Tableau méthodique de la classe des Céphalopodes. Amn. Se. 

Nat. Paris. ser. 1, 7 : 96-132. 

1839a. Foraminiféres. In: Sagra, R. de la, Histoive physique, politique et naturelle de 
Visle de Cuba. Paris, A. Bertrand, 224 pps (plates pub. separately). 

1839b. Foraminiféres des Isles Canaries. In: Barker-Webb, P. & Berthelot, S., Histoire 
Naturelle des Iles Canaries. Paris, Béthune. 2 (2) Zool. : 119-146, pls 1-3. 


CARDIGAN. BAY. RECENT FORAMINIFERA 233 


D’OrBiGNy, A. D. 1839c. Voyage dans l Amérique Méridionale: Foraminifeves. Strasbourg, 
P. Bertrand. 5 (5) : 1-86, pls 1-9. 

—— 1846. Foraminiféres fossiles du bassin Tertiaire de Vienne. Gide et Comp. Paris. 1-303 
pls 1-21. 

Ovey, C. D. 1948 (reprint 1950). Some ecological aspects of the foraminifera and their 
application to stratigraphy. S. East Nat. 53 : 39-47, 1 pl. 

ParFitt, E. 1878. On the structure of Haliphysema tumanowiczii. Ann. Mag. nat. 
Hist. ser. 5, 2 : 88-90. 

- ParKER, F. L. 1948. Foraminifera of the Continental Shelf from the Gulf of Maine to Mary- 

land. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 100 (2) : 213-241, 7 pls. 

1952a. Foraminifera species off Portsmouth, New Hampshire. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 
Harv. 196 (9) : 391-423, 6 pls. 

—  1952b. Foraminiferal distribution in the Long Island Sound—Buzzards Bay area. 

Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 106 (10) : 428-473, 5 pls. 

1954. Distribution of the foraminifera in the north eastern Gulf of Mexico. Bull. Mus. 

comp. Zool. Harv. 111 (10) : 453-588, pls 1-13. 

—— 1958. Eastern Mediterranean foraminifera. Rep. Swed. deep Sea Exped. 8 (Sediment 

cores from the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea 4) : 219-283, tabs. 
— — 1960. Living planktonic foraminifera from the equatorial and southeast Pacific. Sczent. 
| Rep. Tohoku Univ. ser. 2, Spec. vol. 4 : 71-82. 
— 1962. Planktonic foraminiferal species in Pacific Sediments. Mzcropalaeontology 8 
(2) : 219-254, pls I-Io. 

—— 1967. Late Tertiary Biostratigraphy (Planktonic Foraminifera) of Tropical Indo-Pacific 
Deep Sea Cores. Bull. Am. Paleont. 52 (235) : 115-208, pls 17-32. 

PARKER, F. L. & ATHEARN, W. D. 1959. Ecology of marsh foraminifera in Poponesset 
Bay, Massachusetts. J. Paleont. 33 (2) : 333-343, 5 tfs, 1 pl. 

PARKER, F. L., PHLEGER, F. B. & PErRsSoN, J. F. 1953. Ecology of foraminifera from San 
Antonio Bay and environs, Southwest Texas. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res., Spec. Pub 
2: 1-75, pls 1-4, tfs 1-48, tabs 1-7. 

PARKER, W. K. (in Dawson, G. M.). 1870. On Foraminifera from the Gulf and River St 
Lawrence. Can. Naturalist n.s. 5 : 172-180. 

PARKER, W. K. & Jones, T. R. 1857. Descriptions of some Foraminifera from the Coast of 
Norway. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 2, 19 : 273-303, pls 10, If. 

— 1859. On the nomenclature of the Foraminifera. Pt. 2. On the species enumerated 
by Walker and Montagu. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 3, 4 : 333-351. 

|—— 1863. On the nomenclature of the foraminifera. Pt. 10. The species enumerated by 

d’Orbigny in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’, vol. 7, 1826. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 

| ser. 3, 12 : 429-441. 

—— 1865. On some foraminifera from the North Atlantic and Arctic oceans including the 
Davis Straits and Baffin Bay. Phil. Trans. R. Soc. 155 : 325-441, pls 13-19, 12 tabs, 
map. 

*ARKER, W. K., JoNES, T. R.& BRapy,H.B. 1865. Onthe nomenclature of the foraminifera. 
Pt. 12 (misprinted as pt. X continued). The species enumerated by d’Orbigny in the 
‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’, vol. 7, 1826. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 3, 16 : 15-41, 
pls 1-3. 

'—— 1871. On the nomenclature of the foraminifera. Pt. 14. The species enumerated by 

d’Orbigny in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’, 1826, vol. 7 (continued from Aun. 

| Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 3, 16: 41). Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 4, 8 : 145-179; 238-266, pls 
8-12. 

ARR, W. J. 1950. Foraminifera. Rep. B.A.N.Z. Antarctic Res. Exped. 1929-31 ser. B. 

(Zool. & Bot.), 5 (6) : 236-392, 13 pls, 8 tfs. 

|BARCEY, F.G. 1881. Foraminifera. In: Herdman, W.A., Additional notes on the inverte- 

_. brate fauna of Lamlash Bay, Isle of Arran. Proc. R. phys. Soc., Edinb. 6 : 17-30. 


234 J; Keen AYNEES 


PreARCEY, F. G. 1890. Notes on the foraminifera of the Faroe Channel and Wyville 
Thompson Ridge with a description of a new species of Hypevammina. Proc. Trans. nat. 
Hist. Soc. Glasg. n.s. 2 (1886-1888) : 163-179, pl. 3 

1891. Notes on the foraminifera dredged by the L.M.B.C. in Liverpool Bay during 1890. 

In: Herdman, W. A., 4th A. Rep. Puffin Isl. biol. Stat. and the L.M.B.C.; Append. Proc. 

Trans. Lpool. biol. Soc. 5 ; 58-61. 

1902. Notes on the marine deposits of the Firth of Forth and their relation to its animal 
life. Proc. Trans. nat. Hist. Soc. Glasg. n.s. © : 217-251, I map. 

1914. Foraminifera of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition. Tvans. R. Soe. 
Edinb. 49, pt. 4, (19) : 991-1044, 2 pls. 

PHLEGER, F. B. 1952a. Foraminifera ecology off Portsmouth, New Hampshire. Bull. 
Mus. comp. Zool., Harv. 106 (8) : 315-390, 26 tfs, 18 tabs. 

1952b. Foraminifera distribution in some sediment samples from the Canadian and 

Greenland Arctic. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 3 (2) : 80-89, pls 13, 14, tab. and 

map. . 

1954. Ecology of Foraminifera and associated micro-organisms from Mississippi Sound 
and environs. Bull. Am. Ass. Petrol. Geol. 38 (4) : 584-647, pls 1-3, 28 tfs. 
1955. Ecology of foraminifera in S.E. Mississippi Delta Area. Bull. Am. Ass. Petyol 

Geol. 39 (5) : 712-752, 40 tfs. 

1956. Significance of living foraminiferal populations along the Central Texas Coast. 

Contry. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 7 (4) : 106-151, 20 tfs, 11 tabs. 

1960a. Sedimentary patterns of microfaunas in Northern Gulf of Mexico. In: Recent 
Sediments, N.W. Gulf of Mexico 1951-1958, pp. 267-381, pls 1-6, 16 tfs. Am. Ass. Petrol. 
Geol. Tulsa, Okla. 

1960b. Ecology and distribution of Recent foraminifera. 297 pps, 11 pls, tis 83. John 

Hopkins Press, Baltimore. 

1965. Patterns of marsh foraminifera, Galveston Bay, Texas. Limmnol. Oceanogr. 10; 

R169-R184. 

1966. Patterns of living marsh foraminifera in South Texas coastal lagoons. Boln. 

Soc. Geol. mex. 28 (1) : 1-44, tis 1-22, Io tabs. 

1967. Marsh foraminiferal patterns, Pacific Coast of North America. An. Inst. Biol. 

Uni. Mex. 38. Ser. Cienc. Del. Marv Y Limnol. (1) : 11-38, tfs 1-19, 5 tabs. 

PHLEGER, F. B. & BrapvsHaw, J. S. 1966. Sedimentary environments in a marine marsh. 
Science N.Y. 154 (3756) : 1551-1553. 

PHLEGER, F. B. & Lanxrorp, R. L. 1957. Seasonal occurrences of living benthonic Fora- 
minifera in some Texas Bays. Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 8 (3) : 93-105, 6 tis. 

PHLEGER, F. B. & Parker, F. L. 1951. Ecology of foraminifera, northwest Gulf of Mexico. 

Pt. 2. Foraminifera Species. Mem. geol. Soc. Am. 46 : 1-64, pls 1-20. 

1952. New names for North Western Gulf of Mexico, Foraminifera. Conty. Cushman 
Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 3 (1) : 14. 

PHLEGER, F. B., PARKER, F. L. & Petrson, J. F. 1953. North Atlantic foraminifera. Rep. 
Swed. deep Sea Exped. 7 (1) : 3-122, pls 1-12, tfs 1-26. 

PHLEGER, F. B. & Watton, W.R. 1950. Ecology of marsh and bay foraminifera, Barnstable, 
Mass. Am. J. Sci. 248 : 274-294. 

Potski, W. 1959. Foraminiferal biofacies of the North Asiatic coast. J. Palaeont. 33 (4) : 
569-587, pl. 78, 8 tfs. 

ReEADE, T. M. 1900. A contribution to post-glacial geology, Foraminifera of the Formby 
and Leasowe Marine Beds. Geol. Mag. 7 : 97-105, 1 pl. 

Reiss, Z. 1959. The wall structure of Cibicides, Planulina, Gyroidinoides and Globorotalites. 
Micropalaeontology 5 (3) : 355-356, 1 pl. 


pls 1-8. 


Reiss, Z., Ktuc, K. & MERLING, P. 1961. Recent Foraminifera from the Mediterranean and i 


Red Sea coasts of Israel. Bull. geol. Surv. Isvael 32 : 27-28. 


ee 


1963. Reclassification of perforate Foraminifera. Bull. geol. Surv. Isvael 35: 1-111, i 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 235 


Reuss, A. E. 1844. Geognostische Skizzen Bohem. Prag, C. W. Medau, 2, 304 pps, 3 pls. 
1850. Neues Foraminiferen aus den Schichten des ‘osterreichischen Tertiarbeckens. 
K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math._—Naturw. CI 1 : 365-390, pls 46-51, 

1862. Entwurf einer systematischen Zusammenstellung der Foraminiferen. K. Akad. 
Wiss. Wien. Math.—Naturw. Cl. 44 (1861) 1 : 395-396. 

1863. Die Foraminiferen-Familie der Lagenideen. Sbev. Akad. Wiss. Wien. math.—nat. 

Kl. 46 (1) : 308-342, pls 1-7. 
RHUMBLER, L. 1906. Foraminiferen von Laysan und den Chatham-Inseln. Zool. Jb. 
24 : 21-80, pls 2-5. 

'—— t911. Die Foraminiferen (Thalamophoren) der Plankton—Expedition; Erster Teil: 
Die allgemeinen Organizationsverhaltnisse der Foraminiferen. Plankton—Exped. Hum- 
boldt-Stiftung. Evgeb., Kiel u. Leipzig 3 (Lc) : 1-331, pls 1-39, tfs 1-110. 

-—— 1913. Die Foraminiferen (Thalamophoren) der Plankton—Expedition; Zweiter Teil; 

Systematik. Plankton—Exped. Humboldt-Stiftung, Evgeb., Kiel u. Leipzig 3 (Lc) : 333- 

470, tis 111-175. 

1938. Foraminiferen aus dem Meeressand von Helgoland. SKuieley Meeves forsch. 2 : 157- 

222, tis 1-64. 

RispaLt, Dac. 1963. The foraminiferal fauna in some cores from inner Oslo Fjord. Norg. 

geol. Unders. 224 : 1-90, tfs 1-7. 

Risso, A. 1826. Histoire naturelle des principales productions de l’Euvope Méridionale. 
| Paris. F.G. Levrault. 4: 1-439, pls 1-12. 

-Ropertson, D. 1870. ‘Foraminifera’ in Report of the Committee appointed to explore the 

marine fauna and flora of the South coast of Devon and Cornwall. No. 3. Rep. By. 

misss Aavmt. Sct., (Exeter) 1860, p. Of. 

1877. Notes on the Recent Ostracoda and foraminifera of the Firth of Clyde with some 
remarks on the distribution of the Mollusca. Tvans. geol. Soc. Glasg. 5 : 112-153, tab. 
-—— 1883. Report on the sands and gravels and boulder clays in the top silt at Dock F of the 
Atlantic Docks, Liverpool. Appendix to T. M. Reade: The Drift Beds of the Northwest 
of England and North Wales. Q. J. geol. Soc. Lond. 39 : 129-132. 

1892. List of foraminifera dredged in Portree Bay, Island of Skye. Proc. Tvans. nat. 
Hist. Soc. Glasg. n.s. 3 : 239-242. 

—— Igor. Foraminifera. In: Fauna, flora and geology of the Clyde area. British Assoc. 
| Handb., pp. 376-383. 

Ropertson, D. & BRapy, G.S. 1876. Report on the dredging off the coast of Durham and 
| North Yorkshire in 1874. Rep. By. Ass. Advmt. Sci., (Bristol) 1875, pp. 185-199. 

‘Ronat, P. H. 1955. Brackish water foraminifera of the New York Bight. Contr. Cushman 

Fdn. Foramin. Res. 6 (4) : 140-149, pls 20, 21, I tab. 

RUSCELLI, M. 1949. Foraminiferi di Due saggi di Fondo del Mar Ligure. Jnst. Geol. Pal. 
Geog. Fis. Univ. Studi Milano Ser. P. 62 : 1-31, 2 pls. 

Rutten, L. & Hotz, W. 1946. Geological, Petrographical and Palaeontological Results 
| of exploration carried out from September 1917 until June 1919 on the Island of Ceram. 
J. de Bussy, ser. 3 (Geol.) 2 (J. H. Germeraad Geology of Central Ceram.) : 42-79, 4 tabs, 
6 pls. 

<ZEHAK, A. 1888. Die Foraminiferen der Nummulitenschichten des Waschberges und 
Michelsberges bei Stockerau in Nieder-Osterreich. Verh. geol.’ Reichsanst. (St Axst.|/ 
| 


Landesanst.), Wien, pp. 226-229. 
»AID, R. 1949. Foraminifera of the Northern Red Sea. Spec. Publs. Cushman Lab. 26 : 1-44, 
|| Mav pls: 
re 195i. Foraminifera of Narragansett Bay. Contry. Cushman Fdn. Fovramin. Res. 2 (3) : 75- 
i MSO, 4. tis. 
|— 1953. Foraminifera of Great Pond, East Falmouth, Massachusetts. Contr. Cushman 
| dn. Fovamin. Res. 4 (1) : 7-14, 3 tfs. 
AID, R. & Kamer, T. 1957. The distribution of foraminifera in the Egyptian Mediterranean 
Coast. Egypt. J. Geol. 1 (2) : 132-155, 2 tfs, 2 tabs. 


236 J. R. HAYNES 


Sars, M. 1865. Om dei Norge forekommende Fossile Dyrelevninger fra Quataerperioden. 
Et. Bidrag til vor Faunas Historie. Unziversitets program, for forste halvaar, 1864. 

SAUNDERS, J. B. 1958. Recent Foraminifera of Mangrove Swamps and river estuaries 
and their fossil counterparts in Trinidad. Micropaleontology 4 (1) : 79-92, pls 1, 2, 3 tfs. 

SCHLUMBERGER, C. 1886. Notesurle genre Adelosina. Bull. Soc. zool. Fy. 11 : 544-557, pl. 16. 

1887. Note sur les Biloculina bulloides d’Orbigny et Biloculina ringens Lamarck. Bull. 

Soc. géol. Fr. ser. 3, 15 (1887-1888) (7) : 573-584, pl. 15. 

1893. Monographie des Miliolidées du Golfe de Marseille. Mém. Soc. zool. Fr. 6 : 57-80, 

pls 1-4, tis 1-37. 

SCHNITKER, D. 1969. Cibicides, Caribeanelia and the polyphyletic origin of Planorbulina. 
Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 20 (2) : 67-609, pls 14, 15, tfs 1-4. 

ScHuLtzE, M.S. 1854. Uber den Organisms der Polythalamien (Fovaminiferen) nebst Bemeri- 
kungen tiber die Rhizopoden im allgemeinen. Leipzig, Engelmann, 68 pps, 7 pls. 

SCHWAGER, C. 1877. Quadro del proposto sistema di classificazione dei foraminifericon 
guscio Italy. Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital. 8 : 18-27, pl. 1. 

Scott, J. 1966. The foraminifera of a cove from Tremadoc Bay, North Wales. Unpublished 
M.Sc. thesis, Univ. Coll. of Wales. 

SEGURA, L. R. 1963. Sistematica y distribucion de los Foraminiferos litorales de la ‘Play 
Washington al sureste de Matamaros, Tamaulipas, Mexico. Boln. Inst. Geol. Mex. 68 
(1963) : 1-92, tfs 1-42. 

SHIFFLET, E. 1961. Living, dead and total foraminiferal faunas Heald Bank, Gulf of Mexico. 
Micropalaeontology 7 (1) : 45-54, 3 tfs. 

SIDDALL, J. D. 1876. On the foraminifera of the River Dee. Aun. Mag. nat. Hist. sera 

ETS Ad: 

1878. On the foraminifera of the River Dee. ep. Chester Soc. nat. Scr. 2 : 42-56. 

1886. Report on the foraminifera of the Liverpool Bay District in Herdman, Fauna of 

Liverpool Bay. Proc. Lit. phil. Soc. Lpool. 40 : 42-71. 

SIDDALL, J. D. assisted by Brapy, H. B. 1879. Catalogue of Recent British Foraminifera 
for the use of collectovs. G. R. Griffith, Chester, 10 pages. 

SIDEBOTTOM, H. 1904. Report on the Recent foraminifera from the coast of the Island of 

Delos. Pt. I. Mem. Proc. Manchy. lit. phil. Soc. 48 (5) : 1-26, pls 2-5. 

1912. Lagenae of the south west Pacific Ocean. J. Quekett microsc. Soc. 2 : 375-434, 

pls 14-21. 

1918. Report on the Recent foraminifera dredged off the east coast of Australia, H.M.S. 


‘Dart’, Station 19 (May 14, 1895); Lat. 29°22’S., Long. 153°51’E., 465 fathoms. Pteropod | 


Ooze. Jl. R. microsc. Soc. 1-25, pls I, 2; 121-152, pls 3-5; 249-264, pls 5, 6 


SILVESTRI, A. i901. Appunti sui rizopodi reticolari della Sicilia; Ser. 1. Atti Re. Accad. | 


dafnica Aciveale n.s. 10 (1898-1900) 7 : I-50, pl. I. 


della Siphogenerina columellaris. Atti Accad. pontif. Nuovi Lincei 56 (1902-1903) : 59-66, 


tis I-9. 

1923. Micro-fauna pliocenica a Rizopoda reticolari di Capecene presso Forli. Ai 
Accad. pontif. Nuovi Lincei 76 : 70-71. 
SKINNER, H.C. 1961. Revision of Proteonina diffiugiformis. J. Paleont. 35 (6) : 1239. 


SLITER, W. V. 1970. Inner-neritic Bolivinitidae from the eastern Pacific margin. Micro- | 


paleontology 16 (2) : 155-174, pls 1-8. 


SOLDANI, A. 1795. Testaceographiae ac Zoophytographiae parvae et microscopicae 1 (3) : 201- | 


289, pls 143-179, Senis. 
Stott, N. R. e¢ al. 1961. International Code of Zoological Nomenclature adopted by the XV 

International Congress of Zoology, London, 1958. Int. Trust for Zool. Nomen., Lond., 

I-XVIII, 1-176 pp. bly 
STUBBINGS,H.G. 1939. The marine deposits of the Arabian Sea. An investigation into their 


distribution and biology. Rep. John Murvay Exped. (Br. Mus. nat. Hist.) 3 (2) : 31-158, 


4 pls, 4 chts, 5 tfs, 17 tabs. 


1903. Dimorfismo e nomenclatura d’una Spivoplecta. Altre notizie sulla struttura | 


| 
| 


| 


_ 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 237 


TERQUEM, O. 1875. Essai sur le classement des animaux qui vivent sur la plage et dans les 

environs de Dunkerque. Pt. 1, pp. 1-54, pls 1-6. 

1876. Essai sur le classement des animaux qui vivent sur la plage et dans les environs de 

Dunkerque. Pt. 2, pp. 55-100, pls 7-12. 

_— 1877. Essai sur le classement des animaux qui vivent sur la plage et dans les environs 

de Dunkerque; Deuxieme fascicule. Mém. Soc. dunkerg. Encour. Sci. 20 (1875-1876) : 

146-191, pls 7-12. 

1878. Les foraminiferes et les entomostracés ostracods du Pliocéne supérieur de I’Ile 
de Rhodes. Mém. géol. Soc. Fr. Ser. 3, 1 (3) : 1-135, pls 1-14. 

1880. Essai sur le classement des animaux qui vivent sur la plage et dans les environs 
de Dunkerque; Troisiéme fascicule. Mém. Soc. dunkerq. Encour. Sci. 21 : 25-77, pls 13-17. 
THALMANN, H. E. 1932. Nomenclator (Um—und Neubenennungen) zu den Tafeln 1 bis 

115 in H. B. Brady’s Werk tiber die Foraminiferen der Challenger—Expedition, London, 
1884. LEclog. geol. Helv. 25 : 293-312. 

Topp, R. 1958. Foraminifera from the Western Mediterranean deep sea cores. Rept. 
Swed. deep sea Exped. 8 (Sediment cores from the Mediterranean Sea and the Red Sea. 3) : 
169-215, tabs. | 

—— 1965. The foraminifera of the Tropical Pacific collections of the ‘Albatross’, 1899-1900, 
Pt. 4. Rotaliform Families and Planktonic Families. Bull. U.S. natn. Mus. 161 : 1-127, 
pls 1-28, 5 tabs. 

Topp, R. & BRONNIMAN, P. 1957. Recent Foraminifera and Thecamoebina from the Eastern 
Gulf of Paria. Spec. Publs. Cushman Fd. 3 : 1-43, 12 pls, 5 tabs, 7 tfs. 

Topp, R. & Low, D. 1961. Nearshore Foraminifera of Martha’s Vineyard, Mass. Contr. 
Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 12 (1) : 5-21, pls 1, 2, tab. 

Towe, K. M. & CIFELLI, R. 1967. Wall ultrastructure in the calcareous foraminifera: crystal- 
lographic aspects and a model for calcification. J. Paleont. 41 (3) : 742-762, pls 87-99. 

TROELSEN, J. C. 1954. Studies on Ceratobuliminidae (Foraminifera). Meddy. dansk. geol. 
Foren. 12 : 448-478. 

Ucuto, T. 1959. Ecology of shallow water foraminifera off the coast of Noboribetsu, south- 
western Hokkaido, Japan. Publs. Seto. mar. biol. Lab. 7 : 295-302. 

1960. Ecology of living benthonic foraminifera from San Diego, California. Spec. 

Publs. Cushman Fdn. 5 : 5-72, pls 1-10, tabs 1-9, tfs 1-18. 

1962. Influence of the River Shinano on foraminifera and sediment grain size distri- 
butions. Publs. Seto mar. biol. Lab. 19 (2) : 363-392, pl. 18, tfs 1-14, tabs. 

VASILENKO, V. P. 1954. Anomalinidy. Iskopaemye foraminifery SSSR. VNIGRI, Trudy 
n.s. 80 : 1-282, pls 1-36, tfs 1-42. 

VELLA, P. 1957. Studies in New Zealand Foraminifera. Pt. 1. Foraminifera from Cook 
Strait. Pt. 2. Upper Miocene to Recent species of the genus Notorotalia. Paleont. 
Bull., Wellington 28 : 5-64, pls 1-9, tfs 1-3, tabs 1-7. 

Viiks, G. 1969. Recent foraminifera in the Canadian Arctic. Muicropaleontology 15 (1) : 
35-60, pls 1-3. 

VOORTHUYSEN, J. H. van. 1950. The quantitative distribution of the Pleistocene, Pliocene 

and Miocene Foraminifera of a boring at Zaandam (Netherlands). Meded. geol. Sticht. 

n.s. 4 : 51-72, pls 1-4, tfs 1-6, tabs. 

1951. Recent (and derived Upper Cretaceous) foraminifera of the Netherlands Wadden 

-Sea (tidal flats). Meded. geol. Sticht. n.s. 5 : 23-32, 2 pls, 1 map. 

—— 1957. Foraminiferen aus dem Eemien (Riss-Wurm interglazial) in der Bohrung Amers- 
foort 1 (Locus typicus). Meded. geol. Sticht. n.s. 11 : 27-39, pls 23-26. 

—— I960. Die foraminiferen des Dollart-Ems Estuarium. Verh. K. ned. geol.—mijnb. 
Genoot. 19 : 237-269, pls ro, 11. 

WabdE, M. 1957. Morphology and taxonomy of the foraminiferal family Elphidiidae. /. 
Wash. Acad. Sci. 47 (10) : 330-3309, 4 tfs. 

WaGner, F. J. E. 1962. Faunal report, a submarine geology program, Polar Continental 
Shelf Project, Isachsen, District of Franklin. Geol. Surv. Pap. Can. 61-27 : 1-10, 2 tfs, 2 tabs. 


238 oaks VANE NS 

WaLker, G. & Boys, W. 1784. Testacea minuta vavriova nuperrime detecta in arena littoris 
Sandvicensis (A collection of the minute and rare shells lately discovered in the sand of the 
sea shove neay Sandwich). G. Walker, Lond., printed by J. March, 25 pps, 3 pls. 

WALKER, G. & JacosB, E. 1798. In Adams, G., Essays on the microscope, containing a practical 
description of the most improved microscopes; a general history of Insects. A description 
of 383 animalcula etc. 2nd Edition with considerable additions and improvements by 
F. Kanmacher, Dillon and Keating, Lond., 712 pps, 32 pls. 

WALLER, E. 1868. Report on the foraminifera obtained in the Shetland Seas. In: Prelimin- 
ary report on the Crustacea, Molluscoidea, Echinodermata and Coelenterata by the Shet- 
land Dredging Committee in 1867. Rev. A. M. Norman. Rep. Br. Ass: Adumt, Sep 


(Dundee 1867) 37 : 441-446. 
WALLER, H. O. 1960. Foraminiferal Biofacies off the South China Coast. |. Palagar 


34 (6) : 1164-1182, 15 tfs. 
Watton, W. R. 1955. Ecology of living benthonic Foraminifera, Todos Santos Bay, Baja, 


California. |. Paleont. 29 (6) : 952-1018, 6 pls, 24 tfs. 

WARREN, A. D. 1957. Foraminifera of the Buras—Scofield Bayou Region, S.E. Louisiana. 
Contr. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 8 (1) : 29-40, 4 pls, 1 tf. 

WatTkKINS, J. G. 1961. Foraminiferal ecology around the Orange County, California, ocean 
sewer outfall. Muicropalaeontology 7 (2) : 199-206, 15 tts. 

WHATLEY, R.C. & WaLL, D. R. 1969. A preliminary account of the ecology and distribution 
of Recent Ostracoda in the Southern Irish Sea. In: The Taxonomy, Morphology and 
Ecology of Recent Ostvacoda. Ed. J. W. Neale. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh, pp. 268-298. 

Wuite, W. R. 1956. Pliocene and Miocene Foraminifera from the Capistrano Formation, 
Orange County, California. J. Paleont. 30 (2) : 237-260, 6 pls, 2 tfs, 2 tabs. 

WIESNER, H. 1912. Zur Systematik adriatischer Nubecularien, Spiroloculinen, Miliolinen 

und Biloculinen. Ayrch. Protistenk. 25 : 201-239. 

1923. Die Milioliden der ostlichen Adria. 113 pp., 20 pls. The Author, Prag-Bubenc. 
1931. Die Foraminiferen der deutschen Siidpolar-Expedition 1901-1903. In: Drygalski, 

E. von, Deutsche Siidpolarv-Expedition 1901-1903. Berlin u. Leipzig, Deutschland, de 

Gruyter, 1931, 20 (Zool. 12) : 53-169. 

WILLIAMSON, W.C. 1848. On the Recent British species of the genus Lagena. Ann. Mag. 

noi. Hast..ser. 2,. 1: 1-20, pls. 1 2: 

1858. On the Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain. Ray Soc. Lond., xx +107 pps, 7 pis. 

WISEMAN, J. D. H. & OvEy, C.D. 1950. NRecent investigations on the deep-sea floor. Proc. 
Geol. Ass. 61 (1) : 28-84, 2 pls. 

Woop, A. 1949. The structure of the wall of the test in the Foraminifera; its value in classi- 
fication. Q. Jl. geol. Soc. Lond. 104 : 229-255, pls 13-15. 

Woop, A., Apams, T. D. & Haynes, J. 1963. The structure of Ammonia beccaru (Linné). 
Conty. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 14 (4) : 156-157, pl. 15. 

Woop, A. & BaRNarRD, T. 1946. Ophthalmidium—a study of nomenclature, variation and 
evolution in the Foraminifera. Q. Jl. geol. Soc. 102 (2) : 77-113, pls 1-10. 

Woop, A. & Haynes, J. 1957. Certain smaller British Palaeocene foraminifera. Pt. 2. 
Cibicides and its allies. Contry. Cushman Fdn. Fovamin. Res. 8 : 45-53, pls 5, 6. 

Woop, S. V. 1842. A catalogue of shells from the Crag. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. 9 : 455-462. 

WortH, R. H. 1900. The commoner foraminifera of the English Channel from the Hand 
Deeps to Start Point at or near the 30 fathom line. Rep. Tvans. Devon. Ass. Advmt. 
Sct. 32 : 491-502. ; 

——— Ig02. The foraminifera of the Exe Estuary. J. may. biol. Ass. U.K. nS. 6 3336-343: 

—— 1904. Foraminifera in Plymouth Marine Investigation of fauna, pp. 155-298. J. mar. 
biol. Ass. U.K. ns. 7 : 174-185. 

WricuHtT, J. 1877. Recent foraminifera of Down and Antrim. Proc. Belf. Nat. Fid. Club 
(1876-77) 4: 101-105, pl. 4, tab. 

—— 1889. Report of a deep sea trawling cruise off the south west coast of Ireland. Am 


Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 6, 4 : 447-449. 


= aGO22. 


CARDIGAN BAY RECENT FORAMINIFERA 239 


Waenert, J.. 1890. 


Deep sea trawling off the south west coast of Ireland. Additional 


Foraminifera. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. ser. 6, 5 : 24. 


a= 9891. 
of the ‘Flying Falcon’, 1888. 
—— 1895. 


== TO00. 
I9OI. 


—— 1907. 
Iv. Nat. 16 : 88-89. 
== TOIL. 


ZALESNEY, E. R. 1959. 
palaeontology 5 (1) 


Report on the foraminifera obtained off the south west of Ireland during the cruise 
Proc. R. Iv. Acad. ser. 3, 1 : 460-502 pl. 1. 

Foraminifera of Dogs Bay. Preliminary list in: Report of the Conference and 
Excursions held at Galway. July r1th—17th, 1895. 
The foraminifera of Dogs Bay, Connemara. 
The foraminifera of the Pleistocene Clay of Bovevagh, County Derry. Pvroc. 
Belf. Nat. Fld. Club (1900-1901) 4 : 603-605. 
Some foraminifera from Rathlin Island. 
1902b. Foraminifera of the Pleistocene Clay, Shellag. 
‘Foraminifera’ in: Contributions to the Natural History of Lambay, Co. Dublin. 


Ivy. Nat, 4 : 252-253. 
Iv. Nat. 9 : 51-55, pl. 2. 


ly Wate Ais 201-253, pl. 3, 
Lioay Manninagh. 3 : 627-629. 


Foraminifera from the estuarine clays of Maghera-morne, County Antrim and 
Limvady Station, County Derry. Proc. Belf. Nat. Fld Club (1910-1911) 
Foraminiferal ecology of Santa Monica Bay, California. 
: Yor—r26, F pl., 21 tfs, 1 tab. . 


: 11-20, pl. 2. 
Micro- 


iIPGo eLNDEX £O FAMILIES, GENERA, SPECIES AND 
VARIETIES DESCRIBED 


New Taxonomic names in bold type 


aberdoveyensis, Ammonia, 184; Pl. 18, 
fig. 15 
 acutimargo var. emaciatum, Spivopthal- 


midium, 50; Pl. 9, fig. 16 
Ammobaculites, 25 

balkwilli, 25; Pl. 2, figs 2, 3, Pl. 20, figs 5, 6 
Ammonia, 184 

aberdoveyensis, 184; Pl. 18, fig. 15 
batavus, 187; Pl. 18, figs 5, 6, 14, 16 
limnetes, 189; Pl. 18, figs 7-9, pl. 19, fig. 8, 

pl. 30, fig. 8 

iepida, 191; Pl. 18, fig. 17, pl. 30, fig. 7 


anglicum, Protelphidium, 216; Pl. 22, figs 15, 


1G; pl. 23, figs 1, 2, pl. 27, figs 6-9 


| angulosa, Trifarina, 126; Pl. 10, figs 12, 13, 


Mei y, pl.ctt, fig. 11 


_ anomala, Rosalina, 151; Pl. 17, figs 1-3, pl. 


iGpue- 2, pl. 30, figs 1, 2 


aspera, Quinqueloculina, 63; Pl. 7, figs 1-3, 


pl. 8, fig. 2, pl. 31, figs 1-5 
ASTERIGERINIDAE, 164 


| Asterigerinata, 164 


mamilla, 164; Pl. 18, figs 1—4, pl. 19, figs 7, 9 
astevotuberculatum, Elphidium, 197; Pl. 22, 
fig. 7 


| astrifica, Tvochammina, 34; Pl. 4, figs 18-20 


} 


ASTRORHIZIDAE, 14 


| ATAXOPHRAGMIIDAE, 44 


_ arctica, Reophax, 22: Pl. a ngs .O=12)\pl2.6} 


| 
} 


figs 4, 5,7 
avenulata, Lagenammina, 19; Pl. 2, fig. 17, 
pls; fig. 12 


auberiana var. A, Quinqueloculina, 65; Pl. 7, 
fig. 15 

auberiana var. B, Quinqueloculina, 66; Pl. 7, 
figs 6, 7 

auricula, Nonionella, 211 


balkwilli, Ammobaculites, 25; Pl. 2, figs 2, 3, 
ple 20; figs 55-6 
batavus, Ammonia, 187; Pl. 18, figs 5, 6, 14, 
16 
bicornis, Quinqueloculina, 67; Pl. 7, fig. 18 
bilobata, Biorbulina, 180; Pl. 20, fig. 5 
Biorbulina, 180 
bilobata, 180; Pl. 20, fig. 5 
bockt, Textilina, 47; Pl: 3, figs 6,-7;<pl: 8, 
fig. 8 
Bolivina, 128 
britannica, 128 
inflata, 130 
minima, 130 
cf. minima, 131 
ovdinaria, 131 
pseudoplicaia, 132; Pl. 10, fig. 3, -pl.:11, 
fig. 7 
pseudopunctata, 134; Pl. 10, fig. 4, pl. 11, 
figs 4-6 
spathulata, 135 
styiaiia, 137; Pl. 10, fig: 1, pl. 11, fige1 
superba, 138; Pl. 10, fig. 5, pl. 11, figs 2, 3 
cfzvadescens, 139; Pl. 10, fig: 7, pl.-11, fig.-9 
vaviabilis, t41;-Pl. ro, fhie..8, pl. 11, fig: 8 
BOLIVINITIDAE; 128 


TN DPX 


240 


borealis, Buliminella, 114 

borealis, Oolina, 105; Pl. 14, fig. 6 

bradyi, Hemisphaevammina, 21; Pl. 6, figs 1, 2 

bradyt, Rosaling ct., 153; Pl. 17, figs 45.5; 
DIS OMUSS 1 eoee0 

britannica, Bolivina, 128 

Buccella, 193 

frigida, 193; Pl. 18, fig. 13 

Bulimina, 116 

clongata,-110; Pl. to, fis] 9; pl a) 1g 0 
elongata lesleyae, 119; Pl. 10, fig. 6 

elongata subulata, 120; Pl. 10, figs 10, 15 
gibba, 121; Pl. ro, fig: 14 

marginata, 122; Pl. to, fig. 18 

Buluminella, 114 

borealis, 114 

BULIMINIDAE, 116 


Cancris, 145 

oblongus, 145; Pl. 20, fig. 13, pl. 23, figs 5, 6 
cavinata, Massilina, 52; Pl. 5, figs 1, 2 
carinata, Pygro, 59; Pl. 9, fig. 17 
Cassidulina, 194 

cf. veniforme, 194 
CASSIDULINIDAE, 194 
Cibicides, 171 

fletcheri, 171 

fletchert sachalinica, 172; Pl. 21, figs 1, 2 
lobatulus, 173; Pl. 20, figs 1, 2, pl. 21, figs 3, 

5 OpePl 2 335 Ugs 17 
CLIBICIDIDAE, 171 
clavata, Lagena, 81; Pl. 12; fig. 1, pl. 13, fig. 1 


cliavensis, Quinqueloculina cf., 68; Pl. 7, 
figs 8, 9 

cliavensis var. A, Quinqueloculina cf., 70; 
EI Ne. 5 

concameratus, Eponides vepandus, 168; Pl. 18, 
figs 10-12 


concava, Laryngosigma lactea, 104 
consivicta, Pyrgo cf., 60; Pl. 9, figs 11, 12 
corvugata, Patellina, 142; Pl=a5, fie. 12, 

pl. 16, figs 7-9 
Cribrostomoides, 29 

qeffreysit, 20° Pla 2, fies. 5 69 pl Orle oy 

pl:'29, fig. 10 

cuvilhent, Elphidium, 197; Pl. 
Cyclogyra, 48 

selseyensis, 48; Pl. 9, fig. 15, pl. 29, fig. 4 


2A MESES 


Dentalina, 80 
cf. trondheimenstis, 80; Pl. 16, fig. 11 
depressa, Spiroloculina, 78; Pl. 9, figs 6, 7 
depressulus, Nonion, 209; Pl. 22, figs 8, 11, 
pl. 29, fig.-9 


_ Eliiptica, Fissurina, 


DISCORBIDAE, 145 
Discorbinella, 149 
species A, 149 
Discorbis, 147 
wrightii, 147; Pl. 16, figs 12-16, pl. 19, fig. 5, 
pl. 30, figs 4, 5 
distoma, Planorbulina, 177; Pl. 20, figs 10-12, 
ple 21, gsi 778 
doveyensis, Lagena, 82; Pi. 12, figs 7, 8 


duthierst, Quinqueloculina, cf. 70; Pl. 7, 
figs 22, 23 

eavlandi, Spivopleciammina, 31; Pl. 3, fig. 5, 
ple 8, fee 1: 


Eggervelloides scabrum, 44; Pl. 2, figs 7, 8, 
pl. 19, figs 10, 11 
94; Pl ra hige'5 
Elphidium, 197 
astevotuberculatum, 197; Pl. 22, fig. 7 
cuvilliert, 197; Pl. 24, figs 17, 18 
exoticum, 198; Pl. 24, figs 8, 9, pl. 26, 
figs 2, 3, 6, 8, pl. 28, figs 1-4 
incertum, 199; Pl. 22, fig. 6, pl. 24, figs 14—- 
16;-pl. 28, figs:8, © 
macellum, 201; Pl. 24, figs 1-3, pl. 25, 
figs 1-5, 7, 8, pl. 27, figs 4, 5 
magellanicum, 202; Pl. 22, fig. 5, ple 24g 
figs 5, 6, pl. 26, fig. 11, pl. 28, figs 5-7 


margavitaceum, 203; Pl. 24, figs 12, 13, 
pl..29; fig. 8 
selseyense, 204; Pl. 22, figs 3; 4, ~plemee 


fig. 11, pl.. 26, figs 4, 5,275 9, 2O;.p eae 
figs I-3 
waddensis, 206; Pl. 24, figs 4, 10, pl yZze 
fig: 1, plo28) figs70, 11 
williamsoni, 207; Pl. 24, fig. 7, pl. 25, figs 
6, 9, pl. 27 figs 1-3, 
elongata, Bulimina, 116; Pl. to, fig. 9, pl. 11, 
fig. 10 
elongata lesleyae, Bulimina, 119; Pl. io, fig. 6 
elongata subulata, Bulimina, 120; Pl. 10, 
figs 10, 15 . 
elongata, Marsipella, 16; Pl. 3, fig. 14 
emaciatum, Spivopthalmidium acutimargo 
50; Pl. 9; Ng;-a6 
Epistominella, 217 
navaensis, 217; Pl. 20, fig. 14, pl. 23, figs 7, 8 
Eponides, 168 
vepandus concameratus, 168; Pl. 18, figs 10- 
12 
EPONIDIDAE, 168 
exoticum, Elphidium, 198; Pl. 24, figs 8, 9, 
pl. 26, figs 2, 3, 6, 8, pl. 28, figs 1-4 


FISCHERINIDAE, 48 


| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 
| 


; .. = 
ng ee EE 


INDEX 241 


Fissurina, 94 
elliptica, 94; Pl. 14, fig. 5 
lucida, 95; Pl. 14, figs I, 2 
marginata, 97 
species A, 98; ima, figs:3, 4 
species B, 99 
fletchert, Cibicides, 171 
fletchert sachalinica, Cibicides, 172; Pl. 21, 
figs I, 2 
frigida, Buccella, 193; Pl. 18, fig. 13 
fusca, Miliammina, 54; Pl. 2, figs 9, 10, 
ple ar, figs 6, 7 
fusiformis, Reophax, 23; Pl. 3, figs 3, 4 
fusiformis, ‘“Stainforthia’”’, 124; Pl. 5, figs 7, 8 


georgiana, Siphonina, 167; Pl. 20, figs 15, 
Hop! 23, iig.-o, pl. 33, fig. 10 
gibba, Bulimina, 121; Pl. ro, fig. 14 
GLOBIGERINIDAE, 180 
globigeriniformis var. pygmaea, Trochammina, 
BO vel 4, fig.’ 14 
Globoquadrina, 181 
hexagona, 181; Pl. 20, figs 7-9, pl. 21, fig. 12 
Globorotalia, 182 
inflata, 182; Pl. 20, figs 3, 4, pl. 21, figs 10, 11 
Globulina, 99 
cf. imaequalis, 99; Pl. 15, fig. 11 
Guttulina, 100 
harrisi, 100 


Halyphysema, 14 
tumanowicz1, 14; Pl. 1, fig. 6, pl. 3, fig. 13 
hancocki, Lagenammina cf., 20; Pl. 2, figs rr, 
i2).pl- 8; fig: ro 
Haplophragmoides, 27 
euiberiy, 27° -Pl.-2, fig. 1, pl. 29, fig..7 
species A, 28 
harrisi, Guttulina, 100 
haynest, Trochammina, 35 
helgolandica, Remaneica, 43; Pl. 5, fig. 10, 
pl. 6, fig. 6 
Hemisphaerammina, 21 
bvadyi, 21; Pl. 6, figs 1, 2 
heronalleni, Oolina, 106; Pl. 14, fig. 7 
hexagona, Globoquadrina, 181; Pl. 20, figs 7-9, 
pl. 2, fig. 12 
hexagona, Oolina, 107; PI. EA, tes  P2) FB, 
pl. 15, figs 3, 6 
hibernica, Lagena, 83; Pl. 12, figs 16, 17 
Hippocrepina, 15 
species A, 15; Pl. 2, fig. 4 
HORMOSINIDAE, 22 
hyalascidia, Laryngosigma, 102 
imaequalis, Globulina ct., Oop Pl 15, fig. 11 


incevtum,. Elphidium, 199; Pl. 22, fig. 6, 
pl. 24, figs 14-16, pl. 28, figs 8, 9 

inflata, Bolivina, 37 

inflata, Globorotalia, 182; Pl. 20, figs 3, 4 
pl. 21, figs 10, 11 

inflata, Tvochammina, 37; Pl. 4, figs 15-17, 
pl. 6; fig..3 

intermedia, Trochammina, 39; Pl. 4, figs 9-13, 
pl. 6, fig. 9 

intervupta, Lagena sulcata, 92; Pl. 12, fig. ro 

intvicata, Quinqueloculina, 71; Pl. 7, figs 16, 
17 

ivvegularis, Rosalina, 154 


’ 


Jadammina, 41 
macrescens, 41; Pl. 1, fig. 5, pl. 2, figs 14-16 


jeffreysii, Cribrostomoides, 29; Pl. 2, figs 5, 6, 


pl. 8, fig. 9, pl. 29, fig. 10 


lactea, Laryngosigma, 103 
lactea concava, Laryngosigma, 104 
laevigata, Oolina, 108; Pl. 14, fig. 11 
laevis, Lagena, 84; Pl. 12, fig. 2 
Lagena, 81 
clavaia, 813) Pl. 12; fig 1, pl. 13, fig. 1 
doveyensis, 82; Pl. 12, figs 7, 8 
hibernica, 83; Pl. 12, figs 16, 17 
laevis, 84; Pl. 12,-fig.. 2 
paciica, 85; Pl. 12,8. 15, pl. 13, ngs 2, 3 
perlucida, 86; Pl. 12, fig. 5, pl. 13, fig. 5 
semistriata,, 87; .Pl. 12, fig. 6, pl. 13, fig. 4 
spicata, 88; Pl. 12, fig. 13 
cf. .siviata; 89; Pl. 12, fig. 12, pl. 13; figs 7,8 
substriata, 89; Pl. 12, fig. 11, pl. 13, figs 6, 11 
sulcata; 90; Pl. 12, fig. 9;pl..13, fig.ro 
sulcata interrupia, 92; Pl. 12, fig. Io 
sulcata torquiformis, 93; Pl. 12, fig. 14, 
pl. 13; figs-9, 12 
species A, 94; -Pl.12, figs.3, 4 
Lagenammina, 19 
avéenulata, 19; Pl..2, fig. 17,-pl:8; fig. 12 
ef. ‘hancochi,. 20; Pl... 2, -figs-11,-12,: pl. 8; 
fig. 10 
Laryngosigma, 102 
hyalascidia, 102 
lactea, 103 
lactea concava, 104 
lata, Quinqueloculina, 72; Pl. 7, figs 10-13 
lesleyae, Bulimina elongata, 119; Pl. 10, fig. 6 
limnetes, Ammonia, 189; Pl. 18, figs 7-9, 
Dia 19,716. -5, pl, 30; fe. 3 
lineata, Oolina, 109; Pl. 14, figs 8-10 
LITUOLIDAE, 25 


INDEX 


242 


lobaidlus, Cibicides, 173; -P1..20; figs 1; 2; 
pl 21, figs 3, 5, 6, pl: 33; figs 127 

loeblicht, Stainforthia concava var., 123; Pl. 5, 
fig. Io 

lucida, Fissurina, 95; Pl. 14, figs 1. 2 


macellum, Elphidium, 201; Pl. 24, figs 1-3, 
pl: 25, figs 1-5; 7, 8, pl: 27, figs 45.5 
macrescens, Jadammina, 41; Pl. 1, fig. 5, 
pl. 2, figs 14-16 
magellanicum, Elphidium, 202; Pl. 22, fig. 5, 
ple 24, hes 5,6) pls:26, fee ti pL 20; 
figs 5-7 
mamilla, A sterigerinata, 164; Pl. 18, figs 1-4, 
pl. 19, figs 7, 9 
margarvitaceum, Elphidium, 
Hgs 12, 13, pls 20, igs: 8 
marginata, Bulimina, 122; Pl. to, fig. 18 
marginata, Fissurina, 97 
Marsipella, 16 
elongata, 16; Pl. 3, fig. 14 
Masstilina, 52 
cavinata, 52; Pl: 5, figs 1,22 
secans, 53; Pl. 5, figs 3,4, ple 8; fie76) ple32, 
fig. 4 
mediterrvanensis, Quinqueloculina, 73; Pl. 7, 
figs 4, 5, pl. 8, fig. 1 
Miliammina, 54 
fusca, 54;-Pl. 2, figs-o, 10; pl. an, figs 6) 4 
MILIOLIDAE, 52 
Miliolinella, 56 
subrotunda, 56; Pl. 5, figs 5, 6, pl. 31, figs 8, 9 
subrotunda pateorid var., 57; Pl. 5, figs 12, 13 
milletin, Rosalina, 155; Pl. 17, figs 11, 12, 
ple 30; figs. © 
minima, Bolivina, 130 
minima, Bolivina cf., 131 
montliforme, Reophax, 24; Pl. 3, fig. 17, pl. 6, 
fig. 8 
moyt, Sigmoilopsis, 77; Pl. 4, figs 1-8, pl. 8, 
figs 5, 7 


203° Pl 24. 


navaensis, Epistominella, 217; Pl. 20, fig. 14, 
pl. 23, figs 7, 8 


neopolitana, Rosalina, 158; Pl. 17, figs 16-18 


NODOSARIIDAE, 80 
Nonion, 209 
depressulus, 209; Pl. 22, figs 8-11, 


fig. 9 


pauperatum, 210; Pl. 22, figs 13, 14; pl. 23, 


fig. 4 
Nonionella, 211 
auricula, 211 
turgida, 213; Pl. 22, fig. 12 


pl. 29, 


turgida var. digitata, 214 
species:A,-215; Pl.22, figs 17, 18) plage 


fig. 3 
NONIONIDAE, 196 
novangliae, Pseudopolymorphina cf., 112; 


Pl75,; H8.73,-pl. roses OE 
NUBECULARIDAE, 50 


oblongus, Cancris, 145; Pl. 20, fig. 13, pl. 23, 
figs 5, 6 
ochvacea, Trochammina, 40; Pl. 5, figs 15-18 
Oolina, 105 
borealis, 105; Pl. 14, fig. 6 
heronalleni, 106; Pl. .14, fig. 7 
hexagona, 107; Pl. 14, figs 12, 
figs 3, 6 
laevigata, 108; Pl. 14, fig. 11 
lineata, 109; Pl. 14, figs 8-10 
squamosa, 110; Pl. 14, fig. 14, pl. 15, figs 4, 5 
williamsoni, 111; Pl. 14, figs 15-17, pl. 45, 
HS 12,7. 
Orbulina, 184; 
universa, 184 Pl. 20, fig. 6 
ovdinaria, Bolivina, 134 


13, pilose 


pacifica, Lagena,-85; Pl.-12, fig. 15; pleeaee 
figs 2, 3 
parva, Psammosphaera, 18; Pl. 2, fig. 13 
Patellina, 142 
covrugata, 142; Pl. 15, fig. 12, pl. 16, figs 7-9 
paupevatum, Nonion, 210; Pl. 22, figs 13, 14, 
pl. 23, fig. 4 
perforata, Spirillina, 144; Pl. 15, fig. 9, pl. 16, 
figs 1, 2 
perlucida, Lagena, 86; Pl. 12, fig. 5, pl. 13, 


fig. 5 
Planorbulina, 177 
distoma, 177;_P\. 20,. figs 10-12, piliyam 
figs 4, 7, 8 


species A, 180; Pl..5, fig..14, pl. 21, Beng 
PLANORBULINIDAE, 177 
POLYMORPHINIDAE, 94 
praegeri, Rosalina, 159; PI. 
pl. 19, fig. 4, pl. 30, fig. 3 
Protelphidium, 216 
anglicum, 216; Pl. 22, figs 15, 16, pl. 23, 
figs 1, 2, pl. 27, figs 6-9 
Psammosphaera, 18 
parva, 18; Pl. 2, fig. 13 
pseudoplicata, Bolivina, 132; PI. 
plo 11; fig. 7 
Pseudopolymorphina, 112 
cf. novanglhiae, 112; 
figs 10, 17 


17, figs 6-9, 


ea figcsgy _|f 


Pl. 15, fig. 8, pl. 26; 


INDEX 243 


suboblonga, 113 
pseudopunctata, Boltvind; 134; Pl. ro, fig. 4; 
leit, figs 4—6 
pygmaea, Trochammina globigeriniformis var., 
Bem, fig. 14 
Pyrgo, 59 
carinata, 59; Pl. 9, fig. 17 
ef. constricta, 60; Pl. 9, figs 11, 12 
williamsont, 61 
species A, 62; Pl. 9, figs 10, 13 
species B, 63; Pl..9, figs 8, 9 


Ouinqueloculina, 63 

uspera, 03; Fl, 7, figs 1-3, pl..8, fig. 2, pl. 31, 
figs 1-5 

auberiana var. A, 65; Pl. 7, fig. 15 
auberiana var. B, 66; Pl. 7, figs 6, 7 
Bicornis, 67; PI. 7, fig. 18 

Gi ciuavensis, 68; Pl. 7, figs 8, 9 

cf. chavensis var. A, 70; Pl. 9, fig. 5 
Bimauiners?, 70; Pl.°7, figs 22, 23 

tninveaia, 7i; Pl. 7, figs 16, 17 

lata, 72; Pl. 7, figs 10-13 

mediierranensis, 73; Pl. 7, figs 4, 5, pl. 8, 
ii ae 

Cranugosa, 74; Pl..7, igs 20, 21 

Seuunulum, -74; Pl. 7, figs r4,.19, pl. 8, 
fig. 3, pl. 32, figs 1-3 


Remaneica, 43 
helgolandica, 43; Pl. 5, fig. 19, pl. 6, fig. 6 
veniforme, Cassidulina cf., 194 
Reophax, 22. 
avctica, 22; Pl. 3, figs 8-12, pl. 6, figs 4, 5, 7 
fusiformis, 23; Pl. 3, figs 3, 4 
moniliforme, 24; Pl. 3, fig. 17, pl. 6, fig. 8 
vepandus concameratus, Eponides, 168; Pl. 18, 
figs 10-12 
Rosalina, 150° 
anomala, 151; Pl. 17, figs 1-3, pl. 19, fig. 2, 
eesO, es T, 2 
Biuvedy1; 153; PY. 17, figs 4, 5,~pl: io, 
figs I, 3, 6 
wregularis, 154; Pl. 30, figs 9, 10 
milletin, 155; Pl. 17, figs 11, 12, pl. 30, fig. 6 
neopolitana, 158; Pl. 17, figs 16-18 
praegeri, 159; Pl. 17, figs 6-9, pl. 10, fig. 4, 
> pl-30, fig. 3 
willamsoni, 162; Pl. 17, figs 13-15 
species A, 163; Pl. 17, fig. ro 
ROTALIIDAE, 184 


rugosa, Quiqueloculina cf., 74; Pl. 7, figs 20, 


21 


SACCAMMINIDAE, 18 
sachalinica, Cibicides fletcheri, 172; 
figs 1,°2 
scabrum, Eggerelloides, 44; Pl. 2, figs 7, 8, 
pl: 19, figs: 10,-1T 
Scutuloris, 76 
species A, 76; Pl. 9, fig. 14 
sécans, Masstlina, 53; Pl. 5, figs 3, 4, pl. 8, 
Hee On ply a2, tio, 4 
selseyensis, Cyclogvra, 48; Pl. 9, fig. 
fig. 4 
selseyense, Elphidium, 204; Pl. 22, figs 3, 4, 
ple 24, 1S 11, pl.-20; figs 4,.5) 7,0, 10, pk: 
29, figs 1-3 
seminulum, Quinqueloculina, 74; Pl. 7; 
figs 14, 10, pl. 8, fig. 3, pl. 32, figs1—3 
semistriata, Lagena, 87; Pl. 12, fig. 6, pl. 13, 
fig. 4 
Sigmoilopsis, 77 
moyt, 77; Pl. 4, figs 1-8, pl. 8, figs 5, 7 
Siphonina, 167 
georgiana, 167; Pl. 20, figs 15, 16, pl. 23, 
fig. 9, pl. 33, fig. 10 
SIPHONINIDAE, 167 
spathulata, Bolivina, 135 
spicata, Lagena, 88; Pl. 12, fig. 13 
Spivrillina, 144 
perforata, 144; Pl. 15, fig. 9, pl. 16, figs 1, 2 
species A, 144; Pl. 15, fig. 10, pl. 16, figs. 5,6 
SPIRILLINIDAE, 142 
Spiroloculina, 78 
depressa, 78; Pl. 9, figs 6, 7 
Spivoplectammina, 31 
caviand?, 31; Pl. 3, fig. 5, pi: 3, fig. “11 
wright, 32; Pl. 3; figs 1, 2 
Spivopthalmidium, 50 
acutimargo var. emaciatum, 50; Pl. 5, 
fig. Ei, pl.o, ig. 16 
squamosa, Oolina, 110; Pl. 14, fig. 14, pl. 15, 
figs 4, 5 
Stainforthia, 123 
concava var. loeblichi, 123; Pl. 5, fig. 10 
fustformis, 124; Pl. 5, figs 7, 8 
species A, 126; Pl. 5, fig..9, pl. 8, fig. 4 
styviata, Lagena, ef.,.89:; Pl,,72, fig’ r2,-pl:' 13, 
figs 7, 8 
siviaiula, Bohvina, 137; Pl..1z0, fig. 1; pl. -21, 
fig. I 
suboblonga, Pseudopolymorphina, 113 
subrotunda, Miliolinella, 56; Pl. 5, figs 5, 6, 
pl. 31, figs 8, 9 
subrotunda pateorid var., Miliolinella, 57; 
Pls; figs 12,.13 


Ph, 21, 


TP, pl. 29, 


244 


substriata, Lagena, 89; Pl. 12, fig. r1, pl. 13, 
figs 6, II 

sulcata, Lagena, 90; Pl. 12, fig. 9, pl. 13, fig. 10 

sulcata interrupta, Lagena, 92; Pl. 12, fig. 10 

sulcata var. torquiformis, Lagena, 93; Pl. 
52, fig,-14, pl. 13; figs.9, 12 

superba, Bolivina, 138; Pl. 10, fig. 5, pl. 11, 
figs 2, 3 


Technitella, 17 
teivyense, 17; Pl. 1, figs 1-4 
teivyense, Technitella, 17; Pl. 1, figs 1-4 
tepida, Ammonia, 191; Pl. 18, fig. 17, pl. 30, 
fig. 8 
Textilina, 47 
bocki,. 47. Pli3, figs 6, 7, pl./8;.e. 8 
Textularvidae, 31 
torquiformis, Lagena sulcata, 93; Pl. 12, 
fie 14, pli 13: figs: 9,12 
Trifarina angulosa, 126; Pl. 10, figs 12, 13, 
16, 075, pl: TV; fig. 7k 
tvigonula, Triloculina, 79; Pl. 9, figs 1, 2, pl. 
32, fig. 5 
tvihedva, Triloculina, 80; Pl. 9, figs 3, 4 
Triloculina, 79 
trigonula, 79; Pl. 9, figs I, 2, pl. 32, fig. 5 
tyithedrva, 80; Pl. 9, figs 3, 4 
Trochammina, 34 
astyifica, 34; Pl. 4, figs 18-20 
haynes, 35 
globigeriniformis var. pygmaea, 36; Pl. 4, 
fig. 14 
inflata, 37; Pl. 4, figs 15-17, pl. 6, fig. 3 
intermedia, 39; Pl. 4, figs 9-13, pl. 6, fig. 9 


INDEX 


ochracea, 40; Pl. 5, figs 15-18 
TROCHAMMINIDAE, 34 
tvondheimensis, Dentalina ci., 80; Pl. 16, 
fig. II . 
tumanowicz, Halyphysema, 14; Pl. 1, fig. 6, 
pl 2e he 13 
turgida, Nonionella, 213; Pl. 22, fig. 12 
turgida var. digitata, Nonionella, 214 
TURRILINIDAE, 114 
Turrispirillina, 145 
species A, 145; Pl. 16, figs 3, 4 


universa, Orbulina, 184; Pl. 20, fig. 6 
UVIGERINIDAE, 126 — 


vadescens, Bolwina ci., 139; Pl. 10, fig 
pleir, Le 9 

variabilis, Bolivina, 141; Pl. to, fig. 8, pl. 11, 
fig. 8 


waddensis, Elphidium, 206; Pl. 24, figs 4, ro, 
pl. 26; fig. 1, pl. 28, fies. 16,410 

wilberti, Haplophragmoides, 27; Pl. 2, fig. 1, 
DEeZo, e177 

williiamsoni, Elphidium, 207; Pl. 24, fig. 7, 
pl. 25, figs 6, 9, pl. 27, figs 1-3 

williamsont, Oolina, 111; Pl. 14, figs 15-17, 
Plei5,.Hes 1, 2.7, 

wiliamsoni, Rosalina, 162; Pl. 17, figs 13-15 

wilhramsoni, Pyrgo, 61 

wrightit, Discorbis, 147; Pl. 16, figs 12-16, 
pl. 19, fig. 5, pl. 30, figs 4, 5 

wrighti1, Spiroplectammina, 32; Pl. 3, figs 1, 2 


x. ADDENDUM 


References cited but inadvertently left out of Part VIII include: 


Atkinson, K. 1968. 


A taxonomic note on Massilina carinata (Fornasini 1905) 


Contr. Cushman Fdn. Foramin. Res. 19 : 165-167, tfs 1-3. 


Dupeuble-.2> a 10962, 
Région de Roscoff (Finistére). 


Polymorphisme chez les Cibicidinae Actuels de la ~ 
Revue Micropaléont. 4 (4) : 197-202, pls I, 2. 


Two importart works on British Recent Foraminifera which came to hand after 


going to press include: 


Atkinson; K.- 97x, lhe relationship of Recent Foraminifera to the sedimentary 
facies in the turbulent zone, Cardigan Bay. J. nat. Hist. 5 : 385-439, tfs I-14. 


Murray, J. W.. 21077. 


244 pp., 96 pls. 


An Atlas of British Recent Foraminiferida. 


Heinemann, 


Atkinson’s paper went to press before we had finished our revision of nomenclature 


so his names require correction as indicated in Part VIL. 


The same applies to the 


names in the ‘Atlas’ where ‘accepted British usage’ has been followed. However, 


Se a 


“ 


ADDENDUM 7 245 


Murray has made certain innovations, and two in particular are unacceptable in our 
opinion. These are the attempt to subsume E/phidiwm selseyense under E. excavatum 
and to place the species called F. excavatwm by British workers under E. articulatum 
(d’Orbigny). As we have shown (pages 206 and 208) E. selseyense can be distin- 
guished from E. evcavatum as redefined by Lévy ef al. (1969). Further, as it has 
proved impossible to find an unambiguous early name for EF. excavatwm of authors’ 
—Polystomella umbilicatula of Williamson, this species is renamed by us E. william- 
sont. To place this form under FE. articulatum would only make the confusion 
worse. D’Orbigny’s species was described from the coast of Patagonia and the 
Falklands. The type specimen is lost as was discovered by Heron, Allen and 
Earland (1932) when they examined d’Orbigny’s tube in the Musée d’Histoire 
Naturelle, Paris. However, the type figure shows a lobate species with inflated 
chambers, small septal pits and areal apertures in a concave apertural face; clearly 
different from E£. excavatwm of authors’ which is entire, flat-sided and characterized 


by oblong fossettes. 


Specimens figured by Cushman as F. articulatum in the Atlantic Monograph (1930) 
are similar to d’Orbigny’s figure although they do not show the areal apertures. It 
is significant that Cushman distinguished between this species and FE. excavatum in 
the same Monograph and maintained this distinction later. FE. excavatum is well 
figured from the Belgian coast (1949) whereas the only reference to d’Orbigny’s 
species in the North Atlantic is of doubtful material from off New England, as E. cf. 
articulatum (1944). 

In the circumstances the best course seems to be to apply a new name to the 
brackish water, N. European species. At least there is little doubt that this is the 
form figured by Williamson. 


Joun RoLanp Haynes, Ph.D., F.G:S. TERENCE DaAvip ADAMS, Ph.D., F.G.S. 

Depaviment of Geology BRITISH PETROLEUM COMPANY LTD. 

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF WALES B.P. House 

PENGLAIS ROPEMAKER STREET 

ABERYSTWYTH, CARDIGANSHIRE Lonpbon, E.C.z2 

KEITH ATKINSON, Ph.D., C.Eng., ~ DREW Haman, Ph.D., F.G.S. 
A.M.I.M.M., F.G.S. STANDARD OIL OF CALIFORNIA 

CAMBORNE SCHOOL OF MINES P.O. Box 7-839 

CAMBORNE ANCHORAGE 

CORNWALL ALASKA 99501 

EMMANUEL ABIODUN FayosgE, M.Sc., Ph.D. KeitH HavarpD JAMES, D.U.C.W., M.Sc. 

Department of Geology Department of Geology 

UNIVERSITY OF IBADAN UNIVERSITY COLLEGE OF WALES 

IBADAN PENGLAIS 

NIGERIA ABERYSTWYTH, CARDIGANSHIRE 

Joan ANNE JouNson, M.Sc. Joun Scott, M.Sc., Ph.D. 

The Library Department of Geology 

UNIVERSITY OF LANCASTER UNIVERSITY COLLEGE 

BAILRIGG GOWER STREET 


_ LANCASTER Lonpon, W.1 


PLRATE x: 


Fics 1-4. Technitella teivyense Haynes n. sp. 1, holotype, stereopair showing aperture — 
and open spicular structure x 65; 2, side view xX 60; 3, paratype showing brushed forward © 
spicules <x 45; 4, detail of wall of holotype x 550. 4 

Fic. 5. Jadammina macrescens (Brady), apertural face showing basal slit and areal aperture : 
with neatly cemented small grains in the lip x 560. 

Fic. 6. Halyphysema tumanowiczi Bowerbank, detailed structure of wall x 265. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE 1 


Pa AW 2 


Fic. 1. Haplophragmoides wilbevt1 Anderson, side view X 105. 

Fics 2, 3. Ammobaculites balkwilli Haynes n. sp., paratypes, side views x 65. 

Fic. 4. Hippocrepina species A, side view X 65. | | 

Fics 5, 6. Cvribrostomoides jeffreysu (Williamson), side view x 130, and apertural view x 135. — 

Fics 7, 8. Eggerelloides scabyum (Williamson). 7, side view of microspheric form; 8, side 
view, megalospheric form x 65. 

Fics 9, 10. Miliammina fusca (Brady), apertural view and side view x I10. 

Fics 11, 12. Lagenammina of. hancockt (Cushman & McCulloch), side view and oblique 
apertural view xX 210. 

Fic. 13. Psammosphaera parva Flint, side view x 65. 

Fics 14-16. Jadammina macrescens (Brady). 14, ventral view; 15, oblique apertural view; 
16, dorsal view x 105 (different specimens). 

Fic. 17. Lagenammina avenulata (Skinner), side view x 120. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


PLATE 3 


Fics 1, 2. Spivoplectammina wright (Silvestri), side view and oblique apertural view x 70. 
Fics 3, 4. keophax fusiformis (Williamson), apertural view x 65, and side view x 65. 
Fic. 5. Spivoplectammina eavlandi (Parker), side view x 85. 

Fics 6, 7. Textilina bocki (Hoglund), side view x 42, and apertural view x 46. 

Fics 8-12. Reophax arctica Brady. 8 and 9, side view x 130 and apertural view x 165; 
1o and 11, side view x 125 and apertural view 165 of specimen described; 12, side view of more 
irregular specimen X 170. 

Fic. 13. Haliphysema tumanowiczu Bowerbank, side view x I00. 

Fic. 14. Marsipella elongata Norman, side view x 25. 

Fic. 15. ? Marsipella species A, side view x 55. 

Fic. 16. ? Marsipella species B, side view x 45. 

Fic. 17. Reophax moniliforme Siddall, side view x 85. 


Bull. Bry. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


PLATE 4 


Fics 1-8. Sigmoilopsis moyi Atkinson. 1, 2, S. moyt, side view and apertural view x 65; — 
3, 4, ‘S. schlumbergeri’, side view and apertural view x 85; 5, 6, ‘S. woodi’, side viewandapertural — 
view xX 65; 7, 8, ‘S. wanganuiensis’, side view and apertural view x 85. 

Fics 9-13. Tvochammina intermedia Rhumbler? 9, ventral view x 180; 12, 13, dorsal ; 
views 220 of specimens described; 10, ventral view of specimen with abnormal final chamber _ 
X 130; 11, dorsal view of small specimen x 210. 

Fic. 14. Tvochammina globigeriniformis var. pygmaea Hoglund, ventral view x 200. 

Fics 15-17. Tvochammina inflata (Montagu). 15, ventral view x 65; 16, 17, side view and 
dorsal view of additional specimen x 85. i 

Fics 18-20. Tvochammina astrifica (Rhumbler). 18, ventral view xX 175; 19, 20, dorsal 7 
view and oblique side view of additional specimen x 210. 4 


nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


PLATE 5 


Fics 1, 2. Massilina carinata (Fornasini), side view and apertural view x 50. 

Fics 3, 4. Massilina secans (d’Orbigny), side view and apertural view * 45. 

Fics 5, 6, 12, 13. Milolinella subrotunda (Montagu). 5, 6, side view and apertural view of ~ 
large, broken specimen x 105; 12, 13, side view (aperture downwards) and apertural view of © 
pateorid variety x 65. . 

Fics 7, 8. ‘Stainforthia’ fusiformis (Williamson), side view and apertural view xX 170. 

Fic. 9. Stainforthia species A, side view x 8o. 

Fic. 10. Stainforthia concava var. loeblicht (Feyling-Hanssen), side view x 110. 

Fic. 11. Spivopthalmidium acutimargo var. emaciatum Haynes n. var., side view of holotype 
ye antl, 

Fic. 14. Planorbulina species A, Xx 140. 

Fics 15-18. Tvochammina ochvacea (Williamson). 15, oblique ventral view xX 200; 16, 
ventral view x 180; 17, 18 dorsal views x 200, of specimens described. 

Fic. 19. Remaneica helgolandica Rhumbler, ventral view x 310. 


Pi Adio 


Fics 1,2. Hemisphaerammina bradyi Loeblich & Tappan, side view and top view of specimen __ 
described x 265. | 

Fic. 3. Tvochammina inflata (Montagu), detail of breached dorsal side x 525. Note tectin 
lining of proloculus and very fine grains of wall (close up of specimen shown in PI. 4, fig. 17). | 

Fics 4, 5, 7. Reophax arctica Brady. 4, detail of chamber wall x 525; 5, small, irregular 9 
pores in close up>x< "5,250; 7, aperture. << n100. 

Fic. 6. Remaneica helgolandica Rhumbler, detail of umbilicus and chamber lobes x 1050. 

Fic. 8. Reophax moniliforme Siddall, detail of aperture x 525. 

Fic. 9. Tvochammina intermedia Rhumbler ? detail of wall x I1o0o. 

Fic. 10. ? Marstpella species A, detail of wall x 265. 

Fic. 11. ? Marsipella species B, detail of wall x 140. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLA LE..6 


PLATE 7 


Fics 1-3. Quinqueloculina aspera d’Orbigny. 1, oblique apertural view of slightly irregular - 
specimen X 65; 2, 3, front view and apertural view of more regular form x 55. 

Fics 4, 5. Quinqueloculina mediterranensis Le Calvez & Le Calvez, specimen described. 
4, rear view showing periphery x 55; 5, apertural view x 60. 

Fics 6, 7. Quinquelcculina auberiana var. B, specimen described. 6, oblique front view 
xX 65; 7, apertural view xX 70. 

Fics 8, 9. Quinqueloculina cf. chavrensis Heron-Allen & Earland. 8, front view x 55; 
Q, apertural view X 45. 

Fics 10-13. Quinqueloculina lata Terquem. 10, 11, front view and apertural view of juvenile 
x 105 (QO. species 3); 12, 13, front view and apertural view of specimen described x 40. - 

Fics 14,19. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). 14, apertural view x 70; 19, probable 
juvenile, front view xX 130. 

Fic. 15. Quinqueloculina auberiana var. A. Front view of specimen described x 65. 

Fics 16,17. Quinqueloculina intricata Terquem. 16, front view of specimen described x 45; 
17, juvenile with one chamber following the juvenarium x 45 

Fic. 18. Quinqueloculina bicornis (Walker & Jacob), front view of neotype x 55. 

Fics 20, 21. Quinqueloculina cf. vugosa d’Orbigny, front view and apertural view of 
specimen described 65. 


Fics 22, 23. Quinqueloculina cf. duthiersi (Schlumberger), rear view and apertural view of — | 


specimen described x 25. 


~ 


SALTS 


nat 


Dis 


Vu 


WE. BY... 1 


PLATE 8 


Fic. 1. Quinqueloculina mediterranensis Le Calvez & Le Calvez, detail of aperture x 300. 
Fic. 2. Quinqueloculina aspera d’Orbigny, detail of aperture x 275. 

Fic. 3. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linneaus), detail of tooth x 575. 

Fic. 4. Stainforthia species A, detail of aperture x 475. 


Fics 5,7. Sigmoilopsis moyi Atkinson. 5, detail of aperture x 850; 7, detailed wall structure 
xX 525. 

Fic. 6. Massilina secans (d’Orbigny), detail of aperture x 120. 

Fic. 8. Textilina bocki (Hoglund), detailed wall structure x 1060. 

Fic. 9. Cribrostomoides jeffreysi (Williamson), close up showing wall structure inthe umbilical 
area and the projecting apertural lip x 265. 

Fic. 10. Lagenammina cf. hancocki (Cushman & McCulloch), aperture and fine structure of 
the lip’ +525. 

Fic. 11. Spivoplectammina earlandi (Parker), aperture and wall structure x 500. 

Fic. 12. Lagenammina avenulata (Skinner), detail of aperture x 500. 


4 


) Suppl 


ool. 


Zi 


( 


MeElasts 


nat 


S 


Mu 


io 


Bull. 


iH 


PEA Eo 


Fics 1, 2. Triloculina trigonula (Lamarck), front view and apertural view of specimen 
described x I00. . 
Fics 3, 4. Tvriloculina trihedva Loeblich & Tappan, front view and oblique apertural view of 
specimen described x 120. | 

Fic. 5. Quinqueloculina cf. chavensis var. A, front view of specimen described x 55. | 
Fics 6, 7. Spiroloculina depressa d’Orbigny, front view and apertural view of specimen | 
described x 65. : 4 
Fics 8,9. Pyrgo species B, front view and apertural view of specimen described x 105. 
Fics 10, 13. Pyrgo species A, front view and apertural view of specimen described x I05. 
Fics 11, 12. Pyrgo cf. constricta Costa, front view and apertural view of specimen described | 
<x 60. N.B. Specimen mounted aperture downwards in fig. 12. : 
Fic. 14. Scutuloris sp., front view of specimen described 85. q 
Fic. 15. Cyclogyra selseyense (Heron-Allen & Earland), oblique side view of juvenile x 130. | 
Fic. 16. Spivopthalmidium acutimargo var. emaciatum Haynes n. var., oblique apertural | 
view of holotype x 145. 
Fie. 17. Pyrgo carinata (d’Orbigny), front view of specimen described x 105. 


—— 
—_ 
~ 
py 
a 
= 


(Zool.) S 


vi, 


His 


Nal. 


4S. 


Bull. Br. M1 


RP 


CHEM LORIE SES, RIS SR eI SAR CEE, 


121 Dysi El, = 166) 


Fic. 1. Bolivina stviatula Cushman, side view (stereopair) x 125. 

Fic. 2. Bolivina sp., side view X 140. 

Fic. 3. Bolivina pseudoplicata Heron-Allen & Earland, side view x 135. 
Fic. 4. Bolivina pseudopunctata Hoglund, side view x 125. 

Fic. 5. Bolivina superba Emiliani, side view (stereopair) x IIo. 

Fic. 6. Bulimina elongata var. lesleyae Atkinson, side view x 105. 

Fic. 7. Bolivina cf. vadescens Cushman sensu Hoglund, side view x 125. 
Fic. 8. Bolivina variabilis (Williamson), side view, note pits, xX 125. 
Fic. 9. Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny, side view 165. 


Fics 10, 15. Bulimina elongata var. subulata Cushman & Parker. 10, side view xX 125; 
15, apertural view xX IIo. ‘ 
Fic. 11. Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny, intermediate with B. gibba, side view X 125. 

Fic. 12. Tvrifavina angulosa (Williamson) variety towards T. cavinata, side view x 180. 

Fic. 13. Trifarina angulosa (Wilhamson) variety towards T. fluens, side view x 105. 

Fic. 14. Bulimina gibba Fornasini, juvenile, side view x 105. 
Fics 16,17. Tvrifavina angulosa (Williamson), 16, apertural view x 200; 17, side view X 140. 
Fic. 18. Bulimina marginata d’Orbigny, side view x 125. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


PEATE 1 


Fic. 1. Bolivina striatula Cushman, detail of pores x 530. Note borings. 

Fics 2, 3. Bolivina superba Emiliani. 2, detail of pores and imperforate areas x 530; 
3, close up of pores x 5300. 

Fics 4-6. Bolivina pseudopunctata Hoglund. 4, side view showing imperforate areas of 
the chambers and pores x 525; 5, close up of pores x 16,500; 6, close up of aperture x 525. | 

Fic. 7. Bolivina pseudoplicata Heron-Allen & Earland, side view showing ornament x 1075. 

Fic. 8. Bolivina variabilis (Williamson), side view showing pores x 530. 

Fic. 9. Bolivina cf. vadescens Cushman sensu Hoglund, side view showing pores * 525. 

Fic. 10. Bulimina elongata d’Orbigny, pores in final chamber x 525. 

Fie. 11. Trifarina angulosa (Williamson), stereopair showing aperture x 200. 


orcen mM) 


uppl. 4 


S 


) 


(Zool. 


t. 


is 


nat. H 


S 


Bull. Br. Mu 


nee 
Hine: 
1G: 
1G. 
Fia. 
Fic. 
BiG: 
FIG: 
Fig. 
BiG: 
ies 
Eine: 
Hire: 
Fic. 
|Bes, 
Fic. 
Fic. 


Pa Asis Sie? 


Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny), side view, 135. 
Lagena laevis (Montagu), side view, x 130. 
Lagena species A, side view, X 125. 
Lagena species A, basal view showing striae x 200. 
Lagena perlucida (Montagu), side view x 125. 
Lagena semistriata (Williamson), side view, x 125. 
Lagena doveyensis Haynes n. sp., holotype, side view x 170. 
Lagena doveyensis Haynes n. sp., holotype, basal view showing striae, x 
Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob), side view, x 105. 
Lagena sulcata var. interrupta (Williamson), side view, x 105. 
Lagena substriata Williamson, side view, x 105. 
Lagena cf. striata (d’Orbigny), side view, x 130. 
Lagena spicata (Cushman & McCulloch), side view, x 130. 
Lagena sulcata var. torvquifoymis Haynes n. var., side view, X 105. 
Lagena pacifica Sidebottom, side view, x 170. 
Lagena hibernica Haynes n. sp., holotype, side view, x 330. 
Lagena hibeynica Haynes n. sp., holotype, apertural view, x 330. 


400. 


Nec REESE 


PAM 


Fic. 1. Lagena clavata (d’Orbigny), aperture, showing frilled, everted lip, « 1330. 

Fic. 2. Lagena pacifica Sidebottom, pores of apertural end and breached lamella, x 265. 

Fic. 3. Lagena pacifica Sidebottom, aperture, showing smooth rim x 2750. 

Fic. 4. Lagena semistvriata (Williamson), aperture with everted lip and internal overhang 
x 1060. 


Fic. 5. Lagena pevlucida (Montagu), aperture with irregular radial grooves x I150. 

Fic. 6. Lagena substriata Williamson, smooth ribs on neck x 1050. 

Fic. 7. Lagena cf. striata (d’Orbigny), twisted ribs on neck x 540. 

Fic. 8. Lagena cf. striata (d’Orbigny), close up of ribs, showing double rows of denticles | 
x 27925. | 

Fic. 9. Lagena sulcata var. torvquiformis Haynes n. var., aperture showing four spiral ribs 
on the neck, looped back to form aperture rim x 265. 

Fic. 10. Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob), basal view x 265. 

Fic. 11. Lagena substriata Williamson, aperture with six spiral ribs on neck x 1050. 


Fic. 12. Lagena sulcata var. torquiformis Haynes n. var., apertural neck showing spiral ribs 
xX 265. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE: ¥3 


PAE. 14 
I, side view X 135; 2, apertural view of additional 


Fics1,2. Fissurvina lucida (Williamson). 


specimen  IIO. 
Fics 3, 4. Fissuvina species A. 1, side view X 175; 2, apertural view xX 160. 
Fic. 5. Fissurina elliptica (Cushman), oblique side view x 165. 
Fic. 6. Oolina borealis Loeblich & Tappan, side view of specimen described x 105. 
Fic. 7. Oolina heronallent Haynes n. sp., side view of holotype x 170. 
8, side view of specimen described xX 210; 9, 10, 


Fics 8-10. Oolina lineata (Williamson). 
basal view x 100 and side view x 125 of spinose variety. 
Oolina laevigata d’Orbigny side view of specimen described x 170. 


Fic. If. 
Oolina hexagona (Williamson), side view of specimen described x 170; apertural 


EIGS 12, 13: 
view of additional specimen x 160. 
Fic. 14. Oolina squamosa (Montagu), side view of specimen described x 170. 
15, 16, side and apertural views of specimen 


Fics 15-17. Oolina williamsoni (Alcock). 
described x 125; 17, side view of variety with fewer, broader, flattened ribs x 170. 


Wy Me Stibtip von ie acne nina boyy : Lt teiz, 
ponervrrorpyinnmiinnp lly HY Ye 
ith $s g 


7) 


4 


1.) Suppl. 


PLATE 15 


Fies 1, 2, 7. Oolina williamsoni (Alcock). 1, oblique side view showing the undercut ribs | 
x 265; 2, detail of aperture and neck ornament x 525; 7, detail of pores and ribs x 525. 

Fics 3, 6. Oolina hexagona (Williamson). 3, side view showing hexagons x 265; 6, close-up _ 
of hexagons 1060. | a 

Fics 4, 5. Oolina squamosa (Montagu). 4, side view showing loops x 265; 5, close-up of | 
loops x 530. | 

Fic. 8. Pseudopolymorphina cf. novangliae (Cushman), detail of aperture x 560. 

Fic. 9. Spivillina perforata (Schultze), detail of pores x 2625. 

Fic. 10. Spirillina species A, detail of pores x 580. 

Fic. 11. Globulina cf. inaequalis Reuss, detail of aperture 575. 

Fic. 12. Patellina covrugata Williamson, side view showing pores and secondary calcite x 700. 


7 ———h\_# 


—— 


PLATE, 1.6 


Fics 1, 2. Spirillina perforata (Schultze), side view and edge view xX 85. 

Fics 3, 4. Turrispirillina species A. 3 : 3, stereopair of side view; 4, edge view x Lz 

Fics 5,6. Spirillina species A, side view and edge view X 105. 

Fics 7-9. Patellina corrugata Williamson, specimens described. 7, 8, dorsal view and edge 
view of Same specimen x 145; 9, ventral view of additional small specimen xX 215. 

Fics 10, 17. Pseudopolymorphina cf. novangliae (Cushman), side view and apertural view of 
specimen described x 125. 

Fic. 11. Dentalina cf. trondheimensis Feyling-Hanssen, side view of specimen described x 55. 

Fics 12-16. Discorbis wrightit (Brady). 12, dorsal view of large, angular specimen xX 140; 
13, 14, edge and dorsal views of small specimen + 125; 15, 16, oblique ventral views of further 
specimens showing plugs x 125 and  I40. 


S 


Pa Avia 7, 


Fics 1-3. Rosalina anomala Terquem. 1, 2, ventral view and oblique ventral view of same 
specimen x 65; 3, dorsal view of further specimen x 65. 

Fics 4,5. Rosalina cf. bradyi (Cushman). 4, ventral view of smallspecimen x 105; 5, dorsal 
view of larger form x 65. 

Fics 6-9. Rosalina praegevi (Heron-Allen & Earland). 7, 9, ventral and oblique ventral 
views of same specimen x 125; 6, 8, dorsal and side view of slightly smaller specimen x 125. 

Fic. 10. osalina species A, ventral view of specimen described x 180. 

Fics 11, 12. Rosalina millettui (Wright). 11, oblique ventral view of broken specimen 
* 130; 12, dorsal view of additional specimen x 210. 

Fics 13-15. Rosalina wiliamsoni (Chapman & Parr). 13, ventral view x 85; 14, 15, dorsal 
and side views of a smaller form x go. 

Fics 16-18. Rosalina neapolitana (Hofker). 16, oblique ventral view x 85; 17, 18, dorsal 
view and oblique side view of smaller form x 125. 


nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


Veale VIER, 308) 


Fics 1-4. <Asterigerinata mamilla (Williamson). 1, oblique umbilical view showing foramen 
and supplementary chamberlets x 125; 2, dorsal view x 130; 3, side view of carinate form 
xX 110; 4, oblique ventral view of juvenile with rounded periphery x 170 (four different speci- 
mens). | 

Fics 5,6. Ammonia batavus (Hofker), side view and ventral view x 65. 

Fics 7-9. Ammonia limnetes (Todd & Bronniman). 7, 8, ventral view and side view x I10; 
9, dorsal view of larger form x 105. 

Fics 10-12. Eponides vepandus concameratus (Montagu). 10, 11, ventral view and side 
view X 35; 12, dorsal view of additional specimen x 35. 

Fic. 13. Buccella frigida (Cushman), ventral view x 265. 

Fics 14, 16. Ammonia batavus (Hofker), dorsal views x 65. 

Fic. 15. Ammonia aberdoveyensis Haynes n. sp., ventral view of paratype x 65. 

Fic. 17. Ammonia tepida (Cushman), oblique ventral view x 65. 


nat. Hist. (Zool.) Supp 


PACA 1G 


Fics 1, 3, 6. osalina cf. bvady1 (Cushman). 1, pores on dorsal side x 1060; 3, close-up of — 
pores x 2800; 6, umbilical area x 280. 


Fic. 2. Rosalina anomala Terquem, pores on dorsal side x 525, last chamber of specimen — 
shown in Pl. 17, fig. 3. 
Fic. 4. Rosalina praegevi (Heron-Allen & Earland), detail of umbilicus and lobes x 250. — 
Note poreless area. 
Fic. 5. Discorbis wrightti (Brady), detail of umbilicus and chamber ornament x 265. 
Fics 7, 9. Asterigerinata mamilla (Williamson). 7, umbilical area x 265; 9, large, dorsal 
pores X 270. 
Fic. 8. Ammonia limnetes (Todd & Bronniman), detail of umbilical area showing lobes 
<x 555. Note finger nail shape of final lobe. 
Fics 10, 11. Eggevelloides scabyum (Williamson). to, detail of aperture showing tooth | 
plate x 265; 11, last whorl showing aperture and wall structure * 105. 
N.B. The figures are close-ups of specimens shown in Plates 2, 17 and 18. 


Bull. By. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE’ r9 


Mn ee ye 


JPEN IES. 7X0) 


Fics 1,2. Cuzbicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob). 1, dorsal view x 65; 2, ventral view xX 85. 

Fics 3, 4. Globorotalia inflata (d’Orbigny). 3, dorsal view x 85; 4, ventral view xX 95. 

Fic. 5. Burorbulina bilobata (d’Orbigny), specimen described & 105. 

Fic. 6. Ovbulina universa d’Orbigny, specimen described x 105. 

Tics 7-9. Globoquadrina hexagona (Natland). 
g, dorsal view of slightly larger specimen 140. 

Fics 1to-12. Planorbulina distoma Terquem, specimens described. 
ventral view x 65; 12, dorsal view of slightly smaller specimen x 65. 

Fic. 13. Cancris oblongus (Williamson), ventral view x 105. 

Fic. 14. Epistominella navaensis (Kuwano) ventral view x 360. 


Fics 15, 16. Siphonina georgiana Haynes n. sp. 
of larger specimen » II0. 


7, 8, ventral view and side view <\ 14am 


IO, II, side view and 


15, dorsal view X 125; 16, ventral view 


PLATE 21 


Fics 1, 2. Cubicides fletchert var. sachalinica Vasilenko. 1, dorsal view showing chamber 
lobes and umbilical boss (note random boreholes) x 265; 2, detail of umbilicus « 525. 

Fics 3, 5, 6. Cubicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob). 3, final chamber showing pores x 265; 
5, peripheral view of aperture < 265; 6, dorsal view of aperture x 265. (Close-ups of specimens 
shown in PI. 20). 

Fics 4, 7, 8. Planorbulina distoma Terquem. 4, oblique ventral view showing peripheral 
and ventral apertures and pores x 280; 7, pores on dorsal side « 525; 8, detail of pore showing 
interlocking plates and smaller, subsidiary pores x 10,000. (Close-ups of specimens shown in 
Pl os) 

Fic. 9. Planorbulina species A showing pores and pitted surface x 1150. 

Fies 10, 11. Globorotaha inflata (d’Orbigny). 10, dorsal surface showing pores x 265; 
11, close-up of pores showing shght pits x 1050. (Details of specimens shown in PI. 20.) 

Fic. 12. Globoquadrina hexagona (Natland) showing hexagonal pits 2875. (Detail of 
specimen shown in PI. 20.) 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE ‘21 


Pip Ati 2 2 


Fics 1,2. Elphidium sp., ? lobate variety E. selseyense gr. (Heron-Allen & Earland). 1, side 


view showing excavated sutures X 105; 2, apertural view xX IIo. 

Fics 3, 4. Elphidium selseyense gr. (Heron-Allen & Earland). 
final chamber and areal apertures * 105; 4, side view of specimen described 105. 

Fic. 5. Elphidium magellanicum (Heron-Allen & Earland), apertural view x 125. 

Fic. 6. Elphidium incertum (Williamson), apertural view x 200 (also Pl. 24, fig. 14). 

Fic. 7. Elphidium asterotuberculatum (Voorthuysen), apertural view 305. 

Fics 8-11. Nonion depressulus (Walker & Jacob). 8, side view of specimen with markedly 
hooked back sutures x 125; 9, side view of specimen with irregular thickening in umbilicus 
x 125; 10, 11, side view and apertural view of specimen described x 125. 


Fic. 12. Nonionella turgida (Williamson), side view x 170. 
Fics 13, 14. Nonion pauperatum (Balkwill & Wright), side view and apertural view x 125. 
Fies 15, 16. Protelphidium anglicum Murray, side view and edge view of specimen described 


xX 105. 
PIGSaI7s 2S: 


3, specimen with bulla-like 


Nonionella sp. A, side view and apertural view x 85. 


nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


tO A: TOT TTT ETN Ai OBI a aS 


eet Gere, 


= 


PAA e233 


Fics 1, 2. Protelphidium anglicum Murray. 1, umbilical area x 265; 2, detail of umbilicus a 
and basal suture of last chamber x 1100. 

Fic. 3. Nonionella species A, oblique apertural view x IIo. 

Fic. 4. Nonion pauperatum (Balkwill & Wright), apertural view x 550. 

Fics 5, 6. Cancris oblongus (Williamson). 5, final chamber showing pores and imperforate _ 
area X 265; 6, close-up of pores xX 525. | 

Fics 7, 8. Epistominella navaensis (Kuwano). 7, aperture x 1000; 8, detail of umbilicus 
showing imperforate area x I000. 

Fic. 9. Siphonina georgiana Haynes n. sp., aperture x 500. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE 23 


PVARE. 24 


Fics 1-3. E. macellum (Fichtel & Moll). 1, side view of described specimen xX 60; 2, side 
view of spinose juvenile x I10; 3, apertural view X I1I0. 

Fics 4,10. £. waddensis (Voorthuysen), side view and apertural view of specimen described 
Sa aKa): 

Fics 5,6. E. magellanicum (Heron-Allen & Earland), side view x 125, and apertural view 
< 130 of specimen described. 

Fic. 7. E. williamsoni Haynes n. sp., holotype, side view x Ioo. 

Fies 8,9. EE. exoticum Haynes n. sp., holotype, side view and apertural view x 105. 

Fic. 11. £. selseyense gr. (Heron-Allen & Earland), side view of entire variety with exca- 
vated sutures x IIO. 

Fics 12, 13. E. margaritaceum (Cushman), side view x Ifo, and apertural view xX 120, of 
specimen described. 

Fics 14-16. £. incevtum (Williamson). 14, side view of juvenile x 210; 15, 16, side view 
x 175 and apertural view of specimen described x 18o. 

Figs 17, 18. FE. cuvilliert Lévy, side view x 120, and apertural view x 125, of specimen 
described. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


iva 


) 
| 


PPA Be 2s 


Fics 1-5, 7,8. ££. macellum (Fichtel & Moll). 1, breached specimen showing retral processes — 
and septal canals between infolded septal flaps and previous chamber walls < 210; 2, umbilical | 
area of specimen described showing irregular lobes formed by the ends of the chambers x 105; — 
3, apertural face of specimen described showing keel x 115; 4, detail of apertural face with part ~ 
of ultimate row of septal pits and septal bars x 580; 7, irregular apertures connecting with pits — 
in first visible chamber x 580; 5, 8, detail of spines in apertures x 2900. | 

Fics 6, 9. E. williamsoni Haynes n. sp. holotype. 6, detail of apertural face showing ~ 
irregular basal apertures obscured by tubercles, oblong septal pits and almost flush septal bars, — 
x 250; 9, detail of septal pits showing sparse internal tubercles » 525. | 


Bull. By. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE. 2 


ANI BO 


Fic. 1. E. waddensis (Voorthuysen), apertural view showing distribution of large pores and | 
tubercles x 275. | 

Fics 2, 3,6, 8. E.exoticum Haynesn.sp. holotype. 2, apertural face in oblique view showing | 
ultimate row of fossettes and septal bars and some apertures x 260; 3, umbilical area showing 
chamber lobes and proximally open retral processes of ultimate chamber x 260; 6, detail of 
hooded apertures x 525; 8, detail of fingernail-shaped fossettes (septal pits) showing spines and 
distribution of pores x II50. 

Fics 4,7,9. EE. selseyense gr. (Heron-Allen & Earland). 4, oblique view of specimen showing 
umbilical ornament varying towards that of EF. clavatum (Cushman) x 240; 7, detail of the two 
final chambers of specimen described showing pores and irregular septal pits x 260; 9, detail | 
showing areal apertures of specimen with irregular final chamber x 275. . 

Fics 5, 10. E. selseyense gr. lobate variety. 5, detail of apertural face showing protuberant — 
areal apertures and irregular basal apertures surrounded by tubercles <x 590; 10, umbilical area | 
showing fissures and irregular granules x 260. 

Fic. 11. E. magellanicum (Heron-Allen & Earland), showing the depressed, granulate 
umbilical area x 260. 

Fic. 12. E. cuvilliert Lévy, detail of final chamber and umbilical area showing apertures, | 
pores, final row of septal pits and large pits in the umbilicus, 280. | 


Buil. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE 26 


PEATE 27. 


Fics 1-3. Elphidium williamsont Haynes n. sp .I, equatorial section of megalospheric 
specimen showing lamellar structure, ord. light x 160; 2, axial section, ord. light x 160; 
3, equatorial section showing radial structure, crossed nicols x 120. 

Fics 4, 5. Elphidium macellum (Fichtel & Moll). 4, axial section, ord. light x 80; 5, 
equatorial section, ord. light x 8o. 

Fics 6-9. Protelphidium anglhicum Murray. 6, equatorial section of megalospheric specimen, 
ord. light * 120; 7, equatorial section of megalospheric specimen showing radial structure, 
crossed nicols x 160; 8, axial section, ord. light x 120; 9, equatorial section of microspheric 
specimen, ord. light: x 120. 


* 
Fs 


* thy 


ti PRR 


at. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


7 
t 


7 


Mus. 


Bull. By. 


PEATE. 2 8 


Fics 1-4. Elphidium exoticum Haynes n. sp. 1, equatorial section of megalospheric speci- 
men, ord. light x 160; 2, equatorial section showing optically granular wall structure, crossed 
nicols x 160; 3, equatorial section of additional megalospheric specimen, ord. hight x 160; 
4, axial section, ord. light x 160. | | 

Fies 5-7. Elphidium magellanicum (Heron-Allen & Earland). 5, equatorial section of | 
megalospheric specimen showing thin, radial wall, ord. light « 160; 6 and 7, axial section, ord. 
light and crossed nicols x 160. 

Fics 8, 9. Elphidium incertum (Williamson). 8, equatorial section of megalospheric speci- | 
men showing optically granular wall, crossed nicols x 160; 9, equatorial section of ‘paralecto- | 
type’ showing granular wall, crossed nicols x 160. 

Fics 10, 11. Elphidium waddensis (Voorthuysen). 10, equatorial section of megalospheric | 
specimen, ord. ight x 120; 11, detail of equatorial section showing thick, radial, lamellar wall | 
and coarse pores X 250. | 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE 28 ! 


ay ACE 20 


Fics 1-3. Elphidium selseyense (Heron-Allen & Earland). 1, equatorial section of lobate 
megalospheric specimen, ord. light x 120; 2, equatorial section of more entire megalospheric 
specimen, ord. light x 120; 3, lobate specimen showing radial, lamellar walls, crossed nicols 
x 120. Note pseudo extinction cross in proloculus. 

Fic. 4. Cyclogyva selseyense (Heron-Allen & Earland) showing proloculus and thin porce- 
laneous wall (brown in transmitted light) x 120. 

Fics 5,6. Ammobaculites balkwilli Haynes n. sp. equatorial section by ord. light and crossed 
nicols showing agglutinated grains and their vertical arrangement around the aperture and fora- 
men xX 80. 

Fic. 7. Haplophvagmoides wilbevti Anderson, equatorial section showing tectinous early 
chambers, ord. ight x 8o. 

Fic. 8. Elphidium margaritaceum (Cushman), equatorial section showing weakly radial wall, 
crossed nicols « 120. : 

Fic. 9. Nonion depressulus (Walker & Jacob), equatorial section showing optically granular 
wall x 240. 

Fic. 10. Cvribostomoides jeffreysu (Williamson), axial section showing agglutinated grains, 
crossed nicols x 160. 


(Zool.) Suppl. 4 


Su. 


nat. Hi 


Sp 


Mu 


iBT. 


Ul 


B 


} 


sae kh 


iS 

ae A 
bd * 

: ¥ 


PLATE 30 


Fics 1, 2. Rosalina anomala Terquem. 1, vertical section showing proloculus and open 
umbilicus, ord. light x 80; 2, close up showing tectin layer x 250. 

Fic. 3. Rosalina praegevt (Heron-Allen & Earland), vertical section showing weakly radial 
lamellar structure and closed umbilicus, ord. light x 240. 

Fies 4, 5. Duiuscorbis wright (Brady). 4, vertical section showing thick, lamellar, coarsely 
punctate wall and umbilical plug, ord. hght « 250; 5, same under crossed nicols x 240. Note 
pseudo extinction cross in proloculus. 

Fic. 6. Rosalina milletti (Wright), vertical section showing partially open umbilicus and 
plano-convex form, ord. light x 240. 

Fic. 7. Ammonia tepida (Cushman), horizontal section showing proloculus, ord. hght x 120. 

Fic. 8. Ammonia limnetes (Todd & Bronniman), close-up of horizontal section showing 
extremely thin, radial wall, ‘‘double septa’ not readily apparent, ord. light x 250. 

Fics 9,10. Rosalina iwregularis Rhumbler, off centre vertical section by ord. light and crossed 
nicols, apparently optically granular with inner tectin lining x 80 (apparently bilamellar). 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 


PICA 3h 


Fics 1-5. Quinqueloculina aspera d’Orbigny. I, 2, horizontal section of specimen with 
large first chamber by ord. light and crossed nicols x 120; 3, detail of chamber wall showing 
quartz silt grains embedded in outer layers of porcelaneous wall * 250; 4, horizontal section 
of additional specimen with smaller first chamber, ord. hght x 120; 5, detail of same showing 
agglutinated grains in outer wall x 250. 

Fics 6,7. Milammina fusca (Brady). 6, horizontal section showing that the wall is entirely 
made up of agglutinated quartz silt grains, ord. light « 240; 7, same by crossed nicols x 200. 

Fics 8, 9. Milolinella subrotunda (Montagu). 8, horizontal section showing flattened 
quinqueloculine chamber arrangement, ord. light x 120; 9, detail of chamber wall showing 


parallel layers x 250. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLA LE: 31 i 


PLATE. 32 


Fics 1-3. Quinqueloculina seminulum (Linnaeus). 1, horizontal section showing rounded 
trigonal form, ord. light * 120; 2, detail of wall showing inner and outer layers x 250; 3, hori- 
zontal section of additional specimen, ord. light x 160. 

Fic. 4. Massilina secans (d’Orbigny), horizontal section showing keels and inner and outer 
layers of the wall, ord. light x 8o. 

Fic. 5. Tviloculina trigonula (Lamarck), horizontal section showing inner and outer layers, 
ond: light < 120: 

Fics 6-9. Cuzbicides vefulgens Montfort. 6, horizontal section showing ‘bilamellid’ wall with 
dark tectin intervening layer, ord. light x 40. Note how the outer lamellae build up a thick 
crust in the early part of the test; on the other hand the outer layer and tectin lining are difficult 
to distinguish in the final chamber; 7, close-up of same showing lamellae x 80; 8, detail of septa 
x 80; 9, vertical section x 40. Here again the outer lamella is difficult to distinguish in the 
final chamber. 


Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 PLATE 32 


PICA 33 


Fics 1, 2. Cuzbicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob) from Moss Head. 1, horizontal section 
showing proloculus and ‘bilamellid’ wall structure, ord. ight x 60; 2, vertical section, ord. light 
x 80. Note how the outer lamellae build up into a thick crust in the early part of the test 
while the last chamber merely abutts the previous ones, the outer layer being thin and hard to 
distinguish from the tectin layer. 

Fics 3, 4. Cubicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob) from Dogs Bay, vertical sections showing 
‘bilamellid’ wall structure, ord. ight x 80. Note pores. 

Fics 5-7. Cuzbicides lobatulus (Walker & Jacob) from Cardigan Bay. 5 and 7, vertical sec- 
tions, ord. light 80; 6, horizontal section showing proloculus and pores on dorsal side, ord. 
light x 80. Dried protoplasm, showing black, as at the aperture, obscures the details but 
essentially the wall structure is the same as in the other specimens illustrated. 

Fic. 8. Cuibicides pseudoungerianus (Cushman), horizontal section showing radial lamellar 
wall, by crossed nicols x 40. 

Fic. 9. Cuibicides cassivellauni Haynes, horizontal section showing optically granular wall, 
by crossed nicols x 8o. 

Fic. 10. Siphonina georgiana Haynes n. sp. holotype, side and apertural view showing keel 
and lines of pores x 120. 


Bull. By. Mus. nat. Hist. (Zool.) Suppl. 4 BLADE 33 t 


_. 
ro 


‘Fee 


Ti ascak ee RY ea a he TT A BN A SAC 


EE. 


A LIST OF SUPPLEMENTS 
TO THE ZOOLOGICAL SERIES 
OF THE BULLETIN OF a 
THE BRITISH MUSEUM (NATURAL HISTORY) 


Kay, E. Atison. Marine Molluscs in the Cuming Collection British Museum — 
(Natural History) described by William Harper Pease. Pp. 96; 14 Plates 
1965. (Out of Print.) £3.75. q 
WHITEHEAD, P. J. P. The Clupeoid Fishes deoe bod by Lacepede, Cuvier and 
Valenciennes. Pp. 180; 11 Plates, 15 Text-figures. 1967. 
of the Cae Tntroduchert Nuculasea<Tsonaces § ‘Pp. 125; 29 ; Pea 
77 Text-figures. 1969. £4.50. y 


abPle : j 
°/an fe Peintad in BRnoland hu Stanlac Dantarcc T 4eitad at thote Watts aw Alariinmeatce meteliehoweee. 


+48 


ae ee 


star 
oy 


yo ot 
por v4 @ 


i<] 


Pear 


inte 
eats 


gapttys5e 
Agueys ata 


tetres : 
; 3 
eearat a terghat 
+ 


eaets esis 


ae Seat tetatyte 
+ os fs 
states rhs 


pet 2 
: : he 
Eats : = Bysy xf sa 


carat 


ye eran wh ih 
fe 
e308 


“f 


a 


see 
Feet 
saree 


ld 2 
ett 
Betets 8: ea ay 
oe se pesstiussnetees 
an a Mh cro Agha ® iar 


Bt hs h 
. 


“t 


ae 


S - 


+ 


= >ee 

yeaearses a 

it ol pe yak ee ta oe 
wavelet 
Bekaae 


. 
titers! 
ares at 


hoa 
oats 


od ve vt ot 
Cx eeu 


ane 
i= 


ot 


ent 
" er 
: Gest eeet 
; ; : . years 
: oe : s ar : . 4 aoe - : a} 
ss ae . ‘ . Y % . 7 


wy 
Pia 


<> a a 
te he hep : hgh ty te ; SSA 
“stot eee tt Pk Fin ve oe fea on 


as mate 


bebha.son 
Poggtac the Sa 


x 


rs 
Noae 


ee Stereos Fiabe 
Rove wal *